Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest University"

See other formats


The Undergraduate Schools 

2006-2007 





, M 



Bulletin of Wake Forest University 



Wake Forest University is committed to administer all educational and employment 
activities without discrimination because of race, color, religion, national origin, age, 
sex, veteran status, or disability status, as required by law. In addition, Wake Forest 
rejects hatred and bigotry in any form and adheres to the principle that no person 
affiliated with Wake Forest should be judged or harassed on the basis of perceived or 
actual sexual orientation. In affirming its commitment to this principle, Wake Forest 
does not limit freedom of religious association or expression, does not control the 
policies of persons or entities not affiliated with Wake Forest, and does not extend 
benefits beyond those provided under other policies of Wake Forest. The University 
has adopted a procedure for the purpose of resolving discrimination complaints. 
Inquiries or concerns should be directed to: Reynolda Campus, 336.758.4814; 
Bowman Gray Campus, 336.716.6123. Individuals with disabilities or special print- 
related needs may contact the Learning Assistance Center at 336.758.5929 or 
lacenter@wfu.edu for more information. 



New Series 

June 2006 

Volume 101, Number 3 




THE UNDERGRADUATE SCHOOLS 



Wake Forest University 

and the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 

ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 2006/2007 

wwrv.wfu.edu 



BULLETIN of Wake Forest University (USPS 078-320) is published seven times a year in February, 
April, June (2 issues), July (2 issues), and August by the Office of Creative Services, Wake Forest Uni- 
versity, PO Box 7205 (1834 Wake Forest Road), Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7205. Periodicals postage 
paid at Winston-Salem, NC, and additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to: 
BULLETIN of Wake Forest University, Director of Admissions, P.O. Box 7305, Winston-Salem, NC 
27109-7305. 



<m§^ The A 


cademic Calendai 


r 


Fall semester 2006 






August 17 


Thursday 


Move-in day for new students* 


August 18-22 


Friday-Tuesday 


Orientation for new students 


August 19 


Saturday 


Residence halls open for returning students* 


August 20 


Sunday 


Residence halls open for returning students* 


August 21-22 

August 23 


Monday-Tuesday 


Check in/Registration 


Wednesday 


Classes begin 


September 


(date to be announced) 


Opening Convocation 


September 6 


Wednesday 


Last day to add courses** 


September 27 


Wednesday 


Last day to drop courses** 


October 11 


Wednesday 


Midterm grades due 


October 13 


Friday 


Fall break 


November 22-26 


Wednesday-Sunday 


Thanksgiving holiday* 


November 27 


Monday 


Classes resume 


December 1 


Friday 


Classes end 


December 4-9 


Monday-Saturday 


Examinations 


December 10 


Saturday 


All residence halls close at 7 p.m.* 


Dec. 10-Jan. 12 


Sunday-Friday 


Winter recess 


Spring semester 2007 




January 13 


Saturday 


Residence halls open* 


January 14 


Sunday 


Orientation for new students 
Residence halls open* 


January 15 


Monday 


Martin Luther King Jr. Day — no classes 


January 16 


Tuesday 


Check in /Registration 


January 17 


Wednesday 


Classes begin 


January 31 


Wednesday 


Last day to add courses** 


February 


(date to be announced) 


Founders' Day Convocation 


February 21 


Wednesday 


Last day to drop courses** 


March 9 


Friday 


Midterm grades due 


March 10-18 


Saturday-Sunday 


Spring break* 


March 19 


Monday 


Classes resume 


April 6 


Friday 


Good Friday — no classes 


May 2 


Wednesday 


Classes end 


May 3 


Thursday 


Reading Day 


May 4-5 


Friday-Saturday 


Examinations 


May 7-10 


Monday-Thursday 


Examinations* 


May 20 


Sunday 


Baccalaureate 


May 21 


Monday 


Commencement* 



Consult Residence Life and Housing for schedule of opening and closing times. 

For courses taught in less than the full term's duration (e.g., 7.5 week classes), proportional drop 

and add deadlines will be in effect. 



Table of Contents 



&\mm 



The University 6 

Buildings and Grounds 7 

Information Systems 8 

Libraries 10 

Recognition and Accreditation 11 

The Undergraduate Schools 11 

Wake Forest College 13 

Statement of Purpose 13 

Honor System 14 

Summary of Computing Rights and Responsibilities 15 

Student Complaints 16 

History and Development 18 

Procedures 19 

Admission /Application 19 

Early Decision — Single Choice /First Choice 20 

Admission of Students with Disabilities 20 

Advanced Placement and CLEP 20 

Admission of Transfer Students 21 

Student Health Information Summary Form /Immunization Policy 21 

Expenses 22 

Dining Choices 23 

Refunds 25 

Housing 27 

Off-Campus Housing Policy 27 

Student Health Service 28 

Orientation and Advising 28 

Registration 29 

Classification 29 

Part-time Students 29 

Class Attendance 30 

Auditing Courses 30 

Dropping a Course 30 

Drop/add of Partial-semester Courses 30 

Withdrawal 31 

Examinations 31 

Grading 31 

Dean's List 32 

Repetition of Courses 32 

Probation 33 

Requirements for Continuation 33 

Requirements for Readmission 34 

Summer Study 34 

Transfer Credit 34 

Independent Study, Individual Study, Directed Reading and Internships 35 

Approval of Overseas Programs 35 

Scholarships and Loans 36 

Policy on Satisfactory Academic Progress for Financial Aid Eligibility 36 

Institutional Financial Aid/Federal Financial Aid 36 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Scholarships 38 

Federal Financial Aid Programs 54 

Exchange Programs and Scholarships 54 

Loans 55 

Other Aid Programs 55 

Outside Assistance 56 

Special Programs 57 

International Studies 58 

Center for International Studies 58 

International Students 58 

Foreign Area Studies 58 

Opportunities for Study Abroad In Wake Forest Programs 58 

Study Abroad in Non-Wake Forest Programs 60 

Requirements for Degrees 61 

Degrees Offered 61 

General Requirements 61 

Core Requirements 62 

Basic Requirements 62 

Foreign Language Placement 63 

Divisional Requirements 63 

Additional Requirements 64 

Requirement in Health and Exercise Science 64 

Proficiency in the Use of English 64 

Declaring a Major 65 

Maximum Number of Courses in a Department 65 

Options for Meeting Major Requirements 66 

Double Majors/Minors 66 

Foreign Area Studies 66 

Senior Testing 67 

Combined Degrees in Medical Technology 67 

Degrees in Engineering 67 

Degrees in Forestry and Environmental Studies 67 

Five-year Cooperative Degree Program in Latin-American Studies 68 

Courses of Instruction/Wake Forest College 69 

American Ethnic Studies 70 

Anthropology 72 

Art 76 

Biology 83 

Chemistry 90 

Classical Languages 94 

Communication 98 

Computer Science 103 

Counseling 106 

Cultural Resource Preservation 106 

Early Christian Studies 107 

East Asian Languages and Cultures (Chinese/Japanese) 108 

East Asian Studies 112 

Economics 114 

Education 117 

English 123 

Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprise 130 

Environmental Program 133 

Film Studies 136 

German and Russian 137 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



German Studies 141 

Global Trade and Commerce Studies 142 

Health and Exercise Science 143 

Health Policy and Administration 147 

History 148 

Humanities 155 

Interdisciplinary Honors 159 

International Studies 161 

Italian Studies 167 

Journalism 168 

Languages Across the Curriculum 170 

Latin- American Studies 170 

Linguistics 172 

Mathematics 174 

Medieval Studies 179 

Middle East and South Asia Studies 180 

Military Science 181 

Music 183 

Neuroscience 190 

Philosophy 191 

Physics 194 

Political Science 198 

Psychology 205 

Religion 209 

Romance Languages 216 

Russian and East European Studies 231 

Sociology 232 

Spanish Studies 236 

Theatre and Dance 236 

Urban Studies 242 

Women's and Gender Studies 243 

Other Courses 246 

Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 247 

Mission 247 

Accreditation 248 

Programs and Majors 248 

Admission 249 

Transfer of Credit 249 

Requirements for Continuation/Requirements for Graduation 250 

Senior Honors Program 251 

Beta Gamma Sigma, National Honor Society 251 

Courses of Instruction 252 

Enrollment 259 

Board of Trustees 260 

Board of Visitors 261 

Board of Visitors/Calloway School 262 

Administration 263 

Undergraduate Faculties 276 

Emeriti 301 

Committees of the Faculty 306 

Index 309 

Bulletins of Wake Forest 315 

Notes 316 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



The University 




WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY IS 
CHARACTERIZED BY ITS DEVOTION TO 
LIBERAL LEARNING AND PROFESSIONAL 
PREPARATION FOR MEN AND WOMEN, 
ITS STRONG SENSE OF COMMUNITY AND 
FELLOWSHIP, AND ITS ENCOURAGEMENT 
OF FREE INQUIRY AND EXPRESSION. 



Wake Forest Institute was founded in 1834 
by the Baptist State Convention of North 
Carolina. The school opened its doors on 
February 3 with Samuel Wait as principal. 
Classes were first held in a farmhouse on the 
Calvin Jones plantation in Wake County, 
North Carolina, near which the village of 
Wake Forest later developed. 

Rechartered in 1838 as Wake Forest College, 
Wake Forest is one of the oldest institutions 
of higher learning in the state. The School of 
Law was established in 1894, followed by a 
two-year medical school in 1902. Wake Forest 
was exclusively a college for men until World 
War II, when women were admitted for the 
first time. 

In 1941 the medical school moved to 
Winston-Salem to become affiliated with 
North Carolina Baptist Hospital and was 
renamed the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine. In 1946 the trustees of Wake Forest 
and the Baptist State Convention of North 
Carolina accepted a proposal by the Z. Smith 
Reynolds Foundation to relocate the College 
to Winston-Salem. The late Charles and Mary 
Reynolds Babcock donated much of the R.J. 
Reynolds family estate as the site for the 



campus and building funds were received 
from many sources. From 1952 to 1956, the 
first fourteen buildings were constructed in 
Georgian style on the new campus. The move 
to Winston-Salem took place in the summer of 
1956; the original, or "old" campus, is now 
home to Southeastern Baptist Theological 
Seminary. 

Following the move, Wake Forest grew con- 
siderably in enrollment, programs, and stature 
and became a University in 1967. The School 
of Business Administration, first established 
in 1948, was named the Charles H. Babcock 
School of Business Administration in 1969 and 
admitted its first graduate students in 1971. 
In 1972 the school enrolled only graduate 
students and the name was changed to the 
Babcock Graduate School of Management; 
departments of business and accountancy and 
economics were established in the College. In 
1980 the Department of Business and Accoun- 
tancy was reconstituted as the School of Busi- 
ness and Accountancy; the name was changed 
to the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy in 1995. 

The Division of Graduate Studies, estab- 
lished in 1961, is now organized as the Gradu- 
ate School and encompasses advanced work 
in the arts and sciences on both the Reynolda 
and Bowman Gray campuses. In 1997 the 
medical school was renamed the Wake Forest 
University School of Medicine; its campus is 
now known as the Bowman Gray Campus. 
The Divinity School was established in 1999. 



THE UNIVERSITY 



Wake Forest honors its Baptist heritage in 
word and deed. The University will fulfill the 
opportunities for service arising out of that 
heritage. Governance is now by an indepen- 
dent Board of Trustees; there are advisory 
boards of visitors for the College and each 
professional school. A joint board of Universi- 
ty trustees and trustees of the North Carolina 
Baptist Hospital is responsible for Wake Forest 
University Baptist Medical Center, which 
includes the hospital and the medical school. 

The College, Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy, Babcock Gradu- 
ate School of Management, School of Law, the 
Graduate School, and the Divinity School are 
located on the Reynolda Campus in northwest 
Winston-Salem. The Wake Forest School of 
Medicine is about four miles away, near the 
city's downtown. The University also offers 
instruction regularly at Casa Artom in Venice, 
at Worrell House in London, at Flow House in 
Vienna, and in other places around the world. 

The College offers courses in more than 
forty fields of study leading to the baccalau- 
reate degree. The Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy offers courses 
of study leading to baccalaureate degrees in 
business, finance, or mathematical business 
(in cooperation with the Department of Math- 
ematics); and a combination baccalaureate 
and master of science degree in accountancy 
through the Graduate School of Arts and Sci- 
ences of the University. The Divinity School 
offers the master of divinity degree. 

The School of Law offers the juris doctor 
and master of laws in American law degrees, 
and the Babcock Graduate School of Manage- 
ment, the master of business administration 
degree. Both schools also offer a joint JD/MBA 
degree. 

In addition to the doctor of medicine 
degree, the Wake Forest School of Medicine 
offers, through the Graduate School, programs 
leading to the master of science and doctor of 
philosophy degrees in biomedical sciences. 
The School of Medicine and the Babcock 
School offer a joint MD/MBA program. 



The Graduate School confers the master 
of arts, master of arts in education, master of 
arts in liberal studies, and master of science 
degrees in the arts and sciences and the doctor 
of philosophy degree in biology, chemistry, 
and physics. The Graduate School also offers 
MD/PhD and PhD /MB A programs. 

Buildings and Grounds 

The Reynolda Campus of Wake Forest is situ- 
ated on approximately 340 acres; its physical 
facilities consist of over thirty buildings, most 
of which are of modified Georgian architec- 
ture and constructed of Old Virginia brick 
trimmed in granite and limestone. The main 
Quadrangle, Hearn Plaza, is named for Wake 
Forest's twelfth president, Thomas K. Hearn, 
Jr., who served from 1983 to 2005. Manchester 
Plaza, named for benefactors and Wake For- 
est parents Doug and Elizabeth Manchester, 
is located on south campus. The Reynolda 
Gardens annex, consisting of about 150 acres 
and including Reynolda Woods, Reynolda Vil- 
lage, Reynolda Gardens, and Reynolda House 
Museum of American Art, is adjacent to the 
campus. The Graylyn International Confer- 
ence Center is nearby. 

Wait Chapel, named in memory of the first 
president of the College, seats 2,300. The 
Wait Chapel tower contains the Janet Jeffrey 
Carlisle Harris Carillon, an instrument of 
forty-eight bells. Wingate Hall, named in honor 
of President Washington Manly Wingate, 
houses the Department of Religion, the Divin- 
ity School, and the offices of the University 
chaplain and Wake Forest Baptist Church. 
Reynolda Hall, across the upper plaza from 
Wait Chapel, houses most of the administra- 
tive offices for the Reynolda Campus. The 
Benson University Center is the central hub for 
student activities and events. The Z. Smith 
Reynolds Library and its Edwin Graves Wilson 
Wing house the main collection of books and 
documents on the Reynolda Campus. Along 
with eight floors of open stacks, it has reading 
and reference rooms for study. Carswell Hall 



THE UNIVERSITY 



houses the Departments of Communication, 
Economics, and Sociology, and a large multi- 
media lecture area, the Annenberg Forum. 

Winston Hall houses the biology department; 
Salem Hall, the chemistry department. Both 
buildings have laboratories as well as class- 
rooms and special research facilities. The Olin 
Physical Laboratory houses the physics depart- 
ment. Harold W. Tribble Hall accommodates 
primarily humanities departments and the 
women's and gender studies program, and 
has seminar rooms, a philosophy library, and 
a multimedia lecture area, DeTamble Audito- 
rium. The Museum of Anthropology houses the 
anthropology department and North Caroli- 
na's only museum dedicated to the study of 
world cultures. The Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy is located in Kirby 
Hall, and the Departments of Mathematics and 
Computer Science are in adjacent Manchester 
Hall. William B. Greene Jr. Hall houses psychol- 
ogy, German and Russian, and Romance 
languages. 

The James R. Scales Fine Arts Center is of contem- 
porary design appropriate to the functions of 
studio art, theatre, musical and dance perfor- 
mances, and instruction in art history, drama, 
and music. Off its lobby is the Charlotte and 
Philip Hanes Gallery for special exhibitions. In 
the art wing are spacious studios for drawing, 
painting, sculpture, and printmaking, along 
with a smaller gallery and classrooms. In the 
theatre wing are design and production areas 
and two technically complete theatres, the 
larger of traditional proscenium design and 
the smaller for experimental ring productions. 
The music wing contains Brendle Recital Hall 
for concerts and lectures, classrooms, practice 
rooms for individuals and groups, and the 
offices of the music department. 

The Worrell Professional Center for Law and 
Management houses the School of Law and 
the Babcock Graduate School of Management 
under one roof. 



The William N. Reynolds Gymnasium has class- 
rooms for instruction in health and exercise 
science, courts for indoor sports, a swimming 
pool, and offices for the Department of Health 
and Exercise Science and Student Health Ser- 
vice. Adjacent are tennis courts, sports fields, 
Kentner Stadium, the Manchester Athletic Center, 
and the Kenneth D. Miller Center. 

The Information Systems Building houses the 
information systems and military science 
departments, as well as a University Stores 
annex and a food service area. 

The Wake Forest campus has a wide variety of 
housing options available to students. Babcock 
Hall, Bostwick Hall, Collins Hall, Davis Hall, 
Efird Hall, Huffman Hall, Johnson Hall, Kitchin 
Hall, Luter Hall, Martin Hall, Palmer Hall, 
Piccolo Hall, Polo Hall, Poteat Hall, the Student 
Apartments, and Taylor Hall are coeducational 
by floor, wing, or apartment. Substance-free 
living environments are available in some 
residence halls. Student housing is also avail- 
able in the townhouse apartments and several 
small houses owned by the University. On the 
edge of the main campus are apartments for 
faculty and staff. 

Information Systems 

Information Systems supports the instruction, 
research, and administrative needs of the 
Reynolda Campus of Wake Forest University. 
The campus computer network offers high- 
speed wired and wireless connectivity from all 
residence hall rooms, classrooms, offices, and 
most public areas. 

Upon enrollment, all undergraduate stu- 
dents receive an IBM ThinkPad computer 
equipped with wireless connectivity and a 
color printer. At the beginning of the junior 
year, students exchange the ThinkPad for a 
new model. Upon graduation, the ThinkPad 
and the printer become the property of the 
student. 

These laptop computers contain a standard 
suite of powerful programs that allow students 
easy access to research and class materials 



THE UNIVERSITY 



and offer the ability to interact with faculty, 
staff, and other students through the campus 
network. Software programs include Micro- 
soft Office, Adobe Acrobat and digital media 
tools, and e-mail and Internet applications like 
Mozilla and Macromedia Dreamweaver. A 
large variety of instructional, classroom, and 
research resources are also available on the 
ThinkPad. These include the online catalog, 
databases, and electronic journals provided by 
the Z. Smith Reynolds Library. 

Information Systems maintains an exten- 
sive array of online information systems 
that support University admissions, student 
registration, grade processing, payroll admin- 
istration, accounting services, and many other 
administrative and academic applications. 
In addition, the Wake Forest Information 
Network (WTN) provides the University 
community with features like faculty, staff, 
and student directories; an alumni direc- 
tory and career networking service; online 
class registration; and vehicle registration. 

Students also have access to computing 
resources outside the University. The Uni- 
versity is a member of the Inter-University 
Consortium for Political and Social Research 
(ICPSR), located at the University of Michigan. 
Membership in ICPSR provides faculty and 
students with access to a large library of data 
files, including public opinion surveys, cross- 
cultural data, financial data, and complete 
census data. The University is also a member 
of EDUCAUSE, a national consortium of 
colleges and universities concerned with com- 
puting issues. 

The University has an extensive collection 
of computing facilities serving both academic 
and business needs. Twenty-five LINUX ser- 
vers and 24 Windows-based servers provide 
for business computing needs and services. 
A mix of 47 LINUX and ALX systems and 
30 Windows-based systems provide for mes- 
saging, systems management, Internet, intra- 
net, courseware, various research needs, and 
file and print services. A 130-node LESTUX 
supercomputing cluster provides supercom- 
puting services for mathematics, computer 



science, physics, and other scientific research 
applications. These systems are available to 
students, faculty, and staff 24 hours a day 
through the Wake Forest University network 
or ISP con-nectivity. All connections are 
protected by VPN and firewalls. 

Wake Forest's network infrastructure in- 
cludes a gigabit Ethernet backbone, 100 mega- 
bit switched connectivity to the desktop, and 
pervasive, 802.Ua/g wireless connectivity in 
all campus buildings. Wake Forest has a giga- 
bit Ethernet connection to the Winston-Salem 
RPOP (regional point of presence) for Inter- 
net access. This RPOP connects the Universi- 
ty to the North Carolina Research and Educa- 
tion Network (NCREN), the Internet service 
provider for the majority of North Carolina 
colleges and universities. Through this con- 
nection, Wake Forest has access to addition- 
al extensive supercomputing facilities located 
throughout the state of North Carolina as well 
as access to all the premiere research networks 
in the world, including Internet II, Abilene, 
and the VBNS (Very high performance Back- 
bone Network Service). Wake Forest works 
closely with NCREN on other advanced net- 
work and Internet technologies. 

Information Systems also provides tele- 
phone and cable television services to the stu- 
dents, faculty, and staff of Wake Forest Uni- 
versity. All residence hall rooms are equipped 
with telephone jacks and cable TV connec- 
tions. Local dial service for the campus and 
Winston-Salem area is provided as part of the 
housing package. Students who reside in cam- 
pus housing receive personal security codes 
for dialing long-distance calls, which are billed 
to them each month. 

Cable television, while providing a recrea- 
tional outlet, plays an important role by pro- 
viding access to campus information and edu- 
cational offerings. Cable channel 2 is the Wake 
Forest Information Systems channel, which 
provides updated information on campus 
technology, Help Desk hours, and the status of 
various technology services. Cable channel 6 is 
student-run WAKE-TV, which features various 



THE UNIVERSITY 



student programming. Channels 20 and 22 
carry SCOLA and SCOLA2, nonprofit educa- 
tional services that feature television program- 
ming from more than 50 different countries in 
their original languages. Information Systems 
also offers select HDTV channels to students 
in residence halls. 

Information Systems provides assistance 
online at http://help.wfu.edu, by telephone 
at xHELP (x4357) and supports walk-in 
customers in room 256 of the Information 
Systems Building from 8 a.m. until 9 p.m. 
Monday through Thursday; 8 a.m. until 5 p.m. 
on Friday; and 5 p.m. until 9 p.m. on Sunday. 
A voice mail retrieval system is activated 
on weekends and during holiday breaks to 
respond to emergency calls. On-site comput- 
ing support in the residence halls is available 
from Resident Technology Advisors (xRTAS). 

Libraries 

The libraries of Wake Forest University sup- 
port instruction and research at the under- 
graduate level and in the disciplines awarding 
graduate degrees. The libraries of the Univer- 
sity hold membership in the Association of 
College and Research Libraries and in the 
Association of Southeastern Research Librar- 
ies. They rank among the top libraries in the 
Southeast in expenditures per student. 

The Wake Forest University libraries in- 
clude the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, the Pro- 
fessional Center Library (serving the School 
of Law and the Babcock Graduate School of 
Management), and the Coy C. Carpenter 
Library of the Wake Forest University School 
of Medicine. The three libraries maintain col- 
lections totaling over 1.7 million print volumes 
and subscriptions to more than 15,000 periodi- 
cals and serials largely of scholarly content. 
The Z. Smith Reynolds Library holds over 
1.4 million volumes in the general collection, 
over 1 million reels of microfilm and pieces of 
microtext, and nearly 25,000 media items. As 
a congressionally-designated selective federal 
depository and depository of North Carolina 
government information, the Z. Smith Reynolds 



Library holds nearly 170,000 government doc- 
uments. The Professional Center Library holds 
over 200,000 volumes and is open to under- 
graduates with research needs for its collec- 
tion. The Coy C. Carpenter Library holds over 
150,000 volumes. 

The Wake Forest libraries share an online 
catalog that lists the libraries' holdings and 
provides access to electronic resources, data- 
bases, and an extensive collection of electronic 
journals, all accessible via the campus network 
and remotely. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library provides 
comprehensive reference and research ser- 
vices including assistance with directed and 
independent research and online searching; 
discipline-related library instruction; informa- 
tion literacy classes; general library orienta- 
tion; and tours. Reference tools are available in 
electronic and print formats. Library staff offer 
undergraduates a one-credit course, LIB 100: 
"Accessing Information in the 21st Century," 
which focuses on effective use of research 
strategies, search techniques, and evaluation 
of resources. Wake Forest students, faculty, 
and staff may use interlibrary loan services to 
borrow materials from other libraries through- 
out the country at no charge. 

Special collections in the Z. Smith Reyn- 
olds Library include the Rare Books Collec- 
tion, greatly enhanced by the donation of 
rare and fine books of the late Charles H. 
Babcock, which emphasizes American and 
British authors of the late nineteenth and early 
twentieth centuries. Among the collections 
are works by Mark Twain, Gertrude Stein, 
William Butler Yeats, and T. S. Eliot. There 
is also an extensive Anglo-Irish literature 
collection. The Ethel Taylor Crittenden 
Baptist Historical Collection contains sig- 
nificant books, periodicals, manuscripts and 
church records relating to North Carolina 
Baptists, as well as a collection of the personal 
papers of prominent ministers, educators, 
and government officials with ties to Wake 
Forest. The Wake Forest College /University 
Archive is maintained in this library as well. 



THE UNIVERSITY 



10 



Facilities in the Z. Smith Reynolds Library 
include the Information Technology Center 
(ETC). Digital imaging, scanning, multimedia 
services, collaborative workstations, a com- 
puter lab and technology training are avail- 
able in the ITC. Several small group study 
rooms are located throughout the library and 
may be reserved at the circulation desk. Two 
24-hour study areas, one with a cyber cafe, 
are located off the lobby and are accessible 
by key-card after regular library hours. Lock- 
ers are available in the 24-hour study areas 
for students to use on a short term basis. The 
entire library is equipped for wireless Internet 
access. 

For more information, visit the Z. Smith 
Reynolds Library Web page at www.wfu. 
edu/zsr. 

Recognition and Accreditation 

Wake Forest University is accredited by the 
Commission on Colleges of the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools to award 
bachelor's, master's, and doctoral degrees. 
The Commission can be contacted at (404) 
679-4501, 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Geor- 
gia 30033-4097 and www.sacscoc.org. Inquires 
should relate only to the accreditation status 
of the institution and not to general admission 
information. 

The Wake Forest University School of 
Medicine is a member of the Association of 
American Medical Colleges and is fully ac- 
credited by the Liaison Committee on Medical 
Education, the joint accrediting body of the 
Association of American Medical Colleges 
and the American Medical Association. The 
School of Law is a member of the Associa- 
tion of American Law Schools and is listed 
as an approved school by the Council of the 
Section of Legal Education and Admissions 
to the Bar of the American Bar Association 
and by the Board of Law Examiners and the 
Council of the North Carolina State Bar. The 
Babcock Graduate School of Management 
and the Wayne Calloway School of Busi- 
ness and Accountancy are accredited by the 



Association to Advance Collegiate Schools 
of Business. The Babcock Graduate School is 
also accredited by the European Foundation 
for Management Development. The program 
in counseling leading to the master of arts in 
education degree is accredited by the Council 
for the Accreditation of Counseling and 
Related Educational Programs. The Divinity 
School has obtained associate membership in 
the Association of Theological Schools. 

Wake Forest University is a member of 
many of the major institutional organizations 
and associations at the national, regional, 
and statewide levels, including the follow- 
ing: The American Council on Education, 
the Association of American Colleges, the 
National Association of Independent Colleges 
and Universities, the Council of Graduate 
Schools in the United States, the Commis- 
sion on Colleges of the Southern Association 
of Colleges and Schools, Oak Ridge Associ- 
ated Universities, Southern Universities 
Conference, the North Carolina Conference 
of Graduate Schools, the North Carolina 
Association of Colleges and Universities, the 
North Carolina Department of Public Instruc- 
tion, and the North Carolina Association of 
Independent Colleges and Universities. In 
addition, many offices of the University are 
members of associations which focus on par- 
ticular aspects of university administration. 

Wake Forest has chapters of the principal 
national social fraternities and sororities, 
professional fraternities, and honor societ- 
ies, including Phi Beta Kappa and Sigma Xi. 
There is an active chapter of the American As- 
sociation of University Professors on campus. 

The Undergraduate Schools 

The undergraduate schools, Wake Forest 
College and the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy, are governed by 
the Board of Trustees, the University admin- 
istration, and by their respective faculties. 
Responsibility for academic administration 
is delegated by the president and trustees to 
the provost, who is the chief academic officer 



11 



THE UNIVERSITY 



of the University. The deans of the schools 
report to the provost and are responsible for 
academic planning and administration for 
their schools. 

Wake Forest University is committed to 
administer all educational and employment 
activities without discrimination because 
of race, color, religion, national origin, age, 
sex, veteran status, handicapped status, or 
disability as required by law. The University 
has adopted a procedure for the purpose of 
resolving discrimination complaints. Inquiries 
or concerns should be directed to: Harold 
Holmes, dean of student services, at (336) 758- 
5226; Deborah L. Best, dean of the college, at 
(336) 758-5312; or Doris McLaughlin, assistant 
director of human resources, director of equal 
employment opportunity, and Title IX coordi- 
nator, at (336) 758-4814. 



The Higher Education Act requires that 
institutions of higher education make avail- 
able by October 15 of each year a copy of the 
Equity in Athletics Disclosure Act annual re- 
port to any student who requests one. Please 
contact the athletic department to request a 
copy of this document. 

Wake Forest rejects hatred and bigotry in 
any form and adheres to the principle that no 
person affiliated with Wake Forest should be 
judged or harassed on the basis of perceived 
or actual sexual orientation. In affirming its 
commitment to this principle, Wake Forest 
does not limit freedom of religious association 
or expression, does not presume to control 
the policies of persons or entities not affili- 
ated with Wake Forest, and does not extend 
benefits beyond those provided under other 
policies of Wake Forest. 



THE UNIVERSITY 



12 



Wake Forest College 



:%kC%r-- 




WAKE FOREST COLLEGE IS THE 
UNDERGRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND 
SCIENCES OF WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY. 
IT IS THE CENTER OF THE UNIVERSITY'S 
ACADEMIC LIFE; THROUGH IT, THE 
UNIVERSITY CARRIES ON THE TRADITION 
OF PREPARING MEN AND WOMEN FOR 
PERSONAL ENRICHMENT, ENLIGHTENED 
CITIZENSHIP, AND PROFESSIONAL LIFE. 



Wake Forest College is a place of meeting. Its 
teachers and students are of diverse back- 
grounds and interests, and that diversity is 
crucial to the distinctive character of the Col- 
lege. Wake Forest continually examines its 
educational purpose and evaluates its success 
in fulfilling it. A formal statement of purpose 
was prepared as part of the school's decennial 
reaccreditation process and was adopted by the 
Board of Trustees. 

Statement of Purpose 

Wake Forest is a University dedicated to the 
pursuit of excellence in the liberal arts and in 
graduate and professional education. Its dis- 
tinctiveness in its pursuit of its mission derives 
from its private, coeducational, and residential 
character; its size and location; and its Baptist 
heritage. Each of these factors constitutes a 
significant aspect of the unique character of 
the institution. 

The University is now comprised of seven 
constituent parts: two undergraduate institu- 
tions, Wake Forest College and the Wayne Cal- 
loway School of Business and Accountancy; 



the Graduate School; and four professional 
schools: the School of Law, the Wake Forest 
University School of Medicine, the Babcock 
Graduate School of Management, and the 
Divinity School. It seeks to honor the ideals 
of liberal learning, which entail commitment 
to transmission of cultural heritages; teaching 
the modes of learning in the basic disciplines 
of human knowledge; developing critical 
appreciation of moral, aesthetic, and religious 
values; advancing the frontiers of knowledge 
through in-depth study and research; and 
applying and using knowledge in the service 
of humanity. 

Wake Forest has been dedicated to the 
liberal arts for over a century and a half; this 
means education in the fundamental fields 
of human knowledge and achievement, as 
distinguished from education that is technical 
or narrowly vocational. It seeks to encourage 
habits of mind that ask "why," that evaluate 
evidence, that are open to new ideas, that 
attempt to understand and appreciate the 
perspectives of others, that accept complexity 
and grapple with it, that admit error, and that 
pursue truth. Wake Forest College has by far 
the largest student body in the University, and 
its function is central to the University's larger 
life. The College and the Graduate School are 
most singularly focused on learning for its 
own sake; they therefore serve as exemplars 
of specific academic values in the life of the 
University. 

Beginning as early as 1894, Wake Forest 
accepted an obligation to provide profes- 
sional training in a number of fields, as a 
complement to its primary mission of liberal 



13 



WAKE FOREST COLLEGE 



arts education. This responsibility is fulfilled 
in the conviction that the humane values 
embodied in the liberal arts are also centrally 
relevant to the professions. Professional edu- 
cation at Wake Forest is characterized by a 
commitment to ethical and other professional 
ideals that transcend technical skills. Like the 
Graduate School, the professional schools are 
dedicated to the advancement of learning in 
their fields. In addition, they are specifically 
committed to the application of knowledge 
to solving concrete problems of human be- 
ings. They are strengthened by values and 
goals which they share with the College and 
Graduate School, and the professional schools 
enhance the work of these schools and the 
University as a whole by serving as models of 
service to humanity. 

Wake Forest was founded by private initia- 
tive, and ultimate decision-making authority 
lies in a privately appointed Board of Trustees 
rather than in a public body. Funded to a large 
extent from private sources of support, Wake 
Forest is determined to chart its own course 
in the pursuit of its goals. As a coeducational 
institution, it seeks to "educate together" 
persons of both sexes and from a wide range 
of backgrounds — racial, ethnic, religious, 
geographical, socioeconomic, and cultural. Its 
residential features are conducive to learning 
and to the pursuit of a wide range of cocurric- 
ular activities. It has made a conscious choice 
to remain small in overall size; it takes pride 
in being able to function as a community 
rather than a conglomerate. Its location in the 
Piedmont area of North Carolina engenders 
an ethos that is distinctively Southern, and 
more specifically North Carolinian. As it seeks 
further to broaden its constituency and to 
receive national recognition, it is also finding 
ways to maintain the ethos associated with its 
regional roots. 

Wake Forest is proud of its Baptist and 
Christian heritage. For more than a century 
and a half, it has provided the University 
an indispensable basis for its mission and 
purpose, enabling Wake Forest to educate 



thousands of ministers and lay people for 
enlightened leadership in their churches 
and communities. Far from being exclusive 
and parochial, this religious tradition gives 
the University roots that ensure its lasting 
identity and branches that provide a support- 
ive environment for a wide variety of faiths. 
The Baptist insistence on both the separation 
of church and state and local autonomy has 
helped to protect the University from interfer- 
ence and domination by outside interests, 
whether these be commercial, governmental, 
or ecclesiastical. The Baptist stress upon an 
uncoerced conscience in matters of religious 
belief has been translated into a concern for 
academic freedom. The Baptist emphasis 
upon revealed truth enables a strong religious 
critique of human reason, even as the claims 
of revelation are put under the scrutiny of rea- 
son. The character of intellectual life at Wake 
Forest encourages open and frank dialogue 
and provides assurance that the University 
will be ecumenical and not provincial in 
scope, and that it must encompass perspec- 
tives other than the Christian. Wake Forest 
thus seeks to maintain and invigorate what is 
noblest in its religious heritage. 

Honor System 

Wake Forest University upholds the ideals 
of honor and integrity. The Honor System 
is central to University life; its essence is a 
commitment by each person to do what is 
right and abide by community standards. 
Each student is pledged to be trustworthy in 
all matters, and a violation of that trust is an 
offense against the community as a whole. In 
the specific terms of the Honor Code, a stu- 
dent pledges in all phases of life not to cheat, 
plagiarize, engage in other forms of academic 
misconduct, deceive, or steal. The strength of 
the Honor System derives from the commit- 
ment of each and every student to uphold 
its ideals. 

The Honor System is jointly administered 
by the dean of student services, the associate 
dean/judicial officer, the Honor and Ethics 



WAKE FOREST COLLEGE 14 



Council, and the Judicial Council. Complete 
details are available at the Office of the Dean 
of Student Services. 

Summary of Computing Rights and 
Responsibilities 

The policy applies to all computer and com- 
puter communication facilities owned, leased, 
operated, or contracted by the University. 
This includes, but is not limited to, word 
processing equipment, microcomputers, mini- 
computers, mainframes, computer networks, 
computer peripherals, and software, whether 
used for administration, research, teaching, or 
other purposes. The policy extends to any use 
of University facilities to access computers 
elsewhere. 

Wake Forest University provides each of 
its students and faculty with a computer and 
an e-mail account. Outside of the classroom, 
e-mail is an important means of communica- 
tion between faculty, staff, and students. It is 
the responsibility of the student to regularly 
monitor his or her Wake Forest e-mail account 
for University communications. 

Basic Principles. The University's computing 
resources are for instructional and research 
use by the students, faculty, and staff of Wake 
Forest University. Ethical standards that ap- 
ply to other University activities (Honor and 
Ethics System, the Social Rules and Responsi- 
bilities, and all local, state, and federal laws) 
apply equally to use of campus computing 
facilities. 

As in all aspects of University life, users of 
computing facilities should act honorably and 
in a manner consistent with ordinary ethical 
obligations. Cheating, stealing, making false 
or deceiving statements, plagiarism, vandal- 
ism, and harassment are just as wrong in the 
context of computing systems as they are in 
all other domains. 

Use of campus facilities is restricted to 
authorized users. An "authorized user" is an 
individual who has been assigned a login ID 
and password by Information Systems staff 



(on any relevant system), or by an authorized 
agent. Individual users are responsible for the 
proper use of their accounts, including the 
protection of their login IDs and passwords. 
Users are also responsible for reporting any 
activities that they believe to be in violation of 
this policy, just as students are responsible for 
reporting Honor and Ethics System violations. 

Individuals should use these facilities: 

• in a manner consistent with the terms under 
which they were granted access to them; 

• in a way that respects the rights and privacy of 
other users; so as not to interfere with or violate 
the normal, appropriate use of these facilities; 
and 

• in a responsible and efficient manner. 

Abusive activities which are already covered 
under other University policies are to be 
handled in the same way, and by the same 
authorities, as if a computer had not been 
involved, following established guidelines. 

Systems Monitoring. This statement serves 
as notice to all users of campus computing 
systems that regular monitoring of system 
activities may occur. Only designated staff of 
Information Systems have authorization to 
engage in systems monitoring. 

Privacy. All individuals, including members of 
the Information Systems staff, should respect 
the privacy of other authorized users. Thus 
they should respect the rights of other users 
to security of files, confidentiality of data, and 
the ownership of their own work. Nonethe- 
less, in order to enforce the policies set out 
here, designated Information Systems staff 
are permitted to monitor activity on local 
computing systems. 

In the event that staff should investigate 
a user, a record of the investigation shall 
be placed in a permanent file to be kept in 
Information Systems, beyond the standard 
log of all systems monitoring. This record 
shall state why the user was investigated, 



15 



WAKE FOREST COLLEGE 



what files were examined, and the results of 
the investigation. Information Systems staff 
shall not reveal the contents of users' files, us- 
ers' activities, or the record of investigations 
except in the following cases (and then only 
with the approval of the chief information 
officer or the provost): 

• Evidence of Honor and Ethics System or Social 
Rules and Regulations violations will be refer- 
red to the dean of the appropriate school, or to 
the dean of student services. 

• Evidence of improper activities by University 
employees will be referred to the director of 
human resources or the appropriate University 
officers. 

• Evidence of violations of law will be referred to 
the appropriate law enforcement officials. 

Disciplinary Actions. Substantial evidence 
of a violation of the principles described in 
this policy statement may result in disciplin- 
ary action. As stated above, in cases where a 
policy already exists, and the only difference 
is that a computer was used to perform the 
activity, such action will be taken through 
appropriate University channels such as 
administrative procedures, the Honor and 
Ethics Council, the Graduate Council, or other 
supervisory authority to which the individual 
is subject. Violation of state or federal statutes 
may result in civil or criminal proceedings. 
Otherwise, those who engage in computer 
violations are subject to the authority of Infor- 
mation Systems. 

Violation of the policies articulated here 
may result in one or more of the following, 
plus any additional actions deemed appropri- 
ate by Information Systems: 

• Suspension of one's ability to perform interac- 
tive logins on relevant machines on campus. 

• Suspension of one's ability to login to a campus 
network. 

• Suspension of one's ability to send e-mail. 

• Suspension of one's ability to receive e-mail. 



• Increased monitoring of further computer activ- 
ity (beyond normal systems monitoring). 

Any disciplinary action taken by Information 
Systems may be revoked and /or modified by 
the provost of the University or anyone the 
provost designates to deal with such matters. 

Locating Computing Policy Information and 
Policy Updates. The above summary is based 
on the "Policy on Ethical and Responsible Use 
of Computing Resources" and other comput- 
ing policies. These policies may be updated, 
shortened, or expanded from time to time. 
Full policies can be reviewed online at www. 
wfu.edu/technology. 

Student Complaints 

Situations may arise in which a student 
believes that he or she has not received fair 
treatment by a representative of the Univer- 
sity or has a complaint about the performance, 
actions, or inaction of the staff or faculty af- 
fecting a student. The procedure for bringing 
these issues to the appropriate person or body 
is outlined here. Students are encouraged to 
seek assistance from their advisers or another 
member of the faculty or staff in evaluating 
the nature of their complaints or deciding on 
an appropriate course of action. 

A complaint should first be directed as 
soon as possible to the person or persons 
whose actions or inactions have given rise to 
the problem — not later than three months af- 
ter the event. For complaints in the academic 
setting, the student should talk personally 
with the instructor. Should the student and 
instructor be unable to resolve the conflict, the 
student, if unsatisfied, should then turn to the 
chair of the involved department (the dean in 
the Calloway School) for assistance. The chair 
(or dean) will meet with both parties, seek 
to understand their individual perspectives, 
and within a reasonable time, reach a conclu- 
sion and share it with both parties. Finally, 
a student may appeal to the Committee on 



WAKE FOREST COLLEGE 



16 



Academic Affairs which will study the mat- 
ter, work with the parties, and reach a final 
resolution. 

Students having complaints outside 
the academic setting, and who have been 
unable to resolve the matter with the indi- 
vidual directly involved, should process the 
complaint in a timely manner through the 
administrative channels of the appropriate 
unit. Students uncertain about the proper 
channels are encouraged to seek advice 
from faculty advisers, deans' offices, or 
the Office of the Dean of Student Services. 
Complaints which rise to the level of a griev- 
ance (as determined by the earlier steps in 
the process) may be heard as a final appeal 
before a University official designated by 
the provost after reviewing the nature of 
the complaint. The committee will include a 
representative of the faculty and a member 



of the student body. The grievance must 
be filed in writing. Grievances not deemed 
frivolous by the committee will be heard. The 
student may be assisted during the hearing 
by a member of the University community. 

The complaint/ grievance process out- 
lined above is meant to answer and resolve 
issues arising between individual students 
and the University and its various offices 
from practices and procedures affecting that 
relationship. In many cases, there are mecha- 
nisms already in place for the reporting and 
resolution of specialized complaints (harass- 
ment and discrimination, for instance), and 
these should be fully used where appropri- 
ate. Violation of student conduct rules or the 
honor system should be addressed through 
the judicial process specifically designed for 
that purpose. 



17 



WAKE FOREST COLLEGE 



History and Development 

Since 1834, Wake Forest College has devel- 
oped its distinctive pattern of characteristics: 
tenacity, independence, a fierce defense of 
free inquiry and expression, and a concern 
that knowledge be used responsibly and 
compassionately. That these characteristics 



have served the school well is displayed by 
its growth from a small sectarian school to 
one of the nation's significant small private 
universities. 

A brief history of Wake Forest is useful in 
understanding the University as it is today 
and appreciating the process through which it 
developed. 



Chronological History of Wake Forest University 



1 834 Founded in the town of Wake Forest, 
North Carolina, as Wake Forest Manual 
Labor Institute by Baptist State Conven- 
tion of North Carolina. Samuel Wait is 
president 

1 838 Named Wake Forest College 

1 845 William Hooper, president 

1 849 John Brown White, president 

1879 Thomas Henderson Pritchard, president 

1 884 Charles Elisha Taylor, president 

1 954 Washington Manly Wingate, president 

1894 School of Law established 

1 902 Two-year School of Medicine 
established 

1 905 William Louis Poteat, president 

1 921 First summer session 

1 927 Francis Pendleton Gaines, president 

1930 Thurman D. Kitchin, president 

1 941 Relocation of the School of Medicine to 
Winston-Salem and eventual change 
of name to Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine and association with the North 
Carolina Baptist Hospital 

1 942 Women admitted as undergraduate 
students 



1 950 Harold Wayland Tribble, president 

1 956 Move to Winston-Salem in response to an 
endowment from the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Foundation 

1 961 Graduate School of Arts and Sciences 
established 

1967 James Ralph Scales, president 

1967 Change of name to Wake Forest 
University 

1 969 Charles H. Babcock Graduate School of 
Management established 

1 983 Thomas K. Hearn Jr., president 

1984 Sesquicentennial anniversary 

1986 Established governing independence 
from the Baptist State Convention of 
North Carolina 

1 995 School of Business and Accountancy is 
renamed the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy 

1 997 Change of name to Wake Forest Univer- 
sity School of Medicine 

1999 Divinity School founded 

2005 Nathan O. Hatch, president 



WAKE FOREST COLLEGE 



18 



Procedures 




ALL STUDENTS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR 
FAMILIARIZING THEMSELVES WITH THE 
PORTIONS OF THIS BULLETIN THAT 
PERTAIN TO THEIR COURSE OF STUDY. 
STATEMENTS CONCERNING COURSES AND 
EXPENSES ARE NOT TO BE REGARDED AS 
IRREVOCABLE CONTRACTS BETWEEN THE 
STUDENT AND THE INSTITUTION. THE 
UNIVERSITY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO 
CHANGE THE SCHEDULE OF CLASSES 
AND THE COST OF INSTRUCTION AT ANY 
TIME WITHIN THE STUDENT'S TERM OF 
RESIDENCE. 

Admission 

Candidates for admission must furnish evi- 
dence of maturity and educational achieve- 
ment. The Committee on Admissions carefully 
considers the applicant's academic records, 
scores on tests, and evidence of character, mo- 
tivation, goals, and general fitness for study in 
the College. The applicant's secondary school 
program must establish a commitment to the 
kind of broad liberal education reflected in the 
academic requirements of the College. 

Admission as a first-year student nor- 
mally requires graduation from an accredited 
secondary school with a minimum of sixteen 
units of high school credit. These should in- 
clude four units in English, three in mathema- 
tics, two in history and social studies, two in a 
single foreign language, and one in the natural 
sciences. An applicant who presents at least 
twelve units of differently distributed college 



preparatory study can be considered. A lim- 
ited number of applicants may be admitted 
without the high school diploma, with par- 
ticular attention given to ability, maturity, and 
motivation. 

Application 

An application is secured from the Office of 
Undergraduate Admissions in person or by 
mail (P.O. Box 7305, Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina 27109-7305) or online at www.wfu. 
edu/ admissions. It should be completed and 
returned to that office no later than January 15 
for the fall semester. Most admissions deci- 
sions for the fall semester are made by April 1, 
with prompt notification of applicants. For 
the spring semester, applications should be 
completed and returned no later than Novem- 
ber 15. Except in emergency, the final date for 
applying for the fall semester is August 1 and 
for the spring semester, January 1. Application 
on this last-date basis is primarily for nonresi- 
dent students. 

Wake Forest accepts the Common Applica- 
tion in lieu of its own form and gives equal 
consideration to both. Students may obtain 
copies of the Common Application from their 
high schools. 

The admission application requires records 
and recommendations directly from second- 
ary school officials. It also requires test scores, 
preferably from the senior year, on the SAT I: 
Reasoning Test of The College Board. SAT II: 
Subject Test scores are optional. All test scores 
should be sent directly to the University by 
Educational Testing Service. A nonrefundable 
$40 fee to cover the cost of processing must 
accompany an application. It cannot be ap- 
plied to later charges for accepted students or 



19 



PROCEDURES 



refunded for others. The University reserves 
the right to reject any application without 
explanation. 

A $300 admission deposit is required of 
all regularly admitted students and must be 
sent to the Office of Undergraduate Admis- 
sions no later than May 1 following notice 
of acceptance. It is credited toward first 
semester fees and is nonrefundable. Stu- 
dents notified of acceptance after May 1 
for the fall semester or November 1 for the 
spring semester should make a nonrefund- 
able admission deposit within two weeks 
of notification. Failure to make the admis- 
sion deposit is taken as cancellation of 
application by the student. No deposit is 
required for summer session enrollment. 

Early Decision 

Two early decision deadlines and notification 
schedules are available to well-qualified high 
school students who decide, by the close of 
their junior year, that Wake Forest is either 
their only choice or first choice college. 

Early Decision — Single Choice 

Students who have selected Wake Forest as 
their first choice and have applied to no other 
college may submit an application at any time 
after completion of the junior year and no 
later than November 15. Decisions on these 
applicants are made on a rolling basis, three 
to four weeks after the application is complet- 
ed. Students agree to enroll if accepted and 
submit a nonrefundable $500 deposit prior to 
January 1. 

Early Decision — First Choice 

Students who have selected Wake Forest as 
a first choice and only early decision choice 
but who may have submitted or have plans 
to submit regular decision applications to 
other institutions, may apply no later than 
November 15 and are notified by December 
15. If accepted, students agree to enroll and to 



withdraw applications from other colleges. A 
$500 nonrefundable deposit is due by Jan. 1. 

Candidates for early decision are normally 
expected to have completed, or be enrolled 
in courses to complete, all secondary school 
requirements. Decisions are based upon 
junior year grades and test scores. Applicants 
not admitted are asked to submit additional 
SAT I scores and the first semester senior year 
grade report, or they are advised to apply 
elsewhere. 

Admission of Students with Disabilities 

Wake Forest College will consider the applica- 
tion of any qualified student, regardless of 
disability, on the basis of the selection criteria 
established by the University which include 
personal and academic merit. Upon matricu- 
lation, all students will be required to meet 
the same standards for graduation. 

The University endeavors to provide facili- 
ties which are in compliance with all laws and 
regulations regarding access for individuals 
with disabilities. Additionally, special services 
are available to reasonably accommodate 
students with disabilities. For more informa- 
tion on assistance for undergraduate students, 
please contact Van D. Westervelt, director 
of the Learning Assistance Center, at (336) 
758-5929 or refer to Disability Services under 
Campus Life on the Wake Forest Web site. 

Advanced Placement and CLEP 

Advanced placement credit for college level 
work done in high school is available on the 
basis of the Advanced Placement Examination 
of The College Board and supplementary in- 
formation. Especially well-qualified appli- 
cants for advanced standing may also be ex- 
empt from some basic and divisional courses 
with credit on the authorization of the depart- 
ment concerned. Credit by advanced standing 
is treated in the same manner as credit trans- 
ferred from another college. 

Under certain conditions, especially well- 
prepared applicants may be granted limited 



PROCEDURES 



2(1 



college credit through the subject tests of the 
College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 
of the Educational Testing Service. Such credit 
may be assigned with the approval of the de- 
partment concerned or the dean of the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 

Admission of Transfer Students 

The number of transfer students who can 
be admitted each year depends upon the 
availability of space in the first-year (second 
semester), sophomore, and junior classes. 
Transfer students must be eligible for readmis- 
sion to the last college attended and must 
supply a Dean's Statement(s) from all colleges 
attended. The Dean's Statement addresses 
any disciplinary action that may have been 
taken against the student for academic or 
non-academic reasons. The student must have 
an overall average of at least C on all college 
work attempted. A student who is admitted 
from another college before fully meeting 
the prescribed admissions requirements for 
entering first-year students must remove the 
entrance conditions during the first year at 
Wake Forest. 

Courses satisfactorily completed in other 
accredited colleges are accepted subject to fac- 
ulty approval. In general, no credit is allowed 
for courses not found in the Wake Forest cur- 
riculum. The minimum residence requirement 
for a baccalaureate degree is two academic 
years, the senior and one other. 

Student Health Information 
Summary Form 

All new students are required to have on 
file in the Student Health Service the WFU 
Student Health Service Health Information Sum- 
mary Form. It must be received by the Student 
Health Service before July 1 for new students 
entering fall semester or before January 1 for 
new students entering spring semester. The 
form, which requests information regarding 
documentation of immunizations required by 



the University and the State of North Caro- 
lina, is available at http://wfu.edu/shs. 

Immunization Policy 

Wake Forest University and North Carolina 
state law (G.S. 130A-152) requires documen- 
tation of certain immunizations for students 
attending a North Carolina college or uni- 
versity. Students must submit certification 
of these immunizations PRIOR TO REGIS- 
TRATION. Documentation should be on or 
attached to the completed WFU Student Health 
Service Information Summary Form provided 
by the Student Health Service in order to 
assure correct identification of the student. If 
you have not received the Health Information 
Summary Form, contact the Student Health 
Service, or you may download it at www.wfu. 
edu/shs/forms.html. Acceptable documenta- 
tion is a statement signed by the appropriate 
official(s) having custody of the records of 
immunization, such as a physician, county 
health department director or a certificate 
from a student's high school containing the 
approved dates of immunizations. The state 
statute applies to all students except those 
registered in off-campus courses only, attend- 
ing night or weekend classes only, or taking a 
courseload of four credit hours or less. 

The American College Health Association 
recommendations and North Carolina state 
law require certification in accordance with 
the following: 

Required: 

Tetanus and Diphtheria (Td). Students must 
document a Td immunization series and a 
booster within ten years of enrollment. 

Rubeola (Measles). Students must document 
two doses of live virus measles vaccine 
given at least thirty days apart, on or after 
their first birthday (after 3/21/63*) unless 
(a) they have a physician's certificate which 
states that they have had measles prior to 
1/1/94, (b) they were born prior to 1/1/57, 
or (c) they have documentation of a titer 
indicating they are immune. 



21 



PROCEDURES 



Rubella (German Measles). Students must 
document that they have had one dose 
of live virus vaccine on or after their first 
birthday (after 6/9/69*) unless (a) they 
have documentation of a titer indicating 
they are immune, or (b) they will be fifty 
years old before they enroll. History of the 
disease is not acceptable. 

Mumps. Students must document that they 
have had one dose of live virus mumps 
vaccine on or after their first birthday 
(after 12/28/67*) unless (a) they were born 
before 1/1/57, or (b) they have documenta- 
tion of a titer indicating they are immune. 
History of the disease is not acceptable. 

Polio. Students must document that they have 
had a trivalent polio vaccine series and a 
booster on or after their fourth birthday un- 
less they will be eighteen years old or older 
when they enroll. 

Tuberculin Skin Test. The test is required 
within twelve months if (a) the student 
has been exposed to tuberculosis or (b) the 
student's home country is other than the 
United States, Australia, New Zealand, 
Canada, Western Europe, or Japan. If the 
student is known to be tuberculin-positive 
or if this test is positive, attach a record of 
treatment. 

* Indicates date the vaccine was licensed by 
the FDA. Combination vaccines have different 
licensed dates. 

Recommended: 

Hepatitis B. A three-dose series of the vaccine 
is recommended by the Centers for Disease 
Control. 

Varicella. The two-dose series is recommend- 
ed. Discuss with your health provider. 

Meningococcal. Recommended for first-year 
undergraduates living in residence halls. 

Immunizations required under North Caro- 
lina law must be documented within thirty 
days following registration. After that time, 
students with incomplete documentation of 



immunizations will not be permitted to attend 
classes. Please note that some series require 
several months for completion. 

Expenses 

Statements concerning expenses are not to be 
regarded as forming an irrevocable contract 
between the student and the University. The 
costs of instruction and other services out- 
lined herein are those in effect on the date of 
publication of this bulletin, and the University 
reserves the right to change without notice 
the cost of instruction and other services at 
any time. 

Charges are due in full on August 1 for 
the fall semester and December 1 for the 
spring semester. Faculty regulations require 
that student accounts be settled in full before 
the student is entitled to receive a transcript 
or diploma, or to register for the following 
semester or term. 

If the University deems it necessary to 
engage the services of a collection agency 
or attorney to collect or to settle any dispute 
in connection with an unpaid balance on a 
student account, the student will be liable for 
all collection agency and /or attorney's fees, 
reasonable expenses, and costs incurred. 



Tuition 

Full-time 
Part-time 
Activity Fee 



Per Semester Per Year 

$16,020 $32,040 

$ 1 ,250 per semester hour 
$50 $100 



Students should expect an increase yearly in 
tuition. However, admittance to the under- 
graduate College is not based on financial 
resources. The University meets the dem- 
onstrated financial needs of all qualified 
students. Students must obtain approval for 
part-time status prior to the beginning of the 
semester from the Office of the Dean of the 
College to be eligible for part-time tuition. 

Students enrolled in the College or in 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business 



PROCEDURES 22 



and Accountancy for full-time residence 
credit are entitled to full privileges regard- 
ing libraries, laboratories, athletic contests, 
concerts, publications, the Student Union, the 
University Theatre, and the Student Health 
Service. Part-time students are entitled to the 
use of the libraries, laboratories, and Student 
Health Service but not to the other privileges 
mentioned above. 



Room Charges 



Double occupancy 



Per Semester 

$2,840 



Per Year 

$5,680 



Most first-year students will pay either $2,840 
or $3,190 per semester depending upon room 
assignment location. Other room rentals range 
from $2,640 to $3,390 per semester. 

Dining Choices 

Dining membership allows students to enjoy 
all-you-care-to-eat dining for breakfast, lunch, 
and dinner in the Reynolda Fresh Food 
Company and lunch in the Magnolia Room. 
Dining membership is also available in either 
the Deacon 17 or the Deacon 14 All-in-One 
plan. The AU-in-One plan allows one meal 
exchange and cash equivalency at the Benson 
Center Food Court per meal period. 

Dining Membership 

All resident students are required to sign up 
for a dining membership. Off -campus resi- 
dents may purchase a dining membership, 
but are not required to do so. 

All students, regardless of class year, can 
change (increase or decrease) their meal plan 
through August 1, adhering to area and class 
year rrdnirnurns. Plan decreases are not al- 
lowed after August 1; however, plan increases 
will be accepted through the second Friday 
and after fall classes begin, adhering to area 
and class year minimums. Charges will not 
be pro-rated; extra meals will be added to the 
student account. 



For more details on all dining membership 
choices, visit www.campusdish.com/en-US/ 
eCampusl / WakeForest. 

Meals Per Week 

Students receive a set number of meals per 
week based on the plan selected. When stu- 
dents eat in either the Reynolda Fresh Food 
Company or the Magnolia Room, a meal is 
subtracted from the weekly meal balance. 
Unused meals carry over from week to week 
(with the exception of the All-in-One plans) 
through the end of the semester, but not from 
one semester to the next. Dining membership 
plans are as follows: 

Residential Meal Plans 

FRFSHMEN 



Meals Per Week 

Unlimited 

17 

14 
Deacon 17 All-in-One 
Deacon 14 All-in-One 



UPPFRCl ASSMEN 



Cost Per Semester 

$1,780 

$1,415 

$1,295 (min. purchase req. 

$1,795 

$1,640 



South & Quad Area Building Residents: Babcock, 

Bostwick, Collins, Johnson, Luter, Palmer, Piccolo, 
Davis, Kitchin, Efrid, Huffman, Poteat, Taylor. 



Meals Per Week 


Cost Per Semester 


Unlimited 




$1,780 


17 




$1,415 


14 




$1,295 


10 




$1,075 


8 




$ 890 (min. purchase req. 


Deacon ^All- 


in-One 


$1,795 


Deacon 14 All- 


in-One 


$1,640 



North Area Building Residents: Martin, Polo, 
Student Apartments, Polo Road Houses, and 
Town houses. 

Meals Per Week Cost Per Semester 

Unlimited $1,780 

17 $1,415 



23 



PROCEDURES 



14 $1,295 

10 $1,075 

8 $ 890 

5 $ 585 

40 meals per semester $ 290 (min. purchase req.) 

Deacon 1 7 All-in-One $ 1 ,795 

Deacon 14 All-in-One $1,640 

Commuters 

Commuters may purchase any dining mem- 
bership, but are not required to do so. 

Deacon Dollars 

In addition to a dining membership, students 
may also purchase Deacon Dollars. The Dea- 
con Dollar account is a debit account system 
on the student I.D. card that allows purchases 
throughout campus. An amount of $1,000 
per semester is recommended for campus 
purchases at the Bookstore, Pizza Hut, Benson 
Food Court, Subway, convenience stores, and 
all other dining locations. 

Other Charges/Fees 

An admission application fee of $40 is required 
with each application for admission to cover 
the cost of processing and is nonrefundable. 

An admission deposit of $500 is required for 
students applying to Wake Forest Univer- 
sity as a first or single choice. An admission 
deposit of $300 is required for all regularly 
admitted students. All admissions deposits 
must be submitted to the director of admis- 
sions and are nonrefundable. The applicable 
deposit is credited to the student's charges 
for the semester for which he or she has been 
accepted for admission. 

Individual instruction music fees are required 
in addition to tuition for students enrolling 
for individual study in applied music in the 
Department of Music and are payable in the 
Office of Financial and Accounting Services. 
The fee is $260 for MUS 161 courses and $520 
for all other individual instruction courses, 
with a maximum fee of $520 per semester. 



Library fees are charged for lost or damaged 
books and are payable in the library. 

A tuition deposit of $500 is required by March 
15 of students enrolled in the spring semester 
who expect to return for the fall semester. It 
is credited to the student's University charges 
and is non-refundable. 

Returned check fee of $25 is charged for each 
returned check by the Office of Financial and 
Accounting Services. 

Room change fee of $25 is charged for any 
unauthorized change. 

Improper check-in/out residence hall fee of $50 is 
charged for any student who does not follow 
appropriate administrative procedures. 

A residence hall lock core change fee (a minimum 
of $70 per lock) is charged to any student who 
loses his/her room /suite /apartment key(s). 

For students studying abroad in a non-Wake 
Forest program a fee of $1,250 is required. 

Motor vehicle registration for the school year for 
freshmen /first-year students is $200. For up- 
perclassmen, the registration fee is $300. Traf- 
fic fines range from $20 to $250. All students 
operating a vehicle on campus, whether they 
are operating day or night and whether or not 
they are owned by the operator, (including 
those students who reside in student apart- 
ments, theme, and satellite houses) must 
register their vehicles online. 

Vehicle registrations must be completed 
within 24 hours from the first time the vehicle 
is brought to campus. For fall semester only, 
students registering vehicles online by August 
15 will receive their decals at their campus 
mailboxes by August 31, 2006. For a vehicle to 
be properly registered, both the rear bumper 
decal and front windshield gate pass decal 
must be displayed. 

Fines are assessed against students violat- 
ing parking regulations. Please inform any 
visitors of parking rules and regulations. 
Students, faculty, and staff are responsible for 



PROCEDURES 2 4 



their visitors. Students will be held financially 
responsible for citations issued to vehicles 
driven by family members or by friends who 
use a Wake Forest student's vehicle. Visitor 
vehicles must be reported to 758-5592 and /or 
registered at the Office of Parking Manage- 
ment, 758-6129. 

Refunds of Charges and 
Return of Financial Aid Funds 

A student who withdraws during (begins, but 
does not complete) a term may be entitled to 
a refund of certain charges as outlined in the 
Refund of Charges Policy. A withdrawal also 
affects financial aid eligibility, as outlined in 
the federal Return of Title IV Program Funds 
Policy and the Return of Non-Title IV Program 
Funds Policy. A student using scholarships, 
grants, or loans to help pay educational ex- 
penses, whose account was paid-in-full prior 
to withdrawal, is likely to owe the University 
after withdrawal. Withdrawal procedures are 
coordinated by the deans of the College and 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

Refund of Charges Policy 

A withdrawing student receives a tuition 
refund according to the following schedule. 
This schedule applies to a student who drops 
courses, as well as to a student who withdraws. 
Tuition, fees, room rent, and related charges are 
not refunded for findings of responsibility within 
the undergraduate student judicial review process. 
Return of Title IV funds are handled in accordance 
with federal law. 



Number of Weeks 
Attendance 

(Including first day of 
registration validation) 



Percentage of 

Total 

Tuition to be 

Refunded 



1 week Total tuition less deposit 

2 weeks 75 percent 

3 weeks 50 percent 

4 weeks 25 percent 



A withdrawal must be official and students 
must return the University identification card 
before claiming a refund. There is no refund 
of room rent, activity fees, or the parking 
registration fee if the decal has been placed 
on the vehicle. Unused meal plan funds are 
refunded. Fees for individual instruction in 
the Department of Music are refunded on the 
same basis as tuition. 

The Office of Financial and Accounting 
Services calculates the refund of charges, and 
it has available an example of the application 
of the University Refund of Charges policy. 

If charges originally paid by financial aid 
funds are no longer covered after the financial 
aid funds are returned, the student is respon- 
sible for the remaining balance. 

Return of Title IV Program Funds Policy 

The 1998 amendments to the Higher Educa- 
tion Act (HEA) of 1965 (Section 484B), and 
subsequent regulations issued by the United 
States Department of Education (34 CFR 
668.22), establish a policy for the return of 
Title IV, ITEA Program grant and loan funds 
for a recipient who withdraws. 

Wake Forest University does not have a 
leave of absence policy that would either 
exempt any student from the requirements of 
the Return of Title IV Funds policy or extend 
federal student loan deferment benefits. 

Title r/ funds include the following 
aid programs: Federal Pell Grant, Federal 
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant 
(FSEOG), Federal Perkins Loan, Federal 
Work-Study (FWS), Federal Stafford Loan 
(subsidized and unsubsidized), Federal PLUS 
Loan, and Leveraging Educational Assistance 
Partnership Grant (LEAP). 

The percentage of the term completed is 
determined by dividing the total number of 
calendar days comprising the term (excluding 
breaks of five or more consecutive days) into 
the number of calendar days completed. The 
percentage of Title TV grant and loan funds 
earned is: (1) up through the 60% point in 



25 



PROCEDURES 



time, the percentage of the term completed, 
(2) after the 60% point in time, 100%. 

The amount of Title IV grant and loan 
funds unearned is the complement of the per- 
centage of earned Title IV funds applied to 
the total amount of Title IV funds disbursed 
(including funds that were not disbursed but 
could have been disbursed, i.e., post-with- 
drawal disbursements). 

If the amount earned is less than the 
amount disbursed, the difference is returned 
to the Title IV programs. If the amount earned 
is greater than the amount disbursed, the 
difference is treated as a late disbursement 
in accordance with the federal rules for late 
disbursements. 

Unearned funds, up to the amount of 
total institutional charges multiplied by the 
unearned percentage of funds, are returned 
by the University; the student returns any 
portion of unearned funds not returned by 
the University. 

Institutional charges (costs) include tuition 
and required fees, on-campus room rental, 
and on-campus meal plan. 

The Federal Return of Title IV Funds policy 
requires that federal aid be considered as first 
applied toward institutional charges, regard- 
less of other non-federal aid received. 

A student (or parent for PLUS loans) repays 
the calculated amount attributable to a Title 
IV loan program according to the loan's terms. 
If repayment of grant funds by the student is 
required, only 50% of the unearned amount 
must be repaid. A student repays a Title IV 
grant program subject to repayment arrange- 
ments satisfactory to the University or the 
Secretary of Education's overpayment collec- 
tion procedures. 

Funds returned are credited in the follow- 
ing order: Unsubsidized FFEL (Stafford) 
Loans, Subsidized FFEL (Stafford) Loans, 
Federal Perkins Loans, Federal PLUS Loans, 
Federal Pell Grants, Federal Supplemental 
Educational Opportunity (FSEOG) Grants, 
and other Title IV funds for which a return of 
funds is required. 



The Office of Student Financial Aid calcu- 
lates the amount of unearned Title IV grant 
and loan funds, and it has available examples 
of the application of this federal policy and a 
copy of the relevant Code of Federal Regula- 
tions section (CFR 668.22). 

Return of Non-Title IV Program Funds 
Policy 

A student who drops to less-than-full-time 
enrollment within the time frame to receive a 
tuition refund loses eligibility for all institu- 
tion aid for the entire term. For financial aid 
purposes, full-time enrollment is defined as 
twelve or more hours each semester. 

The Office of Student Financial Aid cal- 
culates the amount of Non-Title IV program 
funds to be returned to the various programs 
when a recipient withdraws. The return of 
Non-Title IV Program funds may be rounded 
to the nearest dollar for each aid source. 

Return of funds to various state and pri- 
vate aid programs is determined by specific 
program rules. If rules allow, state and private 
loan funds are returned before gift funds. 
State and private funds may be retained in 
amounts necessary to satisfy the student's re- 
maining University charges or adjusted need, 
whichever is larger. 

Awards from institutional funds for which 
all disbursement requirements have not been 
met by the student prior to withdrawal are 
cancelled, and no disbursements are made. 

Upon withdrawal, an adjusted estimated 
cost of attendance (COA) is established in 
two parts. 

For an on-campus student, the first part 
equals the adjusted tuition and room rental 
charges and the standard allowance for books 
and supplies; the second part equals pro-rated 
estimates (by weeks) of meal, transportation, 
and personal living expenses. 

For an off -campus student, the first part 
equals the adjusted tuition charge and the 
standard allowance for books and supplies; 
the second part equals pro-rated estimates 



PROCEDURES 



26 



(by weeks) of room, meal, transportation, and 
personal living expenses. 

If the adjusted COA is greater than the 
full semester expected family contribution 
(EFC), the student retains institutional aid 
(in the same mix of initially-awarded gift 
and loan), up to the amount required to meet 
the adjusted need and not exceeding the 
initial amount(s). The EFC represents a best 
estimate of a family's capacity (relative to 
other families) to absorb, over time, the costs 
of education. For a withdrawing student, the 
full EFC is expected to support educational 
expenses incurred, prior to any support from 
aid programs. For purposes of this calcula- 
tion, a student who receives only merit-based 
institutional gift is considered to have an EFC 
equal to the full semester COA minus the 
amount of that gift. The order in which each 
institutional fund is reduced is determined on 
a case-by-case basis by the aid office, with the 
guiding principle being the return of funds to 
University accounts most likely to be needed 
by other students. 

A student who withdraws after receiving 
a cash disbursement must repay Wake Forest 
scholarship funds up to the amount of Title IV 
funds that the University must return. Fines 
and other incidental charges not included in 
the financial aid COA are solely the respon- 
sibility of the student. Required returns of 
funds to all financial aid programs are made 
prior to the refund to the student. 

Housing 

All unmarried first- and second-year students 
with residential admission status are required 
to live in the residence halls, except (1) when 
permission is given by the executive director 
of residential services for the student to live 
with parents or a relative in the Winston- 
Salem area; (2) by special arrangement when 
space is not available on campus; (3) the 
student is admitted as a non-resident student; 
or (4) if the student has lost residence hall 
space because of a Residence Halls Agreement 
violation or disciplinary action. Fifth-year 



students are ineligible for campus housing 
except when permitted to do so by the Office 
of Residence Life and Housing. Married 
students are not permitted to live within the 
residence halls. Residence halls are super- 
vised by the executive director of residential 
services, director of residence life and 
housing, residence life coordinators, and 
graduate student hall directors. 

The charges for residence hall rooms for 
2006-2007 will range from approximately 
$2,640 to $3,390 per semester depending on 
the location and amenities available. 

Visit www.wfu.edu/housing, the residence 
life and housing Web site, for more informa- 
tion regarding policies and procedures. 

Off-Campus Housing Policy 

The University has developed guidelines and 
policies for those undergraduate students 
who desire or are required to live off campus. 
Such policies affect apartment or other multi- 
family residences as well as single-family 
residences. All students who desire to live off 
campus are required to apply for off -campus 
housing status on an annual basis. 

Each year, guideline information is pro- 
vided for all undergraduate students on the 
residence life and housing Web page. For 
complete information visit www.wfu.edu/ 
housing/residence/offcampus.html. Condi- 
tions may be placed on students who choose 
to live in single family areas, or students 
may be denied the ability to live within such 
a location. Students who desire to reside off 
campus must complete an application and 
obtain approval from the Office of Residence 
Life and Housing prior to signing off-campus 
leases. 

Resident undergraduate students are 
guaranteed campus housing for eight semes- 
ters. All first- and second-year students are 
required to live on campus. To protect stu- 
dents and to give students the most options 
until they have had an opportunity to review 
this policy fully, student's must not sign any 
off -campus leases. Please visit the Office of 



27 



PROCEDURES 



Residence Life and Housing, on campus at 
Benson University Center, room 101, or online 
at www.wfu.edu/housing. 

Student Health Service 

The Student Health Service promotes a 
healthy lifestyle through health education 
and health maintenance. A physician-directed 
medical staff offers urgent care, illness care, 
physical examinations, counseling, limited 
psychiatric care, allergy injections, immuni- 
zations, gynecological services, pharmacy, 
laboratory, sports medicine clinic, referral 
to specialists, confidential HIV testing, and 
travel information. 

A full staff is available by appointment 
during clinic hours (fall and spring semes- 
ters): 8:30 a.m. -noon; 1:30 p.m.-4 p.m., Mon- 
day through Friday and Monday-Thursday 
during the summer. A limited staff is available 
for urgent care and observation 24 hours a 
day, seven days a week, when school is in ses- 
sion during the academic year. The services 
of the staff are covered by tuition. There is 
a charge for medications, laboratory tests, 
observation care, and some supplies and ser- 
vices. Payment can be made by paying cash, 
check, Deacon Dollars or the charge can be 
placed on the student's account in Financial 
and Accounting Services. A copy of the state- 
ment is given to the student to file with their 
insurance company. 

Confidentiality. Medical information and 
records are strictly confidential. Information 
or records are not released to University 
officials, friends, or family members without 
the student's permission. In addition infor- 
mation will not be shared with therapists or 
physicians who are not involved in the 
student's immediate care without the 
student's permission. 

Online Health Information. For online health 
information, visit www.wfu.edu/campuslife/ 
healthinfo. 



Class Excuses. The health service does not is- 
sue statements or excuses for class attendance. 

Health Insurance. University policy requires 
that all students have health insurance. In- 
formation about the student group insurance 
plan, for those not covered by a family plan, 
is available at www.wfu.edu/shs or www. 
studentresources.com. The annual rate for 
2005-2006 was $1,131. Students are strongly 
encouraged to review their current plan to 
assure adequate coverage. 

Inclement Weather. When the University is 
closed due to inclement weather, the Student 
Health Service will have limited staff and 
will be able to provide care only for injuries 
and urgent illnesses. Appointments will be 
rescheduled. 

Retention of Medical Records. Student medi- 
cal records are retained for ten years after 
the last treatment, after which time they are 
destroyed. Immunization records are kept 
longer. 

Academic Calendar 

The academic calendar of the College and 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy includes a fall semester begin- 
ning in late August and ending in December, 
a spring semester beginning in January and 
ending in May, and two five-week summer 
sessions. Semesters usually last fifteen weeks. 

Orientation and Advising 

A required orientation program for new 
students in the College precedes first-time 
registration. An academic adviser provides 
guidance during and between registration 
periods throughout the student's first and 
second years. Advisers meet with students 
both individually and in small groups. A face- 
to-face meeting with the adviser is required 
before all registration periods. Students are 
encouraged to take the initiative in arranging 
additional meetings at any time to seek advice 



PROCEDURES 



2.S 



or other assistance. The adviser suggests and 
approves courses of instruction until the stu- 
dent declares a major toward the end of the 
second year. Then, a new adviser is assigned. 

Registration 

Registration for continuing students in the 
College and the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy occurs in April for 
the fall and summer terms, and in November 
for the spring term. New and readmitted stu- 
dents register at the beginning of the term in 
which they first enroll. Consultation with the 
academic adviser must be completed before 
registration. Confirmation of enrollment is 
required before classes begin each term. All 
tuition and fees must be paid in full to the 
Office of Financial and Accounting Services 
before confirmation. 

Classification 

Classification of students by class standing 
and as full-time or part-time is calculated in 
terms of hours. Most courses in the College 
and the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy have a value of three hours, 
but may vary from one-half hour to nine. The 
normal load for a full-time student is fifteen 
hours per semester, with a maximum of sev- 
enteen permitted without special permission. 
A student wishing to register for more than 
seventeen hours per semester must seek the 
permission of the academic adviser and the 
appropriate dean once the drop-add period 
begins. Students wishing to take more than 
eighteen hours must petition the Commit- 
tee on Academic Affairs after consulting the 
academic adviser and the appropriate dean. 
Non-business or non-accounting majors wish- 
ing to take courses in the Calloway School 
must have met the specific courses' prereq- 
uisites and have permission of the instructor. 
Enrollment in the course is subject to space 
availability. 

Twelve hours per semester constitute mini- 
mum full-time registration at the University. 



(Recipients of North Carolina Legislative 
Tuition Grants must be enrolled by the tenth 
day of classes in spring and by October 1 in 
the fall for at least twelve hours. Recipients of 
Wake Forest scholarships and loans, as well 
as some types of federal aid, must be enrolled 
for at least twelve hours. Recipients of veter- 
ans' benefits, grants from state government, 
and other governmental aid must meet the 
guidelines of the appropriate agencies.) A 
student who feels that he or she has valid 
and compelling reasons to register for more 
than seventeen hours per semester must seek 
permission of the adviser and the appropri- 
ate dean no earlier than the first day of class. 
Only if both the adviser and the dean agree 
that the proposed course load is needed and 
in the best interest of the student will permis- 
sion be granted. 

The requirements for classification after the 
first year are as follows: 

Sophomore — completion of no fewer than 25 hours 

toward a degree; 
Junior — completion of no fewer than 55 hours 

toward a degree; 
Senior — completion of no fewer than 87 hours 

toward a degree. 

Part-time Students 

A student may not register for fewer than 
twelve hours without specific permission 
from the appropriate dean to register as a 
part-time student. A student may not register 
for part-time status, i.e., fewer than twelve 
hours in a single semester, without specific 
permission of the appropriate dean prior to 
the last day to add a course. Approval for 
part-time status requires that students pay 
for such work on a per hour basis. Petitions 
for part-time status after the last day to add 
a course will be denied, except in the case of 
special circumstances, and the student will be 
required to pay full tuition. Part-time students 
are generally ineligible for campus housing 
unless an exception is made by the Office of 
Residence Life and Housing. 



29 



PROCEDURES 



Class Attendance 



Auditing Courses 



Attendance regulations place the responsibil- 
ity for class attendance on the student, who is 
expected to attend classes regularly and punc- 
tually. A vital aspect of the residential college 
experience is attendance in the classroom; its 
value cannot be measured by testing proce- 
dures alone. Students are considered suffi- 
ciently mature to appreciate the necessity of 
regular attendance, to accept this personal re- 
sponsibility, to demonstrate the self-discipline 
essential for such performance, and to recog- 
nize and accept the consequences of failure 
to attend. Students who cause their work or 
that of the class to suffer because of absence 
or lateness may be referred by the instructor 
to the dean of the College or to the dean of the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy for suitable action. Any student 
who does not attend classes regularly or who 
demonstrates other evidence of academic ir- 
responsibility is subject to such disciplinary 
action as the Committee on Academic Affairs 
may prescribe, including immediate suspen- 
sion from the College or from the Wayne Cal- 
loway School of Business and Accountancy. 

Students who miss class, while acting 
as duly authorized representatives of the 
University at events and times approved by 
the appropriate dean, are considered excused. 
The undergraduate faculties are sensitive to 
the religious practices of members of the stu- 
dent body. At the beginning of the semester, 
students who will be absent from class for 
religious observances should confer with the 
instructor(s) about the date of the absence. 
The disposition of missed assignments will 
be arranged between instructor and student. 
Students anticipating many excused absences 
should consult the instructor before enroll- 
ing in classes in which attendance and class 
participation count heavily toward the grade. 
For policies pertaining to absences resulting 
from illness, please see the statement on the 
Student Health Service and class excuses in 
the Student Handbook. 



When space is available after the registration 
of regularly enrolled students, others may 
request permission of the instructor to enter 
the course as auditors. No additional charge 
is made to full-time students in the College 
or the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy; for others the fee is $50 per 
hour. Permission of the instructor is required. 
An auditor is subject to attendance regula- 
tions and to other conditions imposed by the 
instructor. 

Although an auditor receives no credit, a 
notation of audit is made on the final grade 
report and entered on the record of students 
who have met the instructor's requirements. 
An audit may not be changed to a credit 
course or a credit course changed to an audit 
after the first official day of classes for each 
semester or term. 

Dropping a Course 

The last day in each term for dropping a class 
without a grade of F is listed in the calendar 
in the front of this bulletin. A student who 
wishes to drop any course on or before this 
date must follow the procedure prescribed 
by the registrar. After this date, a student who 
wishes to drop a course must consult his or 
her academic adviser, the course instructor, 
and the dean of the College or the dean of 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy, as appropriate. If the dean ap- 
proves the request, he or she authorizes the 
student to discontinue the course. Except in 
cases of emergency, the grade in the course 
will be recorded as F. 

If, at any time, a student drops any course 
without prior written approval of the ap- 
propriate dean, the student will be subject to 
such penalties imposed by the Committee on 
Academic Affairs. 

Drop/add of Partial-semester Courses 

Students enrolling in classes beginning 
after the opening of the term and lasting for 



PROCEDURES 



30 



shorter durations, such as four, five or seven 
and a half weeks, may add those classes any 
time prior to the beginning of the class as 
space permits, and up to five days after the 
class begins, with permission of the instruc- 
tor. Students needing to drop such classes 
may do so for up to five days after the class 
begins, without a dean's permission. 

Withdrawal 

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw 
from the College or the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy must do 
so through the office of the appropriate dean. 
With the approval of the dean of the College 
or the dean of the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy, no grades are 
recorded for the student for that semester, 
but the student's standing in courses at the 
time of the withdrawal may be taken into 
consideration when readmission is sought. 
If withdrawal is for academic reasons, fail- 
ing grades may be assigned in all courses 
in which the student is doing unsatisfactory 
work. A student who leaves the College or the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and Ac- 
countancy without officially withdrawing is 
assigned failing grades in all current courses, 
and the unofficial withdrawal is recorded. 

Withdrawal from the College or the 
Calloway School cannot be finalized until 
ThinkPads, printers, connecting cables, WFU 
ID cards, residence hall keys (if applicable) 
and maillbox keys, along with any other perti- 
nent University property items, have been 
returned to the appropriate offices. 

Tuition, fees, room rent, and related 
charges will not be refunded for findings of 
responsibility within the undergraduate stu- 
dent judicial review process. Return of Title 
IV funds will be handled in accordance with 
federal law. 

Examinations 

Final examinations are given at regularly 
scheduled times. All examinations are 



conducted in accordance with the Honor and 
Ethics System adopted by the student body 
and approved by the faculty. 

Grading 

For most courses carrying undergraau- 
ate credit, there are twelve final grades: A 
(exceptionally high achievement), A-, B+, B 
(superior), B-, C+, C (satisfactory), C-, D+, D, 
D- (passing but unsatisfactory), F (failure), 
and I (incomplete). 

Grade of I. The grade of I may be assigned 
only when a student fails to complete the 
work of a course because of illness or some 
other emergency. If the work recorded as I 
is not completed within thirty days after the 
student enters for his or her next semester, the 
grade automatically becomes the grade of F. 
The instructor must report the final grade to 
the registrar within forty-five days after the 
beginning of that semester. 

NR. "NR" (Not Reported) is an administra- 
tive designation that indicates that a faculty 
member has not reported a grade. Unless a 
grade is recorded within forty-five days after 
the student enters his or her next semester, the 
NR automatically becomes the grade of F. 

Grade Points. Grades are assigned grade points 
per hour for the computation of academic 
averages, class standing, and eligibility for 
continuation, as follows: 



for each 
for each 
for each 
for each 
for each 
for each 
for each 
for each 
for each 
for each 
for each 
for each 



grade of A 
grade of A- 
grade of B+ 
gradeof B 
grade of B- 
grade of C+ 
grade of C 
grade of C- 
gradeof D+ 
grade of D 
grade of D- 
gradeof F 



4.00 points 
3.67 points 
3.33 points 
3.00 points 
2.67 points 
2.33 points 
2.00 points 
1.67 points 
1.33 points 
1.00 points 
0.67 points 
no points 



31 



PROCEDURES 



Pass/Fail. To encourage students to venture 
into fields outside their major areas of com- 
petence and concentration, the College makes 
available the option, under certain conditions, 
of registering in courses on a pass /fail basis 
rather than for a letter grade. Courses taken 
under the pass /fail option yield full credit 
when satisfactorily completed but, whether 
passed or not, they are not computed in the 
grade point average. In no case may a student 
change from grade to pass /fail mode, or from 
pass /fail to grade mode after the last date 
to add a course. The last date to add a course 
is noted in the calendar at the front of this 
bulletin. 

A student may count toward the degree no 
more than eighteen hours taken on a pass /fail 
basis. First- and second-year students are not 
eligible to elect the pass/fail mode, but may 
enroll for courses offered only on a pass /fail 
basis. Third- and fourth-year students may 
elect as many as twelve hours on a pass /fail 
basis, but no more than four hours in a given 
semester. Courses used to fulfill core, quanti- 
tative reasoning, cultural diversity, major, or 
minor requirements may not be taken on a 
pass /fail basis unless they are offered only on 
that basis. Courses in the major(s) not used for 
satisfying major requirements may be taken 
on a pass/fail basis if the department of the 
major does not specify otherwise. 

No courses in the Calloway School can be 
taken pass /fail unless they are offered only on 
that basis. 

Grade Reports and Transcripts 

An electronic midterm report and a final report 
of grades are available to students by the regis- 
trar in the fall and spring semesters. A final 
report of grades is issued for each summer 
term. 

Transcripts of the permanent educational 
record will be issued to students upon written 
request unless there are unpaid financial obli- 
gations to the University, or other unresolved 
issues. Copies of a student's cumulative record 
are issued by the registrar. 



Under the law, the University has the right 
to inform parents of dependent students and 
certain other qualified individuals of the con- 
tents of educational records. 

Dean's List 

The Dean's List is issued after the end of the 
fall and spring semesters. It includes all full- 
time, degree-seeking students in the College 
and the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy who have a grade point 
average of 3.0 or better for a full-time course 
load in the semester and who have earned no 
grade below C during the semester. 

Graduation Distinctions 

Graduation distinctions are determined by 
the grade-point system and are based entirely 
on grades earned in Wake Forest courses. A 
degree candidate with a cumulative average 
of not less than 3.8 for all courses attempted 
is graduated with the distinction summa cum 
laude. A candidate with a cumulative average 
of not less than 3.6 for all courses attempted 
is graduated with the distinction magna cum 
laude. A candidate with a cumulative average 
of not less than 3.4 for all courses attempted is 
graduated with the distinction cum laude. De- 
tails are available in the Office of the Registrar. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may repeat at Wake Forest a Wake 
Forest course for which he or she has received 
a grade of C- or lower. In this case, all grades 
received will be shown on the transcript, but 
the course may be counted only one time for 
credit. If a student fails a course previously 
passed, the hours originally earned will 
not be lost. For purposes of determining the 
cumulative grade point average, a course 
will be considered as attempted only once, 
and the grade points assigned will reflect the 
highest grade received. These provisions do 
not apply to any course for which the student 
has received the grade of F in consequence 



PROCEDURES 



32 



of an honor violation. Students seeking to 
repeat ENG 105 must petition the English 
department. 

Probation 

Any student who is placed on probation be- 
cause of honor code or conduct code viola- 
tions may be placed on such special academ- 
ic probation as determined by the Committee 
on Academic Affairs. The Committee on Ac- 
ademic Affairs may at any time suspend or 
place on probation any student who has given 
evidence of academic irresponsibility such as 
failing to attend class regularly or to complete 
papers, examinations, or other work on time. 

If poor academic performance is attribut- 
able to circumstances over which the student 
clearly had no control (e.g., serious injury or 
illness), the student may, after consultation 
with one of the academic deans, petition the 
Committee on Academic Affairs for further 
consideration of his or her status. 

In deciding whether to permit exceptions 
to the foregoing eligibility requirements, the 
Committee on Academic Affairs will take 
into account such factors as convictions for 
violations of the College honor code or social 
conduct code, violations of the law, and any 
other behavior demonstrating disrespect for 
the rights of others. 

Any student convicted of violating the 
honor code is ineligible to represent the Uni- 
versity in any way until the period of suspen- 
sion or probation is completed and the student 
is returned to good standing. Students who 
are on probation for any reason may not 
be initiated into any fraternity or sorority 
until the end of their probationary period. 

No student on social or academic probation 
or suspension from Wake Forest may take 
coursework at another institution and have 
that work transferred to Wake Forest for credit. 

Requirements for Continuation 

A student's academic eligibility to continue 
is detenrtined by the number of hours passed 



and the grade point average. The number of 
hours passed is the sum of the hours trans- 
ferred from other institutions and the hours 
earned in the undergraduate schools of the 
University. The grade point average is com- 
puted only on work attempted in the under- 
graduate schools of the University and ex- 
cludes both non-credit and pass /fail courses. 
Students are expected to make reasonable 
and systematic progress toward the accom- 
plishment of their degree programs. To be 
eligible to continue in the College, students 
must maintain: 

for hours passed a minimum cum. GPA of 

fewer than 30 1.45 

at least 30, fewer than 60 1.60 

at least 60, fewer than 90 1.75 

90 and above 1.90 

Students are responsible for knowing their 
academic standing at all times. Any student 
whose GPA falls below the required mini- 
mum will have a grace period of one semester 
to raise the average to the required level. Stu- 
dents also have the option of attending sum- 
mer school at Wake Forest in an effort to raise 
the average. 

The Committee on Academic Affairs will 
suspend students who earn six or fewer grade 
points in any given semester in courses other 
than EDU 353; military science courses; MUS 
111-129 (ensemble courses); DCE 128; and 
elective 100-level courses in health and exer- 
cise science. In cases where failure was due to 
circumstances beyond the student's control, 
he or she may appeal to the Committee for an 
exception. 

Any student who is in academic difficulty 
is urged to seek advice and counsel from his 
or her academic adviser, from the Office of 
the Dean of the College, from the Learning 
Assistance Center, and from the University 
Counseling Center. 

A student who has or develops a health 
problem which, in the judgment of the direc- 
tor of the Student Health Service, creates a 
danger to the safety and well-being of the 



33 



PROCEDURES 



student or others, may be required to with- 
draw until the problem is resolved. 

Requirements for Readmission 

The Committee on Academic Affairs oversees 
the readmission of former students. In making 
a decision on whether to readmit, the Commit- 
tee considers both the academic and non- 
academic records of the student. 

To be readmitted, a student must have 
previously attended Wake Forest University. 
Students who have been graduated with an 
undergraduate degree from the College or the 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 
may apply for readmission as post-graduate, 
unclassified students. 

Students who have been ineligible to con- 
tinue for academic reasons must present to the 
Committee an intentional plan to raise their 
academic standing to acceptable standards. 

A student who withdraws from the Uni- 
versity for medical or psychological reasons 
must submit documentation from his or her 
physician or therapist to either the director of 
the Student Health Service or the director of 
the University Counseling Center attesting to 
his or her readiness to resume a full academic 
program. The physician or therapist should 
also provide professional guidance to these 
directors as to the nature of the student's 
ongoing care once readmitted. 

Students whose withdrawals from the 
University were as the result of an honor or 
judicial conviction must satisfy fully any 
sanctions placed upon them prior to being 
considered for readmission. In addition to 
University-imposed sanctions, other, non- 
academic grounds for denial of readmission 
may include violations of the law of the land 
and behaviors that have demonstrated dis- 
regard for the rights of others. 

Should a student, upon leaving the Univer- 
sity, fail to comply with the proper withdrawal 
procedures, "holds" may be placed upon 
his/her record that will prevent readmission 
consideration until such matters are resolved. 



Any readmitted student who hopes to 
receive transfer consideration for work done 
elsewhere must provide the University with 
a properly documented statement attesting 
to his/her good standing at the institution 
from which the transfer credit would come. 
Additionally, an official copy of the student's 
transcript must be made available to the Office 
of the Registrar at Wake Forest University. 

No student on social or academic proba- 
tion or suspension from Wake Forest may take 
coursework at another institution and have 
that work transferred to Wake Forest for credit. 

Summer Study 

In addition to regular courses, a number of 
special summer programs for credit are de- 
scribed in the bulletin of the summer session. 

To be eligible to take summer courses at 
another college or university, the student 
must have a cumulative grade point average 
of no less than 2.0 and must obtain advance 
approval through the registrar's office, and 
in some cases, the Office of the Dean of Wake 
Forest College or the dean of the Wayne Callo- 
way School of Business and Accountancy. All 
transfer work taken after enrollment at Wake 
Forest must be taken in an approved four-year 
institution. 

Courses taken outside the U.S. require, in 
addition, prior approval from the Center for 
International Studies. Students must obtain 
a course approval form from the Center for 
International Studies. 

Transfer Credit 

All work attempted in other colleges and 
universities must be reported to the registrar 
of Wake Forest University. Students wish- 
ing to receive transfer credit for work to be 
undertaken elsewhere must have a cumula- 
tive grade point average of no less than 2.0, 
must not be on probation or suspension from 
Wake Forest, and must obtain departmental 
approval in advance. For entering transfer stu- 
dents, credit may be accepted from accredited 



PROCEDURES 



34 



colleges and universities, including two-year 
colleges. For enrolled Wake Forest students 
and students readmitted to Wake Forest, 
transfer credit is accepted only from approved 
four-year institutions. For transfer hours to be 
accepted, the grade in any course must be C 
or better. Courses completed at other colleges 
or universities with the grade of C- or lower 
are not awarded transfer hours in Wake For- 
est. (Refer to the Requirements for Degrees 
section of this bulletin for additional informa- 
tion.) A maximum of thirty-six Wake Forest 
hours can be earned from the Gymnasium, 
Lyceum, French Baccalaureate, or equivalent 
programs. 

For students transferring courses on a 
quarter-hour system, semester hours may be 
assigned on the basis that one quarter hour 
times 0.67 equals one semester hour. No 
course may receive a higher conversion value 
than the value of the Wake Forest course. 

Applications for transfer credit from 
distance learning courses are evaluated on 
an individual basis. Only those courses ap- 
proved by the appropriate department chair 
are accepted. No more than six hours may be 
earned from such courses. It is the responsi- 
bility of the student to disclose to the registrar 
whether a class is a distance learning class. 
This does not apply to courses taken over the 
NC Interactive Video Network. 

Dual enrollment courses, college level 
courses taken at institutions other than Wake 
Forest, are treated as transfer credit so long 
as the given course meets the University's 
standard criteria for transfer credit. 



independent Study, Individual Study, 
Directed Reading and Internships 

Such work is ordinarily reserved for junior 
and senior students in the undergraduate 
schools. Any student requesting approval 
for such a course must possess a cumulative 
grade point average of no less than 2.0 in 
Wake Forest courses. All such course requests 
must be approved by the appropriate depart- 
ment. The academic requirements should be 
completed during the semester in which a 
student is enrolled. 

The number of hours the student registers 
for in an independent study, individual study 
directed reading, or internship course may 
not be changed during the add period unless 
approved by the sponsoring faculty member. 

Approval of Overseas Programs 

To receive academic credit for courses taken 
outside the U.S. on a non-Wake Forest Uni- 
versity program, students must: 1) not be on 
probation or suspension from Wake Forest, 
2) obtain approval of the program from the 
Center for International Studies before apply- 
ing, 3) submit a declaration of intent to study 
abroad by the established deadline, 4) fulfill 
all required steps of the study abroad process 
during the semester prior to studying abroad, 
and 5) attend a mandatory pre-departure 
orientation. 

No student possessing less than a 2.0 
cumulative grade point average in either of 
the undergraduate schools will receive credit 
in a non-Wake Forest study abroad program. 
The Course Approval Form for Study Outside 
the United States is available in the Center for 
International Studies. 



35 



PROCEDURES 



Scholarships and Loans 




ANY STUDENT REGULARLY ADMITTED 
TO WAKE TOREST COLLEGE WHO 
DEMONSTRATES FINANCIAL NEED WILL 
RECEIVE ASSISTANCE COMMENSURATE 
WITH THAT NEED. 



By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all 
financial aid must be approved by the Com- 
mittee on Scholarships and Student Aid. The 
financial aid program comprises institutional, 
state, and federal scholarship, loan, and work 
funds. Aid applicants must be enrolled as 
undergraduates or accepted for admission. 
Full-time students are eligible to apply for 
institutional funds; other degree-seeking 
students are eligible to apply for federal funds. 
For financial aid purposes, full-time enroll- 
ment is defined as twelve or more hours each 
semester. A number of scholarships are based 
upon merit; need is a factor in the awarding of 
most financial aid. The annual calculation of 
need, and therefore the amount of an award, 
may vary from year to year. 

Additional scholarship assistance not listed 
herein is offered to student athletes through 
the Department of Athletics and is governed 
by NCAA rules. The Committee may revoke 
financial aid for unsatisfactory academic per- 
formance, for violation of University regula- 
tions including its honor code, or for violations 
of federal, state, or local laws. Applications 
should be requested from the Office of Merit- 
Based Scholarships (P.O. Box 7305) or the Of- 
fice of Student Financial Aid (P.O. Box 7246), 
Winston-Salem, NC 27109, as appropriate. 



Policy on Satisfactory Academic 
Progress for Financial Aid Eligibility 

Evaluation of students' satisfactory academic 
progress for purposes of financial aid eligibil- 
ity is made annually at the end of the second 
summer session by the Committee on Scholar- 
ships and Student Aid, to determine eligibility 
for the following academic year. 

Institutional Financial Aid 

The receipt of institutionally-controlled finan- 
cial aid requires full-time enrollment (twelve 
or more hours) during the fall and spring 
semesters and a minimum cumulative grade 
point average of 2.00 on work attempted in 
the undergraduate schools of the University. 
Institutional aid generally is not awarded 
for summer sessions. Institutional aid is not 
awarded beyond the eighth (fall or spring) 
semester; this limit is prorated for transfer stu- 
dents. Certain institutional aid programs have 
higher academic and /or other requirements, 
which are communicated to recipients. 

Federal Financial Aid 

The Higher Education Act mandates that in- 
stitutions of higher education establish mini- 
mum standards of satisfactory academic prog- 
ress for students receiving federal financial 
aid. Wake Forest University makes these min- 
imum standards applicable to all programs 
funded by the federal government. 

To maintain academic eligibility for federal 
financial aid, a student must: 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



36 



Complete the requirements for a bachelor's de- 
gree within the maximum number of hours 
attempted (including transfer hours, but ex- 
cluding advanced placement hours) of 168. 
This limit is the same for all students pursu- 
ing a bachelor's degree, including those stu- 
dents enrolled in joint bachelor's /master's 
degree programs. During a semester in which 
a student drops courses or withdraws, the 
maximum number of hours attempted in- 
cludes those hours attempted as of the earlier 
of (1) the withdrawal date, or (2) the last day 
to drop a course without penalty (as pub- 
lished in the academic calendar). 

Pass at least two-thirds of those cumulative 
hours attempted (including pass/fail courses) 
in the undergraduate schools of the Uni- 
versity, including hours attempted during 
the summer sessions. Incompletes count as 
hours attempted, unless from a non-credit 
course. Audited classes do not count as hours 
attempted. During a semester in which a 
student drops courses or withdraws, the 
cumulative number of hours attempted in 
the undergraduate schools of the University 
includes those hours attempted as of the 
earlier of (1) the withdrawal date, or (2) the 
last day to drop a course without penalty (as 
published in the academic calendar). For pur- 
poses of this policy, the cumulative number of 
hours attempted also includes all instances in 
which a course is repeated. 

Maintain the following minimum cumulative 
Wake Forest University grade point average 
on all graded hours attempted (including 
incompletes from graded courses, but exclud- 
ing pass /fail courses) in the undergraduate 
schools of the University: 



Hours attempted 


Minimum GPA 


Fewer than 30 


1.45 


At least 30, Fewer than 60 


1.60 


At least 60, Fewer than 90 


1.75 


90 and Above 


1.90 



During a semester in which a student drops 
courses or withdraws, the cumulative number 



of graded hours attempted in the undergrad- 
uate schools of the University includes those 
graded hours attempted as of the earlier of 
(1) the withdrawal date, or (2) the last day to 
drop a course without penalty (as published 
in the academic calendar). 

Thus, for example, a regular full-time 
student taking the normal fifteen hours of 
graded coursework each semester must 
achieve a minimum cumulative Wake Forest 
grade point average of 1.45 before the second 
year, 1.60 before the third year, and 1.75 
before the fourth year. Repeated courses will 
count for the GPA according to University 
policy; when successfully completed they will 
count as their appropriate hours earned. 

The policy of satisfactory academic prog- 
ress applies only to the general eligibility for 
financial aid consideration. There are other 
federally-mandated requirements a student 
must meet to receive federal financial aid. For 
instance, certain federal loan programs also 
require either the passage of a period of time 
or the advancing of a grade level between 
annual maximum borrowing, regardless 
of general eligibility for aid. Other general 
student eligibility requirements for a student 
to receive federal financial aid are listed in 
The Student Guide, a publication of the U.S. 
Department of Education. 

Denial of aid under this policy may be 
appealed to the Committee on Scholarships 
and Student Aid and mailed to P.O. Box 7246, 
Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7246, or delivered 
to the Office of Student Financial Aid, Reyn- 
olda Hall Room 4. The Committee may grant 
a probationary reinstatement of one semester 
(in exceptional cases this period may be for 
one full academic year) to any student, upon 
demonstration of extenuating circumstances 
documented in writing to the satisfaction of 
the Committee. 

Examples of extenuating circumstances 
and appropriate documentation include, but 
are not necessarily limited to the following: 
illness of the student or immediate family 
members-statement from physician that 



37 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



illness interfered with opportunity for satis- 
factory progress; death in family-statement 
from student or minister; temporary or per- 
manent disability-statement from physician. 

During a probationary period, students 
are considered to be making satisfactory 
academic progress under this policy and may 
continue to receive aid. A determination of 
satisfactory academic progress for any period 
of enrollment after the probationary period is 
made, upon the student's written request, at 
the end of the probationary period. Reinstate- 
ment after probation can be made only after 
the student has received credit for the appro- 
priate percentage of work attempted with 
the required GPA. Any student determined 
ineligible for any academic year may request 
a special review at the end of one semester or 
summer term and may thereby be reinstated 
for all or part of the academic year. The stu- 
dent must request any such mid-year review 
in writing; otherwise only one determination 
of satisfactory academic progress will be 
made each academic year. Reinstatement can- 
not be made retroactive. 

Scholarships 

The University's merit-based scholarship 
programs for entering first-year students are 
listed first, and require separate application 
where noted. Other scholarship programs 
follow, and generally do not require separate 
application unless noted otherwise. Students 
wishing to apply for any scholarship listing 
need as a consideration should complete the 
PROFILE application of the College Scholar- 
ship Service. 

The Nancy Susan Reynolds Scholarship is 
awarded to up to six extraordinarily capable 
entering first-year students. Made possible 
through the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation, 
this scholarship annually covers the costs of 
tuition, fees, room and board, and includes an 
allowance for books and personal expenses. 
Scholars may receive up to $2,000 each sum- 
mer for approved travel or study projects. The 



Merit-Based Scholarships Application is due 
December 1. 

The Graylyn Scholarship is awarded to an enter- 
ing first-year student to recognize leadership 
and academic excellence. Made possible by 
the Graylyn International Conference Center, 
this scholarship annually covers the costs of 
tuition, fees, room and board. Scholars may 
receive up to $2,000 at least one summer 
for approved travel or study projects. The 
Merit-Based Scholarships Application is due 
December 1. 

The Guy T Carswell Scholarship, awarded to 
entering first-year students possessing out- 
standing qualities of intellect and leadership, 
ranges in annual value from tuition to tuition, 
fees, room and board. Scholars may receive 
up to $2,000 at least one summer for approved 
travel or study projects. The Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due January 1. 

The Deal Family Scholarship provides funding 
for the Carswell Scholarship program, with 
preference first to students from Catawba, 
Caldwell, Burke, and Alexander Counties, 
NC; second to other North Carolinians; and 
third to other students. 

The Joseph G. Gordon Scholarship is awarded 
to up to seven entering first-year students 
showing exceptional promise and leadership 
potential who are members of constituencies 
traditionally underrepresented in the College. 
Made possible through the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Foundation and the University, this scholar- 
ship annually covers the cost of tuition. The 
Merit-Based Scholarships Application is due 
January 1. 

The Merit Supplemental Scholarship is awarded 
to entering first-year students showing 
exceptional promise and leadership potential 
who are members of constituencies tradition- 
ally underrepresented in the College. The 
Merit-Based Scholarships Application is due 
January 1. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 33 



The Presidential Scholarship for Distinguished 
Achievement, valued at $11,200 annually, is 
awarded to up to twenty entering first-year 
students based on exceptional talent in art, 
community service, dance, debate, entrepre- 
neurship, leadership, music, theatre, and writ- 
ing. A separate application is due December 1. 

The Annenberg Presidential Scholarship, as part 
of the Presidential Scholarships for Distin- 
guished Achievement program, assists stu- 
dents based on merit, exceptional talent, and 
leadership, with preference to students who 
express strong communication skills, such as 
in the areas of writing or debate. 

The Russell Brantley Presidential Scholarship, as 
part of the Presidential Scholarships for Dis- 
tinguished Achievement program, assists a 
student based on merit and exceptional talent 
in writing, with preference to creative writers. 

The Burchfield Presidential Scholarship, as part 
of the Presidential Scholarships for Distin- 
guished Achievement program, assists a 
student based on merit, exceptional talent, 
and leadership. 

The Ceruzzi Presidential Scholarship, as part 
of the Presidential Scholarships for Dis- 
tinguished Achievement program, assists 
students based on merit, exceptional talent, 
and leadership. 

The Kitty Green Presidential Scholarship, as 
part of the Presidential Scholarships for 
Distinguished Achievement program, assists 
students based on merit, exceptional talent, 
and leadership. 

The Louise Patton Hearn Scholarship for 
Human Service, as part of the Presidential 
Scholarships for Distinguished Achieve- 
ment program, assists students who have 
demonstrated exceptional service to improve 
others' well-being and who show interest and 
potential in leading others to make similar 
contributions to humanity. 



The J. Everett Hunter Family Presidential Schol- 
arship, as part of the Presidential Scholarships 
for Distinguished Achievement program, 
assists students based on merit, exceptional 
talent, and leadership, with preference to 
students with a strong commitment to com- 
munity service. 

The Milhaupt Presidential Scholarship, as part 
of the Presidential Scholarships for Distin- 
guished Achievement program, assists 
students based on merit, exceptional talent, 
and leadership. 

The Strobel Presidential Scholarship, as part 
of the Presidential Scholarships for Distin- 
guished Achievement program, assists 
students based on merit, exceptional talent, 
and leadership. 

The Thorkelson Presidential Scholarship, as 
part of the Presidential Scholarships for 
Distinguished Achievement program, assists 
students based on merit, exceptional talent, 
and leadership. 

The William Louis Poteat Scholarship, valued at 
$11,200 annually, is awarded to up to twenty 
entering first-year students who are active 
members of a North Carolina Baptist church 
and are likely to make significant contribu- 
tions to church and society. Financial need 
is a significant factor in the selection of most 
recipients. A separate application is due 
January 1. 

The Ben T Ay cock Jr. /Mint a Ay cock McNally 
Scholarship supports the William Louis Poteat 
Scholarship program. 

The Rev. Benjamin S. Beach Scholarship sup- 
ports the William Louis Poteat Scholarship 
program. 

The Rev. Edgar Douglas & Jean Sholar Christman 
Scholarship, established by the Ministerial 
Council of Wake Forest University, supports 
the William Louis Poteat Scholarship program. 



39 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Ivey L. Cockman Jr. & Claudia G. Cockman 
& Daniel L. Gore & Roberta Clyde Edwards Gore 
Scholarship supports the William Louis Poteat 
Scholarship program. 

The H. Max Craig Jr. Scholarship, established by 
Winfred Norman Hasty Jr., supports the Wil- 
liam Louis Poteat Scholarship program. 

The Nathan D. Dail Scholarship, established 
by Robert L. & Barbara D. Whiteman, sup- 
ports the William Louis Poteat Scholarship 
program. 

The Davis Poteat Scholarship supports the Wil- 
liam Louis Poteat Scholarship program. 

The Evans Family Scholarship, established by 
Ernest L. & Austine O. Evans, supports the 
William Louis Poteat Scholarship program. 

The W. D. & Alberta B. Holleman Memorial 
Scholarship supports the William Louis Poteat 
Scholarship program. 

The E. Glen & Joyce Holt Scholarship supports 
the William Louis Poteat Scholarship program. 

The Walter & Eva Reynolds Scholarship supports 
the William Louis Poteat Scholarship program. 

The Roy & Doris Smith Scholarship supports the 
William Louis Poteat Scholarship program. 

The Minnie & Fred Stone Scholarship supports 
the William Louis Poteat Scholarship program. 

The Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps 
(AROTC) Scholarships are awarded for aca- 
demic and personal achievement and pay 
annually an amount determined by the 
U.S. Army for tuition; a flat rate for texts, 
equipment, and supplies; and a subsistence 
allowance. Recipients must enroll and fully 
participate in Army ROTC. Four-year AROTC 
scholarships are applied for during the latter 
part of the junior or the early part of the senior 
year of high school. Two- and three-year 
AROTC scholarships are applied for during 
the sophomore and freshman years, respec- 
tively, through the Department of Military 
Science. 



The Dr. George E. & Lila C. Bradford Scholarship, 
valued at full tuition annually, is awarded 
to an outstanding entering first-year student 
with an intent and capacity to prepare for a 
career in medicine. Scholars may receive up 
to $2,000 at least one summer for approved 
travel or study projects. The Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due January 1. 

The Junius C. & Eliza P. Brown Scholarships 
assist needy and worthy residents of North 
Carolina, with preference to residents of 
Rockingham County, NC. For entering first- 
year students, the Merit-Based Scholarships 
Application is due January 1. 

The Robert P. & Dorothy Caldwell Scholarship 
is awarded to entering first-year students 
based on academic achievement, leadership, 
community service, and a commitment to 
helping others. A portion of these funds gives 
preference to needy students from Gaston 
and Catawba, NC counties. The Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due January 1. 

The Gary Franklin Culler Scholarship is awarded 
to entering first-year students based on ability 
and leadership potential, with preference to 
students from High Point, NC. The Merit- 
Based Scholarships Application is due by 
January 1. 

The Egbert L. Davis Jr. Scholarship is awarded to 
entering first-year students from North Caro- 
lina demonstrating outstanding academic 
performance, diligence, integrity, character, 
leadership, and reasonable athletic compe- 
tence. Awards are renewable based on a 
B average, exemplary personal conduct, 
and participation in the religious life of the 
University. The Merit-Based Scholarships Ap- 
plication is due January 1. 

The George Foster Hankins Scholarships assist 
needy and worthy residents of North Carolina 
or children of alumni /ae living in other states 
with preference to residents of Davidson 
County, NC. For entering first-year students, 
the Merit-Based Scholarships Application is 
due January 1. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 40 



The Heritage Scholarship is awarded to needy 
entering first-year students who represent the 
traditional constituency of the student body 
and who show outstanding academic achieve- 
ment or potential, a high degree of intellectual 
curiosity the enthusiasm and courage to take 
advantage of a college opportunity a sense of 
service and social responsibility and perhaps 
special talent in some aspect of the liberal arts. 

The Holding Scholarship, valued at up to full 
tuition annually is awarded to an entering 
first-year student from North Carolina (with 
strong preference to eastern North Carolina) 
demonstrating strong academic talent and ex- 
ceptional promise in civic leadership. Scholars 
may receive up to $2,000 at least one summer 
for approved travel or study projects. The 
Merit-Based Scholarships Application is due 
December 1. 

The Marcus C. Miller Scholarship is awarded 
to an entering first-year student who has 
demonstrated innovative use of information 
technology. The Merit-Based Scholarships 
Application is due January 1. 

The Leroy & Teresa Robinson Scholarship is 
awarded to entering first-year students from 
the high schools in Montgomery County, NC, 
based on academic achievement, diligence, 
integrity, character, and leadership. The 
Merit-Based Scholarships Application is due 
January 1. 

The K. Wayne Smith Scholarship is awarded 
to needy entering first-year students, with 
preference to residents of Catawba, Burke, 
Caldwell, and Alexander Counties, NC, and 
to children of full-time employees of OCLC, 
Inc. of Dublin, OH. The Merit-Based Scholar- 
ships Application is due January 1. 

The Zachary T. Smith Leadership Scholarship, 
established by the Z. Smith Reynolds Founda- 
tion, is awarded to needy entering first-year 
students from North Carolina with outstand- 
ing leadership evidence and promise, often to 
reduce loan expectations. 



The Kenneth Monroe Tucker Scholarship is 
awarded to entering first-year students, with 
preference to students from Wilkes, New 
Hanover, or Brunswick Counties, NC. The 
Merit-Based Scholarships Application is due 
January 1. 

The USX Scholarship is awarded to entering 
first-year students based on academic 
performance and leadership, with preference 
to children of USX Corporation or its eligible 
subsidiaries. The Merit-Based Scholarships 
Application is due January 1. 

The Wake Forest National Merit Scholarship is 
awarded to four entering first-year students 
selected by the scholarship committee. The 
annual value is $750, and can increase up to 
$2,000 based on demonstrated need. To be 
considered, students must designate Wake 
Forest as their first-choice college in the 
NMSC testing program. 

The O.W. Wilson Scholarship, valued at full 
tuition annually is awarded to an entering 
first-year student with superior records and 
excellent potential. Scholars may receive up 
to $2,000 at least one summer for approved 
travel or study projects. The Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due December 1. 

The Page W. Acree Humanities in Science Schol- 
arship assists students majoring in chemistry, 
physics, biology, mathematics, or computer 
science, who have career objectives in medi- 
cine or science-related fields that require hu- 
man service, and who wish to take unrequired 
academic work in the humanities. A separate 
application to the dean of the College is 
required. 

The Matthew James Alexander Scholarship assists 
needy students in the Wake Forest Dijon, 
France, program. 

The Henry M. & Ruth Williams Alford Scholar- 
ship assists needy students who have gradu- 
ated from the public schools of either the 
City of Clinton, Sampson County, or Duplin 
County, NC. 



41 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Charles I. & Louise Allen Scholarship assists 
students planning medical careers, based on 
ability and need. 

The Alumni & General Scholarship assists stu- 
dents selected by the scholarship committee. 

The Theresa Mae Arnold Scholarship is awarded 
based on ability and need. 

The Camillo Artom Fund for Italian Studies 
assists well-qualified, needy students. A sepa- 
rate application to the provost is required. 

The Baker-Martin Scholarship assists needy 
students who have earned their high school 
diploma in North Carolina and whose parents 
(one or both) are employed in education or 
government. Preference is given to residents 
of Cabarrus or Nash Counties, NC. 

The Hubbard & Lucy Ball Scholarship is award- 
ed based on ability and need. 

The Bank of America Leadership Scholarship 
assists students majoring in the Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy and the 
Department of Economics, with preference 
to needy students and to students who help 
achieve and sustain the diversity of the stu- 
dent body. Application is made through the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and Ac- 
countancy and the Department of Economics. 

The Donald Alan Baur Memorial Scholarship is 
awarded based on leadership, dedication, 
competitiveness, and citizenship, with prefer- 
ence to members of Sigma Chi Fraternity. 

The Gaither M. Beam Sr. Scholarship is awarded 
based on ability and need, with preference to 
residents of Franklin County, NC. 

The George M. & Daisy Olive Beavers Scholarship 
assists one student on the basis of leadership, 
citizenship, and character. 

The James Wallace Beavers Scholarship assists 
first-year students and may be renewed for 
three years of undergraduate study 



The Becton Family Scholarship assists a premed- 
ical student based on ability and need, with 
first preference to students from Augusta, GA, 
and second to other students from Georgia. 

The J. Irvin Biggs Scholarship is awarded based 
on ability and need, with preference to stu- 
dents from Lumberton or Robeson Counties, 

NC. 

The Blackbyrd Scholarship assists a chemistry 
major, with preference to the student having 
the second highest overall grade point 
average. 

The Jean Boatwright Scholarship assists students 
from middle income families, with preference 
to students who have exhibited strong com- 
munity service. 

The John W. Boatwright Scholarship is based on 
leadership. Need may be considered but is 
not a required or controlling factor. 

The Ann Levitt Brenner Scholarship, established 
by M. Van Brenner, Richard A. and Felice 
R. Brenner, and Lawrence M. and Sally B. 
Wolfish, assists needy students, with prefer- 
ence to females who do not receive an athletic 
scholarship. 

The B. Macon Brewer Scholarship assists under- 
graduate students. Need may be considered 
but is not a required or controlling factor. 

The Robert C. Bridger Jr. Scholarship assists a 
senior major in the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy, based on abil- 
ity and need, with preference to residents 
of Bladen County, NC. Application is made 
through the Wayne Calloway School of Busi- 
ness and Accountancy. 

The Thomas H. Briggs Scholarship assists de- 
serving students. 

The William D. Brigman Scholarship assists a 
student in the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy based on ability 
and leadership. Application is made through 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 42 



The H. Grady Britt Scholarship assists students 
in the Department of Biology. 

The Claude U. Broach Scholarship gives prefer- 
ence to students from St. John's Baptist 
Church of Charlotte, NC. 

The Gov. J. Melville & Alice W. Broughton Schol- 
arship assists a North Carolina student based 
on ability and need. 

The Paul Clark Brown Jr. Memorial Scholarship 
assists a needy student studying at the Wor- 
rell House. 

The Dean D. B. Bryan Memorial Scholarship 
is awarded based on ability and need to 
students planning a career in education. 
Recipients must work in the education field 
for a minimum of five years following gradu- 
ation or must repay the scholarship to the 
University. 

The Jack Buchanan Scholarship is awarded 
based on ability and need with preference to 
students from western North Carolina plan- 
ning a business major. 

The Julian W. & Martha B. Burnt Scholarship, 
established by Thomas W. & Gail W. Bunn, 
assists needy North Carolinians attending 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. Application is made through 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Lib & Joyner Burns Scholarship is awarded 
based on ability and need, with preference 
first to students having a physical handicap 
and second to students from Forsyth or Guil- 
ford Counties, NC. 

The D. Wayne Calloway Scholarship assists stu- 
dents attending the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy Summer Manage- 
ment Program for liberal arts majors. Applica- 
tion is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy 



The John Douglas Cannon Scholarship assists 
first-year students based on ability and need, 
with preference to students from Rock Hill, 
SC. 

The James Lee Carver Memorial Scholarship 
assists needy students with preference to resi- 
dents of Oxford Orphanage in Oxford, NC. 

The J. D. Cave Memorial Scholarship assists a 
North Carolina male student who demon- 
strates character, a willingness to grow intel- 
lectually, and need. 

The Neal M. Chastain Memorial Scholarship as- 
sists a senior business major exhibiting ability 
and Christian ideals. Application is made 
through the Wayne Calloway School of Busi- 
ness and Accountancy. 

The Chi Rho Scholarship assists members of 
the Christian men's a capella group Chi Rho, 
based on merit, leadership, dedication to Chi 
Rho, and a strong commitment to Christ. 

The Cpl. Benny Gray Cockerham III Memorial 
Scholarship assists needy, well-rounded, 
dedicated students with a record of service to 
others, with preference first to students with a 
parent killed or permanently disabled during 
active military duty, and second to students 
with a parent in active military duty in the 
Marines, Navy, Coast Guard, Army, or Air 
Force. Recipients must maintain a minimum 
cumulative GPA of 2.5 to remain eligible. 

The W. H. & Callie Anne Coughlin Clark Scholar- 
ship gives preference to needy students. 

The Cobb Foundation Scholarship is awarded 
based on ability and need, with preference 
first to students from Oxford Orphanage or 
other children's homes and second to stu- 
dents from Granville or Vance Counties, NC. 

The Elton C. Cocke Memorial Scholarship assists 
outstanding students majoring in biology. 

The Wake Forest College Scholarship assists 
students with satisfactory academic records 
and need. 



43 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Johnnie Collins III Drama Scholarship assists 
a first-year student showing promise for suc- 
cess in professional entertainment. 

The William & Susan Collins Scholarship assists 
students from the Commonwealth of Virginia, 
with preference to students from certain coun- 
ties and cities in southwestern Virginia. 

The Julius Harshaw Corpening & Julius Shake- 
speare Corpening Scholarship assists needy stu- 
dents, with preference to residents of Burke 
County, NC, and Lancaster County, SC. 

The Howard F. & Ruby C. Costello Scholarship 
assists needy students. 

The Cotman-Proctor Scholarship assists a needy 
student representing those students histori- 
cally underrepresented at the University. 

The O. B. Crowell Memorial Scholarship is award- 
ed based on character, need, and promise. 

The Eleanor Layfield Davis Art Scholarship assists 
a student with interest and ability in studio 
art, who has been recommended by the chair 
of the art department, to exemplify the talents 
and interests of Eleanor Layfield Davis. 

The Mrs. Paul Price Davis Scholarship assists 
North Carolina students, with preference 
to residents of Baptist Children's Homes of 
North Carolina. 

The Thomas H. Davis Business Scholarship assists 
a senior business major based on academic 
achievement, need, and potential for business 
leadership. Application is made through the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Otis William Deese Presidential Scholarship 
is awarded to needy students as a supplement 
to the Presidential Scholarships for Distin- 
guished Achievement. 

The Robert H. Demsei/ Scholarship assists needy 
undergraduate students, with preference to 
business or accountancy majors. 



The John & Margaret Newett Dixon Scholar- 
ship assists needy students, with preference 
to students pursuing a master's degree in 
accountancy. Application is made through 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Justus & Elizabeth S. Drake Scholarship as- 
sists an English major with ability and need, 
upon the recommendation of the English 
department. 

The Barry & Ann Griffin Driggs Scholarship 
assists juniors or seniors majoring in math- 
ematics, with preference to those with need, a 
meritorious academic record, and an interest 
in applied mathematics. 

The Kate Dunn-Florence Weaver Scholarship 
primarily assists North Carolinians, with 
preference to women whose college careers 
have been interrupted by causes beyond their 
reasonable control, and based on academic 
performance, diligence, integrity, character, 
and leadership. 

The Fred H. Duvall Scholarship assists needy 
students. 

The Dean Robert Dyer Scholarship Fund for Inter- 
national Students assists students from coun- 
tries other than the United States of America. 
Application is made through the Center for 
International Studies. 

The Eddins Family Scholarship assists students 
based on ability, character, integrity, leader- 
ship, and a desire to make a contribution in 
their communities, with first preference to 
residents of Stanly County, NC, and second 
preference to students from North Carolina 
and South Carolina. 

The Amanda Edwards Memorial Scholarship 
assists needy students with travel expenses 
for study abroad in the Wake Forest Venice 
program, with preference to students with 
demonstrated commitment to community 
service and volunteerism. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



44 



The Ernst & Young International Scholarship 
assists an accountancy student or rising ac- 
countancy student in the master of science in 
accountancy program. Application is made 
through the Wayne Calloway School of Busi- 
ness and Accountancy. 

The Douglas Esherick Scholarship assists a mem- 
ber of the Sigma Chi fraternity. 

The Eubank Scholarship assists needy students 
from low and middle income families and 
students who are in the first generation of 
their families to attend college. 

The James Grady Faulk Scholarship assists needy 
North Carolinians, with preference to resi- 
dents of Union County. 

The First Citizens South Carolina Scholarship as- 
sists needy students who have been residents 
of South Carolina for at least the previous five 
years before entering Wake Forest. 

The Theodore & Freda Fisher Scholarship assists 
North Carolina students with need and with 
grade point averages in the C and low B 
categories. 

The Bobbie Fletcher Memorial Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and leadership to 
a female from North Carolina, possessing 
the qualities of kindness, thoughtfulness, 
unselfishness, patience, and determination. 
Preference is given to needy students. 

The Ralph L. Foust Scholarship assists needy 
and deserving students. 

The Lecausey P. & hula H. Freeman Scholarship 
assists a needy non-senior whose home is 
within the West Chowan Baptist Association 
of North Carolina, with preference to Bertie 
County students. Residents of the Roanoke 
Association may also be considered. 

The Wallace G. Freemon Memorial Scholarship 
assists needy premedical students. 

The F. Lee Fulton Scholarship is based on leader- 
ship, citizenship, character, ability, and need. 



The James Walker Fulton Jr. Scholarship is 
awarded based on need and merit, with 
preference to students who meet one or more 
of the following conditions: North Carolina 
resident, evangelical Christian, member of 
Kappa Alpha, or varsity basketball player. 

The Gaddy Scholarship assists needy North Car- 
olina students, with preference to residents of 
Anson, Union, and Wake Counties. 

The Lewis Reed Gaskin Scholarship is awarded 
based on ability and potential as a physician. 

The Daniel Eugene & Beulah B. Gatewood Schol- 
arship assists an undergraduate accountancy 
major based on merit and need. Application is 
made through the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy 

The A. Royall Gay Scholarship is awarded based 
on scholarship, character, and high ideals, with 
preference to residents of Youngsville, NC. 

The James W. Gill Scholarship gives preference 
to students from Montgomery and Prince 
Georges Counties, MD. 

The Samuel T Gladding Scholarship assists stu- 
dents based on merit, leadership, and com- 
munity service, with preference to students 
from Alabama. 

The Eugene Basil Glover Memorial Scholarship 
is awarded based on ability and need, with 
slight preference to students from Halifax 
County, NC. 

The Wallace Barger Goebel Scholarship is based 
on ability and need, with first preference to a 
student interested in literature, second prefer- 
ence to a student interested in history, and 
third preference to a student enrolled in the 
premedical program. 

The Edward H. Greason Scholarship assists 
needy students, with preference to residents 
of Wake County, NC. 

The Kitty Green & Hobart Jones College Scholar- 
ship assists needy students. 



45 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The George Washington Greene Memorial Schol- 
arship assists the rising senior in the Delta 
Chapter of Phi Beta Kappa who has the high- 
est academic average, upon the recommenda- 
tion of the chair of the Delta Chapter. 

The Kelley & Margaret Griffith Baptist Student 
Union Fund assists student members of the 
Baptist Student Union. 

The Stanley McClayton Guthrie Scholarship 
assists a needy student, with preference to 
students from Halifax County, VA, then to 
children of Wake Forest alumni. 

The David Hadley /Worrell House Scholarship 
assists a student in the Wake Forest London 
program who would incur excessive financial 
sacrifices without the scholarship. 

The John Locksley Hall Scholarship assists needy 
North Carolinians interested in business 
careers, with preference to intercollegiate 
athletes. 

The Fuller Hamrick Scholarship assists students 
from the Mills Home in Thomasville, NC. 

The George G. & Georgine M. Harper Scholarship 
assists students with potential and need, with 
preference to North Carolinians. 

The Henri/ Russell & Clara Stephenson Harris 
Scholarship assists a senior business major who 
plans to pursue a career in banking, based on 
ability and need. Application is made through 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The M. Elizabeth Harris Music Scholarship as- 
sists a music major, based on ability and need, 
with preference to a student whose primary 
interest is church music. 

The William R. Hartness jr. Scholarship assists 
needy North Carolinians. 

The Margaret S. Hasty Memorial Scholarship 
assists female students based on ability and 
need, and is renewable if the student places in 
the upper third of her class. 



The Thomas K. Hearn Jr. Fund for Civic Responsi- 
bility recognizes and promotes civic responsi- 
bility and leadership among students. 

The Elizabeth Hawks Herring Scholarship assists 
needy and meritorious students, with prefer- 
ence to sociology majors. 

The Hixson Fund provides assistance to stu- 
dents in the Wake Forest London program. 

The Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship assists stu- 
dents based on character, purpose, intelli- 
gence, and need, with preference to students 
who plan to enter the ministry, do religious 
work, become teachers or lawyers, the prefer- 
ence being in the order named, for the resi- 
dents of the Reidsville area recommended 
by the deacons of the First Baptist Church of 
Reidsville. 

The J. Sam Holbrook Scholarship assists needy 
students. 

The Forrest H. Hollifield Scholarship assists 
upperclass students with evidence of char- 
acter and need, with preference to natives of 
Rowan and Rutherford Counties, NC, and to 
members of the Delta Nu Chapter of Sigma 
Chi Fraternity. 

The Murray A. Honeycutt Scholarship assists a 
needy male student. 

The Horton Family Scholarship assists needy 
students, with preference to North Carolin- 
ians with demonstrated serious academic 
ability and dedication, and commitment to 
civic or volunteer work or a particular talent 
in the arts or athletics. 

The Hubert Humphrey Studies Abroad Scholar- 
ship, based on need and merit, assists students 
in the Wake Forest programs in London, 
Venice, or Vienna. 

The Jeanette Wallace Hyde Scholarship is based 
on need and ability, with preference to female 
students from Yadkin County, NC, who are 
political science majors or are planning to 
pursue a career in social work or guidance 
counseling. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



46 



The Stanton B. Ingram Scholarship assists needy 
students, with preference first to students 
from Alabama, and second to students from 
Mississippi, Georgia, Louisiana, Tennessee, or 
Florida. 

The Japan Foundation Grants for study in Japan 
are available through application with the 
Center for International Studies. 

The H. Broadus Jones Scholarship assists a rising 
senior student showing superior achievement 
in English and outstanding character. 

The Jones-Holder Business Scholarship assists a 
rising senior business major. Application is 
made through the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy. 

The Dyeann B. & Henry H. Jordan II Theatre 
Scholarship assists theatre majors. Application 
is made through the theatre department. 

The John Council Joyner Sr. Scholarship is 
awarded based on merit and need to a North 
Carolinian. 

The Rhoda C. & Davin E. Juckett Scholarship as- 
sists needy students with a GPA of at least 2.8. 

The Jay H. Kegerreis Scholarship assists continu- 
ing students having a 3.0 grade point average, 
high moral character, and a willingness to 
work diligently and to make personal sacri- 
fices to attend college. 

The J. Lee Keiger Sr. Scholarship assists North 
Carolinians with preference to students from 
the ALLTEL-Carolina Telephone Company 
service region. 

The Senah C. & C. A. Kent Scholarships are 
awarded on the basis of leadership, merit, and 
need. The scholarship committee nominates 
recipients and provides an application to be 
submitted to the Kent Foundation. 

The George Yancey Kerr & Albert Yancey Kerr 
Scholarship assists needy students. 



The Alice Caldwell Ketner Scholarship, estab- 
lished by Henry Ernest Ketner, assists needy 
students, with preference to males from 
Rowan and Cabarrus Counties, NC. 

The Connie Williams King Scholarship assists 
residents of Nashville, TN, or Davidson 
County, TN, with preference to needy 
students. 

The Kirkpatrick-Hozvell Memorial Scholarship 
assists members of the Sigma Chi Fraternity, 
or other students upon recommendation by 
the Kirkpatrick-Howell Memorial Scholarship 
Board. 

The Krahnert-Cantin Family Scholarship assists 
needy students, with preference to residents 
of North Carolina or New Jersey who have 
indicated that Wake Forest is their preferred 
choice. 

The Roena B. & Petro Kulynych Scholarship as- 
sists needy students, with preference first to 
students from Wilkes County, NC, and second 
to students from Avery County, NC. 

The Kutteh Family Scholarship assists needy 
students with strong preference first to stu- 
dents from Iredell County, NC, and second to 
students from its contiguous counties. 

The Randall D. Ledford Scholarship assists phys- 
ics majors. 

The E. Carwile & Garnette Hughes LeRoy 
Scholarship assists needy students from Bertie, 
Chowan, Currituck, Dare, Hertford, Hyde, 
Gates, Martin, Northampton, Perquimans, 
Pasquotank, Tyrell, or Washington Counties, 
NC. 

The Charles L. Little Scholarship assists students 
with ability and need. 

The Thomas D. & Betty H. Long Scholarship as- 
sists needy students, with preference to those 
from Person County, NC, and second to other 
North Carolinians. 



47 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Loivden Family Scholarship assists needy 
students with preference first to students from 
Montgomery County and second to students 
from Anson, Stanly Davidson, Randolph, 
Moore, or Richmond Counties, NC. 

The Lowe's Food Scholarship assists students in 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy on the basis of merit and with 
preference to students from North Carolina 
and Virginia. Application is made through 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Mac Anderson Scholarship assists students 
studying a foreign language, preferably at 
a university in Europe. Application is made 
through the financial aid office. 

The Dr. George C. Mackie Sr. Scholarship assists 
junior and senior premedical students based 
on need and merit. 

The Heather Ann Maier Scholarship assists 
needy Christian students, with preference to 
female students from Maryland, Delaware, 
Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York, Con- 
necticut, or the District of Columbia, who are 
interested in pursuing a career in a business- 
related field. 

The Elton W. Manning Scholarship assists stu- 
dents based on need and merit, with prefer- 
ence to students from eastern North Carolina. 

The Lex Marsh Scholarship assists North Caro- 
linians based on need and merit. 

The James Capel Mason Scholarship assists wor- 
thy students. 

The Burke M. McConnell Management Excellence 
Scholarship assists the senior in the Wayne Cal- 
loway School of Business and Accountancy 
with the highest grade point average. Appli- 
cation is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

The Wilma L. McCurdy Memorial Scholarship is 
awarded on the basis of character, academic 
standing, and need. 



The Thane Edward McDonald and Marie Dayton 
McDonald Memorial Scholarship assists a music 
student. Application is made to the Depart- 
ment of Music. 

The }ames McDougald Scholarship assists stu- 
dents first from Robeson County and second 
from Scotland County NC, on the basis of 
leadership and ethics, academic preparation, 
desire, community pride, and financial need. 

The McGladrey & Pullen Scholarship assists a se- 
nior accountancy major based on merit, need, 
and interest in public accounting. Application 
is made through the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy. 

The Robert A. & Margaret Pope Mclntyre Schol- 
arship gives preference to students from Robe- 
son County, NC. 

The Bernard F. McLeod Jr. Scholarship assists 
students from middle income families, with 
preference to North Carolinians. 

The Medlin Scholarship assists students from 
middle income families with preference to 
North Carolinians. 

The Jasper L. Memory Scholarship assists 
students selected by the Department of 
Education. 

The Ted & Nancy Meredith Scholarship assists 
art majors who are taking, or planning to 
take, courses or studies in studio art, and who 
demonstrate strong academic performance, 
diligence, integrity, character, and leadership. 
Need is a consideration but not a required or 
controlling factor. 

The Robert Lee Middleton Scholarship is awarded 
based on character, purpose, intelligence, and 
need, with preference to a student planning 
to enter the field of literature, accountancy, 
teaching, or the gospel ministry or other full- 
time religious work. 

The Mildred Bronson Miller Scholarship assists 
students based on leadership, dedication, 
competitiveness, and citizenship. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Gail Sawyer Moore Scholarship, established 
by Ernest Linwood Moore, assists North 
Carolina women. 

The Thomas E. & Ruth Mullen Scholarship, val- 
ued at $1,500 annually, is awarded through the 
Upperclass Carswell Scholarship Program to 
outstanding undergraduates with a minimum 
of one year of academic work at the Univer- 
sity. A separate application is due October 15. 

The Charlie & Addie Myers Memorial Scholarship 
assists preministerial students or students 
contributing to Christianity. 

The Hiram Abif Myers III Scholarship assists a 
senior from Roswell High School, Roswell, 
GA, who best exemplifies the ideals and 
characteristics of Bif Myers. The candidate is 
recommended by the Roswell High School 
principal. 

The R. Frank Nanney Scholarship gives prefer- 
ence first to students from Rutherford County, 
NC, and second to other North Carolinians. 

The George Thompson Noel, M.D., Memorial 
Scholarship is based on ability and need, with 
preference to students from Cabarrus County 
and North Carolina. 

The Norfleet Scholarships assist needy students. 

The North Carolina Contractual Scholarship, 
madeavailable by the North Carolina General 
Assembly through the State Contractual 
Scholarship Fund, is awarded to needy North 
Carolinians. 

The Nostitz International Travel Fund assists 
students from middle income families, who 
are studying abroad in a program approved 
by Wake Forest in London, Vienna, or Venice. 

The Gordon Alexander O'Brien Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and need, with 
preference to students from Rockingham 
County, NC. 



The Curtis Eugene Overby Sr. Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability, need, and leader- 
ship to a North Carolina junior or senior ma- 
joring in communication, with an interest in 
broadcasting. Preference is given to students 
from Forsyth, Rockingham, and Caswell 
Counties, NC. 

The Dr. James Barry Douglas Palmer Scholarship, 
sponsored by the Bristol-Myers Squibb Com- 
pany, assists needy juniors with a cumulative 
grade point average of 3.0 or greater who are 
biology, chemistry or physics majors with 
special interests in biomedical or biological 
sciences. 

The Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and need. 

The Parrella Family Scholarship assists needy 
students, with preference to students with a 
career interest in a health profession, and with 
preference first to students from the Bronx or 
nearby areas, second to students from New 
Jersey, third to students from states contigu- 
ous to New Jersey, and fourth to students 
from other middle Atlantic states. 

The Perkins-Prothro Foundation Scholarship as- 
sists needy Texas residents. 

The H. Franklin Perritt III Memorial Scholarship 
assists one or more rising sophomores en- 
rolled in the Reserve Officers' Training Corps, 
based on leadership. Application is made 
through the Department of Military Science. 

The Thomas F. Pettus Scholarship is based on 
merit and need, with preference to North 
Carolina Baptists. 

The ]. Robert Philpott Scholarship assists needy 
North Carolinians. 

The Dr. Dorn Carl Pittman & Betty Mitchell Pitt- 
man Scholarship assists students from middle 
income families, with preference to residents 
of Alamance County, NC, and second prefer- 
ence to students whose grandparent or parent 
is a Wake Forest alumnus. 



49 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Presidential Aide Scholarship is awarded by 
the Office of the President. 

The Mark Christopher Pruitt Scholarship assists 
a junior or senior premedical student and 
a member of the Delta Omega Chapter of 
Kappa Sigma Fraternity, based on need and 
merit. 

The H. Ray Pullium Scholarship is awarded 
based on ability and need, with preference 
to students from North Carolina Baptist 
Children's Homes. 

The Beulah Lassiter and Kenneth Tyson Raynor 
Scholarship assists students in mathematics 
and English. Application is made through 
these two departments. 

The Redwine Scholarship assists needy students. 

The Mark H. Reece Sr. Scholarship, established 
by John E. Reece II, assists needy students, 
with preference to student athletes participat- 
ing in a varsity sport. 

The Reifler Family Scholarship assists needy 
students with artistic ability, with preference 
first to students who have declared or intend 
to declare a major in studio art and second 
to students who have declared or intend to 
declare a minor in studio art. 

The Oliver D. & Caroline Revell Scholarship as- 
sists needy preministerial students or needy 
students entering full-time Christian service. 

The Revelle Family Scholarship assists needy 
students from Northampton and Hertford 
Counties, with second preference to students 
from other areas of northeastern North 
Carolina. 

The Reynolds North Carolina Scholarship, estab- 
lished by the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation, 
assists needy North Carolinians from middle 
income families. 

The William & Treva Richardson Scholarship as- 
sists undergraduate students. 



The Gerald & Stephanie Roach Scholarship 
assists up to four incoming students up to 
$4,000 each to replace loan funding, based on 
academic merit and need greater than $25,000 
per year, with preference to North Carolina 
residents. 

The Roy O. Rodzvell Sr. Scholarship assists a stu- 
dent each year up to the cost of tuition, with 
preference to North Carolinians. 

The George D. Rovere Scholarship assists a stu- 
dent planning to become an athletic trainer. 

The Joe & Fra7ices Rowell Scholarship gives 
preference to needy and meritorious students 
from the Bristol, TN, area. 

The William Royall Scholarship assists classical 
studies students, with preference to students 
planning travel to classical sites. Application 
is made through the Department of Classical 
Languages. 

The Mike & Debbie Rubin Scholarship assists 
needy students with a declared or intended 
major in the College of Arts & Sciences. 

The William Lee Rudd & Ruth Crosby Rudd 
Scholarship assists worthy and needy students 
majoring in religion. 

The W. D. Sanders Scholarship is awarded 
for language study in Germany or Austria, 
to sophomores, juniors, or seniors who 
have completed German 153 or above. The 
scholarship is designated in order of priority, 
for summer language study, semester or year 
programs with the Institute of European 
Studies (IES), or junior year abroad programs 
with other institutions. Application is made 
through the Department of German and 
Russian. 

The Scales International Studies Scholarship 
supports study outside the United States. 
Application is made through the Center for 
International Studies. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



50 



The Mark Schnrmeier 9/11 Peace Fund assists 
undergraduate students who are residents 
of the U.S., based on merit and need, with 
preference to students directly affected by the 
September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks on the 
U.S., or other victims of political, social, or re- 
ligious terrorism. The fund may also support 
student projects, travel, or academic studies 
dedicated to the reduction or elimination of 
terrorist activities and the promotion of peace. 

The John Aaron & Vida Lee P. Senter Scholarship 
assists North Carolinians based on ability, 
diligence, integrity, character, and leader- 
ship, with preference to residents of Harnett 
County, NC, and active members of a Baptist 
church in North Carolina. 

The Emily Crandall Shazv Scholarship in Liberal 
Arts is made through the art, English, music, 
and theatre departments to a student who 
best exemplifies a diverse interest in litera- 
ture, art, music, and theatre. 

The Sara Jo Brownloiv Shearer Scholarship is 
awarded to students specializing in areas of 
learning disabilities. 

The Franklin R. Shirley Debate Scholarship as- 
sists students with debate experience who 
successfully participate in the University's 
debate program. 

The Daniel R. & Barbara F. Shouvlin Scholarship 
assists students who help achieve and sustain 
the diversity of the student body. 

The Adelaide Alexander Sink Scholarship assists 
students from middle income families, with 
first preference to Florida residents who will 
help achieve and sustain the diversity of the 
student body, and second preference to simi- 
lar residents of other states. 

The Kester A. Sink Scholarship assists students 
from middle income families who are resi- 
dents of Surry County, NC. 

The John William Slate, M.D., Scholarship assists 
premedical students, with preference to those 
from western North Carolina. 



The Joseph Pleasant & Marguerite Nutt Sloan 
Memorial Scholarship is awarded to an applied 
music student based on ability and need. 
Application is made through the Department 
of Music. 

The Fred Smith Company Scholarship assists 
needy students from Johnston County, NC. 

The Ann Lewallan Spencer & Lezvallan Family 
Scholarship assists needy children of alumni. 

The William K. Stamey Scholarship assists 
needy students from North Carolina and 
other nearby areas of the University's historic 
constituency. 

The William G. Starlmg Scholarship assists 
needy students based on their ability, charac- 
ter, integrity, leadership, and desire to make a 
contribution to the community in which they 
live. 

The C.V. Starr Foundation Scholarship assists 
needy students. 

The Gilbert T. Stephenson Scholarship is based 
on ability and need to a student from Kirby 
Township or Northampton County, NC. 

The Sigmund Sternberger Scholarship assists 
needy North Carolinians, with preference 
to students from Greensboro and Guilford 
County, NC. 

The John Belk Stevens Scholarship in Business 
assists senior business majors with particular 
interests in retailing or marketing. Application 
is made through the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy. 

The Edna & Ethel Stowe Scholarship gives 
preference to female students with a physical 
disability. 

The J.W. Straughan Scholarship assists needy 
students, with preference to students from 
Duplin County, NC, who are interested in 
pursuing a medical career (especially in the 
field of family practice). 



51 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Study Abroad Scholarship assists students 
with a minimum 3.0 grade point average 
through application with the Center for Inter- 
national Studies. 

The Robert L. Sullivan Fund may be used to 
assist students in the biology major. 

The Amos Arthur Swann Scholarship assists 
needy students from Sevier County, TN, or 
other Tennessee counties. 

The Ralph Judson Sykes Scholarship assists North 
Carolinians based on need, moral character, 
and Christian fellowship. 

The Saddye Stephenson & Benjamin Louis Sykes 
Scholarship is awarded based on Christian 
character, academic proficiency, and need, 
with preference to first-year students from 
North Carolina. 

The Walter Low Tatum Scholarship in Mathe- 
matics provides in alternate years a renewable 
merit scholarship. The stipends of $500 each 
for the first two years are replaced by $5,000 
awards in each of the last two years, provided 
that the recipient fulfills the expectation to en- 
roll in and maintain a major in mathematics. 

The Augustine John Taylor & Roby Ellis Taylor 
Accountancy Scholarship assists accountancy 
students, with preference to students with 
a permanent residence within fifty miles of 
Winston-Salem. Application is made through 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The H. Hoiuell Taylor Jr. Risk Management Schol- 
arship assists students interested in a career 
in risk management. Application is made 
through the Wayne Calloway School of Busi- 
ness and Accountancy. 

The Russell Taylor Scholarship assists an enter- 
ing first-year student with a distinguished 
record in citizenship and scholarship. Prefer- 
ence is given to students planning careers in 
the areas of religion or law, students exempli- 
fying positive principles of the Christian faith, 
needy students, and students from Iredell 
County, NC. 



The Thomas C. Taylor Scholarship Fund for 
International Studies assists accountancy 
majors studying outside the U.S., or studying 
international studies within the U.S., based on 
integrity, compassion, cooperativeness, and a 
record of academic achievement. Application 
is made through the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy. 

The Teague Scholarship assists needy students 
interested in entrepreneurism. Application is 
made through the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy. 

The Fred N. Thompson Sr. Scholarship assists 
needy students, with preference to residents 
of Virginia counties south and east of the city 
of Richmond. 

The Lozvell & Anne Smith Tillett Scholarship as- 
sists students studying in, or whose residence 
is located in, Central and Eastern Europe, 
Russia, and other countries in the former 
Soviet Union. Application is made through 
the Center for International Studies. 

The Harold Wayland & Nelle Futch Tribble Schol- 
arship assists students with superior academic 
ability. 

The George Nelson Turner Scholarship assists 
students based on leadership ability and 
merit, with preference to those from North 
Carolina, who graduated from a public high 
school, who were academically ranked in the 
top third of the high school class, who lettered 
in a varsity sport while attending high school, 
and who participate in Christian religious and 
community service activities. Need is consid- 
ered but is not a required or controlling factor. 

The Tyner-Pitman Scholarship assists needy 
North Carolinians. 

The Captain Mario G. & Katrina Tanner Vangeli 
Memorial Scholarship assists students study- 
ing Italian in the Department of Romance 
Languages. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



52 



The Howard C. Vanghan Scholarship, assists 
needy students, with preference to those from 
the North Carolina counties of Northampton, 
Gates, Chowan, Hertford, Bertie, Martin, and 
Halifax. 

The R. Stanley Vaughan/PricezvaterhonseCoopers 
Scholarship assists accountancy majors and 
students enrolled in the master's program in 
accountancy, with preference to fourth-year 
students. Application is made through the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy 

The Venable Scholarship assists students with 
academic ability and leadership potential, 
with preference to descendents of Nora M. 
Venable. 

The Lindsay T Wagstaff Scholarship assists 
needy students. 

The Wake Forest Cultural Diversity Scholarship, 
established by Linda J. Gamble, assists stu- 
dents whose residence is outside of the U.S., 
based on academic ability and potential to add 
to the diversity and cultural awareness of the 
Wake Forest community. 

The Gerald C. Wallace Jr. Scholarship assists 
needy students from North Carolina, South 
Carolina, and Georgia. 

The Mitchell W. Wallace Scholarship gives 
preference to North Carolinians. Need is a 
consideration, but not a required or control- 
ling factor. 

The Brian James Watkins Scholarship assists 
students based on demonstrated leadership 
ability, community involvement, and charac- 
ter, with preference to students from North 
Carolina, Mississippi, and Delaware. 

The Watkins-Richardson Scholarship assists 
students from the southeastern U.S. with 
academic ability and leadership potential. 
Awards are renewable provided the recipient 
ranks in the top third of his or her class and 
continues to display leadership potential. 



The Weir Family Scholarship assists needy 
students. 

The J. Andrews White Scholarship assists deserv- 
ing students. 

The James G. White Memorial Scholarship assists 
needy students with academic performance in 
the upper half of their class. 

The Alexander Hines Whitley Jr. Scholarship as- 
sists qualified students. 

The A. Tab Williams Scholarship assists needy 
North Carolinians. 

The Graham & Flossie Williams Scholarship, 
established by James T. Williams, gives prefer- 
ence to needy students from Yadkin County, 

NC 

The Jesse A. Williams Scholarship gives prefer- 
ence to deserving students from Union 
County, NC. 

The Leonidas Polk Williams Sr. Scholarship as- 
sists students from Chowan, Camden, and 
Pasquotank Counties, NC, on the basis of 
merit. 

The John G. Williard Financial Aid Fund pro- 
vides scholarships to needy students. 

The John G. Williard Scholarship assists middle 
income students, with preference to students 
from Davie County, NC. 

The James Bennett Willis Scholarship gives 
preference to needy North Carolina Baptist 
students interested in the ministry and Chris- 
tian education. Application is made through 
the Department of Religion or the Department 
of Philosophy. 

The Marie Thornton Willis & Miriam Carlyle 
Willis Scholarship gives preference to needy 
North Carolina Baptist students interested in 
music ministry. 

The Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship assists 
needy students. 



53 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Ellis & Helen Wilson Scholarship assists 
needy students, with preference to those from 
central Florida. 

The O.W. Wilson-Yancey County Scholarship as- 
sists needy students from Yancey County, NC, 
with excellent academic records. 

The Phillip W. Wilson/Peat Marwick Memorial 
Scholarship assists a senior accountancy major 
with demonstrated leadership skills, outstand- 
ing interpersonal skills, and a strong commit- 
ment to the community and the accountancy 
profession. The recipient must also be in the 
top fifth of his or her class based on a grade 
point average within the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy Applica- 
tion is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

The Dr. B. L. & Betty Terrell Woodard Scholarship 
assists needy students as part of the Hankins 
Scholarship program, with first preference 
to applicants attending North Johnston High 
School in Kenly, NC, second preference to 
residents of Johnston County, NC, third 
preference to residents of a county contiguous 
to Johnston County, and fourth preference to 
North Carolina residents. 

The William H. & Anne M. Woody Memorial 
Scholarship is awarded based on character, 
scholastic achievement, and need, with prefer- 
ence to students from Person County, NC, 
and to students intending careers in medicine, 
education, and ministry. 

The William Luther Wyatt HI Scholarship assists 
needy students with interest and ability in 
biology, with preference to a male student 
entering the junior year. 

The Leon Wilson Wynne & Mary Perebee Wynne 
Scholarship assists needy students, with first 
preference to residents of Martin County, 
NC, and second preference to residents of the 
North Carolina counties of Beaufort, Bertie, 
Camden, Chowan, Craven, Currituck, Dare, 
Edgecombe, Gates, Greene, Halifax, Hertford, 
Hyde, Johnston, Lenior, Nash, Northampton, 



Pamlico, Pasquotank, Perquimans, Pitt, Tyr- 
rell, Washington, Wayne, and Wilson. 

The Matthew T. Yates Scholarship assists needy 
children of missionaries of the International 
Mission Board of the Southern Baptist Con- 
vention. Applicants should notify the Office 
of Student Financial Aid of their eligibility to 
be considered. 

Federal Financial Aid Programs 

The federal government, through the Depart- 
ment of Education, sponsors a number of 
aid programs for education. Among these 
programs are Federal Pell Grants, Federal 
Supplement Educational Opportunity Grants 
(FSEOG), Federal Work-Study (FWS), Federal 
Perkins Loans, and Federal Family Educa- 
tion Loans (including Federal Stafford Loans, 
both subsidized and unsubsidized, and PLUS 
Loans). 

To receive assistance through these pro- 
grams, a student must complete the necessary 
applications, meet basic eligibility require- 
ments, and maintain satisfactory academic 
progress. 

Federal aid programs are described more 
fully in the Wake Forest University brochure 
"Undergraduate Need-Based Aid Informa- 
tion," and in the federal publication "The 
Student Guide," available upon request from 
the financial aid office. 

Exchange Programs and Scholarships 

The Italian Exchange Program, established with 
the University of Ca'Foscari in Venice, Italy, 
is offered to one student for two semesters or 
two students for one semester each. Students 
must apply for the fall or spring semesters 
of their junior year, or for the fall semester of 
their senior year. Application is made through 
the Department of Romance Languages. 

The Spanish Exchange Program, established 
with the University of Burgos in Spain, is 
offered to four students for one semester's 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



54 



study each or two students for two semesters. 
Applicants must have completed at least two 
years of college Spanish or the equivalent. Ap- 
plication is made through the Department of 
Romance Languages. 

The French Exchange Scholarship, established 
with the University of Burgundy France, 
assists a graduating senior who receives a 
two-semester graduate teaching assistantship 
at a lycee chosen by the French Ministry of 
Education. Application is made through the 
Department of Romance Languages. 

Loans 

The James W. Denmark Loan, established in 1875, 
assists qualified students. 

The Hutchins Student Loan assists needy students. 

The Grover & Addy Raby Loan gives preference 
to applicants from the First Baptist Church of 
Tarboro, NC. 

The Sidney G. Wallace Loan gives preference to 
students studying at a Wake Forest-sponsored 
or approved overseas program. 

Other Aid Programs 

Children and spouses of pastors of North Carolina 
Baptist churches receive an annual $800 conces- 
sion if they are the children or spouses of 
(1) ministers, (2) missionaries of the Interna- 
tional Missions Board of the Southern Baptist 
Convention, (3) officials of the Baptist State 
Convention of North Carolina, or (4) profes- 
sors in North Carolina Baptist colleges or uni- 
versities who are ordained ministers. Pastors 
themselves are also eligible. 

Children of other ministers who are not 
eligible for the prior concession receive an 
annual $150 concession if their parents make 
a living chiefly by the ministry and they have 
demonstrated need. 

Church Volunteer Scholarships of $200 per 
semester assist students wishing to mentor 
with a church near the Wake Forest campus. 



Application is made through the associate 
University chaplain. 



Mmisterial students receive an annual ! 
concession if they (1) have a written recom- 
mendation or license to preach from their 
own church body and (2) agree to repay the 
total amount, plus four percent interest, in the 
event they do not serve five years in the pasto- 
ral ministry within twelve years of attendance 
in the College. 

The North Carolina Legislative Tuition Grant 
(NCLTG) is provided by the North Carolina 
General Assembly for students who have been 
legal residents of North Carolina for at least 
twelve months prior to enrollment at Wake 
Forest. Residency determinations are made 
by the financial aid office. Each year's grant 
amount is subject to an annual appropriation. 
Grants are reduced by twenty-five percent for 
those students having already completed 157.5 
credits or 140 hours. Amounts listed on award 
letters are estimates only, and are subject to 
adjustment when the actual authorized grant 
is determined. Students are responsible for 
any difference between the estimated and 
actual amounts. 

To be eligible each semester, a student must 
enroll in a minimurn of twelve hours or four- 
teen credits (through October 1 in the fall and 
through the tenth day of classes in the spring), 
and must be working toward a first bachelor's 
degree. A student in the five-year BS/MS in 
accountancy program is not eligible during 
the last year of that program. Students (includ- 
ing those studying abroad) must submit an 
NCLTG application to the financial aid office 
by the end of the first week of classes of their 
first semester of each academic year. 

An NCLTG application (contained in the 
Financial Information and Billing Statement 
packet) is sent in the weeks before enrollment 
to each first-year student, and to continuing 
students with permanent North Carolina ad- 
dresses. Students who believe they are eligible 
for the grant but do not receive an application 
may obtain one in the financial aid office; such 



55 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



students may include children of military per- 
sonnel with North Carolina residency status 
who live out of state, residents who live near 
the state line, or residents who have recently 
moved out of state. 

Student employment is possible for part-time, 
on-campus and off-campus work, for a recom- 
mended maximum of twenty hours per week 
for full-time students. Summer employment 
may also be available. Interested students 
should contact the financial aid office. 

Veterans' benefits are administered by the 
Department of Veterans Affairs in the Federal 
Building at 251 North Main Street in Winston- 
Salem. Records of progress are kept by Wake 
Forest University on veteran and non-veteran 
students alike. Progress records are furnished 
to the students, veterans and non-veterans 
alike, at the end of each scheduled school term. 

Outside Assistance 

Students must advise the financial aid of- 
fice if they receive any assistance from out- 
side organizations, including any local, state, 
and national scholarship and loan programs. 
Once need is determined and aid is offered 
to meet that need, additional aid from any 
source must be considered a resource avail- 
able to the student. Wake Forest encourages 
all students to apply for any outside scholar- 
ships for which they may be eligible; howev- 
er, by definition additional resources reduce 



demonstrated need. The gift portion of an 
original need-based package is reduced by 
one-half the value of any new outside scholar- 
ship (so that total gift assistance is increased 
by one-half the value of the outside aid). The 
loan or work portion of a student's aid is re- 
duced as required to prevent total financial 
assistance from exceeding demonstrated need 
(or, in the case of federal loan and work pro- 
grams, from exceeding federal aid eligibility). 
Recipients of Brown, Carswell, Hankins, and 
Heritage Scholarships, and others whose en- 
tire demonstrated need is met with scholar- 
ship funds, have their total awards increased 
by one-half the value of the outside scholar- 
ship; the remaining one-half is considered a 
student resource in subsequent years. In no 
case may the total aid award exceed the cost 
of attendance. 

Outside scholarship donors should include 
the name and social security number of the 
intended recipient, as well as the term(s) for 
which the scholarship is intended, on the face 
of the check. Checks should be made payable 
to Wake Forest University (or co-payable to 
Wake Forest University and the student) and 
sent to the Office of Student Financial Aid, 
P.O. Box 7246, Winston-Salem, NC 27109- 
7246. Checks delivered by donors directly 
to the student should be forwarded by the 
student to the financial aid office. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



56 



Special Programs 




STUDENTS IN THE COLLEGE ARE 
ENCOURAGED TO APPLY TO SPECIAL 
PROGRAMS, BOTH ON AND OFF CAMPUS, 
WHICH COMPLEMENT THEIR ABILITIES 
AND INTERESTS. THESE INCLUDE THE 
PROGRAMS DESCRIBED BELOW AND THE 
SPECIAL DEGREES, MINORS, AND 
CONCENTRATIONS DESCRIBED IN THE 
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION. 



Honors Study 

For highly qualified students, a series of 
interdisciplinary honors courses is described 
under the Courses of Instruction section of this 
bulletin. Under the supervision of the coordi- 
nator of the Honors Program, students may 
participate in three or more honors seminars 
during the first, sophomore, and junior years. 
Those who complete four seminars with a 
superior record and who are not candidates 
for departmental honors may complete a final 
directed study course. With a superior record 
in that course and a grade point average of at 
least 3.0 in all work, a student may be gradu- 
ated with the distinction "Honors in the Arts 
and Sciences." 

For students especially talented in indivi- 
dual areas of study, most departments in the 
College offer special studies leading to gradu- 
ation with honors in a particular discipline. 
The minimum requirement is a grade point 
average of 3.0 in all work and 3.3 (or higher in 
some areas) in the major. Other course, semi- 
nar, and research requirements are determined 
by each department. 



Open Curriculum 

For students with high motivation and strong 
academic preparation, the Open Curriculum 
provides the opportunity to follow a course 
of study planned within the framework of 
a liberal arts education but not necessarily 
fulfilling all core requirements for the degree. 
The Committee on Open Curriculum selects a 
limited number of students based on their pre- 
vious record of achievement, high aspirations, 
ability in one or more areas of study, strength 
of self-expression, and other special talents. 
The course of study for the lower division is 
designed by the student and his or her adviser. 

Study at Salem College 

For full-time students in the fall and spring se- 
mesters, Wake Forest and Salem College share 
a program of exchange credits for courses 
taken at one institution because they are not 
offered in the curriculum of the other. An ap- 
plication for the Salem/Wake Forest Exchange 
Credit program must be approved by the 
academic adviser and the dean of the College 
or the dean of the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy. Except in courses 
of private instruction, there is no additional 
cost to the student. Grades and grade points 
earned at Salem College under the Exchange 
Credit program are evaluated as if they were 
earned at Wake Forest. 

Courses that are in the Wake Forest cur- 
riculum generally cannot be taken at Salem 
through this program. In very unusual circum- 
stances, a student may wish to seek the deans' 
assistance in appealing to the Committee on 
Academic Affairs. 



57 



SPECIAL PROGRAMS 



International 



" S?' -* : 



Center for International Studies 

The Center for International Studies (CIS) pro- 
vides information on all programs in interna- 
tional studies. Students interested in studying 
abroad should visit the CIS for assistance and 
program information. Students seeking credit 
for non-Wake Forest courses taken overseas 
for either the summer, semester, or year are 
required to schedule an appointment with 
the CIS before they apply to make sure their 
programs are approved. Once a student is 
accepted, he or she should obtain a course 
approval form from the Center. For detailed 
information on study abroad in a non-Wake 
Forest program see the appropriate sections in 
this bulletin. 

The Center provides various information 
and services for the international students at 
Wake Forest. For guidance on INS policies and 
issues, contact the Center. The Center adminis- 
ters the international studies minor and the 
global trade and commerce studies minor. 
The course description section of this bulletin 
provides full descriptions of both minors. 

International Students 

International students can obtain information 
and assistance in the Center for International 
Studies. 

Foreign Area Studies 

The Foreign Area Studies program enables 
students to choose an interdisciplinary 
concentration in the language and culture of 
a foreign area. For a full description of these 
programs, see the various listings under 
Courses of Instruction in this bulletin. 



Opportunities for Study Abroad 
In Wake Forest Programs 

Austria (Vienna) 

Students have the opportunity to study and 
live at the Flow House in the 19th District of 
Vienna (northwest section of the city). Each 
semester, a faculty director leads a group of 
fourteen students and offers two courses in his 
or her respective disciplines. Faculty directors 
are chosen from a variety of academic depart- 
ments. In addition, Viennese professors offer 
courses in the study of the German language 
(153) or literature (216), Austrian art and 
architecture, music, or history of Austria and 
Central Europe. Group excursions to central 
Europe enhance the learning experience as 
well as numerous integrative experiences 
within the city itself. Students selected for the 
Vienna program are required to have com- 
pleted Elementary German (111-112 or 113). 
Further information may be obtained from 
Larry West in the Department of German 
and Russian. 

Benin (Cotonou) 

Students who wish to study in Africa are in- 
vited to apply for the Wake Forest University 
program in Benin, West Africa. This three- 
hour course is designed for the study of the 
problems faced by African countries in the 
process of economic growth and development. 
Discussions focus on the examination of solu- 
tions to those problems. This is an approxi- 
mately five-week summer program (occur- 
ring usually during the first summer session), 
which combines classroom instruction, field 
trips and homestay. The program is directed 
by Sylvain H. Boko, professor of economics. 
Applications and additional information may 
be obtained by e-mail at bokosh@wfu.edu. 



INTERNATIONAL 



58 



Cuba (Havana) 

Students interested in an unique study oppor- 
tunity may apply for a six-week summer pro- 
gram in Cuba. Under the direction of Linda 
Howe (associate professor of Romance lan- 
guages), students take intensive courses in 
Spanish at the University of Havana. Students 
need not major in Spanish, but one course 
beyond Spanish 213 or proficiency in the lan- 
guage is required. Courses offered include 
Afro-Cuban Cultural Expression and Cuban 
Literature (alternate courses offered periodi- 
cally). Students in Cuba also participate in 
a community project for internship credit in 
Spanish. Additional information may be ob- 
tained by e-mail at howels@wfu.edu. 

England (London) 

A program of study is offered each semester 
at Worrell House, the University's residen- 
tial center near Regent's Park in London. 
Courses typically encompass aspects of the 
art, theatre, literature, and history of London 
and Great Britain. (See, for example, Art 
2320. English Art, Hogarth to the Present, 
and History 2260. History of London, in the 
course listings of those departments.) Each 
term, a different faculty member serves as the 
director of the program, which accommodates 
fifteen students. Further information may be 
obtained from Paul Orser, Office of the Dean 
of the College. 

Italy (Venice) 

Students wishing to spend a semester in Italy 
may apply to study at Casa Artom, the 
University's residential center on the Grand 
Canal in Venice. Under the direction of 
various members of the faculty, approxi- 
mately twenty students per semester focus on 
the heritage and culture of Venice and Italy. 
(Courses offered usually include Art 2693. 
Venetian Renaissance Art; Italian 2213. Spo- 
ken Italian; Italian 215. Introduction to Italian 
Literature I; Italian 216. Introduction to Italian 
Literature II; and other courses offered by the 
faculty member serving as director.) Students 



selected for the Venice program are required 
to have completed elementary training in 
Italian. Limited scholarship aid is available 
to one or two students each semester to assist 
with expenses. Additional information may 
be obtained from Peter Kairoff, Department 
of Music. 

France (Dijon) 

Students wishing to study in France may 
apply for a semester's instruction at the Uni- 
versity of Burgundy. Under the direction of a 
faculty residential adviser from the Depart- 
ment of Romance Languages, courses are 
taken at the University of Burgundy by stu- 
dent groups of varying levels of preparation. 
(A major in French is not required, but French 
219 or its equivalent or any French course 
above the intermediate level is required.) 
Students who wish to take either French 113 
or French 153 in an immersion setting may 
apply for Wake Forest's summer program at 
the University of Burgundy. This six-week 
program offers an eight-hour intensive course 
in French language and culture. Applications 
and additional information may be obtained 
in the Department of Romance Languages. 

Spain (Salamanca) 

Students wishing to study in Spain may apply 
for a year's or semester's instruction at the 
University of Salamanca. Under the direc- 
tion of a faculty residential adviser from the 
Department of Romance Languages, courses 
are taken at the University of Salamanca by 
student groups of varying language levels. 
(Students need not major in Spanish, but 
one course beyond Spanish 213 is required.) 
Applications and additional information may 
be obtained in the Department of Romance 
Languages. 

China (Beijing) 

Students who wish to study in China may 
apply to participate in the Wake Forest/ 
SASASAAS Program in Beijing, Peoples Re- 
public of China. Offered in the fall semester, 
the program includes courses in both Chinese 



59 



INTERNATIONAL 



language and culture. It is open to students 
with no previous knowledge of Chinese or to 
those wishing to continue their study of the 
language. Additional information may be ob- 
tained in the Center for International Studies. 

Japan (Hiratsuka) 

For students wishing to study in Japan, Wake 
Forest offers a fall and /or spring semester at 
Kansai Gaidai University, which is located 
near three interesting cities. They are Kyoto, 
which was the capital of Japan for 1,200 
years; Osaka, the largest commercial city; and 
Nara, the ancient capital of Japan during the 
6th century. Numerous courses in a variety 
of disciplines including business, econom- 
ics, political science, religion, history, art, and 
communication are offered in English. Japa- 
nese language is offered at all levels. No prior 
knowledge of Japanese is required. 

In the fall semester, a Wake Forest faculty 
member accompanies the Wake Forest 
University students and teaches one course. 
Additional information may be obtained in 
the Center for International Studies. 

Study Abroad in Non-Wake Forest 
Programs 

Students wishing to study abroad in a 
non-Wake Forest program must visit the 
Center for International Studies (CIS) for 
assistance. The Center maintains a sizable col- 
lection of material on approved programs. All 
students planning to study in non-Wake 
Forest programs in other countries for a sum- 
mer, a semester, or a year are required to 
attend a study abroad information session. 
The CIS staff is available to advise students 
about particular programs. Before students 
apply, they must obtain approval of the 
program from the CIS. If the program is not 
approved, the student will not receive credit 
for the study abroad program. 



Declaration of Intent. All students who wish 
to study abroad for a summer, semester, or 
year on a non-WFU approved program must 
fill out a declaration of intent form. This form 
must be turned in to CIS in the semester 
preceding the study abroad summer/semes- 
ter/year by the established deadline. 

Once a student is accepted, she or he is re- 
quired to fill out a course approval form with 
the CIS. In no case may a student undertake 
study elsewhere without completing this pro- 
cess in advance to the satisfaction of the CIS, 
the registrar, and the academic departments 
which oversee the granting of credit for each 
course. Students may not register for fewer 
than twelve hours in a semester study abroad 
program without the permission of a dean. 
Department chairs approve specific courses 
and the number of credit hours earned for 
those courses. 

Grades in non-Wake Forest courses taken 
abroad are assigned by the institution through 
which the student takes the course rather 
than the foreign institution. For approved 
courses on non-Wake Forest study abroad 
programs, the grades will appear on the Wake 
Forest University transcript, but will NOT be 
calculated into the Wake Forest University 
grade point average. (See section on transfer 
credit in this bulletin.) Students must follow 
the add /drop policies of the host institution. 
If the program does not have any relevant 
policies, the Wake Forest policy is applied. 
If a student withdraws from a study abroad 
program, he or she must notify the registrar, 
and the rules for withdrawal, as stated in this 
Undergraduate Bulletin apply. For more infor- 
mation, consult with the Center for Interna- 
tional Studies. 

Students may request to have scholarship 
and financial aid applied to approved non- 
Wake Forest programs. Scholarships for study 
abroad are also available. Additional informa- 
tion is available in the CIS and the Office of 
Student Financial Aid. 



INTERNATIONAL 



60 



Requirements for Degrees 




Degrees Offered 

The College offers undergraduate programs 
leading to the bachelor of arts and bachelor of 
science degrees. 

The bachelor of arts degree is conferred 
with a major in anthropology, art history, stu- 
dio art, biology, chemistry, Chinese, classical 
studies, communication, economics, English, 
French, German, Greek, history, Japanese, 
Latin, mathematics, music performance, music 
history / theory / composition, philosophy, 
physics, political science, psychology, religion, 
Russian, sociology, Spanish, or theatre. 

The bachelor of science degree is conferred 
with a major in biology, chemistry, computer 
science, health and exercise science, math- 
ematical economics, mathematics, or physics. 

The bachelor of arts degree is available 
with a major in elementary education or edu- 
cation with a state teacher's certificate in social 
studies. The bachelor of science degree may be 
conferred in combined curricula in engineer- 
ing, forestry and environmental studies, and 
medical technology. 

The Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy offers undergraduate 
programs leading to the bachelor of science 
degree with a major in accountancy, business, 
finance, or mathematical business; and offers a 
five-year program of study leading to a master 
of science in accountancy in conjunction with 
a bachelor of science in either accountancy or 
finance. 

A student may receive only one bachelor's 
degree (either the bachelor of arts or the bach- 
elor of science) from Wake Forest. 

General Requirements 

Students in the College have considerable 
flexibility in planning their courses of study. 



There are five basic course requirements: two 
required health and exercise science courses, 
the writing seminar, one in a foreign language, 
and a first-year seminar. To complete prepara- 
tion for more specialized work in a major field 
or fields, students select courses in each of five 
divisions of the undergraduate curriculum: 

(I) The Humanities: Religion, Philosophy, and 
History; 

(II) The Humanities: Literatures; 

(III) The Humanities: Fine and Performing Arts; 

(IV) The Social and Behavioral Sciences; and 

(V) The Natural Sciences, Mathematics, and 
Computer Science. 

Core requirements (basic and divisional 
combined) are typically completed in the first 
and sophomore years and the requirements in 
the major field or fields are completed in the 
junior and senior years. 

All students must complete (1) the core 
requirements (unless accepted for the Open 
Curriculum), (2) a course of study approved 
by the department or departments of the 
major, and (3) elective courses, for a total of 
120 hours. In general, no more than twelve 
hours toward graduation may be earned from 
among all of the following courses: EDU 353; 
all military science courses; MUS 111-121 and 
128-129 (ensemble courses); DCE 128; and 
elective 100-level courses in health and exer- 
cise science. However, majors in music perfor- 
mance and music history/theory/composition 
may count up to sixteen hours in these courses 
toward graduation. A cross-listed course may 
be taken one time for hours toward gradua- 
tion, unless otherwise specified by the course 
description. 



61 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 



All students must earn a minimum cumu- 
lative 2.0 grade point average in Wake Forest 
College and the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy Of the 120 hours 
required for graduation, at least sixty must 
be earned in Wake Forest programs. Once en- 
rolled at Wake Forest, a student may subse- 
quently count, at most, thirty hours of credit 
from sources other than Wake Forest pro- 
grams toward the graduation requirement of 
120 hours. Except for combined degree curri- 
cula, the work of the senior year must com- 
prise courses in Wake Forest programs. Any 
exceptions must be approved by the Commit- 
tee on Academic Affairs 

Transfer credits will not be used in calcu- 
lating a student's GPA. This includes non- 
Wake Forest study abroad programs. How- 
ever, transfer credits and the grade(s) earned 
will be recorded on the transcript. Graduation 
distinctions will be based solely on the Wake 
Forest GPA. 

A student graduates under the require- 
ments of the bulletin of the year in which 
he or she enters. However, when a student 
declares a major or minor, the requirements 
for the major or minor that are in effect at the 
time of declaration will apply. Such require- 
ments may not be congruent with those 
stated in a given bulletin. If coursework is not 
completed within six years of entrance, the 
student must fulfill the requirements for the 
class in which he or she graduates. 

All requirements must be completed and 
certified before a student may participate 
in the commencement exercises. No further 
entries or alterations may be made toward 
the undergraduate degree once a student has 
been graduated. 

Seniors must submit an application for 
graduation for their records to be activated 
for certification. Information packets are 
mailed immediately before the fall term to all 
students classified as seniors. Students who 
are not enrolled in the fall term, or who do 
not receive the packet but intend to graduate 
within the academic year, may request one 



from the Office of the Registrar. Application 
forms are due no later than thirty days before 
graduation. 

Core Requirements 

The core requirements are intended to intro- 
duce the student to various fields of knowl- 
edge and to lay the foundation for concen- 
tration in a major subject and related fields 
during the junior and senior years. For these 
reasons, as many of the requirements as fea- 
sible should be taken in the first two years. 
No core requirements may be set aside 
or replaced by substitutes except through 
regular procedures already established by 
the faculty, or through a specific vote of the 
faculty in regular session. Core requirements 
include basic and divisional requirements as 
described below. 

Basic Requirements 

All students must complete five required 
basic courses (unless exempted through 
procedures established by the departments 
concerned): 

• FYS 100 (first-year seminar) 

• English 111 (writing seminar) 

• Foreign language (literature), one course from 
among the following: 

— French 21 3, 21 3H, 21 6, or the equivalent 

— Spanish213,213H,217,218,orthe 
equivalent 

— Italian 215, 216, or the equivalent 

— German 214, 215, or 216 

— Russian 215 or 216 

— Greek 211 or 212 

— Latin211,212,216,or218 
_ Arabic 213 

— Near Eastern Languages & Literatures 21 1 
or 21 2 (Hebrew) 

— Japanese 211 or 21 2 

— Chinese211 or212 

• Health and Exercise Science 1 00 and 101 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 52 



Foreign Language Placement 



Divisional Requirements 



All students new to Wake Forest who have 
studied a foreign language in high school 
must complete foreign language placement. 
Students will not receive credit for a class at a 
lower level than the level of their placement 
on the placement exam, unless they: 

a. register for the class in which they placed; 

b. attend a few class meetings; 

c. consult with their professor; and 

d. successfully appeal their placement to the lan- 
guage placement appeals officers of the depart- 
ment and be reassigned to a lower level course. 

Students who continue with another foreign 
language must take a placement test in that 
one, too; if not during orientation, then before 
registering for a course in it. 

Students whose primary language (the 
language of instruction in the student's prior 
schooling) is other than English are exempt 
from the basic requirement in foreign lan- 
guage (literature) and must fulfill Division II 
requirements with courses whose readings 
are in the English language: English, classics, 
humanities (except those courses concentrat- 
ing on the literature of the student's primary 
language). 

Students whose schooling has been in 
English but who are fluent in a language not 
taught at Wake Forest must present college- 
level credit in the literature of the second 
language to be exempt from the requirement; 
the language review committee for interna- 
tional students decides in such cases. If the 
second language is taught at Wake Forest, 
the relevant department decides whether the 
student may complete the requirement in 
that language or may be regarded as having 
fulfilled the requirement already. Elective 
courses in the language or literature of a 
student's heritage or country of origin are at 
the discretion of the department offering the 



All students must complete courses as speci- 
fied below in each of the five divisions of the 
undergraduate curriculum (unless exempted 
through procedures established by the depart- 
ments concerned or by participation in the 
open curriculum). Together with the basic 
requirements these courses form the core 
of Wake Forest's undergraduate liberal arts 
education: 

DIVISION I The Humanities: Religion, Philosophy, 
and History, (three courses; no more than one 
course from each group) 

1. Religion 101, 102, 103, or 104 

2. Philosophy 1 1 1 

3. History 101, 102, 103, or 104 

DIVISION II The Humanities: Literatures, (two 
courses; no more than one course from any one 
of the three groups) 

1 . English literature (English 1 60 or 1 65) 

2. American literature (English 1 70 or 1 75) 

3. Foreign literature (other than the course used for 
the basic requirement) 

- Classical languages 

Greek 21 1,21 2, 23 1,241, or 242 

Latin 21 1,212, 216, 218, 221, 225, or 226 

- German 214, 215, 216, or 240 

- Chinese 211 or 212 

- Near Eastern Languages & Literatures 
211 or 21 2 (Hebrew) 

- Japanese 211 or 212 

- Romance languages (French or Spanish 
literature above 213; Italian literature 
above 215) 

- Russian 215, 216, or 241 

- In English translation: 

Classics 255, 261, 263, or 264 

East Asian Languages and Cultures 21 9, 221 

German 240 

Humanities 213, 214, 21 5, 216, 21 7, 218, 219, 

221, 222, or 223 

Russian 241 



63 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE? 



DIVISION III The Humanities: Fine and Performing 

Arts, (one course) 

1 . Art Any 1 00 level studio art course, or any art 
history course through 288. 

2. Music 101, 109, 131, 181, 182, 183, or 209 

3. Theatre 1 1 or 1 1 2, 1 50, 255, 260, 261 

4. Dance 202 

DIVISION IV The Social and Behavioral Sciences. 

(three courses, no more than one from any one 
group) 

1 . Anthropology 11 1 , 1 1 2, 11 3, or 1 1 4 or 1 50 

2. Economics 150 

3. Political Science 1 1 3, 1 1 4, 1 1 5, or 1 1 6 

4. Psychology 151 

5. Sociology 1 5 1 , 1 52, 1 53, or 1 54 

6. Communication 1 00, 1 1 3 

DIVISION V The Natural Sciences, Mathematics, 
and Computer Science, (three courses, selected 
from at least two different departments) 

1. Biology 101 or 1 1 1*, 112, 113, 21 6 (if one course, 
101 or 111 is recommended; if two courses, 101 
or 1 1 1 is strongly recommended as one of the 
pair.) 

*A student cannot count both BIO 101 and BIO 1 1 1 
toward the Division V requirement. 

2. Chemistry 1 08, 1 1 1 , 1 20*, 1 22. No credit given 
for more than one chemistry course numbered 
below 112. 

*Credit is not allowed for both CHM 120 and 
PHY 120. 

3. Computer Science 101,111,112 

4. Physics 1 09, 1 1 0, 1 1 3, 1 1 4, 1 20** 

5. Mathematics 107, 109, 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 1 17 

Additional Requirements 

To prepare students for the demands of tech- 
nology and globalization, Wake Forest guides 
undergraduate course selections with three 
further requirements: 

Cultural Diversity Requirement. All students 
must complete at least one course that edu- 
cates them regarding cultural diversity. This 
course may be taken at the basic, divisional, or 



major /minor level or as an elective. Courses 
qualified to meet this requirement are des- 
ignated (CD) after their descriptions in this 
bulletin. 

Quantitative Reasoning Requirement. All 

students must complete at least one course 
that requires quantitative reasoning, either as 
a qualifying course in Division V, as an elec- 
tive, or as a major or minor course require- 
ment. All courses meeting the requirement 
are designated (QR) after their descriptions in 
this bulletin. 

Requirement in Health and 
Exercise Science 

All students must complete HES 100 and 101. 
This requirement must be met before enroll- 
ment in additional health and exercise science 
elective courses, and in any case before the 
end of the second year. 

Proficiency in the Use of English 

Proficiency in the use of the English language 
is recognized by the faculty as a requirement 
in all departments. A composition condition, 
indicated by cc with the grade for any course, 
may be assigned in any department to a stu- 
dent whose writing is unsatisfactory, regard- 
less of previous hours in composition. 

A student who has been assigned a cc 
receives a grade of "Not Reported" (NR) for 
the course. The student has one semester (un- 
derstood to be the next semester for which he 
or she is officially enrolled) in which to work 
in the Writing Center, revising the coursework 
to the instructor's satisfaction. Should the 
student fail to work in the Writing Center, 
or fail to revise the work to the instructor 's 
satisfaction during the semester of his or her 
next enrollment, the grade becomes an F un- 
less some action is taken by the instructor. (If 
extenuating circumstances make it impossible 
for the student to make significant progress 
in a semester, the student may appeal to the 
dean's office for an additional semester of 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 54 



work to remove the NR.) Removal of the defi- 
ciency is prerequisite to graduation. 

Declaring a Major 

Most students declare a major in the spring 
of their sophomore year, and should earn at 
least fifty-five hours prior to the following 
fall term. Students declare a major through a 
procedure established between the academic 
departments and the registrar's office. Infor- 
mation about this process is distributed prior 
to the designated declaration period. 

If the student is accepted into the major, 
the department provides an adviser who as- 
sists the student in planning a course of study 
for the junior and senior years. A department 
that rejects a student as a major must notify 
the registrar's office and file a written state- 
ment indicating the reason(s) for the rejection 
with the dean of the College. 

Students who need to delay the declaration 
due to insufficient earned hours or other cir- 
cumstances should consult the registrar's office. 

Students who have earned at least fifty-five 
hours prior to the designated declaration 
period and wish to declare a major should 
consult the registrar's office. 

A student wishing to major in accountancy, 
business, finance, mathematical business, or 
the master of science in accountancy should 
apply to the Wayne Calloway School of Busi- 
ness and Accountancy. (See the Wayne Cal- 
loway School of Business and Accountancy 
requirements in this bulletin.) 

The undergraduate schools try to provide 
ample space in the various major fields to 
accommodate the interests of students. It must 
be understood, however, that the undergradu- 
ate schools cannot guarantee the availability of 
space in a given major field or a given course, 
since the preferences of students change and 
there are limits to both faculty and facilities. 

After the initial declaration, a student may 
not change from one major to another without 
the written approval of the departments con- 
cerned. The student's course of study for the 
junior and senior years includes the minimum 



requirements for the departmental major, 
with other courses selected by the student 
and approved by the adviser. At least half of 
the major must be completed at Wake Forest 
University. 

Please Note. For credit in the major, courses 
taken in many programs of study abroad 
are not automatically equivalent to courses 
completed at Wake Forest. If a student wishes 
to take more than half of his or her courses for 
the major in study abroad programs, he or she 
must gain prior approval from the chair of the 
department. Students should check the Under- 
graduate Bulletin for additional departmental 
requirements for the major. Majors are listed 
alphabetically under Courses of Instruction in 
this bulletin. 

The following majors are recognized: 

accountancy • finance • anthropology • art history • 
studio art • biology • business • chemistry • Chinese 

• classical studies • communication • computer sci- 
ence • economics • education • English • French 

• German • Greek • health and exercise science • 
history • Japanese • Latin • mathematical business 

• mathematical economics • mathematics • music 
history/theory/composition • music performance • 

• philosophy • physics • political science • psychology 

• religion • Russian • sociology • Spanish • theatre 

Maximum Number of Courses in a 
Department 

Within the College, a maximum of fifty hours 
in a major is allowed within the 120 hours 
required for graduation. For a student major- 
ing in a department with two or more majors, 
six additional hours in the department but 
outside the student's major are also allowed. 

These stipulations exclude required related 
courses from other departments. For students 
majoring in English, ENG 111 is excluded. 
For students majoring in a foreign language, 
elementary courses in that language are also 
excluded. These limits may be exceeded in 
unusual circumstances only by action of the 
dean of the College. 



65 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 



Options for Meeting Major Requirements 

To satisfy graduation requirements, a student 
must select one, and only one, of the follow- 
ing options, which will receive official recog- 
nition on the student's permanent record: 

1. a single major, 

2. a single major and a minor, 

3. a single major and a double minor, or 

4. a double major. 

In addition to these options, a student may com- 
plete the requirements of one or moreforeigri area 
studies programs and/or any of the Romance lan- 
guages certificates. 

Double Majors 

A student may major in two departments in 
the College with the written permission of 
the chair of each of the departments and on 
condition that the student meet all require- 
ments for the major in both departments. A 
student may not use the same course to meet 
requirements in both of the majors. The stu- 
dent must designate one of the two fields as 
the primary major, which appears first on the 
student's record and determines the degree to 
be awarded. Only one undergraduate degree 
will be awarded, even if the student com- 
pletes two majors. 

Minors 

A minor is not required. Those students, how- 
ever, who select a single major — not those 
working toward a double major — may choose 
a minor field from among the following or 
from the listing of interdisciplinary minors: 

anthropology • art history • studio art • biology • 
chemistry • Chinese • classical studies • communica- 
tion • computer science • dance • economics • profes- 
sional education • English • French • German • Greek 
• history • Italian • Japanese • journalism • Latin • 
mathematics • music • philosophy • physics • political 
science • psychology • religion • Russian • sociology • 
Spanish • statistics • theatre 



For details of the various minors, see the 
appropriate departmental headings in the sec- 
tion of this bulletin that lists course offerings. 

Interdisciplinary Minors 

Interdisciplinary minors are listed alphabeti- 
cally under courses of instruction in this bul- 
letin. The following programs are offered: 

American ethnic studies • cultural resource preser- 
vation • early Christian studies • East Asian Studies 

• entrepreneurship and social enterprise • environ- 
mental sciences • environmental studies 'film studies 

• global trade and commerce studies • health policy 
and administration • humanities • international stud- 
ies • Latin-American studies • linguistics • medieval 
studies • Middle East and South Asia studies • neuro- 
science • Russian and East European studies • urban 
studies • women's and gender studies 

Foreign Area Studies 

The foreign area studies programs enable stu- 
dents to choose an interdisciplinary concen- 
tration in the language and culture of a for- 
eign area. An area studies concentration may 
include courses in the major and also in the 
minor field, if a minor is chosen. Foreign area 
studies programs do not replace majors or 
minors; they may supplement either or both. 
A faculty adviser coordinates each foreign 
area studies program and advises students; 
students who wish to participate in one of 
these programs must consult with the pro- 
gram coordinator, preferably in their sopho- 
more year. Questions also may be directed to 
the Center for International Studies. 

Foreign area studies are listed alphabeti- 
cally under Courses of Instruction in this bul- 
letin. The following programs are offered: 

German Studies • Italian Studies • Spanish Studies 

Students who have studied abroad may have 
taken courses not listed in this bulletin. Ques- 
tions should be addressed to the Office of the 
Registrar. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 55 



Senior Testing 

All seniors may be required to participate in a 
testing program designed to provide objective 
evidence of educational development. If the 
Committee on Academic Affairs decides to 
conduct such a program, its purpose would 
be to assist the University in assessing the ef- 
fectiveness of its programs. The program does 
not supplant the regular administration of the 
Graduate Record Examination for students 
applying for admission to graduate school. 

Combined Degrees in Medical 
Technology 

Students may qualify for the bachelor of sci- 
ence degree in medical technology by comple- 
tion of the academic requirements outlined in 
the following paragraph and by satisfactory 
completion of the full program in medical 
technology offered by the Division of Allied 
Health Programs of the Wake Forest School 
of Medicine. A grade of at least C is required 
in all courses taken in the program in medical 
technology. At least one year (twenty-eight 
hours) of the required academic work must 
be completed in the College. (Under current 
scheduling, successful candidates receive the 
baccalaureate degree in August rather than 
in May.) 

Students seeking admission to the program 
must file application in the fall of the junior 
year with the Division of Allied Health 
Programs of the medical school. Selection is 
based upon recommendations of teachers, 
college academic record, Allied Health Profes- 
sions Admissions Test score or SAT/ACT 
scores, impressions made in personal inter- 
views, and work experience (not essential, 
but important). Students must complete all 
core course requirements: BIO 112, 113, 213, 
214 (three courses or equivalents); BIO 326; 
CHM 111/111L, 122/122L, 223/223L, 230 and 
260; mathematics (one course); and electives 
for a total of eighty-four hours. Desirable 
electives outside the area of chemistry and 
biology include physics, computer science, 



and personnel and management courses. 
(Interested students should consult a biology 
department faculty member during the first 
year for further information.) 

Degrees in Engineering 

The College cooperates with engineering 
schools in offering a broad course of study in 
the arts and sciences combined with special- 
ized training in engineering. A program 
for outstanding students covers five years 
of study, including three years in the Col- 
lege and approximately two years in one 
of the schools of engineering accredited by 
ABET, the Accrediting Board for Engineer- 
ing Technology. (Depending upon the field 
chosen, it may be advisable for a student to 
attend the summer session in the engineer- 
ing school after transfer.) Admission to Wake 
Forest does not guarantee admission to the 
engineering school. Those decisions are based 
on the student's transcript, performance, and 
status at the time of application. Upon suc- 
cessful completion of the five years of study, 
the student receives the bachelor of science 
degree in engineering from the University 
and the bachelor of science degree in one of 
the specialized engineering fields from the 
engineering school. 

The curriculum for the first three years 
must include all the core requirements and 
additional courses in science and mathematics 
which will prepare the student for the study 
of engineering, such as MTH 111, 112, 251, 
301, 302, and 304; PHY 113, 114, 141, 162, 165, 
and 166; CHM 111, 111L, 122, and 122L; and 
ECN 150. 

These electives are chosen in consultation 
with the chair of the Department of Physics. 

Degrees in Forestry 

and Environmental Studies 

The College cooperates with the Duke Uni- 
versity School of Forestry and Environmental 
Studies to offer students interested in these 



67 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 



areas the possibility of earning both bache- 
lor 's and master's degrees within five years. 
For details about the program, students 
should consult a faculty member in the biol- 
ogy department. 

Five-year Cooperative Degree Program 
in Latin-American Studies 

Wake Forest and Georgetown universities 
have instituted a five-year cooperative degree 
program in Latin- American Studies. Under 
this program, undergraduate students who 
minor in Latin- American Studies may ap- 
ply to have a limited number of hours from 
their undergraduate work count toward a 
master's degree in La tin- American Studies at 
Georgetown University in Washington, DC. 



The BA is awarded by Wake Forest, while the 
master's degree is awarded by Georgetown. 
Those whose application is accepted may 
complete both their BA and MA degrees in a 
five-year period. To apply for the combined 
BA/MA, students should declare an interest 
in the five-year cooperative degree program 
during their junior year. Students must then 
complete the regular Georgetown graduate 
application process and seek formal accep- 
tance to the MA program during their senior 
year. 

The five-year program is an opportunity 
for exceptional students to complete degree 
requirements at an accelerated pace. Inter- 
ested students should contact the five-year 
degree program coordinator, Peter Siavelis, 
associate professor of political science. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES ^g 



Courses of Instruction 




PLANS OF STUDY, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS, AND THE IDENTIFICATION OF 
INSTRUCTORS APPLY TO THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2005-2006 UNLESS OTHERWISE 
NOTED, AND REFLECT OFFICIAL FACULTY ACTION THROUGH FEBRUARY 13, 2006. 

The University reserves the right to change programs of study, academic requirements, assign- 
ment of lecturers, or the announced calendar. The courses listed in this Bulletin are not neces- 
sarily taught every year; their availability is a function of both staffing constraints and student 
demand. While no guarantees about future scheduling can be made, students are encouraged 
to alert their advisers and department heads to their needs and desires as soon as they can be 
foreseen. For an exact list of courses offered in each particular semester and summer, students 
should consult the course schedules issued by the Office of the Registrar during the preceding 
term. 

Abbreviations Found in Course Descriptions 

(# h) Indicates the number of hours earned for successful completion of the course. 

Follows the course title. 
P — A course requires one or more prerequisite courses. 



C — A course requires one or more corequisite courses. 

P — POI Permission of the instructor is required for registration. 



P — POD Permission of the department is required for registration. 



(CD) A course satisfies the cultural diversity requirement. 

(QR) A course satisfies the quantitative reasoning requirement. 

Courses 101-199 are primarily for first-year students and sophomores; courses 200-299 are 
primarily for juniors and seniors; courses 301-399 are for advanced undergraduate students. 
Graduate courses are described in the bulletin of the Graduate School. 



69 



COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 



American Ethnic Studies (AES) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Director Rubin Professor of American Ethnic Studies and Professor of Sociology Earl Smith 
Adjunct Instructor Beth Hopkins 

The interdisciplinary minor in American ethnic studies requires 18 hours. The student must 
take AES 151. Race and Ethnic Diversity in America, during the second or third year at Wake 
Forest, and AES 234. Ethnicity and Immigration. At least one additional three-hour course must 
be taken from the behavioral and social sciences, and one from the humanities. This structure 
gives students an understanding of the interdisciplinary nature of American ethnic studies 
within the context of the traditional liberal arts curriculum. 

1 51 . Race and Ethnic Diversity in America. (3h) Different race and ethnic experiences are exam- 
ined through an institutional approach that examines religion, work, schooling, marriage pat- 
terns, and culture from a cross-cultural perspective. Grand theoretical schemes like the "melting 
pot" are critiqued for their relevance in an age of new cultural expectations among the many 
American ethnic groups. (CD) 

232. The American Jewish Experience. (3h) Interdisciplinary course exploring Jewish immigra- 
tion to America with a primary focus on the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 

234. Ethnicity and Immigration. (3h) Exploration of the socio-historical dynamics of the peopling 
of America in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (CD) 

240. Asian-American Legacy: A Social History of Community Adaptation. (3h) Introduction to the 
history, culture, and literature of the Asian- American communities, exploring issues of migra- 
tion, assimilation, and the process of developing Asian- American identities in the twentieth and 
early twenty-first centuries. Also listed as SOC 240. (CD) 

310. Race, Class, and Gender in a Color-blind Society. (3) Examination of issues surrounding race, 
class, and gender in the United States. Topics include income and wealth, theories of discrimi- 
nation, public education, gender bias, and patterns of occupational and industrial segregation. 
Also listed as EDU 310. 

357. Studies in Chicano Literature. (3h) Writings by Americans of Mexican descent in relation to 
politics and history. Readings in literature, literary criticism, and socio-cultural analysis. Also 
listed as ENG 357. (CD) 

358. The Italian Experience in America. (3h) Explores issues of ethnicity and identity in the 
Italian-American experience. A central goal is to understand the inter-relationship of social, 
economic and political factors that impinge on this large European ethnic group. 

387. African-American Fiction. (3h) Selected topics in the development of fiction by American 
writers of African descent. Also listed as ENG 387. (CD) 

389. African-American Poetry. (3h) Readings of works by American poets of African descent in 
theoretical, critical, and historical contexts. Also listed as ENG 389. (CD) 



AMERICAN ETHNIC STUDIES 



70 



Electives for American Ethnic Studies 

Additional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The 
program director maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course descrip- 
tions, see the relevant department's listings in this bulletin. 

ANT 374. Prehistory of North America. (3h) 

377. Ancestors, Indians, Immigrants: A Southwest Cultural Tapestry. (3h) 
COM 330. Communication and Conflict. (3h) 

340. American Rhetorical Movements to 1900. (3h) 

341. American Rhetorical Movements since 1900. (3h) 

350. Intercultural Communication. (3h) 
ECN 246. Urban Economics. (3h) 

273. Economics for a Multicultural Future. (3h) 
EDU 305. The Sociology of Education. (3h) 
ENG 377. American Jewish Literature. (3h) 

379. Literary Forms of the American Personal Narrative. (3h) 
381. Studies in African- American Literature. (3h) 
HMN 285. Culture and Religion in Contemporary Native America. (3h) 
HST 240. African- American History. (3h) 

351. U.S. Social History I. (3h) 

352. U.S. Social History II. (3h) 

376. Civil Rights and Black Consciousness Movements. (3h) 
MUS 203. History of Jazz. (3h) 

207. American Music. (3h) 
POL 223. Blacks in American Politics. (3h) 
PSY 357. Cross-Cultural Psychology. (3h) 

364. Prejudice, Discrimination, Racism, and Heterosexism. (3h) 
REL 103. Introduction to the Christian Tradition. (3h) 
SOC 348. Sociology and the Family. (3h) 

359. Race and Ethnic Relations. (3h) 

361. Sociology of the Black Experience. (3h) 
WGS 377. Special Topics: "Ethnohistory of Native- American Women." (3h) 

(for Spring 2006 and any subsequent semester in which this topic is taught) 



71 



AMERICAN ETHNIC STUDIES 



Anthropology (ANT) 

Chair Jeanne M. Simonelli 

Professors Jay Kaplan, Jeanne M. Simonelli 

Director, Museum of Anthropology and Adjunct Associate Professor Stephen Whittington 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and Associate Professor Margaret Bender 

Assistant Professors Ellen Miller, PaulThacker 

Adjunct Professor Thomas Arcury 

Adjunct Instructors Beverlye H. Hancock, Kenneth Robinson 

Lecturer Steven Folmar 

A major in anthropology requires a minimum of thirty-three credit hours and must include 
ANT 112, 113, 114, 340, 390, and one course from each of the following three groups: 

Methods— 305, 307, 315, 342, 353, 354, 368, 378, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 387; 
Subfield Topics— 150, 264, 301, 332, 333, 336, 337, 339, 355, 361, 362, 363, 366, 385; 
Area— 111, 210, 313, 330, 334, 358, 370, 374, 377; plus the equivalent of two to three more 
full semester courses in anthropology, one of which may be a cognate discipline. 

Students are encouraged but not required to enroll in a course offering intensive field research 
training. 

A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in anthropology courses is required at the time the 
major is declared. A minimum grade of C in all anthropology courses counted toward the major 
is required for graduation. 

A minor in anthropology requires eighteen hours and must include ANT 112, 113, and 114. 
Only one course (excluding ANT 112, 113, 114) can be taken under the pass/fail option and 
used to meet minor requirements. Only three hours from ANT 398, 399 may be used toward the 
minor. Only three hours from ANT 353, 354, 381, 382, 383, and 384 may be used to meet minor 
requirements and departmental permission must be obtained for minor credit in these courses. 

To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Anthropology," highly qualified majors 
(3.5 grade point average in anthropology) should apply to the department for admission to the 
honors program. Honors students must complete a senior research project, document their re- 
search, and satisfactorily defend their work in an oral examination. For additional information, 
members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

111. Peoples and Cultures of the World. (3h) A representative ethnographic survey of world 
cultures, including hunting-gathering, kin-based, and agricultural societies, as well as ethnic 
groups in complex societies. (CD) 

112. Introduction to Archeology. (3h) An overview of world prehistory, from the earliest stone 
tools to the appearance of civilization, with an emphasis on the relationship between culture 
change and the natural environment. 

113. Introduction to Biological Anthropology. (3h) Introduction to biological anthropology, in- 
cluding human biology, human variation, human genetics, human evolution, and primatology. 

114. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology. (3h) Investigates and interprets the historic cultural 
diversity of the world's peoples, through an understanding of economic, social, and political 
systems; law and order, ritual, symbol, and religion; language and culture; kinship and the fam- 
ily; and modernization and culture change. (CD) 

ANTHROPOLOGY 72 



150. Introduction to Linguistics. (3h) The social phenomenon of language: how it originated and 
developed, how it is learned and used, its relationship to other kinds of behavior; types of lan- 
guage (oral, written, signed) and language families; analysis of linguistic data; and social issues 
of language use. Also listed as LIN 150. (CD) 

210. Introduction to Latin-American Studies. (3h) Introduction to the historical, economic, cul- 
tural, and social issues which shape Latin America. Also listed as LAS 210. (CD) 

264. Forensic Anthropology. (3h) Introduction to the conduct of forensic anthropology, includ- 
ing basic human identification, the nature of evidence, laboratory analyses, field methods, and 
modern applications. 

301. Free Trade, Fair Trade: Independent Entrepreneurs in the Global Market. (3h) Field-based 
seminar compares the barriers to market participation experienced by independent entrepre- 
neurs cross-culturally Free trade policies are contrasted with fair trade practices, to determine 
why so many independent producers have trouble succeeding in a globalizing world. Also 
listed as ESE 201. (CD) 

305. Museum Anthropology. (4h) Examines the historical, social, and ideological forces shaping 
the development of museums, including the formation of anthropological collections and rep- 
resentation, and the intellectual and social challenges facing museums today through hands-on 
use of the Museum's collections. Lab — four hours. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 114, or POL 

307. Collections Management Practicum. (1.5h) The principles of collections management includ- 
ing artifact registration, cataloging, storage, and handling; conservation issues and practices; 
disaster planning and preparedness; and ethical issues are covered through lectures, readings, 
workshops, and hands-on use of the Museum's collections. 

31 3. Tradition, Continuity, and Struggle: Mexico and Central America. (3h) Acquaints students 
with the lives and struggles of indigenous and non-indigenous people of Mexico and neighbor- 
ing countries, with special focus on the Maya. Includes the study of contemporary and prehis- 
panic traditions, including Mayan cosmology, language, art and architecture, issues of contact 
during Spanish colonization, and current political, economic, health, and social issues affecting 
these areas today. (CD) 

31 5. Artifact Analysis and Laboratory Methods in Archeology. (3h) Introduction to methods for 
determining the composition, age, manufacture, and use of different prehistoric and historic 
artifact types. Techniques for reconstruction of past natural environments from geological or 
ecofact samples. Exploration of data display tools including computer-based illustration, GIS, 
and archeological photography. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 114, or POL 

330. Seeing World Cultures. (3h) Focuses on selected cultures throughout the world to better 
understand these societies through the use of ethnographic literature and assesses the effec- 
tiveness of visual communication in conveying ideas about these cultures through the use of 
ethnographic videos and films. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or POL 

332. Anthropology of Gender. (3h) Focuses on the difference between sex, a biological category, 
and gender, its cultural counterpart. An anthropological perspective is used to understand both 
the human life cycle and the status of contemporary women and men worldwide. In section 
one, topics include evolution and biological development, sexuality and reproduction, parent- 
ing, and life cycle changes. The second section takes students to diverse locations, including 
Africa, South Dakota, China, India, and the Amazon for a cross-cultural comparison examining 



73 



ANTHROPOLOGY 



roles, responsibilities, and expectations, and how these interact with related issues of class 
and race. (CD) 

333. Language and Gender. (3h) Uses an anthropological perspective to examine relationships 
between language structure, language use, persons, and social categories. Also listed as 
LIN 333. 

334. Peoples and Cultures of South Asia. (3h) Survey of the peoples and cultures of the Indian 
subcontinent in the countries of Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Nepal, Pakistan, and 
Sri Lanka. Reviews major topics of interest to anthropologists, including prehistory, history and 
politics, religion, social organization, caste, gender, development, and population. (CD) 

336. Myth, Ritual, and Symbolism. (3h) Explores how people envision and manipulate the super- 
natural in cross-cultural perspective. Emphasizes functional aspects of religious beliefs and 
practices. (CD) P— ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or POL 

337. Economic Anthropology. (3h) Examines the relationship between culture and the economy 
and its implications for applied anthropology. The variable nature and meaning of economic 
behavior is examined in societies ranging from non-industrial to post-industrial. Discusses the 
impact of economic development programs, foreign aid and investment, technology transfer, 
and a variety of other economic aid programs. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or POL 

339. Culture and Nature. (3h) Exploration of humanity's "place" in the cosmos, focusing on 
different worldviews of nature and culture. Case studies from anthropology, archeology, and 
environmental science examine conceptions of technology, resources, environment, and owner- 
ship in the context of environmental change, "natural" disasters, and resource scarcity. 

340. Anthropological Theory. (3h) Study and evaluation of the major anthropological theories of 
humans and society. The relevance and significance of these theories to modern anthropology 
are discussed. P— ANT 112 and 113 and 114, or POL 

342. Applied Anthropology. (3h) Seminar exploring the ways anthropological concepts and data 
contribute to understanding and solving contemporary problems facing human populations 
everywhere. Emphasis is on change and conflict situations in developing areas, but problems 
encountered by urban and industrialized cultures also are considered. P — ANT 111 or 114, 
or POL 

353/354. Field Research. (3h, 3h) Issues-based field program provides students with a critical 
understanding of the historical, social, political-economic, and environmental conditions that 
have shaped the lives of the people of the Greater Southwest, with special attention to the Na- 
tive American and Latino/a experience. The program moves from the Mexican border region 
through New Mexico and Arizona, focusing on border issues, archeology and prehispanic his- 
tory, and contemporary Native American culture. Students camp, hike, and learn to use digital 
technology in the field. Specific sites may vary from year to year. P — POL 

355. Language and Culture. (3h) Covers theoretical and methodological approaches to the study 
of language and culture, including: semiotics, structuralism, ethnoscience, the ethnography of 
communication, and sociolinguistics. Topics include: linguistic relativity; grammar and world- 
view; lexicon and thought; language use and social inequality; language and gender; and other 
areas. (CD) 

358. Native Peoples of North America. (3h) Ethnology and prehistory of the indigenous peoples 
and cultures of North America. (CD) P— ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114. 



ANTHROPOLOGY 



74 



361 . Evolution of Human Behavior. (3h) The application of Darwinian principles to the study of 
human nature and culture. Considers the existence, origin, and manifestation of human behav- 
ioral universals and the theoretical and practical implications of individual variability. 

362. Medical Anthropology. (3h) The impact of Western medical practices and theory on non- 
Western cultures and anthropological contributions to the solving of world health problems. 
(CD) P— ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or POL 

363. Primate Behavior and Biology. (3h) Examines the evolution and adaptations of the order 
Primates. Considers the different ways that ecology and evolution shape social behavior. Spe- 
cial emphasis on the life ways of monkeys and apes. 

364. Primate Evolutionary Biology. (3h) Examines the anatomy, evolution, and paleobiology of 
members of the order Primates. Emphasis is placed on the fossil evidence for primate evolu- 
tion. Major topics include: primate origins, prosimian and anthropoid adaptations, patterns in 
primate evolution, and the place of humans within the order Primates. 

365. Evolutionary Medicine. (3h) An explicitly evolutionary approach to complex relationships 
between human evolutionary adaptations and health problems related to modern behavior and 
culture. P— ANT 111, 113, or 114, or POL 

366. Human Evolution. (3h) The paleontological evidence for early human evolution, with an 
emphasis on the first five million years of bio-cultural evolution. P — ANT 113 or POL 

368. Human Osteology. (4h) Survey and analysis of human skeletal anatomy, emphasizing 
archeological and anthropological applications and practice. Lab — four hours. 

370. Old World Prehistory. (3h) Survey of Old World prehistory, with particular attention to geo- 
logical and climatological events affecting culture change. P — ANT 112 or POL 

374. Prehistory of North America. (3h) The development of culture in North America, as outlined 
by archeological research, with an emphasis on paleoecology and sociocultural processes. 
P— ANT 112 or POL 

376. Archeology of the Southeastern United States. (1.5h) Study of human adaptation in the 
Southeast from Pleistocene to the present, emphasizing the role of ecological factors in deter- 
mining the formal aspects of culture. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114. 

377. Ancestors, Indians, Immigrants: A Southwest Cultural Tapestry. (3h) Exploration of factors 
that shaped the lives of people in the Southwest with attention to Native American and 
Hispanic experience. From kivas to casinos, coyotes to cartels, it links archeological and pre- 
hispanic history to contemporary lifeways in the canyons, deserts, and cities of the U.S. /North 
Mexico. Also listed as HMN 268. (CD) 

378. Conservation Archeology. (1.5h) Study of the laws, regulations, policies, programs, and 
political processes used to conserve prehistoric and historic cultural resources. 

380. Anthropological Statistics. (3h) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in anthropological 
research. A student who receives credit for this course may not also receive credit for BIO 380, 
BUS 201, HES 262, or SOC 371. (QR) 

381, 382. Archeological Research. (3h, 3h) The recovery of anthropological data through archeo- 
logical fieldwork. Students learn archeological survey, mapping, excavation, recording tech- 
niques, and artifact and ecofact recovery and analysis. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or POL 



75 



ANTHROPOLOGY 



383, 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. (3h, 3h) Training in techniques for the study of 
foreign cultures, carried out in the field. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or POI. 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3h, 3h) Intensive investigation of current scientific research 
within the discipline. Concentrates on problems of contemporary interest. 

387. Ethnographic Research Methods. (3h) Designed to familiarize students with ethnographic 
research methods and their application. Considers the epistemological, ethical, political, and 
psychological aspects of research. Laboratory experience and data analysis. P — ANT 111 or 114. 

390. Student-Faculty Seminar. (3h) A review of contemporary problems in the fields of archeol- 
ogy, and biological and cultural anthropology. Senior standing recommended. P — ANT 112, 113 
and 114, or POI. 

391, 392. Internship in Anthropology. (3h, 3h) Internship course designed to meet the needs and 
interests of selected students, to be carried out under the supervision of a departmental faculty 
member. P — POI. 

398, 399. Individual Study, (lh, 1.5h, 2h, or 3h) Reading or research course designed to meet the 
needs and interests of selected students, to be carried out under the supervision of a depart- 
mental faculty member. P— POI. 



Art (ART) 

Chair Page H. Laughlin 

Charlotte C. Weber Professor of Art David M. Lubin 

Reynolds Professor in Film Studies Peter Brunette 

Harold W. Tribble Professor of Art Margaret S. Smith 

Professors Robert Knott, Page H. Laughlin, Harry B.Titus Jr. 

Associate Professors Bernadine Barnes, David L. Faber, David Finn, John R. Pickel 

Assistant Professor Lynne Johnson 

Instructor Alix Hitchcock 

Lecturers Brian Allen (London), Maria A. Chiari (Venice), Beatrice Ottersbock (Vienna), 

Katie Scott (London), Yue-Ling Wong 

Adjunct Professor Thomas Denenberg 

Adjunct Assistant Professors James Davis, Bryan Ellis, Jennifer Gentry 

Visiting Assistant Professor Leigh Ann Hallberg 

The department offers courses in the history of art, architecture, printmaking, photography, 
and film from the ancient through modern periods, and the practice of art in six areas: drawing, 
painting, printmaking, sculpture, photography, and digital art. Opportunities to supplement 
the regular academic program of the department include study abroad in Wake Forest residen- 
tial study centers, changing art exhibitions in the gallery of the Scales Fine Arts Center, a visit- 
ing artists program, and internships in local museums and arts organizations. 

The department offers two majors, art history and studio art, each requiring a minimum 
of thirty hours. A minor in either studio art or art history requires a minimum of fifteen hours. 
Students may major in one field and minor in another by earning a minimum of 39 hours in 
art, of which at least 24 hours must be in the major field and at least 12 hours in the minor field. 
For the art history major, twenty-four hours are to be in art history and six hours in studio art. 

ART 76 



The required art history courses include one course in Ancient, Classical or Medieval art; one 
course in Renaissance, Baroque, or Eighteenth-Century art; one course in modern painting, 
architecture, photography, or film; ART 394; one art history seminar; two studio art courses; and 
electives. Art history majors are encouraged to take ART 103 and a course in non-western art. 
An art history minor requires twelve hours in art history and three hours in studio art. 

For the studio art major twenty-four hours are to be in studio art and six hours in art history. 
There are six areas of study in studio art: drawing, painting, printmaking, sculpture, photog- 
raphy, and digital art. The studio major requires a three course sequence and a two course 
sequence in two different areas of study. In addition, the major requires three to five studio elec- 
tives and two classes in art history. At least one class for the studio major must be in sculpture. 
The studio art majors must select their classes from at least four of the six studio areas. Studio 
art classes at the 200 level may be repeated once. A minor in studio art requires twelve hours in 
studio art and three hours in art history. 

Any student interested in majoring or minoring in art should contact the art department. 

Students with a special interest in multimedia development may wish to consider a program 
of study that combines digital art and computer science. Advisers in either the art or computer 
science departments can provide further information on coordinating an art major with a com- 
puter science minor, or vice versa. 

Qualified students in both the studio and art history areas may ask to participate in the 
department's honors program. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Art," students 
must execute a written project or create a body of work; the results of their efforts must be 
presented and defended before a committee of department faculty. Interested students should 
consult any member of the department for additional information concerning the requirements 
for this program. 

The department accepts only three courses from a non-Wake Forest program for credit 
toward the major. Of these three courses, only two may be in the same area of concentration. 
For instance, an art major may take up to two art history courses and one studio course or two 
studio art courses and one art history course at a non-Wake Forest program. All studio courses 
taken abroad are assigned ART 210. 

Students enrolled at Wake Forest may not take courses in studio art or art history at other 
institutions to satisfy divisional requirements. 

Art History 

103. History of Western Art. (3h) Introduction to the history of the visual arts, focusing on 
Europe and the United States. 

104. Topics in World Art. (3h) Examination of the visual arts in selected world cultures, with dis- 
cussions of techniques, styles, broader cultural contexts, and confrontations with varying tradi- 
tions. Topics may include one or more of the following: the arts of China, Japan, India, Pakistan, 
Bangladesh, Africa, Islamic cultures, or the indigenous cultures of the Americas. (CD) 

105. The History of World Architecture. (3h) Examination of architectural monuments in selected 
world cultures with discussions of the planning, siting, design, construction, patronage, 
historical impact, and broader cultural context. (CD) 

231 . American Visual Arts. (3h) American art and culture from the Colonial period to 1900 in 
terms of changing aesthetic standards, social, and historical developments. Includes fine arts, 
folk arts, material culture, and mass media. 



77 



232. African-American Art. (3h) African- American art from the eighteenth century to the present, 
with attention to the social and historical context of the works and the artist. CD 

233. American Architecture. (3h) Discussion-based course examining American architecture 
from 1650 to the present. Alternates in fall semester with ART 288. 

241 . Ancient Art. (3h) Survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from ca. 3000 BCE through 
the late Roman period. 

244. Greek Art. (3h) Survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from ca. 800 BCE through 
the Hellenistic period. 

245. Roman Art. (3h) Survey of Etruscan and Roman architecture, painting, and sculpture. 

252. Romanesque Art. (3h) Art and architecture from the Carolingian Renaissance through the 
twelfth century. 

253. The Gothic Cathedral. (3h) The character and evolution of Gothic cathedrals and the sculp- 
ture, stained glass, metalworks, and paintings designed for them. 

254. Luxury Arts in the Middle Ages. (3h) Medieval illuminated manuscripts and precious objects 
made of gold, silver, ivory, enamel, and other luxury materials are the subjects of this course. 

258. The History of Prints. (3h) Survey of the technical and stylistic developments in printmaking 
from the fifteenth century to the present. Special attention is given to the function of prints in 
society. Student research focuses on prints in the University Print Collection. 

259. The History of Photography. (3h) Historical and critical survey of photography from its in- 
vention in 1826 to the present. Special attention to the medium's cultural and artistic reception. 

260. Classics of World Cinema. (3h) Selected masterpieces of world film 1930-1965 (two in-class 
screenings per week). Emphasis is on developing skills for viewing, discussing, and writing 
about motion pictures as visual and dramatic art. 

261. Topics in Film History. (3h) Variable topics in film history, including genres, major directors, 
regional or national cinemas, and historical periods. Course may be repeated if topic is different. 

266. Art in the Age of Giotto, Dante, and the Plague. (3h) Developments in Italian painting, sculp- 
ture, and architecture in the fourteenth century with special attention to the new naturalism of 
Giotto and the effects of the Great Plague of 1348 on the arts. 

267. Early Italian Renaissance Art. (3h) The development of art and architecture in Italy in the 
fifteenth century. Special attention is given to the works of Donatello, Botticelli, and Leonardo 
da Vinci. 

268. High Renaissance and Mannerist Art. (3h) The development of art and architecture in 
the sixteenth century in Rome, Florence, Venice and other cities. Artists studied include 
Michelangelo, Raphael, and Titian. 

270. Northern Renaissance Art. (3h) Survey of painting, sculpture, and printmaking in Northern 
Europe from the mid-fourteenth century through the sixteenth century. 

272. Baroque Art. (3h) Survey of major art, artists, and cultural issues in seventeenth-century 
Europe. 



78 



273. Rococo to Revolution: The Art of Eighteenth-Century Europe. (3h) Discussion-based study 
of painting, graphics, sculpture, and architecture in the historical and literary contexts of 
eighteenth-century Europe. 

275. History of Landscape Architecture. (3h) Survey of garden and landscape design from the 
Roman period through the twentieth century. 

281 . Nineteenth-Century Art. (3h) Survey of European and American art from the French Revo- 
lution to 1900, emphasizing the major movements from Romanticism to Impressionism and 
Post-Impressionism . 

282. Twentieth-Century Art. (3h) Survey of European and American painting and sculpture from 
1900 to the present. 

284. Contemporary American Art. (3h) Intensive study of American painting and sculpture from 
1950 to the present. 

288. Modern Architecture. (3h) Survey of European and American architecture from 1900 to the 
present. Alternates in fall semester with ART 233. 

297. Management in the Visual Arts. (3h) Provides to both art and business students the essential 
skills, pragmatic experiences, and a conceptual framework for understanding the role the visual 
arts play within the national and international economy. Also listed as BUS 282. P — Junior or 
senior standing and POL 

331 . American Foundations. (3h) Interdisciplinary study of American art, music, literature and 
social history with particular reference to the art collection at Reynolda House Museum of 
American Art. Lectures, discussions and field trips, including a tour of New York City museums. 
Term project in American Art. Also listed as HST 349, HON 393, 394, and MUS 307. Offered at 
Reynolda House in summer only. 

351 . Women and Art. (3h) Historical examination of the changing image of women in art and the 
role of women artists. 

394. Issues in Art History. (3h) Discussion-based course focusing on critical theory and methods 
employed by art historians working today as well as by some of the founding figures of the 
discipline. 

396. Art History Seminar. (3h) Focused readings, discussion, and research on a topic selected by 
members of the faculty. P — POL 

a. Ancient Art h. Modern Architecture 

b. Medieval Art i. American Architecture 

c. Renaissance Art j. Art and Popular Culture 

d. Baroque Art k. Film 

e. Modern Art I. Architecture and Urbanism 

f. Contemporary Art m. Museums 

g. American Art n. Special Topics 



79 



Studio Art* 

1 1 0. Topics in Studio Art. (3h) Used to designate studio art courses in the Wake Forest summer 
school. May be repeated. Studio art courses are determined by individual instructors in the 
following areas: 

a. Drawing e. Photograph}/ 

b. Painting f. Digital Art 

c. Printmaking g. Special Topics 

d. Sculpture 

111. Introduction to Studio Art Fundamentals. (3h) Students are introduced to basic elements of 
two-dimensional and three-dimensional fine art through hands-on experimentation and critical 
thinking. Six class hours per week. 

112. Introduction to Painting. (3h) Introduction to the fundamentals of the contemporary prac- 
tice of oil painting. No prior painting experience required, although prior studio art experience 
is recommended. 

1 14. Digital Art I. (3h) Introduction to the fundamentals of art-making using computer software. 
Emphasis is on the acquisition of basic skills and concepts focusing on two-dimensional image 
manipulation and basic Web page design as an art form. A working knowledge of the Windows 
operating system required. 

1 1 5. Introduction to Sculpture. (3h) Introduction to basic sculptural styles and multimedia, with 
emphasis on contemporary concepts. Prior studio experience is recommended. 

1 1 7. Introduction to Printmaking. (3h) Introduction to one or more of the following areas of 
printmaking: lithography, intaglio, and silkscreen. 

118. Introduction to Drawing. (3h) Drawing fundamentals emphasizing composition, value, line, 
and form. 

1 1 9. Introduction to Photography. (3h) Introduction to black and white photography with a brief 
introduction to digital imaging. Technical information serves the goal of understanding con- 
temporary aesthetic and critical issues. Students must provide a manual 35 mm SLR camera. 

210. Topics in Studio Art. (3h) Used to designate studio art courses taken at other institutions. 
May be repeated. Studio art courses are determined by individual instructors in the following 
areas: 

a. Drawing e. Photography 

b. Painting f. Digital Art 

c. Printmaking g. Special Topics 

d. Sculpture 

21 1 . Intermediate Drawing. (3h) Emphasis on idea development in realistic and abstract styles in 
drawing and water color media. P — ART HI, 118, 218 or POI. 

212. Painting II. (3h) Continuation of ART 112 with concentrated emphasis on conceptual devel- 
opment and technical exploration. P — ART 112. Offered in the fall semester only. 



Prerequisites may be waived with permission of instructor. 



80 



213. Painting III. (3h) Individualized course of study with emphasis on refining the skills and 
concepts developed in Painting II. P — ART 212. Offered in fall semester only. 

214. Digital Art II. (3h) Continuation of critical and technical development of computer generated 
art-making with a focus on strengthening aesthetic and technical skills using two-dimensional 
as well as time-based media such as video and sound. P — ART 114. 

215. Public Art. (3h) Covers art that is sited in the public realm. Exercises with various sites, ma- 
terials, and audiences culminate in a public project. P — ART 115 or POI. Offered in fall semester, 
even years. 

216. Sculpture Fabrication. (3h) Fabrication of small scale sculpture using wood, fabric, and 
metal. Projects stress craftsmanship and imagination. P — ART 115 or POI. Offered in spring 
semester, odd years. 

217. Intermediate Printmaking. (3h) Continuation of ART 117, with emphasis on idea develop- 
ment. May be repeated. P — ART 117. 

218. Figure Drawing. (3h) Introduction to drawing the nude model using a variety of media and 
approaches. May be repeated once. P — Any 100 level course or POI. 

219. Darkroom Photography. (3h) Further exploration of traditional black and white photo- 
graphy, camera techniques, aesthetic, and critical issues to increase the understanding of the 
contemporary photographic image. P — ART 119. Not offered every semester. 

221. Advanced Drawing. (3h) Individual study with faculty guidance. May be repeated. 
P— ART 211. 

222. Advanced Painting. (3h) Individual study with faculty guidance focusing on developing 
a body of work for exhibition. Covers various aspects of professional practice including artist 
statements and proposals, and portfolio development. May be repeated. P — ART 212. Offered in 
spring semester only. 

224. Digital Art III. (3h) Continuation of digital art-making using selected digital media to create 
independent projects. Forms may include: interactive multimedia using both CD-ROM and the 
Internet, advanced digital image creation, animation, sound, and video. Emphasis is on devel- 
opment of personal aesthetics, technical excellence, and understanding of the contemporary 
issues of digital art-making. P — ART 214. 

225. Bodies and Objects. (3h) Explores the social and psychological ramifications of making 
objects based on the body through casting and other techniques. P — ART 115 or POI. Offered in 
fall semester, odd years. 

226. Sculpture Installation. (3h) Exercises to develop an understanding of material, process, and 
audience as they relate to contemporary sculpture. Major projects for the course are an installa- 
tion and a design project. P — ART 115 or POI. Offered in spring semester, even years. 

227. Advanced Printmaking. (3h) Individual study with faculty guidance. May be repeated. 
P— ART 217. 

229. Digital Photography. (3h) Further exploration of digital photography camera techniques, 
digital printing, aesthetic, and critical issues to increase the understanding of the contemporary 
photographic image. P — ART 119 or POI. Not offered every semester. 



81 



239. Videography. (3h) Exploration of videography, DV camera techniques, digital editing, non- 
camera animation, aesthetic, and critical issues to increase the understanding of contemporary 
video art. P — ART 119 or POL Not offered every semester. 

290S. Printmaking Workshop. (3h) Workshop exploring relief, intaglio, lithography, and mono- 
type techniques. Open to students at any skill level. Offered in the summer. 

295. Studio Seminar. (1.5h, 3h) Offered by members of the faculty or visiting faculty on topics of 
their choice and related studio activities. P — POI. 

Other Art Courses 

291. Individual Study. (3h) Independent study with faculty guidance. 

292. Individual Study. (3h) Independent study with faculty guidance. 

293. Practicum. (3h) Internships in local cultural organizations, to be arranged and approved in 
advance by the art department. Pass/Fail. 

299. International Studies in Art. (3h) Offered by art department faculty in locations outside of 
the United States, on specific topics in art history or studio art. Offered in the summer. 

2320. English Art, Hogarth to the Present. (3h) Survey of English painting, sculpture, and archi- 
tecture in the Georgian, Victorian, and modern periods. Slide lectures, student reports, museum 
visits, and lectures. Taught by a special lecturer. Offered in London. 

2693. Venetian Renaissance Art. (3h) Survey of the art of the Venetian Renaissance, with slide 
lectures and museum visits. Offered in Venice. 

2712. Studies in French Art. (3h) Lectures and field trips in French painting, sculpture, and archi- 
tecture, concentrating on the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Offered in Dijon. 

2767. Austrian Art and Architecture. (3h) Study of the development of Austrian art and architec- 
ture and its relationship to European periods and styles. Includes visits to sites and museums. 
Offered in Vienna. 



82 



Biology (BIO) 

Chair Herman E. Eure 

Charles M. Allen Professor of Biology Gerald W. Esch 

Thurman D. Kitchin Professor of Biology Ronald V. Dimock Jr. 

Reynolds Professor Susan Fahrbach 

William L Poteat Professor of Biology Raymond E. Kuhn 

Charles H. Babcock Chair of Botany William K. Smith 

Professors David J. Anderson, Carole L Browne, Robert A. Browne, William E. Conner, James F. Curran, 

Herman E. Eure, Kathleen A. Kron, Hugo C. Lane, Gloria K. Muday, Wayne L Silver, Peter D. Weigl 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and Associate Professor Miles R. Silman 

Associate Professors Miriam A. Ashley-Ross, Brian W.Tague, Clifford W. Zeyl 

Assistant Professor Erik C. Johnson 

Research Professors J. Whitfield Gibbons, Terry C. Hazen 

Adjunct Assistant Professor and Director of Microscopy Anita K. McCauley 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Hanya Chrispeels 

Lecturers A. Daniel Johnson, Pat C.W. Lord 

The department offers programs leading to a bachelor of arts and a bachelor of science degree 
in biology. Sophomore students electing to major in biology should consult with a major ad- 
viser to determine which degree program would be most appropriate for their career objectives. 
The requirements for completion of each degree program are those in effect at the time of the 
declaration of the major, since the curriculum and the departmental requirements may change 
slightly during the student's period of residence. 

Students pursuing the bachelor of arts degree are required to take BIO 112, 113, 213, and 214 
and at least two 300 level four-hour biology courses. Co-requirements for the BA degree include 
the following laboratory courses: CHM 111 and 122 and one additional course in mathematics 
or physical science. 

Students pursuing the bachelor of science degree are required to take BIO 112, 113, 213, 214, 
a research experience (such as BIO 391 or an equivalent program approved by the major ad- 
viser) and at least two 300 level four-hour biology courses. Co-requirements for the BS degree 
include the following laboratory courses: CHM 111, 120 (or 223) and 122, PHY 113, 114 and one 
additional course in mathematics or physical sciences at the 200 level or above. 

The requirements for both the BA and BS degree programs are a rninimum of thirty-four 
hours in biology. A maximum of four hours of research in biology may be applied toward the 
major, but an additional four hours (BIO 393 and/or 394) may be taken and applied toward 
graduation as elective hours. A rninimum grade point average of 2.0 on biology courses taken 
at Wake Forest is required for graduation with a major in biology. 

A minor in biology requires sixteen hours. Courses taken pass/fail cannot count toward 
a minor. A rninimum overall grade point average of 2.0 must be earned on all Wake Forest 
biology courses taken to complete a minor. The requirements for the minor are those that are 
in effect at the time of the declaration of the minor, since the curriculum and the departmental 
requirements may change slightly during the student's period of residence. 

Prospective majors are strongly urged to select either BIO 112 or 113 as their first course in 
biology. BIO 213 and 214 are more advanced courses and should be taken after BIO 112 and 113. 
Most prospective majors also should take CHM 111 and 122 in their first year. 



83 



Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the honors 
program in biology. To be graduated with the distinction "Honors in Biology," a graduating 
student must have a minimum grade point average of 3.0 in all courses and a 3.3 in biology 
courses. In addition, the student must submit an honors paper describing his or her indepen- 
dent research project, written in the form of a scientific paper, which must be submitted to and 
approved by an advisory committee. Specific details regarding the honors program, including 
selecting an adviser and an advisory committee, deadlines, and writing of the honors thesis, 
may be obtained from the chair of the departmental Undergraduate Studies Committee. 

Note: Students enrolled at Wake Forest may not take courses in biology at other institutions to satisfy 
divisional requirements. 

101. Biology and the Human Condition. (4h) Introductory course that focuses on the relevance 
to society of recent breakthroughs in biology. Basic principles are covered. Emphasizes recent 
advances in biology placed in the context of their ethical, social, political, and economic impli- 
cations. Intended for students with little or no previous experience in biology. Does not count 
toward the major or minor in biology. Lab — -three hours. 

111. Biological Principles. (4h) Study of the general principles of living systems with focus on the 
cellular, organismal, and populational levels of biological organization, emphasizing the role of 
heredity and evolution in these systems. Intended for students with little or no previous experi- 
ence in biology. Does not count toward the major or minor in biology. Lab — three hours. 

1 1 2. Comparative Physiology. (4h) Introduction to the form and function of organisms, with 
emphasis on physical principles, structural organization, and critical function of plants and 
animals. Intended as a beginning course in biology for prospective majors and for any students 
with adequate high school preparation in biology. Lab — three hours. 

113. Evolutionary and Ecological Biology. (4h) Introduction to the principles of genetics, ecology, 
and evolution as they apply to organisms, populations, and communities, with emphasis on 
evolutionary processes within an ecological context. Intended as a beginning course in biology 
for prospective majors and for any students with adequate high school preparation in biology. 
Lab — three hours. (QR) 

21 3. Genetics and Molecular Biology. (4h) Introduction to the principles and processes of hered- 
ity, information flow, and gene function. Topics covered include Mendelian genetics, molecular 
genetics, and the origin of genetic variation. Lab — three hours. 

214. Cellular Biology. (4h) Introduction to the principles and processes of cellular biology and 
their impact on organismal function. Topics include molecular organization of cellular struc- 
tures, regulations of cellular functions, bioenergetics, and metabolism. Introduces cancer, im- 
munology, and developmental biology. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and CHM 111, or POL 

216. Biodiversity. (4h) Introductory course that traces the history of life on earth and looks at its 
diversification in an evolutionary and ecological context. Lectures cover the mechanisms of bio- 
logical diversification and surveys life on earth. Labs introduce students to the broad diversity 
of life through exercises with living organisms. Lab — three hours. 

301 -306. Topics in Biology. (l-4h) Seminar and/or lecture courses in selected topics, some in- 
volving laboratory instruction. May be repeated if the course title differs. 



84 



307. Biophysics. (3h) Introduction to the structure, dynamic behavior, and function of DNA and 
proteins, and a survey of membrane biophysics. The physical principles of structure determina- 
tion by X-ray, NMR, and optical methods are emphasized. P— BIO 112 or 214, PHY 113, 114, 
or POI. 

314. Evolution. (3h) Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of evolution. 
P— BIO 112 and 113. 

315. Population Genetics. (4h) Study of the amount and distribution of genetic variation in 
populations of organisms, and of how processes such as mutation, recombination, and selection 
affect genetic variation. Lectures present both an introduction to theoretical studies, and discus- 
sion of molecular and phenotypic variation in natural populations. Labs makes use of computer 
modeling and simulation, and experiments using populations of fruitflies and other model 
organisms as appropriate. P — BIO 113 and 213. (QR) 

317. Plant Physiology and Development. (3h) Lecture course examines the growth, development, 
and physiological processes of plants. Control of these processes is examined on genetic, bio- 
chemical, and whole plant levels. P— BIO 112, 213, and 214. 

318. Plant Physiology and Development. (4h) Lecture and laboratory course examines the 
growth, development, and physiological processes of plants. Control of these processes are ex- 
amined on genetic, biochemical, and whole plant levels. Labs consist of structured experiments 
and an independently designed research project. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112, 213, and 214. 

320. Comparative Anatomy. (4h) Study of the vertebrate body from an evolutionary, functional, 
and developmental perspective. Labs emphasize structure and function, primarily through the 
dissection of representative vertebrates. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

321. Parasitology. (4h) Survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites from the stand- 
point of morphology, taxonomy, life histories, and host/parasite relationships. Lab — three 
hours. P— BIO 112 and 113. 

322. Biomechanics. (4h) Analysis of the relationship between organismal form and function us- 
ing principles from physics and engineering. Solid and fluid mechanics are employed to study 
design in living systems. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112. 

323. Animal Behavior. (4h) Survey of laboratory and field research on animal behavior. Lab — 
three hours. P— BIO 112 and 113. 

324. Hormones and Behavior. (3h) Introduction to the hormonal regulation of behavior in 

a broad range of animals, including humans and invertebrates. Topics include reproductive 
behavior, parental behavior, social behavior, sex differences, aggressive behavior, stress, mood, 
and the regulation of molting in insects. P — BIO 112. 

325. Chronobiology. (3h) Introduction to the field of biological rhythms, covering different types 
of rhythms, their evolution, and the mechanisms by which such rhythms are generated and 
regulated at the molecular, cellular, and system levels. P — BIO 213, 214, or POI. 

326. Microbiology. (4h) Structure, function, and taxonomy of microorganisms with emphasis on 
bacteria. Topics include microbial ecology, industrial microbiology, and medical microbiology. 
Lab emphasizes microbial diversity through characterizations of isolates from nature. 

P— BIO 213 and 214; CHM 122. 



85 



BIOLOGY 



331. Invertebrates. (4h) Systematic study of invertebrates, with emphasis on functional morph- 
ology, behavior, ecology, and phylogeny Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

333. Vertebrates. (4h) Systematic study of vertebrates, with emphasis on evolution, physiology, 
behavior, and ecology. Lab devoted to systematic, field, and experimental studies. Lab — three 
hours. P— BIO 112 and 113. 

335. Insect Biology. (4h) Study of the diversity, structure, development, physiology, behavior, 
and ecology of insects. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

335S. Insect Biology. (4h) Five-week course taught during the summer. A study of the diversity, 
structure, development, physiology, behavior, and ecology of one of the most diverse taxa on 
earth. Course location and field trip destinations to be announced each summer. P — POL 

337. Plants and People. (3h) Explores various associations between plants and people, their 
interrelationships, medical as well as ethical, and the impact of these interrelationships on 
various contemporary societies. 

338. Plant Systematics. (4h) Study of the diversity and evolution of flowering plants. Lectures 
emphasize the comparative study of selected plant families, their relationships and the use of 
new information and techniques to enhance our understanding of plant evolution. Labs empha- 
size more practical aspects of plant systematics such as the use of identification keys, recogni- 
tion of common local plants, molecular techniques, and basic phylogenetic analysis. 

339. Principles of Biosystematics. (4h) Exploration of the current theoretical and practical ap- 
proaches to the study of macroevolution in plants and animals. Topics include theory and 
methods of constructing evolutionary trees, sources of data, and cladistic biogeography 
Lab — three hours. 

340. Ecology. (4h) Interrelationships among living systems and their environments; structure 
and dynamics of major ecosystem types; contemporary problems in ecology. Lab — three hours. 
P— BIO 112 and 113. (QR) 

341. Marine Biology. (4h) Introduction to the physical, chemical, and biological parameters 
affecting the distribution of marine organisms. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

342. Aquatic Ecology. (4h) Designed to cover the general principles and concepts of limnology 
and aquatic biology as they apply to lentic and lotic habitats. A major portion of the field study 
is centered at the Charles M. Allen Biological Station. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 113. 

343. Tropical Ecology. (3h) Exploration of the ecology, biodiversity, history, and future of tropical 
ecosystems. Lectures emphasize ecological principles and rely heavily on the primary literature. 
An upper-level ecology course is recommended. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

344S. Tropical Marine Ecology. (4h) Intensive field-oriented course focusing on tropical marine 
ecosystems and their biological communities. Emphasis is on biodiversity, the ecology of domi- 
nant taxa, the interactions between physical and biological processes, and the structure and 
function of representative communities. Includes 2.5 weeks at the Hofstra University Marine 
Laboratory, Jamaica. P — Minimum of one year of college biology including BIO 113 and POL 
Offered in the summer only. 

345. Neurobiology. (3h) Introduction to the structure and function of the nervous system includ- 
ing the neural basis of behavior. Anatomical, physiological, and neurochemical approaches are 
integrated in the study of the peripheral and central nervous systems. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

biology 86 



346. Neurobiology. (4h) Introduction to the structure and function of the nervous system includ- 
ing the neural basis of behavior. Anatomical, physiological, and neurochemical approaches are 
integrated in the study of the peripheral and central nervous systems. Labs emphasize electro- 
physiological techniques with experiments from the cellular to the behavioral level. Lab — three 
hours. P— BIO 112 and 214. 

347. Physiological Plant Ecology. (3h) Designed to provide a fundamental understanding of how 
plants have adapted to the stresses of their habitats, particularly in harsh or extreme environ- 
ments such as deserts, the alpine, the arctic tundra, and tropical rain forests. P — BIO 112 

and 113. 

348. Physiological Plant Ecology. (4h) Designed to provide a fundamental understanding of how 
plants have adapted to the stresses of their habitats, particularly in harsh or extreme environ- 
ments such as deserts, the alpine, the arctic tundra, and tropical rainforests. Labs introduce 
students to a broad array of field instrumentation. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

349S. Tropical Biodiversity. (4h) Intensive field course in tropical biodiversity. Students travel to 
major tropical biomes, including deserts, glaciated peaks, and rain forests. Lectures emphasize 
the basic ecological principles important in each ecosystem; laboratories consist of student- 
designed field projects. Course location varies yearly. P — BIO 112 and 113 and POL Offered in the 
summer only. 

350. Conservation Biology. (3h) Lectures, readings, and discussions examining biological 
resources, their limitations and methods for sustainability. Genetic, aquatic, terrestrial, and 
ecosystem resources are examined. P — BIO 113. 

351. Vertebrate Physiology. (4h) Lecture and laboratory course examining regulatory principles, 
integration in the nervous system and the physiology of the cardiovascular, respiratory, and 
renal systems of vertebrates. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

352. Developmental Neuroscience. (4h) Focuses on the development of neural structures and 
the plasticity of the mature nervous system. Attention is given to experimental model systems, 
particularly Drosophila melanogaster. The laboratory features molecular, immunocytochemical, 
and cell culture techniques for the study of neurons. P — BIO 213 and 214. 

354. Vertebrate Endocrinology. (3h) Lecture course that considers the evolution of the endo- 
crine glands and hormones and the physiology of the main hormonal pathways of vertebrates. 
P— BIO 112 and 214. 

355. Avian Biology. (4h) Lecture and laboratory course emphasizing ecological and evolutionary 
influences on the physiology, behavior, and population biology of birds. Includes taxonomy of 
the world's major bird groups. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

359. Genomics. (3h) Introduction to the acquisition, analysis, and utility of DNA sequence 
information. Topics include structural, comparative, and functional genomics, genetic mapping, 
bioinformatics, and proteomics. P — BIO 213. 

360. Development. (4h) Description of the major events and processes of animal development, 
with an analysis of the causal factors underlying them. Attention is given to the embryonic 
development of vertebrates, but consideration is also given to other types of development and 
other organisms. Topics include fertilization, early development, growth and cell division, cell 
differentiation, the role of genes in development, cell interaction, morphogenesis, regeneration, 
birth defects, and cancer. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 214. 



87 



BIOLOGY 



361. Microbial Pathogenesis. (3h) Explores the molecular mechanisms by which microorganisms 
attack hosts, how hosts defend against pathogens, and how these interactions cause disease. 
P— BIO 112, 214, and POI. 

362. Immunology. (3h) Study of the components and protective mechanisms of the immune 
system. P— BIO 112 and 214. 

363. Sensory Biology. (3h) Lecture course with emphasis on sensory physiology and other 
aspects of sensory systems, e.g. molecular biology and anatomy. Credit not allowed for BIO 363, 
363S, and 364. P— BIO 112 and 214. 

363S. Sensory Biology. (3h) Lecture course with emphasis on sensory physiology and other 
aspects of sensory systems, e.g. molecular biology and anatomy. Credit not allowed for BIO 363, 
363S, and 364. P — BIO 112 and 214 and POI. Offered in summer only. Taught in Ljubljana, Slovenia. 

364. Sensory Biology. (4h) Lecture and laboratory course with emphasis on sensory physiology 
and other aspects of sensory systems, e.g. molecular biology and anatomy. Credit not allowed 
for BIO 363, 363S, and 364. P— BIO 112 and 214. 

365. Biology of the Cell. (4h) Lecture and laboratory course on classic experiments and recent 
advances in cell biology Lectures emphasize analysis and interpretation of experimental data in 
the primary literature, focusing on topics such as the targeting of macromolecules, cell-cell com- 
munication, and the control of cell division. The text for this course consists of papers that have 
led to the Nobel Prize in Physiology and Medicine and more current work using biological 
tools. The lab introduces basic techniques in cell biology and leads to an independent project. 
Lab— three hours. P— BIO 112, 213, and 214. 

365S. Biology of the Cell. (3h) Lecture course with emphasis on cellular biology and reading 
of the primary literature. P — BIO 213, 214 and POI. Offered in summer only. Taught in Ljubljana, 
Slovenia. 

367. Virology. (3h) Designed to introduce students to viruses, viral/host interactions, patho- 
genicity, methods of control and their use in molecular biology, including gene therapy. 
P— BIO 112, 213, and 214. 

368. The Cell Biological Basis of Disease. (3h) Examines some of the defects in basic cellular 
mechanisms that are responsible for many diseases. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

369. The Cell Biological Basis of Disease. (4h) Examines some of the defects in basic cellular 
mechanisms that are responsible for many diseases. The labs use advanced microscopic and 
histological techniques to investigate basic properties of cells. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

370. Biochemistry: Macromolecules and Metabolism. (3h) Lecture course introducing the prin- 
ciples of biochemistry with an emphasis on the experimental approaches that elucidated these 
principles. Topics include structure, function, and biosynthesis of biological molecules, analysis 
of enzyme function and activity, bioenergetics, and regulation of metabolic pathways. Also 
listed as CHM 370. P— BIO 214 and either CHM 223 or 230, or POI. 

371. Biochemistry: Macromolecules and Metabolism. (4h) Lecture and laboratory course intro- 
ducing the principles of biochemistry with an emphasis on the experimental approaches that 
elucidated these principles. Topics include structure, function, and biosynthesis of biological 
molecules, analysis of enzyme function and activity, bioenergetics, and regulation of metabolic 



pathways. Labs emphasize approaches for isolation and analysis of proteins and enzymes. Also 
listed as CHM 371. P— BIO 214 and either CHM 223 or 230, or POL 

372. Molecular Biology. (4h) Analysis of the molecular mechanisms by which stored genetic 
information directs cellular development. Emphasis is on storage and transmission of genetic 
information, regulation of gene expression, and the role of these processes in development. 
Labs focus on modern techniques of recombinant DNA analysis. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112, 
213, and 214. 

376. The Biology of Fishes. (4h) Comparative study of structure /function, classification, ecology 
and phylogeny of fish. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

377. Community Ecology. (4h) Advanced ecology course covering mechanisms that determine 
the dynamics and distribution of plant and animal assemblages: life-history, competition, 
predation, geology, climate, soils, and history. Lectures focus on ecological principles and 
theory. Labs include local field trips and discussion of the primary literature. Several weekend 
field trips. Lab— three hours. P— BIO 112, 113, and 214. (QR) 

378. Biogeography. (3h) Study of geographical, historical and ecological influences on the distri- 
bution, movements and diversity of organisms. Seminar relies on extensive reading, film, and 
map work as a basis of class discussions. P — BIO 112, 113, 213 and 214. 

379. Molecular Techniques in Evolution and Systematics. (4h) Lecture and laboratory course 
that explores molecular methods that are basic to many disciplines within biology, especially 
ecology, evolution, and systematics. Labs focus on the acquisition of molecular techniques, in- 
cluding allozyme electrophoresis, mitochondrial plastid, and nuclear DNA restriction fragment 
length polymorphism analyses, gene amplification, PCR (polymerase chain reaction), direct 
and/or cycle sequencing, and RAPDs (randomly amplified polymorphic DNAs). Lab — three 
hours. P— BIO 113 and 214. 

380. Biostatistics. (3h) Introduction to statistical methods used by biologists, including descrip- 
tive statistics, hypothesis-testing, analysis of variance, and regression and correlation. A student 
who receives credit for this course may not also receive credit for ANT 380, BUS 201, HES 262, 
orSOC371.(QR) 

381 . Biostatistics Laboratory, (lh) Application of computer-based statistical software. May not be 
used to satisfy one of the three 300-level four-hour courses required for the major if paired with 
BIO 380. (QR if paired with 380) 

385. Oceanography. (3h) Introduction to geological, chemical, physical, and biological oceanog- 
raphy taught at the Sea Education Association program at Woods Hole, Mass. P — Admission to 
the Sea Education Association program and approval of departmental chair and /or his or her 
designate. 

386. Practical Oceanography. (4h) A two-part lecture /laboratory course offered at sea in which 
students observe and apply in the field the concepts and sampling techniques introduced in the 
shore component. Part of the Sea Education Association program taught at Woods Hole, MA. 

P — Admission to the Sea Education Association program and approval of departmental chair 
and /or his or her designate. 



89 



391, 392. Research in Biology. (2h, 2h) Independent library and laboratory investigation carried 
out under the supervision of a member of the staff. P — POI. Pass /Fail or for grade at discretion 
of the instructor.* 

393, 394. Research in Biology. (2h, 2h) Designed for students who wish to continue research proj- 
ects beyond BIO 391 and 392. Not to be counted toward major.* P — POI. Pass/Fail option. 

396. Biomedical Ethics. (3h) Lectures and seminars examining contemporary issues in biomedi- 
cal ethics including the proper role of biomedical research and current controversies in health 
care and medical practice. P — BIO 112 and 214. 



Chemistry (CHM) 

Chair Bradley T. Jones 

John B. White Professor of Chemistry Willie L Hinze 

Thurman D. Kitchin Professor of Chemistry Dilip K. Kondepudi 

William L. Poteat Professor of Chemistry Mark E. Welker 

Professors Bradley T. Jones, Gordon A. Melson, Abdessadek Lachgar, 

Ronald E. Noftle, Robert L Swofford 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and Associate Professor Christa L. Colyer 

Associate Professors Ulrich Bierbach, S. Bruce King 

Assistant Professors Rebecca W. Alexander, Bernard A. Brown, Karen L Buchmueller, 

Paul B. Jones, Akbar Salam, Suzanne L.Tobey 

Senior Lecturer Angela Glisan King 

Visiting Assistant Professors Latifa Chahoua, Jian Dai, Albert Rivers 

The department offers programs leading to the BA and BS degrees in chemistry. The BS degrees 
are certified by the American Chemical Society. 

The bachelor of science degree in chemistry requires 37.5 hours in chemistry and must 
include the following courses (and corequisite labs): 111, 122, 223, 230, 260, 334, 341, 344, 361, 
381, 382, 383, 391 (or 392); one of the following courses: 370, 371, 372 or 356/357; MTH 111 and 
112 and either 113 or 301; and PHY 113, 114. The BS program is designed for those students who 
plan a career in chemistry at the bachelor or advanced degree level. 

The bachelor of science degree in chemistry with concentration in biochemistry requires 
37.5 hours in chemistry and must include the following courses (and corequisite labs): 111, 122, 
223, 230, 260, 334, 341, 361, 371, 372, 381, 382, 383, 391 (or 392); BIO 112, 213, 214; MTH 111, 112; 
PHY 113, 114, and one additional 300-level elective in either biology or chemistry. 

The bachelor of arts degree in chemistry requires 28 hours in chemistry and includes the 
following courses (and corequisite labs): 111, 122, 230, 260, 341; three of the following courses 
(and corequisite labs): 223, 334, 342 (or 344), 361, 371; one of the following courses: 381, 382, 383, 
391 or 392; MTH 111, 112; and PHY 113 and 114. The BA degree program is designed for those 
students who do not plan to do graduate work in the physical sciences but desire a stronger 
background in chemistry than is provided in the chemistry minor program. 



* The same numbered course cannot be repeated. Subsequent courses should be take in 
consecutive order. 



CHEMISTRY 90 



The bachelor of arts degree in chemistry with concentration in biochemistry and biophysics 
requires 32.5 to 33.5 hours in chemistry and must include the following courses (and corequisite 
labs): 111, 122, 223, 230, 260, 341, 371, 391 or 392 (may substitute PHY 381 or 382 or BIO 391, 392, 
393, or 394); two electives from 334, 342, 361, 372; two electives from BIO 112, 213, 214; MTH 
111, 112; PHY 113, 114, 141; and one elective from PHY 307/325, 320/323. 

The Health Professions Program at Wake Forest recommends that students take the follow- 
ing chemistry courses before the end of the third year: 111, 122, 223, 230, 260. Students inter- 
ested in this track should see the Health Professions Program advisor for more information. 

A minor in chemistry requires nineteen hours in chemistry and must include at least one of 
the following: 334, 341, 356/357, 361, 370 or 371. The department will not accept courses taken 
pass/fail to count toward the minor. Unless otherwise stated, all chemistry courses are open to 
chemistry majors on a letter-grade basis only (even those courses not required for the major). 
Majors are also required to complete on a letter-grade basis the required physics, biology, and 
mathematics courses. 

A rninimum grade point average of 2.0 in the first two years of chemistry is required of stu- 
dents who elect to major in the department. Admission to any class is contingent upon satisfac- 
tory grades in prerequisite courses, and registration for advanced courses must be approved by 
the department. Candidates for either the BA or BS degree with a major in chemistry must have 
a rruhimum grade point average of 2.0 in their chemistry courses numbered 200 or above. 

Qualified majors are considered for honors in chemistry. To be graduated with the designa- 
tion "Honors in Chemistry," a student must have a rninimum grade point average in chemistry 
courses of 3.3 and a rninimum overall grade point average of 3.0. In addition, the honors candi- 
date must satisfactorily complete an approved research project, prepare a paper describing the 
project, and present results at a seminar for departmental approval. For additional information, 
members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

For the BS major, the following schedule of chemistry and related courses is typical: 

First Year: CHM 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 L, 1 22, 1 22L; MTH 111,112 

Sophomore: CHM 223, 223L, 230, 260; MTH 1 1 3 (or 301 ); PHY 1 1 3, 1 1 4 

Junior: CHM 341 , 341 L, 344, 342L, 381 , 382, 383, 391 (or 392); MTH 1 1 3 (or 301 ) 

Senior: CHM 334, 334L, 361 , 361 L, 381 , 382, 300-level elective 

For the BS major with concentration in biochemistry, the following schedule of chemistry and 
related courses is typical: 

First Year: BIO 112; CHM 1 1 1, 1 1 1L, 122, 122L; MTH 111,112 

Sophomore: BIO 21 3, 21 4; CHM 223, 223L, 230, 260; PHY 1 1 3, 1 1 4 

Junior: CHM 341, 341L, 371, 372, 391 (or 392) 

Senior: CHM 334, 334L, 361 , 361 L, 381 , 382, 383, 300-level elective in biology or chemistry 

For the BA major, the following schedule of chemistry and related courses is typical: 

First Year: CHM 1 11, 1 1 1L, 122, 122L; MTH 111,112 

Sophomore: CHM 230, 260; PHY 1 1 3, 1 1 4 

Junior: CHM 341 , 341 L, and one upper-level elective 

Senior: Either CHM 381 , 382, 383, 391 , or 392 and two upper-level electives 



91 



CHEMISTRY 



For the BA major with concentration in biochemistry and biophysics, the following schedule of 
chemistry and related courses is typical: 

First Year: CHM 1 1 1, 1 1 1 L, 122, 1 22L; MTH 111,112 

Sophomore: One BIO elective; CHM 223, 223L, 230, 260; PHY 1 13, 1 14 

Junior: One BIO elective; CHM 341 , 341 L, 371, 391 or 392 (or substitute); PHY 1 41 

Senior: Two upper-level CHM electives and one PHY elective 

For variations in the schedules above, the student should consult a member of the faculty 
in chemistry. 

The department will accept transfer courses completed by incoming transfer students 
provided that those courses were taken only at four-year colleges and universities that offer a 
major in chemistry. These courses must be equivalent in content and level to courses offered 
at Wake Forest (as judged by a departmental curriculum committee). Courses taken in sum- 
mer school elsewhere, or in Wake Forest University study abroad programs, must meet these 
same criteria and receive pre-approval. Advanced courses, 300-level and above, are typically 
not transferable. Students enrolled at Wake Forest may not take courses in chemistry at other 
institutions to satisfy divisional requirements. 

108. Everyday Chemistry. (4h) Introduction to chemistry for non-science majors. Laboratory 
covers experimental aspects of topics discussed in lecture. Students may not receive credit for 
both CFTM 108 and CHM 111. Lab— three hours. (QR) 

*1 1 1. College Chemistry. (3h) Fundamental chemical principles. C — CHM 111L. (QR) 

*1 1 1 L. College Chemistry Lab. (lh) Laboratory covers experimental aspects of basic concepts. 
Lab— three hours. C— CHM 111. 

120. Physics and Chemistry of the Environment. (4h) Coheres the basic physical and chemical 
processes in the earth's atmosphere, biosphere and the oceans. It consists of two parts: 1) chemi- 
cal processes in the environment such as element cycles and the chemistry of the pollutants in 
air and water and, 2) physical aspects of the environment such as solar energy and the atmo- 
sphere, and the physics of weather and climate. Lab — three hours. Also listed as PHY 120. (QR) 

*122. Introduction to Organic Chemistry. (3h) Principles and reactions of organic chemistry. 
P— CHM 111. C— CHM 122L. 

*122L Introduction to Organic Chemistry Lab. (lh) Lab— four hours. P— CHM 111. C— CHM 122. 

*223. Organic Chemistry II. (3h) Principles and reactions of organic chemistry and introductory 
biochemistry. P— CHM 122. C— CHM 223L. 

*223L. Organic Chemistry II Lab. (lh) Lab— four hours. P— CHM 122. C— CHM 223. 

230. Analytical Biochemistry. (2h) Survey of laboratory methods used to determine the composi- 
tion of biological samples. 7.5 weeks. Lab — four hours. P — CHM 122. 

260. Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry. (2h) Introductory thermodynamics; descriptive 
inorganic and bio-inorganic chemistry. 7.5 weeks. Lab — four hours. P — CHM 230. 



* The lecture and corresponding lab are strict corequisites of each other. A student must register 
for both during the same semester. (However, either can be repeated independently if the student 
wishes.) 






CHEMISTRY 



92 



301, 302. Elective Research. (Oh, Oh) P— POL 

334. Chemical Analysis. (4h) Theoretical and practical applications of modern methods of chemi- 
cal analysis. Lab— four hours (CHM 334L). C— CHM 341, 341L, or POL 

*341 . Physical Chemistry I. (3h) Fundamentals of thermodynamics and phenomenological kinet- 
ics, and introductory computational methods. P— CHM 260, MTH 111, PHY 113-114. 
C— CHM 341L, MTH 112, (PHY 113, with POI). 

*341 L. Physical Chemistry I Lab. (lh) Lab— four hours. P— CHM 260, MTH 111, PHY 113-114. 
C— CHM 341, MTH 112. 

*342. Physical Chemistry MA. (3h) Fundamentals of quantum mechanics, statistical thermo- 
dynamics, and introductory computational methods. P— CHM 341, MTH 111-112, PHY 113-114. 
C— CHM 342L, (PHY 114, with POI). 

*342L. Physical Chemistry MA Lab. (lh) Lab— four hours. P— CHM 341, MTH 111-112, PHY 113- 
114. C— CHM 342 or 344. 

*344. Physical Chemistry MB. (3h) Fundamentals of quantum mechanics, statistical thermo- 
dynamics, and introductory computational methods. Lab — four hours. P — CHM 341, 
MTH 111-112 and 301 (or 113), PHY 113-114. C— CHM 342L, (PHY 114, with POI). 

356, 357. Chemical Spectroscopy. (1.5h, 1.5h) Fundamental aspects of the theory and application 
of chemical spectroscopy, as found in the areas of analytical, inorganic, organic, and physical 
chemistry. Emphasis varies. Seven-week courses. P — CHM 342 or 344, or POI. 

*361 . Inorganic Chemistry. (3h) Principles and reactions of inorganic chemistry. P — CHM 341. 
C— CHM 361L or POI. 

*361 L Inorganic Chemistry Lab. (lh) Lab— four hours. P— CHM 341. C— CHM 361. 

370. Biochemistry: Macromolecules and Metabolism. (3h) Lecture course introducing the prin- 
ciples of biochemistry, with an emphasis on the experimental approaches that elucidated these 
principles. Topics include structure, function, and biosynthesis of biological molecules, analysis 
of enzyme function and activity, bioenergetics, and regulation of metabolic pathways. Also 
listed as BIO 370. P— BIO 214 and either CHM 223 or 230, or POI. 

371. Biochemistry: Macromolecules and Metabolism. (4h) Lecture and laboratory course intro- 
ducing the principles of biochemistry with an emphasis on the experimental approaches that 
elucidated these principles. Topics include structure, function, and biosynthesis of biological 
molecules, analysis of enzyme function and activity, bioenergetics, and regulation of metabolic 
pathways. Labs emphasize approaches for isolation and analysis of proteins and enzymes. Also 
listed as BIO 371. P— BIO 214 and either CHM 223 or 230, or POI. 

372. Biochemistry: Protein and Nucleic Acid Structure and Function. (3h) Fundamentals of bio- 
chemistry with emphasis on how chemical properties dictate structure and function of proteins 
and nucleic acids. Topics include catalytic mechanisms of enzymes and ribozymes, use of 
sequence and structure databases, and molecular basis of disease and drug action. P — CHM 223 
and BIO 370 (or 371) or CHM 370 (or 371). 

* The lecture and corresponding lab are strict corequisites of each other. A student must register 
for both during the same semester. (However, either can be repeated independently if the student 
wishes.) 



93 



CHEMISTRY 



381, 382. Chemistry Seminar. (Oh, Oh) Discussions of contemporary research. Attendance 
required of BS chemistry majors in the junior and senior years. 

383. Chemical Literature, (lh) Introduction to the chemical literature and searching techniques 
for the acquisition of chemical information. P — CHM 122. 

391, 392. Undergraduate Research. (1.5h, 1.5h) Undergraduate research. Lab — eight hours. 
May be repeated for credit. 



Classical Languages (CLA) 

Chair John L Andronica 

Professors John L Andronica, Robert W. UleryJr. 

Associate Professors Mary L. B. Pendergraft, James T. Powell 

Adjunct Associate Professor Darlene R. May 

Adjunct Instructor Dorothy M. Westmoreland 

The Department of Classical Languages offers majors and minors in three areas: Greek, Latin, 
and classical studies. The department also offers courses in Modern Standard Arabic language 
and conversation 

A major in Greek requires twenty-seven hours in the department beyond Greek 112. Twenty- 
one of these hours must be in Greek courses; Greek 225 and CLA 275 are required. 

A minor in Greek requires fifteen hours: Greek 153; two 200-level courses in Greek; CLA 275; 
and one additional course in Greek (200-level), Latin, or classics. 

A major in Latin requires twenty-seven hours in the department beyond Latin 153. Eighteen 
of these hours must be in Latin courses; Latin 250 and CLA 276 are required. 

A minor in Latin requires fifteen hours: three 200-level courses in Latin; CLA 276; and one 
additional course in Greek, Latin (200-level), or classics. 

A major in classical studies requires thirty hours. A minimum of twenty-four hours must be 
taken in the department. The following are required: 

a. One 200-level course in Greek or Latin (prerequisites to this course do not count toward the 
thirty required hours); 

b. CLA 275 and CLA 276; 

c. CLA 281; 

d. At least one course from the following: ART 241 . (Ancient Art); ART 244. (Greek Art); ART 245. 
(Roman Art); HST 308. (Alexander the Great); PHI 232. (Ancient and Medieval Philosophy); 

PHI 331. (Plato); PHI 332. (Aristotle); POL 271. (Classical Political Thought); REL 314. (Ancient Israel 
and Her Neighbors). Other courses may be substituted by permission of the department. 

A minor in classical studies requires a minimum of eighteen hours in the department, of 
which no more than seven may be in Greek or Latin courses. CLA 275 or 276 and CLA 281 are 
required. 

The requirements for certification to teach Latin in high school are the same as the require- 
ments for a major in Latin. A major in classical studies may serve as an appropriate part of the 
program of studies required for certification to teach Latin in high school. A student wishing to 
secure this certification should confer with the chair of the department. 



CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 94 



Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to participate in the honors program 
in Latin, Greek, or classical studies. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Latin," 
"Honors in Greek," or "Honors in Classical Studies," a student must complete an honors 
research project and pass a comprehensive oral examination. For additional information, mem- 
bers of the departmental faculty should be consulted. (Refer to the section "Honors Study" in 
this bulletin for minimum college requirements.) 

Greek 

111,112. Elementary Greek. (4h, 4h) Introduction to the language; provides a foundation for 
reading the ancient authors. 

153. Intermediate Greek. (3h) Review of grammar; readings in classical authors. P — Greek 112 or 
equivalent. 

21 1. Plato. (3h) Selections from the dialogues of Plato. P — Greek 153 or equivalent. 

212. Homer. (3h) Selections from the Iliad and the Odyssey. P — Greek 153 or equivalent. 

221. Greek Readings. (1.5h or 3h) Designed to meet individual needs and interests. P — POL 

225. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3h) Intensive work in morphology and syntax, with 
practice in composition and stylistic analysis of selected readings. P — Greek 153. 

231. The Greek New Testament. (3h) Selections from the Greek New Testament. P — Greek 153. 

241. Greek Tragedy. (3h) Close study of a selected tragedy or tragedies. Includes consideration 
of the origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of other tragedies in English 
translation. Seminar. P — Greek 211, 212, or equivalent. 

242. Greek Comedy. (3h) Close study of a selected comedy or comedies of Aristophanes. In- 
cludes consideration of the origin and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading of other 
comedies in English translation. Seminar. P — Greek 211, 212, or equivalent. 

291, 292. Honors in Greek. (1.5h, 1.5h) Directed research for honors paper. P — POD. 

Latin 

111,112. Elementary Latin. (3h, 3h) Introduction to the language; provides a foundation for 
reading in the ancient authors. 

113. Intensive Elementary Latin. (4h) Introduction to the language; covers the material of Latin 
111 and 112 in one semester. Not open to students who have had Latin 111 or 112. 

120. Reading Medieval Latin. (1.5h, 3h) Introduction to post-classical Latin with readings in 
selected works from late antiquity and the Middle Ages. P — Latin 112 or equivalent. 

153. Intermediate Latin. (4h) Review of grammar and selected introductory readings. 
P— Latin 112 or 113. 

21 1. Introduction to Latin Poetry. (3h) Readings from selected poets mainly of the late Republic 
and early Empire, with an introduction to literary criticism. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

212. Introduction to Latin Prose. (3h) Readings primarily from the works of Cicero, with atten- 
tion to their artistry and historical context. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 



95 



CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 



216. Roman Lyric Poetry. (3h) Interpretation and evaluation of lyric poetry through readings 
from the poems of Catullus and Horace. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

218. Roman Epic Poetry. (3h) Readings in the epics of Virgil and Ovid, with attention to their 
position in the epic tradition. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

221 . Roman Historians. (3h) Readings in the works of Sallust, Livy, or Tacitus, with attention to 
the historical background and the norms of ancient historiography. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

225. Roman Epistolography. (3h) Selected readings from the correspondence of Cicero and Pliny 
the Younger and the verse epistles of Horace and Ovid. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

226. Roman Comedy. (3h) Readings of selected comedies of Plautus and Terence, with a study of 
the traditions of comedy and dramatic techniques. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

231 . Roman Elegy. (3h) Readings from the poems of Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid, with study 
of the elegiac tradition. P — Latin 200-level or equivalent. 

241 . Roman Satire. (3h) Selected readings from Horace and Juvenal, with attention to the origin 
and development of hexameter satire. P — Latin 200-level or equivalent. 

243. Latin Readings. (1.5h or 3h) Designed to meet individual needs and interests. P — POL 

250. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3h) Intensive work in morphology and syntax, with 
practice in composition and stylistic analysis of selected readings. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

260. Seminar in Latin Poetry. (3h) Advanced study in selected authors and topics. A research 
paper is required. P — Latin 200-level or equivalent. 

280. Seminar in Latin Prose. (3h) Advanced study in selected authors and topics. A research 
paper is required. P — Latin 200-level or equivalent. 

291, 292. Honors in Latin. (1.5h, 1.5h) Directed research for the honors paper. P — POD. 

Arabic 

111,112. Elementary Arabic. (3h, 3h) A two-semester course designed for students with no 
knowledge of the language. Focuses on developing proficiency in reading, writing, listening, 
and speaking skills in Modern Standard Arabic. Introduction to Arabic script and basic gram- 
mar, with oral and written drills and reading of simple texts. 

1 53. Intermediate Arabic. (4h) Review of grammar and focus on the acquisition of more complex 
grammatical structures, vocabulary building, and expansion of reading, writing, and listening 
skills in Modern Standard Arabic. P — Arabic 112 

213. Introduction to Arabic Literature. (3h) Reading of selected texts in Arabic, ranging from 
the Quran to medieval fiction, nonfiction works, and modern short stories, for the purpose of 
building vocabulary and reading skills, expanding knowledge of grammatical structures, and 
deepening cultural understanding. P — Arabic 153 or equivalent. 

218. Basic Arabic Conversation. (1.5h or 3h) A language course based on cultural material 
intended to develop students' aural skills and oral proficiency in Modern Standard Arabic by 
increasing vocabulary and reinforcing command of grammar. P — Arabic 153 or equivalent. 



CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 



96 



Classics 

151. Ethics in Greece and Rome. (1.5h) Reading and discussion of Aristotle's Ethics and Cicero's 
On Moral Duties, with attention to our own ethical dilemmas. A knowledge of the Greek and 
Latin languages is not required. 

252. Women in Antiquity. (3h) Explores the place of women in Greek and Roman society through 
the study of a wide range of primary sources, literary and non-literary. A knowledge of the 
Greek and Latin languages is not required. (CD) 

255. Classical Epic: Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid. (3h) Study of the three principal epic poems from 
ancient Greece and Rome. A knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not required. 

259. Virgil and His English Legacy. (3h) Study of Virgil's Eclogues, Georgics, and selected passages 
of the Aeneid, and their influence on English literature, using translations and original works by 
writers of the sixteenth through the eighteenth centuries, including Spenser, Marlowe, Milton, 
Dryden, and Pope. Knowledge of Latin is not required. Also listed as ENG 319. 

261 . Greek Myth. (3h) Consideration, principally through close study of selected literary works, 
of Greek myth in its various forms, primary (archaic and classical periods) and secondary (Hel- 
lenistic and Roman); the course also considers Greek myth's afterlife in the modern period. 
A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

263. Greek Tragedy. (3h) Study of the plays of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides. A knowledge 
of the Greek language is not required. 

264. Greek and Roman Comedy. (3h) Representative works of Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus, 
and Terence, with attention to the origins and development of comedy. A knowledge of the 
Greek and Latin languages is not required. 

275. The Age of Pericles. (3h) Study of Greek culture in all its aspects during the fifth century. 
A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. (CD) 

276. The Age of Augustus. (3h) Study of Roman culture in all its aspects during the early Empire. 
A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. (CD) 

279. Studies in Roman Biography. (1.5h or 3h) Study in depth of a key figure of Roman history 
using the evidence of history, literature, numismatics, and epigraphy as well as art and archeo- 
logy when appropriate. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 

281. Seminar in Classical Studies. (3h) Offered by members of the faculty on topics of their 
choice. A knowledge of Greek and Latin languages is not required. May be repeated for credit. 
P — Any CLA 200-level course. 

285. Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Greco-Roman World. (3h) Seminar designed specially to 
meet the needs of students earning the interdisciplinary minor in early Christian studies, but 
is not limited to them. Explores, from various points of view, the culture of the Mediterranean 
world from which Christianity was born and grew: literature and art, history and economics, 
religions and philosophies. Also listed on as REL 285. Course may be repeated for credit. 

288. Individual Study. (1.5h or 3h) 

291, 292. Honors in Classical Studies. (1.5h, 1.5h) Directed research for the honors paper. 
P— POD. 



97 



CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 



Communication (COM) 

Chair Randall Rogan 

University Distinguished Chair in Communication Ethics and 

Professor of Communication Michael J. Hyde 

Reynolds Professor of Film Studies Peter Brunette 

Professors Michael David Hazen, Jill Jordan McMillan, Randall G. Rogan 

Associate Professors John T. Llewellyn, Allan D. Louden, Ananda Mitra, Eric K. Watts, Margaret D. Zulick 

Assistant Professors Mary M. Dalton, Steven M. Giles, Don Helme 

Visiting Assistant Professor Janel Leone 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Dee Oseroff-Varnell 

Lecturer Jack Lucido 

Instructor Ernest S. Jarrett 

Adjunct Instructors Connie Chesner, Terry Dumansky, Susan L. Faust, Danielle Powell 

Debate Coach Ross K. Smith 

A major in communication requires thirty hours, at least twelve of which must be at the 300- 
level. All majors are required to take courses 100, 110 or 102, 220 and 225 and should begin their 
study of communication with these courses. An overall minimum grade point average of 2.0 in 
all communication courses attempted is required for graduation. 

The Department of Communication offers its majors the opportunity to concentrate in spe- 
cial areas of study. Communication majors may choose to concentrate in rhetorical studies, me- 
dia studies, or communication science. Students may choose only one concentration. Students 
may also opt to choose courses across the concentrations as a general communication major. 

In addition to the major course requirements, COM 100, 110 or 102, 220, and 225, students 
who want to declare a concentration must successfully complete five courses within a particu- 
lar concentration. Students declaring a concentration must do so prior to the beginning of their 
final semester. 

A minor in communication requires eighteen hours, at least three of which must be at the 
300-level, and shall include courses 100, 110 or 102, and 220 or 225. An overall minimum grade 
point average of 2.0 in all communication courses attempted is required for graduation. 

Students may enroll in up to three hours of practicum in any semester. For three hours of 
internship credit, students need a minimum of 120 on-site contact hours; applications for three 
hours of practicum in one semester need to be approved by a faculty supervisor, the internship 
director, and /or the director of undergraduate studies. Students can earn a maximum of six 
hours practicum, only three hours of which may be counted toward a major in communication. 
Communication 280 and 281 are open to majors and minors only who satisfy departmental 
requirements. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the honors 
program in communication. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Communica- 
tion," students must pass the departmental honors courses (398 and 399), complete a senior 
research project, and satisfactorily defend their work in an oral examination. For more details, 
consult faculty members in the department. 

Finally, no student may take more than a total of six hours in COM 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 
and 285 combined, and only three hours may count toward a major in communication. 



COMMUNICATION 



9S 



100. Introduction to Communication and Rhetoric. (3h) Introduction to the theories, research, and 
analysis of verbal and nonverbal processes by which human beings share meanings and influ- 
ence one another. 

102. Debate and Advocacy. (3h) The use of argumentative techniques in oral advocacy: research, 
speeches, and debate. 

110. Public Speaking. (3h) Study of the theory and practice of public address. Lab experiences in 
the preparation, delivery, and critique of informative and persuasive speeches. 

113. Interpersonal Communication. (3h) Introduction to interpersonal communication theory, 
research and principles. 

114. Group Communication. (3h) Introduction to the theory and practice of group interaction 
and decision-making. Features lectures and discussions of theory and includes opportunities to 
participate in formal and informal group processes. 

116. On-Camera Performance. (3h) Introduces students to the theory and practice of performing 
for the camera. Covers basic method acting, newscasting, and other performance formats. Also 
listed as THE 141. 

1 1 7. Writing for Public Relations and Advertising. (1.5h, 3h) Principles and techniques of public 
relations and applied advertising. Students use case studies to develop public relations and 
advertising strategies. Also listed as JOU 286. P — POI. 

140. Information and Disinformation on the Internet. (1.5h) Examination of information gather- 
ing practices on the Internet and World Wide Web. Students develop and apply standards for 
evaluating information through analysis of Web sites dealing with important and controversial 
topics. 

212. Introduction to Production and Theory. (3h) Introduction to the theory and practice of 
media production, including critical and aesthetic theories, scriptwriting, producing, directing, 
photography, sound recording, editing, and standards of operation for the production facilities 
and equipment. This course is a prerequisite for 213, 214, 215, and 310. 

213. Media Production: Documentary. (3h) Introduction to the theory and practice of producing 
nonfiction works in film or video, including conventional documentary forms and autobio- 
graphical or experimental works. P — COM 212. 

214. Media Production: Narrative. (3h) Introduction to the theory and practice of producing nar- 
rative works in film and video. P — COM 212. 

215. Broadcast Journalism. (3h) Introduction to the theory and practice of broadcast journalism. 
Topics include ethics, technology, and the media as industry, and projects address writing, 
producing, and performing for radio and television. P — COM 212. 

220. Empirical Research in Communication. (3h) Introduction to methodological design and 
univariate statistics as used in communication research. 

225. Historical/Critical Research in Communication. (3h) Introduces students to the historical and 
critical analysis of rhetoric. Examines current methods of rhetorical criticism with a view to 
researching and composing a critical paper in the field. 

245. Introduction to Mass Communication. (3h) A historical survey of mass media and an exami- 
nation of major contemporary media issues. Also listed as JOU 275. 



99 



COMMUNICATION 



246. Introduction to Film. (3h) Introduction to the aesthetics of motion pictures through a study 
of the basic elements of film such as cinematography, editing, sound, lighting, and color. 

270. Special Seminar. (l-3h) Examination of selected topics in communication. 

280. Communication Internship I. (1.5h) Individual communication internships to be approved, 
supervised, and evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. Pass/Fail only. P — POL 

281. Communication Internship II. (1.5h) Individual communication internships to be approved, 
supervised, and evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. Pass /Fail only. P — POL 

282. Debate Practicum I. (1.5h) Individual projects in debate to be approved, supervised, and 
evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. Pass /Fail only. P — POL 

283. Debate Practicum II. (1.5h) Individual projects in debate to be approved, supervised, and 
evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. Pass/Fail only. P — POL 

284. Production Practicum I. (1.5h) Individual projects or collaborations with appropriate profes- 
sionals in media production to be approved, supervised, and evaluated by a faculty adviser. 
Pass/Fail only. P— POL 

285. Production Practicum II. (1.5h) Individual projects or collaborations with appropriate pro- 
fessionals in media production to be approved, supervised, and evaluated by a faculty adviser. 
Pass /Fail only. P— POL 

286. Individual Study. (l-3h) Directed study in an area of interest to be approved and supervised 
by a faculty adviser. P — POL 

287. Research Practicum I. (1.5) Credit opportunities for students to collaborate with faculty on 
research projects. Awards credit to students assisting faculty with research initiatives led by the 
faculty. Projects may be short term, culminating in presentation or publication, or longitudinal, 
where the student participates in an on-going effort. Pass/Fail only. P — POL 

288. Research Practicum II. (1.5) Awards credits to students assisting faculty with research initia- 
tives led by the faculty. Projects may be short term, culminating in presentation or publication, 
or longitudinal, where the student participates in an on-going effort. Pass/Fail only. P — POL 

300. Classical Rhetoric. (3h) Study of major writings in Greek and Roman rhetorical theory from 
the Sophists to Augustine. Offered in alternate years. 

301 . Semantics and Language in Communication. (3h) Study of how meaning is created by sign 
processes. Among the topics studied are language theory, semiotics, speech act theory, and 
pragmatics. Also listed as LIN 301. 

302. Argumentation Theory. (3h) Examination of argumentation theory and criticism; examines 
both theoretical issues and social practices. Offered in alternate years. 

303S. Directing the Forensic Program. (1.5h, 3h) Pragmatic study of the methods of directing 
high school and college forensics with work in the High School Debate Workshop. Offered in the 
summer. 

304. Freedom of Speech. (3h) Examination of the philosophical and historical traditions, signi- 
ficant cases, and contemporary controversies concerning freedom of expression. Offered in 
alternate years. 



COMMUNICATION 



100 



305. Communication and Ethics. (3h) Study of the role of communication in ethical controversies. 

306. Seminar in Rhetorical Theory: Burke & Bakhtin. (3h) Examines the language theories of Ken- 
neth Burke and Mikhail Bakhtin in relation to contemporary rhetorical theory. 

310. Advanced Media Production. (3h) Students produce advanced projects in either film or 
video over which they assume significant creative control. P — COM 212 and at least one of 213, 
214, or 215. 

311. Film Theory and Criticism. (3h) Study of film aesthetics through an analysis of the work of 
selected filmmakers and film critics. P — COM 246 or POL 

312. Film History to 1945. (3h) Survey of the developments of motion pictures to 1945. Includes 
lectures, readings, reports, and screenings. 

31 3. Film History since 1 945. (3h) Survey of the development of motion pictures from 1946 to the 
present day. Includes lectures, readings, reports, and screenings. 

314. Mass Communication Theory. (3h) Theoretical approaches to the role of communication in 
reaching mass audiences and its relationship to other levels of communication. P — COM 245. 

315. Communication and Technology. (3h) Exploration of how communication technologies 
influence the social, political, and organizational practices of everyday life. 

316. Screenwriting. (3h) Introduction to narrative theory as well as examination of the role of the 
screenwriter in the motion picture industry, the influence of film genre on screenwriting, and 
the politics of nontraditional narrative structures. Students complete an original, feature-length 
screenplay. 

317. Communication and Popular Culture. (3h) Explores the relationship between contemporary 
media and popular culture from a cultural studies perspective using examples from media texts. 

330. Communication and Conflict. (3h) Review of the various theoretical perspectives on conflict 
and negotiation as well as methods for managing relational conflict. 

331. Communication, Terrorism, and Hostage Negotiation. (3h) Examines domestic and interna- 
tional terrorism as grounded in extant communication theory, with emphasis on explicating the 
role that communication plays in current conceptualizations and responses to terrorism. 

335. Survey of Organizational Communication. (3h) Overview of the role of communication in 
constituting and maintaining the pattern of activities that sustain the modern organization. 

336. Organizational Rhetoric. (3h) Explores the persuasive nature of organizational messages — 
those exchanged between organizational members and those presented on behalf of the 
organization as a whole. Offered in alternate years. 

337. Rhetoric of Institutions. (3h) Study of the communication practices of institutions as they 
seek to gain and maintain social legitimacy. Offered in alternate years. 

338. African-American Rhetoric. (3h) Explores how African Americans have invented a public 
voice in the twentieth century. Focuses on how artistic cultural expression, in particular, has 
shaped black public speech. (CD) 

340. American Rhetorical Movements to 1900. (3h) Examines the interrelation of American rhe- 
torical movements through the nineteenth century by reading and analyzing original speeches 
and documents with emphasis on antislavery and women's rights. 



101 



COMMUNICATION 



341. American Rhetorical Movements since 1900. (3h) Examines the interrelation of American 
rhetorical movements in the twentieth century by reading and analyzing original speeches 
and documents. Among the movements addressed are labor, civil rights, student radicals, and 
women's liberation. 

342. Political Communication. (3h) Study of electoral communication, including candidate and 
media influences on campaign speeches, debates, and advertising. 

343. Presidential Rhetoric. (3h) Examines theory and practice of speechmaking and mediated 
presidential comniunication. 

350. Intercultural Communication. (3h) Introduction to the study of communication phenomena 
between individuals and groups with different cultural backgrounds. (CD) Offered in alternate 
years. 

351 . Comparative Communication. (1.5h, 3h) Comparison of communicative and linguistic pro- 
cesses in one or more national cultures with those of the United States. Also listed as LIN 351 
and INS 349. Credit not given for both COM 351 A and INS 349. (CD) 

352,4 Japan (CD) 351D Multiple Countries (CD) 

351 B Russia (CD) 351 E China (CD) 

351C Great Britain (CD) 

352. Interpersonal Seminar. (3h) Advanced study of theories and research in one or more of the 
specialized concentrations of interpersonal communications. 

353. Persuasion. (3h) Examination of theories and research concerning the process of social 
influence in contemporary society. 

354. International Communication. (3h) In-depth look at the role of mass media in shaping com- 
munication between and about cultures using examples from traditional and emerging media 
systems. 

355. Health Communication. (3h) Examination of theories, research, and processes of health 
communication in contemporary society. 

370. Special Topics. (l-3h) Examination of topics not covered in the regular curriculum. 

380. Great Teachers, (lh, 1.5h, 3h) Intensive study of the ideas of three noted scholars and 
teachers in the field of communication. Students interact with each teacher during a two- to 
three-day visit to Wake Forest. 

398. Honors in Communication I. (1.5h) Intensive research in an area of special interest for 
selected seniors who wish to graduate with departmental honors. P — POD. Fall semester only. 

399. Honors in Communication II. (1.5h) Intensive research in an area of special interest for 
selected seniors who wish to graduate with departmental honors. P — POD. Spring semester only. 



COMMUNICATION JQ2 



Computer Science (CSC) 

Chair Stan J.Thomas 

Reynolds Professor Robert J. Plemmons 

Reynolds Professor of Computational Biophysics Jacquelyn S. Fetrow 

Associate Professors Jennifer J. Burg, Daniel A. Cahas, David J. John, Stan J. Thomas, Todd C. Torgersen 

Assistant Professors Errin W. Fulp, V. Paul Pauca, William H.Turkett Jr. 

Lecturer in Digital Media Yue-Ling Wong 

Lecturer Brian A. Kell 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Timothy E. Miller 

Adjunct Instructor John Allen 

A major in computer science requires thirty-seven hours in computer science and four courses 
in mathematics. The courses in computer science must include 111, 112, 211, 221, 222, 231, and 
241. The required courses in mathematics are 111, 112, 117, and 121 or 302. Either MTH 256 
or 357 is also recommended for students considering graduate work in computer science. All 
students anticipating a major in computer science are encouraged to take CSC 111 and the ap- 
propriate mathematics courses during their first year of college. Potential majors should consult 
a major adviser in the department for assistance in planning an appropriate course of study. 

A minor in computer science requires four computer science courses of at least three hours 
each and numbered higher than 101; MTH 117; and an additional three hours in mathematics 
other than MTH 105. 

A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in courses that comprise a major or minor in the 
department is required for graduation. 

Students with a special interest in multimedia development may wish to consider a program 
of study that combines computer science and digital art. Advisers in either the computer sci- 
ence or the art department can provide further information on coordinating a computer science 
major with an art minor, or vice versa. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the honors 
program. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Computer Science," students must 
satisfactorily complete a senior research paper and have a minimum grade point average of 
3.5 in the major and 3.0 in all college course work. For additional information, members of the 
departmental faculty should be consulted. 

Students who are enrolled at Wake Forest University may not take courses in computer sci- 
ence at other institutions to satisfy divisional requirements. 

101. Overview of Computer Science. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. Introduction to the organi- 
zation and use of computers. Topics include computer architecture, systems, theory, logic, 
programming, the Internet, multimedia, and ethical, legal, and social issues. Does not count 
toward the computer science major or minor. Lab — two hours. 

111. Introduction to Computer Science. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. Rigorous introduction to the 
process of algorithmic problem solving and programming in a modern prograrriming language. 
Recommended as the first course for students considering a major or minor in computer science. 
Lab — two hours. P — Non-declared majors/minors only or POL 



103 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 



112. Fundamentals of Computer Science. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. Problem solving and pro- 
gram construction using top-down design, data abstraction, and object-oriented programming. 
Linear data structures, recursion, and software development tools are introduced. Lab — two 
hours. P— CSC 111 or POL 

165. Problem Solving Seminar, (lh) Weekly seminar designed for students to develop their prob- 
lem solving skills designing and implementing software. Does not count toward the computer 
science major or minor. May be taken twice. Pass/Fail. P — CSC 112. 

1 91 . Special Topics, (lh, 2h, or 3h) Topics in computer science that are not covered in regular 
courses or that give special practice in skills used in other courses. Not to be counted toward 
the major or minor in computer science. May be taken more than once if the topic changes. 

193. Independent Study, (lh, 2h, or 3h) Independent study directed by a faculty adviser, not to 
be counted toward the computer science major or minor. By prearrangement. 

21 1. Computer Organization. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. Computer organization from the 
perspective of instructions, including the central processor, busses, input and output units, and 
memory units. Weekly two-hour laboratory covers combinational logic, loaders and linkers, 
assembly language, address computation, and other architecture-related functions. Lab — two 
hours. P— CSC 112 and MTH 117. 

221. Data Structures and Algorithms I. (3h) Study, analysis, and implementation of abstract data 
structures such as stacks, queues, trees, and graphs. Complexity analysis of algorithms that 
operate upon these structures. P — CSC 112. C — MTH 117. 

222. Data Structures and Algorithms II. (3h) A continuation of the study, analysis, and implemen- 
tation of abstract data structures. The complexity of algorithms is studied more rigorously than 
in CSC 221, and complexity classes are introduced. P — CSC 221 and MTH 111. (QR) 

231 . Programming Languages. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. Comparative study of programming 
language paradigms, including imperative languages, functional programming, logic program- 
ming, and object-oriented programming. Syntax, semantics, parsing, grammars, and issues in 
language design are covered. Lab — two hours. P — CSC 112 and MTH 117. 

241. Computer Systems. (3h) Introduction to concepts of operating systems and networks 
including processor and memory management, concurrency, and protocol independent data 
communications. P — CSC 211 and 221. 

31 1 . Computer Architecture. (3h) In-depth study of computer system and architecture design. 
Topics include processor design, memory hierarchy, external storage devices, interface design, 
and parallel architectures. P — CSC 211. 

321 . Database Management Systems. (3h) Introduction to large-scale database management sys- 
tems. Topics include data independence, database models, query languages, security, integrity, 
and concurrency. P — CSC 221. 

331 . Object-Oriented Software Engineering. (3h) Study of software design and implementa- 
tion from an object-oriented perspective, covering abstraction, encapsulation, data protection, 
inheritance, composition, polymorphism, and dynamic vs. static binding. Students practice 
software engineering principles through team projects. P — CSC 221 and 231. 



COMPUTER SCIENCE JQ4 



333. Principles of Compiler Design. (3h) Study of techniques for compiling computer languages 
including scanning, parsing, translating, and generating and optimizing code. P — CSC 211 
and 221. 

341 . Operating Systems. (3h) Study of the different modules that compose a modern operating 
system. In-depth study of concurrency, processor management, memory management, file 
management, and security. P — CSC 241. 

343. Internet Protocols. (3h) Study of wide area connectivity through interconnection networks. 
Emphasis is on Internet architecture and protocols. Topics include addressing, routing, multi- 
casting, quality of service, and network security. P — CSC 241. 

346. Parallel Computation. (3h) Study of hardware and software issues in parallel computing. 
Topics include a comparison of parallel architectures and network topologies, and an introduc- 
tion to parallel algorithms, languages, programming, and applications. P — CSC 222 and 241. 

352. Numerical Linear Algebra. (3h) Numerical methods for solving matrix and related problems 
in science and engineering. Topics include systems of linear equations, least squares methods, 
and eigenvalue computations. Special emphasis given to parallel matrix computations. Begin- 
ning knowledge of a programming language such as Pascal, FORTRAN, or C is required. Credit 
is not allowed for both CSC 352 and MTH 326. P— CSC 111 and MTH 112, and MTH 121 or 302. 

355. Introduction to Numerical Methods. (3h) Numerical computations on modern computer 
architectures; floating-point arithmetic and round-off error. Programming in a scientific/ 
engineering language such as MATLAB, C, or FORTRAN. Algorithms and computer techniques 
for the solution of problems such as roots of functions, approximation, integration, systems of 
linear equations, and least squares methods. Credit not allowed for both CSC 355 and MTH 355. 
P— CSC 111 and MTH 112, and MTH 121 or 302. 

361 . Digital Media. (3h) Introduction to digital media covering sampling and quantization, reso- 
lution, color representation, multimedia file formats, data encoding and compression, multime- 
dia network issues, streaming data, and multimedia programming. P — CSC 221 and MTH 111. 

363. Computer Graphics. (3h) Study of software and hardware techniques in computer graphics. 
Topics include line and polygon drawing, hidden line and surface techniques, transformations, 
and ray tracing. P— CSC 221 and MTH 121 or 302. 

365. Image Processing Fundamentals. (3h) Study of the basic theory and algorithms for image 
enhancement, restoration, segmentation, and analysis. P — CSC 221 and MTH 121 or 302. 

371. Artificial Intelligence. (3h) Introduction to problems in artificial intelligence. Knowledge 
representation and heuristic search in areas such as planning, machine learning, pattern recog- 
nition, and theorem proving. P — CSC 222. 

385. Bioinformatics. (3h) Introduction to bioinformatics and computing techniques essential to 
current biomedical research. Topics include genome and protein sequence and protein structure 
databases, algorithms for bioinformatics research, and computer architecture and environment 
considerations. Also listed as PHY 327. P— CSC 112 or POI. 

391 . Selected Topics, (lh, 2h, or 3h) Topics in computer science that are not studied in regular 
courses or which further examine topics covered in regular courses. P — POI. 



105 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 



393. Individual Study, (lh, 2h, or 3h) Independent study directed by a faculty adviser. By prear- 
rangement. No more than three hours may be counted toward the computer science major. Not 
to be counted toward the minor in computer science. 



Counseling (CNS) 

Chair Samuel T. Gladding 

Professors John P. Anderson, Samuel T. Gladding, Donna A. Henderson 

Assistant Professors Debbie W. Newsome, Laura J. Veach 

Adjunct Assistant Professors Lori Brown Crutchfield, Marianne Schubert, Kenneth W. Simington 

Instructors Pamela Karr 

Adjunct Instructors Johnne Armentrout, Nina Cassidy, James D. Raper 

The Department of Counseling offers most courses at the graduate level. The following courses 
are the only courses currently offered at the undergraduate level. 

102. Career Planning. (3h) Examination of educational /vocational planning as a personal pro- 
cess, based on knowledge of self and the work world. 

353. College Student Development. (2h) A course of study for resident advisers that provides 
the skills and knowledge necessary to work successfully with college students in a residence 
environment. Includes student development theory coping with behavioral problems, crisis 
management, making connections, mediating conflict, and other issues. 



Cultural Resource Preservation (CRP) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Coordinator Assistant Professor of Anthropology Paul Thacker 

The Departments of Anthropology, Art, History, and Sociology offer an interdisciplinary minor 
in cultural resource preservation which gives students preliminary training in the field of his- 
toric preservation and cultural resource management aimed at the protection and enhancement 
of archeological, historical, and architectural resources. 

The minor requires HST 366. Studies in Historic Preservation (3h), and four other courses for 
a total of fifteen hours. These fifteen hours must be distributed among at least three depart- 
ments. The following courses may be included in the minor. Additional elective courses may 
have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The program coordinator maintains a 
complete list of all approved elective courses. For course descriptions, see the relevant depart- 
ment's listings in this bulletin. 

Electives for Cultural Resource Preservation 

ANT 112. Introduction to Archeology. (3h) 
305. Museum Anthropology. (4h) 
370. Old World Prehistory. (3h) 
374. Prehistory of North America. (3h) 



CULTURAL RESOURCE PRESERVATION 



106 



ANT (cont.) 378. Conservation Archeology. (1.5h) 

381., 382. Archeological Research. (3h, 3h) 
ART 233. American Architecture. (3h) 

275. History of Landscape Architecture. (3h) 

288. Modern Architecture. (3h) 

293. Practicum. (3h) 
HST 381., 382. Preservation Practicum I, II. (3h, 3h) 

398. Individual Study. (l-3h) 
SOC 151. Principles of Sociology. (3h) 

Students intending to minor in cultural resource preservation should consult the adviser ap- 
pointed from one of the participating departments and listed with the registrar. Students are 
strongly urged to consult the adviser during the first semester of their junior year. Equivalent 
courses must be approved by the adviser. 



Early Christian Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Coordinators Associate Professor of Classical Languages Mary Pendergraft 
and Professor of Religion Kenneth G. Hoglund 

The interdisciplinary minor in early Christian studies currently requires eighteen hours. 

A. The student must take the following courses: 

REL 321. Introduction to the New Testament. (3h) or 

324. Early Christian Literature. (3h) 
CLA 276. The Age of Augustus. (3h) 
CLA/REL 285. Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Greco-Roman World. (3h) 

B. The student must take three additional courses (nine additional hours), with no more than 
one course (three hours) from any one department, from the following list. Additional elec- 
tive courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The program coordi- 
nator maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course descriptions, see 
the relevant department's listings in this bulletin. 

Electives for Early Christian Studies 

ART 241. Ancient Art. (3h) 

244. Greek Art. (3h) 

245. Roman Art. (3h) 

396. Art History Seminar. (1.5h, 3h) 
a. Ancient Art / b. Medieval Art 
CLA/Greek 231. The Greek New Testament. (3h) 
HST 315. Greek History. (3h) 

316. Rome: Republic and Empire. (3h) 
PHI 232. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (3h) 

331. Plato. (3h) 

332. Aristotle. (3h) 



107 



EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES 



REL 261. Foundations of Traditional Judaism. (1.5h) 

319. Visions of the End: Jewish and Christian Apocalyptic. (3h) 

320. The Search for Jesus. (3h) 

321. Introduction to the New Testament (3h) 

322. The General Epistles. (3h) 

323. The Parables of Jesus. (3h) 

324. Early Christian Literature. (3h) 

326. Early Christian Theologians: Paul. (3h) 

327. The Story of Jesus. (3h) 

372. History of Christian Thought. (3h) 



East Asian Languages and Cultures (EAL) 

Chair David P. Phillips 

Associate Professors Patrick Moran, David P. Phillips 

Assistant Professor Yaohua Shi 

Senior Lecturer YasukoT. Railings 

Adjunct Instructor Shaozhong Liu 

The department offers majors in Chinese and Japanese, with concentrations in Chinese 
language, Chinese language and literature, Japanese language, and Japanese language and 
literature. In addition to language proficiency at the level of CHI 211 or JPN 211, the majors 
require nine three-credit-hour courses in language and culture and related courses. Study 
abroad in Japan, China, or Taiwan is also required. Under special circumstances, a student may 
substitute an approved intensive immersion program in the United States for the study abroad 
requirement, with permission of the department chair. A minimum "C" average is required for 
all courses in the major. 

The majors in Chinese and Japanese require five core courses: three advanced language 
courses (CHI 220, CHI 230, and CHI 299 taken abroad or JPN 220, JPN 230, and JPN 299 taken 
abroad), an introduction to East Asian history and culture (HST 249 or equivalent), and an 
independent research project (EAL 300). The inclusion towards the major of language courses 
taken abroad other than those which are officially designated Wake Forest programs requires 
permission from the department. 

Each major includes concentrations in language and in language and literature. Majors 
concentrating in Chinese or Japanese language require, in addition to the core courses, four 
elective courses; up to two elective courses may be in the other East Asian language. For majors 
concentrating in Chinese or Japanese language and literature, in addition to the core courses, 
three literature courses (EAL/HMN 219, EAL/HMN 221, CHI 350, or JPN 350) and one elective 
course outside East Asian languages and cultures are required. 

Highly qualified majors should apply for admission to the honors program in East Asian 
languages and cultures. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Chinese" or "Honors 
in Japanese" following completion of EAL 300, the student must enroll in EAL 302, present an 
honors-quality research paper, successfully defend the paper in an oral examination, and earn 
an overall grade point average of 3.0 with an average of 3.3 on work in courses taken as part of 
the major in Chinese or Japanese. For additional information, students should consult members 
of the department. 



EAST ASIAN LANGUAGES AND CULTURES ^Qg 



The department offers minors in Chinese language and in Japanese language. These minors 
require six hours in the language beyond the 211 level. Three of these hours should be in an 
advanced conversation class, either as 220, an independent study, or an equivalent course in an 
approved language program in China or Japan. Minor candidates are also required to partici- 
pate in an approved semester educational exchange program in China, Taiwan, or Japan. 

Requests for exceptions to the stated curriculum should be made to the department chair. 
Elective courses should be selected from an approved list in the department chair's office. More 
specific descriptions of each of the majors and course sequences are also available there. 

East Asian Languages and Cultures (EAL) 

1 70. Understanding Japan. (3h) Understanding Japanese culture and behavior from the struc- 
ture of social units such as family, educational institutions, and sports, artistic, and professional 
organizations. Credit not given for both EAL 170 and EAL 175. Also listed as HMN 170. (CD) 

1 75. Japanese Culture: Insight and Outreach. (3h) Develops an understanding of Japanese culture 
through reading, class discussion, and individual research, with subsequent outreach to area 
high schools through presentations. Credit not given for both EAL 170 and EAL 175. Also listed 
as HMN 175. (CD) 

219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (3h) Major works of poetry, drama, and fiction from the 
classical and modern periods. Also listed as HMN 219. 

221 . Introduction to Chinese Literature. (3h) Readings and discussions in fiction, drama, and 
poetry from the traditional and modern periods. Also listed as HMN 221. 

252. Introduction to Chinese Film. (3h) Introductory study of film from mainland China, Hong 
Kong, and Taiwan from its inception at the turn of the twentieth century to the present. Explores 
Chinese film as an art form, an instrument of political propaganda, and a medium of popular 
entertainment. Also listed as HMN 252. 

300. Independent Research in East Asian Studies, (lh, 2h, 3h) Supervised independent research 
project on a topic related to China or Japan. Students are expected to draw on their previous 
studies in East Asian languages and cultures and related areas of study in choosing an appro- 
priate topic. Supervision is conducted by a faculty member. Majors are requested to designate 
second advisers in related departments. If the research project is not completed in one semester, 
the course may be repeated once for credit. P — POI and permission of chair. 

301 . Special Topics. (3h) Selected themes and approaches to East Asian literature, drama, culture, 
and film. Topics to be chosen by staff prior to the term the course is offered. May be repeated 
for credit. P— POI. 

302. Honors Seminar. (3h) Writing of a major research paper. P — EAL 300 and POI. 

American Ethnic Studies (AES) 

240. Asian-American Legacy: A Social History of Community Adaptation. (3h) Introduction to 
the history, culture, and literature of the Asian- American communities, exploring issues of 
migration, assimilation, and the process of developing Asian- American identities in the twenti- 
eth and early twenty-first centuries. Also listed as SOC 240. (CD) 



109 



EAST ASIAN LANGUAGES AND CULTURES 



Chinese (CHI) 

111,112. Elementary Chinese. (4h, 4h) Emphasis on the development of listening and speaking 
skills in Mandarin. Introduction to the writing system and to basic sentence patterns. 
Lab required. 

153. Intermediate Chinese. (4h) Further study in grammar, reading, conversation, and composi- 
tion. Lab required. P — CHI 112 or equivalent. 

196. Chinese Across the Curriculum, (lh) Coursework in Chinese done as an adjunct to specially- 
designated courses throughout the college curriculum. P — POL 

199. Individual Study. (l-3h) P— POL 

211. Wen-xue: Introduction to Literature Written in Chinese. (4h) Readings in Chinese in prose 
and poetry. P— CHI 153 or POL 

212. Wen-xue II: Recent Literature Written in Chinese. (3h) Readings in recent Taiwan and main- 
land Chinese literature. P— CHI 153 or POL 

220. Advanced Conversation. (3h) Concentration on advanced conversational and interactional 
skills using a body of reading materials and audiovisual materials as the basis for class discus- 
sion. P— CHI 211, 212 or POL 

230. Advanced Chinese I. (3h) Integration of speaking, reading, and writing skills with emphasis 
on written and audiovisual sources including newspapers, literature, and film. P — CHI 220 

or POL 

231. Advanced Chinese II. (3h) Integration of speaking, reading, and writing skills with emphasis 
on written and audiovisual sources including newspapers, literature, and film. P — CHI 230 

or POL 

251 . Business Hanyu. (3h) Communicating in Mandarin Chinese for business purposes. 
Addresses cultural differences in communication and spoken and written linguistic forms. 
P— CHI 153 or POL 

299. Reading and Writing Chinese. (3h) Teaches reading and writing skills in Chinese language 
at the intermediate level. Designed to accompany concurrent courses in conversational Chinese 
and to provide a rigorous framework for the study and memorization of Chinese characters. 
Offered at the Beijing Institute of Education under the auspices of the Wake Forest/SASASAAS 
Program in China. May be repeated for credit with POL P — CHI 111 or POL 

350. Chinese Modern Literature Survey. (3h) Examines several key works of modern and contem- 
porary literature in Chinese. Fosters critical reading and interpretive skills and teaches the 
stylistics of writing analytical essays. P — CHI 211, 299, or POL 

351 . Classical Chinese. (3h) Vocabulary and syntax of the written Chinese language prior to the 
twentieth century, including readings from the fourth century BC authors such as Mencius, 
along with writings from later centuries. P — CHI 211 or POL 

Humanities (HMN) 

1 70. Understanding Japan. (3h) Understanding Japanese culture and behavior from the struc- 
ture of social units such as family, educational institutions, and sports, artistic, and professional 
organizations. Credit not given for both HMN 170 and 175. Also listed as EAL 170. (CD) 



EAST ASIAN LANGUAGES AND CULTURES ^IQ 



1 75. Japanese Culture: Insight and Outreach. (3h) Develops an understanding of Japanese culture 
through reading, class discussion, and individual research, with subsequent outreach to area 
high schools through presentations. Credit not given for both HMN 170 and 175. Also listed as 
EAL 175. (CD) 

219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (3h) Major works of poetry, drama, and fiction from the 
classical and modern periods. Also listed as EAL 219. 

221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (3h) Readings and discussions in fiction, drama, and 
poetry from the traditional and modern periods. Also listed as EAL 221. 

251. The Asian-American Experience: Literature and Personal Narratives. (3h) Introduction to the 
writings and narratives of Asian Americans of South and Southeast Asian descent, including 
Asian Americans of Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Indian descent. Explores the process of 
assimilation, including the effects of immigration and cultural conflict on literary forms of 
expression, as well as the formation of new cultural identities. 

252. Introduction to Chinese Film. (3h) Introductory study of film from mainland China, Hong 
Kong, and Taiwan from its inception at the turn of the twentieth century to the present. Ex- 
plores Chinese film as an art form, an instrument of political propaganda, and a medium of 
popular entertainment. Also listed as EAL 252. 

267. China, Character, and Columbine. (3h) Examination, in Eastern and Western terms, of 
methodologies used to form and to reform the configurations of innate and learned factors that 
produce saints or sociopaths, centering on the psychological theory of Yan Xi-zhai. (CD) 

International Studies (INS) 

349. Japanese and American Culture: Cross-Cultural Communication. (3h) Exploration of commu- 
nication differences between the Japanese and the Americans. Japanese and American values, 
behavior, and beliefs are compared in determining effective methods for cross-cultural commu- 
nication. Emphasis is on examining factors leading to miscommunication and the development 
of techniques for overcoming cultural barriers. Credit not given for both INS 349 and COM 
351A. Also listed as COM 351A. (CD) 

Japanese (JPN) 

111,112. Elementary Japanese. (4h, 4h) Emphasis on the development of listening and speaking 
skills. Introduction to the writing systems. Basic sentence patterns covered. Lab required. 

1 53. Intermediate Japanese. (4h) Further study in grammar, reading, conversation, and compo- 
sition. Lab required. P — JPN 112 or equivalent. 

197. Japanese Across the Curriculum, (lh) Coursework in Japanese done as an adjunct to 
specially-designated courses throughout the college curriculum. P — POL 

199. Individual Study. (l-3h) P— POL 

211. Bungaku: Introduction to Literature Written in Modern Japanese. (4h) Readings in Japanese 
in prose and poetry. P — JPN 153 or POL 

212. Readings in Japanese Literature. (3h) Readings in Japanese literature, society, and culture 
from the nineteenth century to contemporary literature. P — JPN 153 or POL 



111 



EAST ASIAN LANGUAGES AND CULTURES 



220. Advanced Conversation. (3h) Study of conversational and interactional skills using reading 
materials and audiovisual materials as basis for class discussion. P — JPN 211. 

230. Advanced Japanese I. (3h) Integration of speaking, reading, and writing skills with empha- 
sis on written and audiovisual sources including newspapers, literature, and film. P — JPN 220. 

231 . Advanced Japanese II. (3h) Continuation of JPN 230, with emphasis on oral presentation 
and compositional skills. P — JPN 230. 

299. Reading and Writing Japanese. (3h) Teaches reading and writing skills in Japanese lan- 
guage at the intermediate level. Designed to accompany concurrent courses in conversational 
Japanese, and to provide a rigorous framework for the study and memorization of Japanese 
characters. Offered at Kansai Gaidai University. May be repeated for credit with POI. 
P— JPN 111 or POI. 

350. Japanese Modern Literature Survey. (3h) Examines several key works of modern and con- 
temporary literature in Japanese. Fosters critical reading and interpretive skills and teaches the 
stylistics of writing analytical essays. P — JPN 211, 299, or POI. 

Philosophy (PHI) 

253. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h). Also listed as REL 380. (See 
appropriate listings for descriptions and prerequisites of courses given in English.) 

Religion (REL) 

380. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h). Also listed as PHI 253. (See 
appropriate listings for descriptions and prerequisites of courses given in English.) 



East Asian Studies (EAS) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Coordinator Associate Professor of East Asian Languages and Cultures David P. Phillips 

The minor in East Asian studies provides an opportunity for students to undertake a multi- 
disciplinary study of the art, history, philosophy, politics, religion, and culture of East Asia. 
It consists of a total of eighteen hours. Candidates for the minor are required to take at least 
one course from three of the four curriculum groupings noted. (See course descriptions under 
appropriate course listings.) Nine or more of the hours towards the minor must focus on a 
geographical area — South Asia, Japan, China, or Southeast Asia. 

Appropriate credit in various fields of East Asian studies also may be obtained by study 
abroad in programs approved by the coordinator. Interested students are encouraged, prefer- 
ably in their sophomore year, to consult with the coordinator or an affiliated adviser to discuss 
their interests and structure a coherent course of study. 

Courses may be chosen from among the list of approved courses. Additional elective courses 
may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The program coordinator main- 
tains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course descriptions, see the relevant 
department's listings in this bulletin. 



EAST ASIAN STUDIES y\2 



31 1. Special Topics in East Asian Studies. (l-3h) Intensive survey of one or more important issues 
in East Asian studies not included in the regular course offerings. P — POL 

381. Independent Research in East Asian Studies. (l-3h) Supervised independent research project 
on a topic related to East Asia. P — Permission of both instructor and coordinator of East Asian 
Studies. May be repeated for credit. 

East Asian Studies Electives Group One: Humanities 

HMN 170. Understanding Japan. (3h) 

175. Japanese Culture: Insight and Outreach. (3h) 
219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (3h) 
221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (3h) 

251. The Asian- American Experience: Literature and Personal Narratives. (3h) 

252. Introduction to Chinese Film. (3h) 

East Asian Studies Electives Group Two: Art, Philosophy, and Religion 

ART 104. Topics in World Art (when focus is Asia). (3h) 
PHI 253. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) 
REL 361. The Buddhist World of Thought and Practice. (3h) 
363. The Religions of Japan. (3h) 

380. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) 

381. Zen Buddhism. (3h) 

382. Religion and Culture in China. (3h) 

East Asian Studies Electives Group Three: Social Sciences 

AES 240. Asian- American Legacy: A Social History of Community 
Adaptation. (3h) 
COM 351. Comparative Communication, (when topic is appropriate) (1.5h, 3h) 
INS 349. Japanese and American Culture: Cross-Cultural Communication (3h) 
POL 248. Chinese Politics. (3h) 
260. U.S. and East Asia. (3h) 

East Asian Studies Electives Group Four: History 

HST 244. Imperial China. (3h) 

245. Modern China. (3h) 

246. Japan before 1800. (3h) 

247. Japan since 1800. (3h) 

249. Introduction to East Asia. (3h) 
347. Japan since World War II. (3h) 



113 



EAST ASIAN STUDIES 



Economics (ECN) 

Chair Allin F. Cottrel! 

Archie Carroll Professor of Ethical Leadership John C. Moorhouse 

Hultquist Family Professor of Economics J. Daniel Hammond 

Reynolds Professor John H. Wood 

Professors Allin F. Cottrell, Donald E. Frey, Claire H. Hammond, Michael S. Lawlor, 

Perry L. Patterson, Robert M. Whaples 

McCulloch Family Fellow and Associate Professor Jac C. Heckelman 

Associate Professor Sylvain H. Boko 

Assistant Professor Frederick H. Chen 

Visiting Assistant Professor Rushad Faridi 

Visiting Instructors John MacDonald,Todd McFall 

The objectives of the economics program are to help prepare students for effective participation 
in the decision-making processes of society, to develop analytical skills in solving economic 
problems, to promote a better understanding of alternative economic systems, and to provide 
a balanced curriculum to prepare students for graduate study or positions in industry and 
government. 

The major in economics consists of twenty-seven hours in economics, including Economics 
150, 201, 205, 206, 207, and at least one course from ECN 211, 222, 252 or 274. A minimum grade 
of C is required in ECN 150 and 201, and a minimum of C- in ECN 205 and 207; in addition, stu- 
dents must achieve an overall 2.0 average in economics courses. The student also must make a 
minimum grade of C in either MTH 106 or 111 and MTH 109 (or similar course with permission 
of department chair). 

The minor in economics consists of eighteen hours, including ECN 150, 205, and 207. The 
mathematics and minimum grade requirements for the minor are the same as for the major. 

Economics majors are encouraged to take complementary courses in mathematics, the 
humanities, or other social sciences to sharpen their analytical skills and to acquire a broader 
understanding of important issues. The faculty adviser will assist each student in determining 
the particular combination of courses that satisfies his or her needs. 

Students may graduate with "Honors in Economics" if they have a grade point average of at 
least 3.0 and 3.3 in economics, and earn a minimum grade of B- in the research course, ECN 298. 
It is recommended that ECN 297 be taken as preparation for 298. 

The Department of Economics and the Department of Mathematics offer a joint major lead- 
ing to a bachelor of science degree in mathematical economics. This interdisciplinary program 
affords the student an opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the development of 
economic theory, models, and quantitative analysis. The major consists of the following course 
requirements: ECN 150, 205, 207, 210, 211, 215, 218; MTH 112, 113, 121, 254, 255; and three addi- 
tional (3h) courses chosen with the approval of the program advisers. Students electing the joint 
major must receive permission from both the Department of Economics and the Department 
of Mathematics. A minimum grade average of C in all courses attempted for the mathematical 
economics joint major is required for graduation. 

Highly qualified majors are encouraged to apply for admission to the honors program in the 
joint major. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Mathematical Economics," a stu- 
dent must satisfy the requirements of ECN 298 or MTH 381 by successfully completing a senior 
research project. Consult the program advisers for additional information. 



ECONOMICS 



114 



150. Introduction to Economics. (3h) Survey of micro and macroeconomic principles. Introduc- 
tion to basic concepts, characteristic data and trends, and some analytic techniques. Preference 
in enrollment is given to students with sophomore or upperclass standing. 

201. Economic Data Analysis. (1.5h) Computer-oriented introduction to the gathering, presenta- 
tion, and analysis of economic data. P — ECN 150. 

205. Intermediate Microeconomics I. (3h) Development of demand and supply analysis, neoclas- 
sical theory of household and firm behavior, and alternative market structures. P — ECN 150. 

206. Intermediate Microeconomics II. (3h) More advanced theory of maximizing behavior of eco- 
nomic agents with discussion of risk, uncertainty, and economic dynamics. Theory employed in 
assessment of policy issues. P — ECN 205. 

207. Intermediate Macroeconomics. (3h) Development of macroeconomic concepts of national 
income, circular flow, income determination, IS-LM analysis, and Phillips curves. Emphasizes 
contributions of Keynes and the Keynesian tradition, including some attention to primary 
literature. P— ECN 150. 

210. Microeconomic Models. (1.5h) Development of formal models of consumer behavior, choice 
under risk, the firm, and demand and supply. Static and dynamic properties of the models are 
explored. P— ECN 205 and MTH 111. 

21 1. Macroeconomic Models. (1.5h) Development of formal Keynesian, post-Keynesian, 
monetarist, and new classical macro models. Static and dynamic properties of the models are 
explored. P— ECN 207 and MTH 111. 

212. Economic Forecasting. (3h) Computer-oriented application of modern econometric and 
time series methods for forecasting economic variables. P — ECN 150. C — ECN 207. 

215. Introduction to Econometrics. (3h) Economic analysis through quantitative methods, with 
emphasis on model construction and empirical research. P — ECN 150 and MTH 256. 

216. Game Theory. (3h) Introduction to mathematical models of social and strategic interactions. 
P— ECN 205 and MTH 109 or 113. 

218. Seminar in Mathematical Economics. (3h) Calculus and matrix methods used to develop 
basic tools of economic analysis. P — ECN 205, 207 and MTH 111, 112. 

21 9. Decision Analysis. (3h) Theory and practice of decision making under uncertainty. Applica- 
tions and examples are drawn from realms of personal, legal, business, medical, and environ- 
mental decision making. P — ECN 150 and MTH 109. 

221. Public Finance. (3h) Examination of the economic behavior of government. Includes prin- 
ciples of taxation, spending, borrowing, and debt management. P — ECN 205. 

222. Monetary Theory and Policy. (3h) Investigation of the nature of money, the macroeconomic 
significance of money, financial markets, and monetary policy. P — ECN 207. 

223. Financial Markets. (3h) Study of the functions, structure, and performance of financial 
markets. P— ECN 205 and 207. 

224. Law and Economics. (3h) Economic analysis of property, contracts, torts, criminal behavior, 
due process, and law enforcement. P — ECN 205. 



115 



ECONOMICS 



225. Public Choice. (3h) Traditional tools of economic analysis are employed to explore such 
topics in political science as political organization, elections, coalition formation, the optimal 
provision of public goods, and the scope of government. P — ECN 205. 

231 . Economics of Industry. (3h) Analysis of the link between market structure and market per- 
formance in U.S. industries from theoretical and empirical viewpoints. Examines the efficiency 
of mergers, cartels, and other firm behaviors. Case studies may include automobiles, steel, 
agriculture, computers, sports, and telecommunications. P — ECN 205. 

232. Antitrust Economics. (1.5h, 3h) Analysis of the logic and effectiveness of public policies 
designed to promote competition in the U.S. P — ECN 150 and 205. 

235. Labor Economics. (3h) A theoretical and empirical survey of labor markets. Topics include: 
the demand and supply of labor, compensating wage differentials, education and training, 
discrimination, unions, public sector employment, earnings inequality, and unemployment. 
P— ECN 205. 

240. Economics of Health and Medicine. (3h) Applications of the methods of economic analysis to 
the study of the health care industry. P— or C— ECN 205 and (choose one): ANT 380, BIO 380, 
BUS 201, ECN 215, HES 262, MTH 256, MTH 358, or SOC 371. 

241 . Natural Resource Economics. (3h) Develops the economic theory of natural resource mar- 
kets and explores public policy issues in natural resources and the environment. P — ECN 150 

246. Urban Economics. (3h) Theoretical and empirical study of the city as an economic entity, 
with attention to land-use patterns and prices, urban decay and redevelopment, suburbaniza- 
tion, housing, and city finance. P — ECN 150. 

251. International Trade. (3h) Development of the theory of international trade patterns and 
prices and the effects of trade restrictions such as tariffs and quotas. P — ECN 205. 

252. International Finance. (3h) Study of foreign exchange and Eurocurrency markets, balance of 
payments, and macroeconomic policy in open economies. P — ECN 205 and 207. 

253. Economies in Transition. (3h) Theoretical and institutional examination of historically 
socialist nations and the dilemmas of transition. Special reference to the former Soviet Union. 
P— ECN 150. 

254. Current Issues in African Development. (3h) Theoretical and practical study of the main eco- 
nomic, political and institutional dilemmas faced by African countries in the course of economic 
development. P — POL (CD) Taught in Benin, West Africa, in summer. 

258. Economic Growth and Development. (3h) Study of the problems of economic growth, with 
particular attention to the less developed countries of the world. P — ECN 205 or POI. 

261 . American Economic Development. (3h) Application of economic theory to historical prob- 
lems and issues in the American economy. P — ECN 150. 

262. History of Economic Thought. (3h) Historical survey of the main developments in economic 
thought from the Biblical period to the twentieth century. P — ECN 205 and 207. 

265. Economic Philosophers. (1.5h, 3h) In-depth study of the doctrines and influence of up to 
three major figures in economics, such as Smith, Marx, and Keynes. P — ECN 205 and 207. 



ECONOMICS 



116 



268. Morals and Markets. (3h) Historical survey of individualistic ethical values that have 
accompanied the development of market economics in the West. Considers critiques of, and 
alternatives to, these values. P — ECN 150. 

270. Current Economic Issues. (1.5h, 3h) Examines current economic issues using economic 
theory and empirical evidence. Topics may include recent macroeconomic trends, the distribu- 
tion of income, minimum wages, immigration, Social Security, global warming, trade, regula- 
tion and deregulation, antitrust policy, health care, labor unions, tax reform, educational reform, 
and others. P— ECN 150. 

271, 272. Selected Areas in Economics, (lh, 1.5h, 3h; lh, 1.5h, 3h) Survey of an important area in 
economics not included in the regular course offerings. The economics of housing, education, 
technology, and health services are examples. Students should consult the instructor to ascer- 
tain topic before enrolling. P — ECN 205 and 207. 

273. Economics for a Multicultural Future. (3h) Examines the challenges and promise of the 
increasingly diverse U.S. economy. P — ECN 150. (CD) 

274. Topics in Macroeconomics. (3h) Considers significant issues and debates in macroeconomic 
theory and policy Examples might include a New Classical-New Keynesian debate, the East 
Asian currency crisis of 1997-1998, conversion of federal deficit to surplus, competing models of 
economic growth, alternative monetary and fiscal policy targets. P — ECN 207. 

290. Individual Study. (1.5h, 3h) Directed readings in a specialized area of economics. P— POL 

297. Preparing for Economic Research. (1.5h) Designed to assist students in selecting a research 
topic and beginning the study of the selected topic. P — POL 

298. Economic Research. (3h) Development and presentation of a senior research project. 
Required of candidates for departmental honors. P — POD. 



Education (EDU) 

Chair Joseph O. Milner 

Francis P. Gaines Professor Patricia M. Cunningham 

Professor Emeritus John H. Litcher 

Professors Robert H. Evans, Joseph O. Milner, Linda N. Nielsen 

Associate Professors R. Scott Baker, Ann Cunningham, Leah P. McCoy, Mary Lynn B. Redmond 

Assistant Professor Raymond C. Jones 

Visiting Assistant Professor Kristin Redington Bennett 

Adjunct Assistant Professors Alan Cameron, Patricia Fisk-Moody, Dorothy Hall, Rebecca Shore 

Instructor Tracy Wilson 

Wake Forest University believes that the teaching profession is important to society and that 
its welfare is significantly affected by the quality of educational leadership. One of the impor- 
tant objectives of the University has been and continues to be the preparation of teachers. The 
University's commitment to quality in teacher education is demonstrated by selective admis- 
sion to the program, a wide range of professional courses, and closely supervised internships 
appropriate to the professional development of students. The Wake Forest education programs 



117 



EDUCATION 



are fully accredited by NCATE (National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education) and 
by the North Carolina Department of Public Instruction. 

Prospective elementary and secondary social studies teachers earn a license by completing 
courses in many departments to earn a major in education. Prospective secondary teachers of 
English, Latin, mathematics, science, and prospective K-12 teachers of foreign languages major 
in that discipline and minor in education. A minor in secondary social studies education is also 
available. In addition to the professional program, the department provides elective courses 
open to all students. 

Teacher Licensure. The state of North Carolina issues the Professional Class A Teacher's License 
to graduates who have completed an approved program including the specified courses in 
their teaching fields and the prescribed courses in education, who have demonstrated specific 
competencies, and who receive recommendations from the designated officials in their teaching 
areas and from the licensure officer. 

Students who have graduated from an institution of higher education but have not complet- 
ed an approved licensure program may seek admission to the department in order to complete 
the Class A License. 

Students who wish to prepare for teaching at the secondary level but are unable to devote a 
semester to student teaching can earn a non-licensure minor. This minor will ease attainment of 
a lateral entry teaching license. 

Admission Requirements. Admission involves filing an official application with the depart- 
ment's licensure officer, being interviewed, and being officially approved by the department. 
In addition, the state of North Carolina requires teacher education program applicants to sub- 
mit SAT scores (verbal and math) of 1100 or to successfully complete the Praxis I before being 
formally admitted. 

All students are required to have a 2.5 or better grade point average before being formally 
accepted in the Teacher Education Program. Formal acceptance into the program should take 
place by August 15 of the junior year for secondary students and by January 1 of the junior year 
for elementary students. 

Program Area Goals. The goals and objectives for each licensure area are available in the office of 
the Department of Education. 

Course Requirements. The approved program of teacher education requires candidates to 
complete successfully a series of professional education courses. The exact sequence of profes- 
sional and academic courses varies with a student's particular program and is determined by 
the adviser in conference with the candidate. For those seeking secondary licensure, the 
majority of the professional work is taken during one semester of the senior year. Candidates 
for the elementary license typically begin coursework required for licensure during the 
sophomore year. 

Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for student teaching include (1) senior, graduate, 
or special student classification; (2) completion of Methods and Materials, Educational Technol- 
ogy, Educational Psychology, and the Foundations of Education courses; and (3) formal admis- 
sion to the teacher education program. 

Students are assigned to student-teaching opportunities by public school officials on the 
basis of available positions and the professional needs of the student and the public school 
system. One semester of the senior year is reserved for the student-teaching experience. 

EDUCATION -Qg 



Students may not take courses outside the education department during this semester without 
the approval of the department chair. 

Exit Requirements. Students must maintain at least a 2.5 grade point average while enrolled in 
the teacher education program and complete the program with a minimum grade point average 
of 2.5. The state of North Carolina requires candidates for professional licensure in elementary 
education to successfully complete the appropriate Praxis II Subject Assessment Exam(s). 

Teaching Area Requirements: Secondary Licensure 

Junior Year: EDU 201 and 311 

Senior Year: EDU 307, 354; 364, 374 and 381 

English. Thirty hours, including ENG 287, 323, and 390 or its equivalent. A course in world 
literature is also required. 

French. Licensure in K-12 in French: A minimum of nine three-hour French courses numbered 
above FRH 213. FRH 215, 216, 219, 220, 222, 370, one of the genre courses (363, 364, or 365), and 
two additional advanced level courses are required. 

Spanish. Licensure in K-12 in Spanish: A minimum of nine three-hour Spanish courses num- 
bered above SPA 213. SPA 217, 218, 219, 220, 322, plus three advanced courses in literature, of 
which one must be in Spanish literature and one in Spanish- American literature, are required. 

German. Licensure in K-12 in German: A minimum of twenty-eight hours beyond GER 112 
or 113. These must include GER 217; 218, 219, 220, or 221; at least one course from among the 
sequence 249, 281, 285, and 300. 

Latin. The requirements are the same as those for the major in Latin. 

Mathematics. Thirty-two hours, including MTH 111, 112, 113, 121, 221, 331, 357, (211 or 311), and 
two other courses beyond 113. 

Science. Licensure in the individual fields of science: biology (thirty-five hours), chemistry 
(forty-four hours for BA), and physics (twenty-eight hours). All courses must be from the same 
courses required for majors in those fields. 

Social Studies. Thirty hours, including eighteen hours in history and twelve hours from four 
other social sciences. History hours include six hours from European or world history, six hours 
from U.S. history, and six hours from nonwestern history. The twelve additional hours come 
from one course each in economics, geography, political science, and anthropology or sociology. 

Education courses required for a secondary license include EDU 201, 307, 311, 354, 364, 374, 
and 381. 

Teaching Requirements: Elementary Licensure 

A major in elementary education requires thirty-nine hours including EDU 201, 202, 203, 221, 
222, 250, 293, 294, 295, 296, 298, 307, 311, 312, and 382. In addition to or as part of lower division 
requirements, all education majors must have taken at least one course in biology, one course in 
mathematics, one course in art or music, and PSY 151. 



119 



EDUCATION 



Sophomore or Junior Year: EDU 201 and 202 
Junior Year: EDU 203, 221, 295, 296, 298, 307, and 311 
Senior Year: EDU 222, 250, 293, 294, 382, and 312 

Education Minors 

The minor in professional education requires EDU 201, 307, 311, 354, 364, 374, 381, and is 
awarded only to students who complete student teaching. The non-licensure minor, which does 
not include student teaching, requires all of the coursework required for the minor and a major 
in one of the secondary license areas. 

131. Adolescent Literature. (2h) Study of recent fiction centering on the lives of adolescents. 
Attention is given to interpretation of literature ranging from the reader response approach to 
critical pluralism. By placement only. 

201. Foundations of Education. (3h) Philosophical, historical, and sociological foundations of 
education, including analysis of contemporary issues and problems. Includes twenty hours 
field experience if not taken concurrently with EDU 202. P — POI. (CD) 

202. Field Experience One. (2h) Practical experiences in classrooms. Weekly public school experi- 
ence and seminar. Should be taken concurrently with EDU 201. Pass /Fail only. P — POI. 

203. Field Experience Two. (2h) Teaching experiences in classrooms in a diverse school environ- 
ment. Weekly school participation and seminar. Pass /Fail only. P — EDU 201 and 202 and POI. 

221 . Children's Literature. (2h) Survey of the types and uses of literature appropriate for elemen- 
tary grades, including multicultural literature. 

222. Integrating the Arts and Movement into the Elementary Curriculum. (2h) Survey of the 
materials, methods, and techniques of integrating the arts and physical development into the 
elementary curriculum. P — POI. 

223. Theatre in Education. (3h) Practical experience for theatre and education students to work 
together with children in the classroom using theatre to teach core curriculum. Emphasis on 
methods and techniques as well as the development and implementation of creative lesson 
plans. Weekly public school teaching experience and seminar. Also listed as THE 270. 

231 . Adolescent Literature. (3h) A study of recent fiction centering on the lives of adolescents. 
Attention is given to interpretation of literature ranging from the reader response approach to 
critical pluralism. 

250. Student Teaching: Elementary. (4h) Supervised teaching experience in grades K-6. Pass/ 
Fail. P— POI. 

271 . Geography: The Human Environment. (3h) Survey of the geography of human activity as it 
occurs throughout the world. Emphasis is on current problems related to population, resources, 
regional development, and urbanization. Credit not allowed for both EDU 271 and 274. 

272. Geography Study Tour. (3h) A guided tour of selected areas to study physical, economic, 
and cultural environments and their influence on man. Background references for reading are 
suggested prior to the tour. (CD) Offered in the summer. 

273. Geography: The Natural Environment. (3h) Systematic study of the major components of 
physical geography with special emphasis on climate and topography. 

EDUCATION J20 



274. Environmental Geography. (3h) A systematic study of major environmental issues on a 
global scale with an exploration of implications and possible solutions. Credit not allowed for 
both EDU 274 and 271. 

281 . Public Life and the Liberal Arts. (3h) Devoted to topics of abiding significance. Fundamental 
dilemmas and resolutions associated with each topic are examined through a consideration 
of their treatment in the liberal arts tradition. Politics and the Arts, and Theory and Practice in 
Public Life are representative topics. 

293. Elementary School Curriculum. (3h) General principles of curriculum and teaching methods, 
including adaptations for exceptional learners of all types and integration among all curriculum 
areas. P— POL 

294. Teaching Elementary Language Arts. (3h) Methods and materials for teaching language arts, 
including adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. P — POL 

295. Teaching Elementary Social Studies in a Pluralistic Society. (3h) Methods and materials for 
teaching social studies, including adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. P — POL 

296. Teaching Elementary Mathematics. (3h) Methods and materials for teaching mathematics, 
including adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. P — POL 

297. Trends and Issues in American Schools, (lh) Exploration of contemporary trends and issues 
as they affect course content and teaching methods in the schools. Intended to help those not 
entering professional education evaluate their schools as informed citizens and decision-makers. 

298. Teaching Elementary Science. (3h) Methods and materials for teaching science, including 
adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. P — POL 

303. History of Western Education. (3h) Educational theory and practice from ancient times 
through the modern period, including American education. 

304. Theories of Education. (3h) Contemporary proposals for educational theory and practice 
studied in the context of social issues. 

305. The Sociology of Education. (3h) Study of contemporary educational institutions. Examines 
such issues as school desegregation, schooling and social mobility, gender equity, and multi- 
culturalism. 

307. Technology in Education. (3h) Introduction to the use of computers in education. Includes 
use of the Internet, software, and hardware, including multimedia, to meet instructional goals. 
P— EDU 201 and 311 and POL 

308. School and Society. (3h) Study of continuity and change in educational institutions, includ- 
ing analysis of teachers, students, curriculum, evaluation, contemporary problems, and reform 
movements. P — EDU 201 or introductory course in history or social science. 

310. Race, Class, and Gender in a Color-blind Society. (3h) Examination of issues surrounding 
race, class, and gender in the U.S. Topics include income and wealth, theories of discrimination, 
public education, gender bias, and patterns of occupational and industrial segregation. Also 
listed as AES 310. 

311. Educational Psychology. (3h) The theories, processes, and conditions of effective teaching/ 
learning. Includes twenty-hour field experience in a diverse setting if student does not take 
EDU 203. P— EDU 201 and POL 



121 



EDUCATION 



31 2. Teaching Children with Special Needs. (3h) Survey of the various types of learning problems 
commonly found in elementary children. Students observe exemplary programs, tutor children 
with special needs, and attend seminars on effective instructional techniques. P — EDU 250. 

313. Human Growth and Development. (3h) Study of the intellectual, emotional, and physical 
components of growth from birth to adolescence, with special concern for the educational 
implications of this process. 

351. Adolescent Psychology. (3h) Introduction to theories of adolescent psychology as related to 
teaching and counseling in various settings. Readings emphasize researchers' suggestions for 
parenting, teaching, and counseling adolescents between the ages of thirteen and nineteen. 

354. Methods and Materials. (3h) Methods, materials, and techniques used in teaching particular 
secondary subjects (English, mathematics, science, second languages, social studies). Includes 
forty-hour field experience component. P — EDU 201. 

358. Studies in Contemporary Leadership. (3h) Examination of contemporary leadership theory 
and its various applications in society. Students engage in practical leadership exercises, read 
on a variety of leadership topics, and develop their own philosophy of leadership. A twenty- 
five contact hour internship is required. 

364. Secondary Student Teaching. (9h) Supervised teaching experience in grades 9-12 (K-12 for 
foreign language). Full-time, fifteen-week field experience. P — POL 

374. Student Teaching Seminar. (1.5h) Analysis and discussion of problems and issues in the 
teaching of particular secondary subjects (English, mathematics, science, second languages, 
social studies). Emphasis on the application of effective instructional methods and materials. 

381. Special Needs Seminar. (1.5h) Analysis and discussion of practical problems and issues in 
the teaching of special needs students in the secondary classroom. Topics include classroom 
management, reading and writing in the content area, inclusion, diversity, and evaluation. 

382. Teaching Elementary Reading. (3h) Methods and materials for teaching reading, including 
adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. P — POL 

387. Tutoring Writing. (1.5h) Introduction to composition theory and rhetoric with a special em- 
phasis on one-to-one tutoring techniques. Students analyze their own writing process and ex- 
periences, study modern composition theory, and practice tutoring techniques in keeping with 
these theories. Strongly recommended for those interested in working in the Writing Center as 
peer tutors. A student may not receive credit for both EDU 387 and ENG 287. 

390. Methods and Materials for Teaching Foreign Languages (K-6). (3h) Survey of the basic 
materials, methods, and techniques of teaching foreign languages in the elementary and middle 
grades. Emphasis is on issues and problems involved in planning and implementing effective 
second language programs in grades K-6. 

391. Teaching the Gifted. (3h) Investigation of theory and practice pertinent to teachers of 
the gifted. 

392. The Psychology of the Gifted Child. (3h) Discussion of giftedness and creativity in children 
and the relationship of those characteristics to adult superior performance. Topics to be covered 
include a history of the study of precocity, methods and problems of identification, the relation- 
ship of giftedness and creativity, personality characteristics and social-emotional problems of 
gifted children, and the social implications of studying giftedness. 

EDUCATION J22 



393. Individual Study, (lh, 3h) A project in an area of study not otherwise available. Permitted 
upon departmental approval of petition presented by a qualified student. 

394. Internship in Education of the Gifted. (3h) Intensive period of observation and instruction 
of gifted students. Readings and directed reflection upon the classroom experience are used to 
develop a richer understanding of such a special school setting. 

395. Teaching Exceptional Students. (2h) Introduction to understanding exceptional students 
and effective teaching strategies for their inclusion in the regular classroom. 

396. Education in Business and Industry. (3h) Educational concepts applied to programs in edu- 
cation and training in business /industrial settings. 

397. Research and Trends in the Teaching of Foreign Languages. (3h) Study of current trends and 
issues in foreign language education. Research topics include language and linguistics, culture, 
and technology. 



English (ENG) 

Chair Eric G.Wilson 

Associate Chair William M. Moss 

Director of the Lower Division Program Anne Boyle 

Associate Director of the Lower Division Program Thomas W. McGohey 

Charles E. Taylor Professor of English James S. Hans 

Reynolds Professor of English Herman Rapaport 

W. R. Kenan Jr. Professor of Humanities Allen Mandelbaum 

Professors Anne Boyle, Mary K. DeShazer, Andrew V. Ettin, Claudia Thomas Kairoff, Philip F. Kuberski, 

Barry G. Maine, William M. Moss, Gillian R. Overing, Gale Sigal 

Poet-in-Residence and Associate Professor Jane Mead 

Associate Professors Scott W. Klein, Lisa R. Sternlieb, Olga Valbuena-Hanson, Eric G.Wilson 

Associate Professor of Journalism Wayne E. King 
Assistant Professors Dean J. Franco, Michael D. Hill, Jefferson M. Holdridge, 

John R. McNally, Jessica A. Richard 

Lecturer Thomas W. McGohey 

Lecturers in Journalism Justin J. Catanoso, Michael L. Horn 

Instructor Miriam Jacobson 

Adjunct Assistant Professors Wanda Balzano, Shona E. Simpson, Michael Strysick 

Visiting Assistant Professors Susan H. Bussey, Bonnie Carr, David D. Charbonneau, Bryan A. Giemza, 

Paul J. Hecht, Jason E. Powell, KerstiT. Powell, Benjamin J. Schreier, Chad W.Trevitte 

Visiting Instructors Devon Fisher, David D. LaCroix, John E. Martin, Charles L. Sligh 

Visiting Lecturer David N. Sampson 

Visiting Poets-in-Residence Conor O'Callaghan, Vona Groarke 

Visiting Instructor in Journalism Mary Martin Niepold 

The major in English requires a nurumum of thirty hours, at least twenty-four hours of which 
must be in advanced language and literature courses numbered 300 to 399. The remaining six 
hours may consist of ENG 160/165 and 170/175 or of one of those plus an additional 300-level 
language and literature course. Majors are not required to take both 160/165 and 170/175, 



123 



ENGLISH 



but one of these courses must be taken as a prerequisite for any 300-level course. ENG 111, the 
basic writing requirement, cannot be counted for credit toward the major or minor in Eng- 
lish; likewise, it cannot be counted as a substitute for the 160/170 English literature divisional 
requirement. No 200-level courses can count toward the major without special permission of 
the department. The advanced courses for the major must include Shakespeare, two additional 
courses in British literature before 1800, one course in American literature, and a major seminar, 
ENG 300, which must be taken no later than the spring semester of the junior year. All English 
majors, except late declarees, must pre-register in the spring of their sophomore year for the 
major seminar. No more than two advanced writing courses (383, 398, and 399) may be counted 
toward the major. Majors and their advisers plan individual programs to meet these require- 
ments and to include work in the major literary genres. No more than two courses (6h) taken 
elsewhere may be counted toward the twenty-four hours of 300-level English courses required 
for the major, with individual petitions to be made for possible exceptions. This limitation 
applies to courses taught in approved non-Wake Forest programs, not to courses in programs 
offered or sponsored by Wake Forest. 

A minor in English requires ENG 160 or 165 and ENG 170 or 175, plus fifteen hours in ad- 
vanced language and literature courses. Each minor will be assigned an adviser in the English 
department who will plan a program of study with the student. No more than one course (3h) 
taken elsewhere may be counted toward the fifteen hours of 300-level English courses required 
for the minor, with individual petitions to be made for possible exceptions. This limitation 
applies to courses taught in approved non-Wake Forest programs, not to courses in programs 
offered or sponsored by Wake Forest. 

A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 in courses which comprise a major or minor in the 
department is required for graduation with any major or minor this department offers. 

Highly qualified majors recommended by the English faculty are invited to apply to the 
honors program in English during the second semester of their junior year. To graduate with 
"Honors in English," students must have a minimum grade point average of 3.5 in the major 
and 3.2 in all course work and must satisfy the requirements of the program by completing 
ENG 388 during their senior year. Interested students may consult the director of the English 
honors program for further information. 

The prerequisite for all 300-level courses in English is any one of the courses in British and 
American literature numbered 160, 165, 170, and 175, all of which are offered each semester. 
Additional courses in journalism and writing are offered by the department as related subjects 
but do not count toward an English major or minor; they may be taken as electives regardless 
of the field of study in which a student majors. ENG 111, AP score of 4 or 5, or exemption by the 
department is a prerequisite for any English course above 111. Students enrolled at Wake Forest 
may take no more than one of the Division II, Category 1 and 2 courses elsewhere (either British 
or American literature but not both). This limitation applies to courses taught in approved non- 
Wake Forest programs, not to courses in programs offered or sponsored by Wake Forest. 

Lower Division Courses 

105. Introduction to Critical Reading and Writing. (3h) Training in the fundamentals of written 
English and introduction to the activities basic to undergraduate study: critical reading and 
writing, interpretation, report, and discussion. Admission by placement only; does not satisfy 
the basic composition requirement. 

111. Writing Seminar. (4h) Training in expository writing; frequent essays based on readings in a 
selected topic. 

ENGLISH |24 



160. Introduction to British Literature. (3h) Eight to ten writers representing different periods 
and genres. P — ENG 111 or exemption from ENG 111. 

165. Studies in British Literature. (3h) Three to five writers representing different periods; pri- 
marily discussion, with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. P — Exemption from ENG 
111 or recommendation of the department. 

170. Introduction to American Literature. (3h) Emphasis on a minimum of seven writers of the 
nineteenth and twentieth centuries, including both prose and poetry. P — ENG 111 or exemption 
from ENG 111. 

1 75. Studies in American Literature. (3h) Three to five writers representing different periods; 
primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. P — Exemption from 
ENG 111 or recommendation of the department. 

210. Advanced Composition. (3h) Study of prose models of exposition; frequent papers and indi- 
vidual conferences. Enrollment limited. P — Satisfaction of basic composition requirement. 

224. Exploring Shakespeare. (3h) Six to eight works by Shakespeare in different genres, studied 
through printed texts, films, and videos. Emphasis on developing abilities to understand and 
appreciate Shakespeare's works in performance through attention to language and stagecraft. 
This course may not be counted toward the major or minor in English. 

299. Individual Study. (1.5h-3h) Independent study with faculty guidance. By prearrangement. 

Journalism Courses 

See section on Journalism. 

Writing Courses 

285. Poetry Workshop. (1.5h, 3h) Laboratory course in the writing of verse. Study of poetic tech- 
niques and forms as well as works of contemporary poets. Frequent individual conferences. 

286. Short Story Workshop. (1.5h, 3h) Study of the fundamental principles of short fiction writ- 
ing; practice in writing; extensive study of short story form. 

287. Tutoring Writing. (1.5h) Introduction to composition theory and rhetoric, with a special 
emphasis on one-to-one tutoring techniques. Students analyze their own writing process and 
experiences, study modern composition theory, and practice tutoring techniques in keeping 
with these theories. Strongly recommended for those interested in working in the Writing 
Center as peer tutors. A student may not receive credit for both EDU 387 and ENG 287. 

383. Theory and Practice of Poetry Writing. (1.5h, 3h) Emphasis on reading and discussing student 
poems in terms of craftsmanship and general principles. May be repeated once. P — ENG 285 
or POI. 

398. Advanced Fiction Writing. (3h) Primarily a short-story workshop, with class discussion on 
issues of craft, revision, and selected published stories. May be repeated once. P — ENG 286 
or POI. 

399. Advanced Expository Writing. (3h) Training and practice in writing expository prose at a 
level appropriate for publication in various print media, primarily magazines. P — ENG 160, 
165, 170, or 175. Also listed as JOU 284. 



125 



Advanced Language and Literature Courses 

The prerequisite for all 300-level courses in English is any one of the courses in British and 
American literature numbered 160, 165, 170 and 175, all of which are offered each semester. 

300. Seminar in the Major. (3h) Selected topics in British and American literature. Intensive 
practice in critical discourse, including discussion, oral reports, and short essays. Introduction 
to literary scholarship and research methodology leading to a documented paper. Required for 
all majors. May be repeated once. 

301 . Individual Authors. (1.5h) Study of selected work from an important American or British 
author. May be repeated. 

302. Ideas in Literature. (1.5h, 3h) Study of a significant literary theme in selected works. May 
be repeated. 

304. History of the English Language. (3h) Survey of the development of English syntax, morph- 
ology, and phonology from Old English to the present, with attention to vocabulary growth. 

305. Old English Language and Literature. (3h) Introduction to the Old English language and 
a study of the historical and cultural background of Old English literature, including Anglo- 
Saxon and Viking art, runes, and Scandinavian mythology. Readings from Beowulf 'and selected 
poems and prose. 

307. Dante I. (1.5h) Study of the Divine Comedy as epic, prophecy, autobiography, and poetic 
innovation, relating it to antiquity, Christianity, Dante's European present (the birth of the mod- 
ern languages and new intellectual and poetic forms), and Dante's own afterlife in the West. 
Also listed as HMN 361. 

308. Dante II. (1.5h) The completion of the course on the Divine Comedy as epic, prophecy, auto- 
biography, and poetic innovation, relating it to antiquity, Christianity, Dante's European present 
(the birth of the modern languages and new intellectual and poetic forms), and Dante's own 
afterlife in the West. Also listed as HMN 362. P— ENG 307 or HMN 361, or POL 

310. The Medieval World. (3h) Examines theological, philosophical, and cultural assumptions of 
the Middle Ages through the reading of primary texts. Topics may include Christian providen- 
tial history, drama, devotional literature, the Franciscan controversy, domestic life, and Arthu- 
rian romance. (CD — Depending on topic covered.) 

311. The Legend of Arthur. (3h) The origin and development of the Arthurian legend in France 
and England, with emphasis on the works of Chretien de Troyes and Sir Thomas Malory. 

312. Medieval Poetry. (3h) The origin and development of poetic genres and lyric forms of medi- 
eval vernacular poetry. 

315. Chaucer. (3h) Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde, with some atten- 
tion to minor poems. Consideration of literary, social, religious, and philosophical background. 

319. Virgil and His English Legacy. (3h) A study of Virgil's Eclogues, Georgics, and selected pas- 
sages of the Aeneid, and their influence on English literature, using translations and original 
works by writers of the sixteenth through the eighteenth centuries, including Spenser, Marlowe, 
Milton, Dryden, and Pope. Knowledge of Latin is not required. Also listed as CLA 259. 



126 



320. British Drama to 1 642. (3h) British drama from its beginning to 1642, exclusive of Shake- 
speare. Representative cycle plays, moralities, Elizabethan and Jacobean tragedies, comedies, 
and tragicomedies. Also listed as THE 320. 

323. Shakespeare. (3h) Thirteen representative plays illustrating Shakespeare's development as 
a poet and dramatist. Also listed as THE 323. 

325. Sixteenth-Century British Literature. (3h) Concentration on the poetry of Spenser, Sidney, 
Shakespeare, Wyatt, and Drayton, with particular attention to sonnets and The Faerie Qneene. 

326. Studies in English Renaissance Literature. (3h) Selected topics in Renaissance literature. 
Consideration of texts and their cultural background. 

327. Milton. (3h) The poetry and selected prose of John Milton, with emphasis on Paradise Lost. 

328. Seventeenth-Century British Literature. (3h) Poetry of Donne, Herbert, Vaughan, Marvel, 
Crashaw; prose of Bacon, Burton, Browne, Walton. Consideration of religious, political, and 
scientific backgrounds. 

330. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century British Literature. (3h) Representative poetry and prose, 
exclusive of the novel, 1660-1800, drawn from Dry den, Behn, Swift, Pope, Johnson, and WolT 
stonecraft. Consideration of cultural backgrounds and significant literary trends. 

335. Eighteenth-Century British Fiction. (3h) Primarily the fiction of Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, 
Smollett, Sterne, and Austen. 

336. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century British Drama. (3h) British drama from 1660 to 1780, 
including representative plays by Dryden, Etherege, Wycherley, Congreve, Goldsmith, and 
Sheridan. Also listed as THE 336. 

337. Studies in Eighteenth-Century British Literature. (3h) Selected topics in eighteenth-century 
literature. Consideration of texts and their cultural background. 

340. Studies in Women and Literature. (3h) a.) The woman writer in society, b.) Feminist critical 
approaches to literature. 

350. British Romantic Poets. (3h) A review of the beginnings of Romanticism in British literature, 
followed by study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley; collateral reading in 
the prose of the period. 

351. Studies in Romanticism. (3h) Selected topics in European and/or American Romanticism 
with a focus on comparative, interdisciplinary, and theoretical approaches to literature. 

353. Nineteenth-Century British Fiction. (3h) Representative major works by Dickens, Eliot, 
Thackeray, Hardy, the Brontes, and others. 

354. Victorian Poetry. (3h) A study of Tennyson, Browning, Hopkins, and Arnold or another 
Victorian poet. 

357. Studies in Chicano Literature. (3h) Writings by Americans of Mexican descent in relation to 
politics and history. Readings in literature, literary criticism, and socio-cultural analysis. Also 
listed as AES 357. (CD) 

358. Postcolonial Literature. (3h) A survey of representative examples of postcolonial literature 
from geographically diverse writers, emphasizing issues of politics, nationalism, gender and 
class. (CD) 



127 



ENGLISH 



359. Studies in Postcolonial Literature. (3h) Examination of themes and issues in postcolonial 
literature, such as: globalization, postcolonialism and hybridity, feminism, nationalism, ethnic 
and religious conflict, the impact of the Cold War, and race and class. (CD) 

360. Studies in Victorian Literature. (3h) Selected topics, such as development of genres, major 
authors and texts, and cultural influences. Readings in poetry, fiction, autobiography, and 
other prose. 

361 . Literature and Science. (3h) Literature of and about science. Topics vary and may include 
literature and medicine, the two culture debate, poetry and science, nature in literature, the 
body in literature. 

362. Irish Literature in the Twentieth Century. (3h) Study of modern Irish literature from the 
writers of the Irish Literary Renaissance to contemporary writers. Consists of overviews of the 
period as well as specific considerations of genre and of individual writers. 

363. Studies in Modernism. (3h) Selected issues in Modernism. Interdisciplinary, comparative, 
and theoretical approaches to works and authors. 

364. Studies in Literary Criticism. (3h) Consideration of certain figures and schools of thought 
significant in the history of literary criticism. 

365. Twentieth-Century British Fiction. (3h) A study of Conrad, Lawrence, Joyce, Forster, Woolf, 
and later British writers, with attention to their social and intellectual backgrounds. 

366. James Joyce. (3h) The major works by James Joyce, with an emphasis on Ulysses. 

367. Twentieth-Century English Poetry. (3h) Study of twentieth-century poets of the English 
language, exclusive of the U.S. poets, are read in relation to the literary and social history of 
the period. 

368. Studies in Irish Literature. (3h) The development of Irish literature from the eighteenth 
century through the early twentieth century in historical perspective, with attention to issues of 
linguistic and national identity. 

369. Modern Drama. (3h) Main currents in modern drama from nineteenth-century realism and 
naturalism through symbolism and expressionism. After an introduction to European precur- 
sors, focus is on representative plays by Wilde, Shaw, Synge, Yeats, O'Neill, Eliot, Hellman, 
Wilder, Williams, Hansberry, and Miller. 

370. American Literature to 1 820. (3h) Origins and development of American literature and 
thought in representative writings of the Colonial, Revolutionary, and Federal periods. 

371. American Ethnic Literature. (3h) Introduction to the field of American ethnic literature, 
with special emphasis on post World War II formations of ethnic culture: Asian American, 
Native American, African American, Latino, and Jewish American. Highlights issues, themes, 
and stylistic innovations particular to each ethnic group and examines currents in the still- 
developing American culture. (CD) 

372. American Romanticism. (3h) Writers of the mid-nineteenth century, including Emerson, 
Thoreau, Hawthorne, and Melville. 

373. Literature and Film. (3h) Selected topics in the relationship between literature and film, such 
as film adaptations of literary works, the study of narrative, and the development of literary 
and cinematic genres. 

ENGLISH 128 



374. American Fiction before 1865. (3h) Novels and short fiction by such writers as Brown, 
Cooper, Irving, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Stowe, and Davis. 

375. American Drama. (3h) Historical overview of drama in America, covering such play- 
wrights as Boucicault, O'Neill, Hellman, Wilder, Williams, Inge, Miller, Hansberry, Albee, 
Shepard, Norman, Mamet, and Wilson. Also listed as THE 375. 

376. American Poetry before 1 900. (3h) Readings and critical analysis of American poetry from 
its beginnings to the end of the nineteenth century, including Bradstreet, Emerson, Longfellow, 
Melville, and Poe, with particular emphasis on Whitman and Dickinson. 

377. American Jewish Literature. (3h) Survey of writings on Jewish topics or experiences by 
American Jewish writers. Explores cultural and generational conflicts, responses to social 
change, the impact of the Shoah (Holocaust) on American Jews, and the challenges of language 
and form posed by Jewish and non-Jewish artistic traditions. (CD) 

378. Literature of the American South. (3h) Study of Southern literature from its beginnings to 
the present. Emphasis on major writers such as Tate, Warren, Faulkner, O'Connor, Welty, 
and Styron. 

379. Literary Forms of the American Personal Narrative. (3h) Reading and critical analysis of 
autobiographical texts in which the ideas, style, and point of view of the writer are examined to 
demonstrate how these works contribute to an understanding of pluralism in American culture. 
Representative authors may include Hurston, Wright, Kingston, Angelou, Wideman, Sarton, 
Chuang Hua, Crews, and Dillard. 

380. American Fiction from 1 865 to 1 91 5. (3h) Study of such writers as Twain, James, Howells, 
Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, and Cather. 

381. Studies in African-American Literature. (3h) Reading and critical analysis of selected fiction, 
poetry, drama, and other writings by American authors of African descent. (CD) 

382. Modern American Fiction, 1 91 5 to 1 965. (3h) Includes such writers as Stein, Lewis, Ander- 
son, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Dos Passos, Wolfe, Wright, Ellison, Agee, O'Connor, and 
Pynchon. 

383. Theory and Practice of Poetry Writing. (1.5h, 3h) Emphasis on reading and discussing student 
poems in terms of craftsmanship and general principles. May be repeated once. P — ENG 285 

or POL 

385. Twentieth-Century American Poetry. (3h) Readings of modern American poetry in relation 
to the literary and social history of the period. 

386. Directed Reading. (1.5h-3h) Tutorial in an area of study not otherwise provided by the de- 
partment; granted upon departmental approval of petition presented by a qualified student. 

387. African-American Fiction. (3h) Selected topics in the development of fiction by American 
writers of African descent. Also listed as AES 387. (CD) 

388. Honors in English. (3h) Conference course centering upon a special reading requirement 
and a thesis requirement. For senior students wishing to graduate with "Honors in English." 

389. African-American Poetry. (3h) Readings of works by American poets of African descent in 
theoretical, critical, and historical contexts. Also listed as AES 389. (CD) 



129 



390. The Structure of English. (3h) An introduction to the principles and techniques of modern 
linguistics applied to contemporary American English. 

391 . Studies in Postmodernism. (3h) Interdisciplinary, comparative, and theoretical approaches 
to works and authors. 

393. Multicultural American Drama. (3h) Examination of the dramatic works of playwrights 
from various racial and ethnic communities such as Asian American, Native American, African 
American, and Latino. Includes consideration of issues, themes, style, and form. Also listed as 
THE 376. (CD) 

394. Contemporary Drama. (3h) Considers experiments in form and substance in plays from 
Godot to the present. Readings cover such playwrights as Beckett, Osborne, Pinter, Stoppard, 
Churchill, Wertenbaker, Albee, Shepard, Mamet, Wilson, Soyinka, and Fugard. Also listed as 
THE 372. 

395. Contemporary American Literature. (3h) Study of post-World War II American poetry and 
fiction by such writers as Bellow, Gass, Barth, Pynchon, Lowell, Ashbery, Ammons, Bishop, 
and Rich. 

396. Contemporary British Fiction. (3h) Study of the British novel and short story, with particular 
focus on the multicultural aspects of British life, including works by Rushdie, Amis, Winterson 
and Ishiguro. 

398. Advanced Fiction Writing. (3h) Primarily a short-story workshop, with class discussion on 
issues of craft, revision, and selected published stories. May be repeated once. P — ENG 286 
or POL 

399. Advanced Expository Writing. (3h) Training and practice in writing expository prose at a 
level appropriate for publication in various print media, primarily magazines. P — ENG 160, 
165, 170, or 175. 



Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprise (ESE) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Director Elizabeth Gatewood 

The Wake Forest Program for Entrepreneurship and the Liberal Arts offers an interdisciplinary 
minor in Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprise. Through this minor students are encouraged 
to take advantage of their knowledge, creative skills, and resources to identify and pursue 
opportunities, initiate change, and create value in their lives and the lives of others. A minor in 
Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprise coupled with any major within the College or the 
Calloway School is designed to enable students to maximize their involvement in the local com- 
munity and society. 

A total of eighteen hours is required for the minor: six hours of entry level courses (ESE 100 
and ESE 101), (BUS 113) or (BUS 213), three hours of internship or independent study credit 
(ESE 350, ESE 391), and nine hours selected from relevant courses across the curriculum as 
listed. Course plans will be made in consultation with the director of the minor. A student may 
fulfill six of their nine elective hours by taking the Calloway Summer Management Program 
(BUS 295). 



ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SOCIAL ENTERPRISE 



130 



Required Courses for Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprise 

100. Creativity and Innovation. (3h) Interactive seminar introduces students to writings from 
various disciplines that elucidate the nature and function of creativity and the conditions that 
stimulate it. Students engage in dynamic creative processes and projects in order to develop 

a critical creativity. Includes writing and design assignments and group projects. Discussions 
include consciousness, receptivity risk, ethics, personal mastery, and social responsiveness with 
the express objective of fostering creative potential in all aspects of work and life. 

1 01 . Foundations of Entrepreneurship. (3h) Addresses the challenges of creating and sustaining 
organizations in today's global environment. Provides an overview of the role and importance 
of entrepreneurship in the global economy and in society. Examines how individuals use entre- 
preneurial skills to craft innovative responses to societal needs. Also listed as BUS 113. 

350. Internships in Entrepreneurial Studies. (3h) Offers students the opportunity to apply knowl- 
edge in an entrepreneurial for-profit or not-for-profit environment. Requirements include a 
course journal and a comprehensive report that showcase the student's specific achievements 
and analyze the quality of their experience. P — POL 

391 . Independent Study in Entrepreneurship. (3h) An independent project involving entrepre- 
neurship or social enterprise carried out under the supervision of the faculty member. P — POI. 

Electivesfor Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprise 

Additional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The 
program director maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For the following 
course descriptions, see the relevant department's listings in this bulletin. 

ESE 201. Free Trade, Fair Trade: Independent Entrepreneurs in the Global Market. (3h) Field-based 
seminar compares the barriers to market participation experienced by independent entrepre- 
neurs cross-culturally Free trade policies are contrasted with fair trade practices, to determine 
why so many independent producers have trouble succeeding in a globalizing world. Also 
listed as ANT 301. (CD) 

ESE 202. Building a Better Biology Textbook: The Accessible Textbook Project. (3h) Hands-on 
project requiring the skills of juniors and seniors from multiple disciplines. Participants assist 
in developing a prototype for an introductory biology textbook. Collaborative teams conduct 
preliminary market research, design the book format, develop a set of authoring tools, write 
the content of one prototype chapter, and assess the instructional effectiveness of their final 
product. P-POI. 

Thought and Behavior 

BIO 396. Biomedical Ethics. (3h) 

COM 305. Communication and Ethics. (3h) 

ECN 268. Morals and Markets. (3h) 

HON 240. Adventures in Self-Understanding. (3h) 

HMN 290. Innovation and Inclusivity. (3h) 



131 



ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SOCIAL ENTERPRISE 



PHI 121. Logic. (3h) 

161. Medical Ethics. (3h) 

162. Ethics and Public Policy. (3h) 
261. Ethics. (3h) 

PSY 260. Social Psychology. (3h) 

268. Industrial /Organizational Psychology. (3h) 

Leadership and Engaging the World 

ANT 342. Applied Anthropology. (3h) 
BUS 265. Ethics and Business Leadership. (3h) 
COM 110. Public Speaking. (3h) 

113. Interpersonal Communication. (3h) 

114. Group Communication. (3h) 

315. Communication and Technology. (3h) 
EDU 281. Public Life and the Liberal Arts. (3h) 

358. Studies in Contemporary Leadership. (3h) 

396. Education in Business and Industry. (3h) 
ENV 201. Environmental Issues. (3h) 
FRH 221. Introduction to Translation. (3h) 

329. Introduction to Business French. (3h) 
GER 229. German for Business and Economics. (3h) 
HMN 245. Interdisciplinary Seminar in Critical Thinking. (1.5) 
HST 349. American Foundations. (3h) 

350. Global Economic History. (3h) 

380. America at Work. (3h) 

INS 160. Introduction to Global Trade and Commerce Studies. (3h) 

363. Global Capitalism. (3h) 
LIN 383. Language Engineering: Localization and Terminology (3h) 
POL 212. U.S. Policymaking in the Twenty-first Century. (3h) 

238. Comparative Economic Development and Political Change. (3h) 
REL 332. Religion and Public Life. (3h) 

RUS 290. The Language of Russian Commerce and Politics. (3h) 
SOC 308. Sociology of Art. (3h) 

362. Work, Conflict, and Change. (3h) 

363. Global Capitalism. (3h) 

SPA 329. introduction to Spanish for Business. (3h) 

381. Spanish Translation. (3h) 

382. Spanish /English Interpreting. (3h) 

Entrepreneurial Process 

ACC 111. Introductory Financial Accounting. (3h) 
ANT 305. Museum Anthropology. (4h) 
ART 215. Public Art. (3h) 

297. Management in the Visual Arts. (3h) 
BUS 100. Calloway Requisite Integrated Study Program. (1.5h) 
211. Organizational Theory and Behavior. (3h) 



ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SOCIAL ENTERPRISE ^32 



216. Leading in the Nonprofit Sector. (3h) 

217. Change Management. (3h) 
221. Principles of Marketing. (3h) 

261. Legal Environment of Business. (3h) 
COM 102. Debate and Advocacy. (3h) 

117. Writing for Public Relations and Advertising. (1.5h, 3h) 
140. Information and Disinformation on the Internet. (1.5) 
212. Introduction to Production and Theory. (3h) 
220. Empirical Research in Communication. (3h) 
245. Introduction to Mass Communication. (3h) 
316. Screenwriting. (3h) 

335. Survey of Organizational Communication. (3h) 

336. Organizational Rhetoric. (3h) 

337. Rhetoric of Institutions. (3h) 

350. Intercultural Communication. (3h) 

353. Persuasion. (3h) 
ECN 150. Introduction to Economics. (3h) 

205. Intermediate Microeconomics I. (3h) 

219. Decision Analysis. (3h) 
ENG 398. Advanced Fiction Writing. (3h) 
HST 361. Economic History of the United States. (3h) 
JOU 286. Writing for Public Relations and Advertising. (1.5h, 3h) 
POL 239. State, Economy, and International Competitiveness. (3h) 
PSY 310. Methods in Psychological Research. (4h) 
THE 259. Theatre Management: Principles and Practices. (3h) 



Environmental Program (ENV) 

Director Professor of Biology Robert A. Browne 

Interdisciplinary Minor in Environmental Science 

The Wake Forest environmental program offers an environmental science or an environmental 
studies minor. The environmental program provides an interdisciplinary approach to the study 
of human-environmental interaction. The program seeks to identify and apply perspectives 
from biology, chemistry, physics, geography, English, government, economics, history, law, 
ethics, and anthropology to the human impact on the natural environment. The environmental 
science or the environmental studies minor, coupled with a liberal arts major, is designed to 
prepare students for careers in the environmental sciences, law, public health, public policy, 
and public administration, and to develop attitudes and values consistent with a sustainable 
environmental future. 

201. Environmental Issues. (3h) Topics include environmental literature, environmental history, 
human populations, resource management, pollution, global change, and environmental ethics. 



133 



ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAM 



250. Nautical Sciences. (3h) Provides the theoretical background necessary for operating ves- 
sels at sea. In lectures, lab sessions, field trips, and student projects, Sea Education Association 
captains introduce the principles fundamental to sailing vessel operations. Students learn and 
apply essential concepts in general physics, astronomy, and meteorology. Offered only in conjunc- 
tion with the Sea Education Association program. 

391, 392. Individual Study. (1.5h, 1.5h) Field study, internship, project or research investigation 
carried out under the supervision of a member of the environmental program faculty. Pass /fail 
or for a grade at the discretion of the instructor. Pass /fail is not an option if used as an elective 
for the environmental science or environmental studies minor. 

The following courses are required for the environmental science minor. For course descriptions, 
see the relevant department's listings in this Bulletin. 

ENV 201. Environmental Issues. (3h) 
CHM/PHY 120. Physics and Chemistry of the Environment. (4h) 
ECN 150. Introduction to Economics (3h) 

241. Natural Resource Economics. (3h) 

A total of eighteen hours (including eight hours of elective courses) is required for the minor. 
The following courses can serve as electives for the environmental science minor. Additional 
elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The program direc- 
tor maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course descriptions, see the 
relevant department's listings in this bulletin. 

Electives for Environmental Science Minor 

BIO 340. Ecology. (4h) 

341. Marine Biology. (4h) 

342. Aquatic Ecology. (4h) 

343. Tropical Ecology. (3h) 

347. Physiological Plant Ecology. (3h) 
349S. Tropical Biodiversity. (4h) 
350. Conservation Biology. (3h) 
377. Community Ecology. (4h) 

385. Oceanography. (3h) 

386. Practical Oceanography. (4h) 
CHM 334. Chemical Analysis. (4h) 

ENV 250. Nautical Sciences. (3h) 
391. Individual Study. (1.5h) 



ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAM ^34 



Interdisciplinary Minor in Environmental Studies 

The following courses are required for the environmental studies minor. For course descriptions, 
see the relevant department's listings in this bulletin. 

ENV 201. Environmental Issues. (3h) 
ANT 339. Culture and Nature. (3h) 
ECN 150. Introduction to Economics (3h) 

241. Natural Resource Economics. (3h) 

A total of eighteen hours (including nine hours of elective courses) is required for the minor. 
The following courses can serve as electives for the environmental studies minor. Additional 
elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The program direc- 
tor maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course descriptions, see the 
relevant department's listings in this bulletin. 

Electives for Environmental Studies Minor 

BIO 340. Ecology. (4h) 

341. Marine Biology. (4h) 

342. Aquatic Ecology. (4h) 

343. Tropical Ecology. (3h) 

347. Physiological Plant Ecology. (3h) 
349S. Tropical Biodiversity. (4h) 
350. Conservation Biology. (3h) 
377. Community Ecology. (4h) 

385. Oceanography. (3h) 

386. Practical Oceanography. (4h) 

CHM 120. Physics and Chemistry of the Environment. (4h) 

334. Chemical Analysis. (4h) 
EDU 271. Geography: The Human Environment. (3h) 

274. Environmental Geography. (3h) 
ENV 250. Nautical Sciences. (3h) 
391. Individual Study. (1.5h) 
HMN 250. Maritime Studies. (3h) 

365. Humanity and Nature. (3h) 
PHI 163. Environmental Ethics. (3h) 
PHY 120. Physics and Chemistry of the Environment. (4h) 



135 



ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAM 



Film Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Director Reynolds Professor of Film Studies Peter Brunette 

Film Studies offers an interdisciplinary approach to the study of film through a body of courses 
that exposes students to the cultural, political, and social implications of this art form. Courses 
in the minor provide students with the critical tools necessary for both evaluating and produc- 
ing film texts, and they prepare qualified students to choose critical and /or creative paths for 
further study or toward a profession. More information on the film studies program is available 
at www.wfu.edu/film. 

A minor in film studies requires a minimum of eighteen hours of approved courses. Candi- 
dates for the minor must complete Introduction to Film (COM 246) and Film Theory and Criti- 
cism (COM 311) and an additional twelve hours of courses: at least three hours from each of the 
designated fields of International Cinema and Production, and six hours of electives. 

Additional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The 
program director maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course descrip- 
tions, see the relevant department's listings in this publication. 

Film Studies Required Courses 

COM 246. Introduction to Film. (3h) 

311. Film Theory and Criticism. (3h) 

Film Studies Electives in International Cinema 

ART 261. Topics in Film History. (3h) (When topic relates to international cinema) 
396K. Art History Seminar (Film). (1.5h, 3h) (When topic relates to inter 
national cinema) 
COM 370. Special Topics. (3h) (When topic relates to international cinema) 
FRH 360. Cinema and Society. (3h) 
HMN 252. Introduction to Chinese Film. (3h) 

382. Italian Cinema and Society. (3h) 

383. Italian Fascism in Novels and Films. (3h) 
ITA 325. Italian Neorealism in Films and Novels. (3h) 

326. Comedy in Italian Cinema. (3h) 

327. Modern Italian Cinema. (3h) 

330. Cinematic Adaptation and Literary Inspiration. (3h) 
SPA 350. Introduction to Spanish Film Studies. (3h) 
361. La tin- American Cinema and Ideology. (3h) 
370. Film Adaptations of Literary Works. (3h) 

Film Studies Electives in Production 

ART 114. Digital Art I. (3h) 
214. Digital Art II. (3h) 
COM 212. Introduction to Production and Theory. (3h) 

213. Media Production: Documentary. (3h) 

214. Media Production: Narrative. (3h) 



FILM STUDIES 



136 



COM (cont.) 310. Advanced Media Production. (3h) 
316. Screenwriting. (3h) 
THE 141. On-Camera Performance. (3h) 

General Film Studies Electives 

ART 260. Classics of World Cinema. (3h) 

261. Topics in Film History. (3h) 

396K. Art History Seminar: Film (3h) 
COM 312. Film History to 1945. (3h) 

313. Film History since 1945. (3h) 

370. Special Topics, (when topic relates to film studies) 
ENG 373. Literature and Film. (3h) 
SOC 366. Sociological Analysis of Film. (3h) 



German and Russian 

Chair Kurt C.Shaw 

Professors William S. Hamilton, Larry E. West 

Associate Professors Kurt C. Shaw, Rebecca Thomas 

Assistant Professors Alyssa Lonner, Grant P. McAllister 

Lecturers Perry L. Patterson, Heiko Wiggers 

Adjunct Senior Lecturer Christa G. Carollo 

German (GER) 

A major in German requires eight courses beyond 153 to include 217, 300, and at least one 
course from among the sequence 249, 281, 283, 285. A minor in German requires five courses 
beyond 153, to include 217 and at least one course from among the sequence 249, 281, 283, 285. 

Highly qualified majors will be invited by the department to participate in the honors 
program in German. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in German," students must 
complete a senior research project. For additional information, members of the departmental 
faculty should be consulted. 

Students of German are invited to apply for the W. D. Sanders Scholarships and for pro- 
grams of study at Freiburg, Berlin, and Vienna, administered by the Institute for the Interna- 
tional Education of Students (IES). 

111,112. Elementary German. (3h, 3h) Introduction to German language and culture. Two 
semester sequence. 

1 1 3. Intensive Elementary German. (4h) One-semester course covering the material of GER 111 
and 112. For students whose preparation for GER 153 is inadequate or who have demonstrated 
proficiency in another language. Not open to students who have had GER 111 or 112. 

1 53. Intermediate German. (4h) The principles of grammar are reviewed; reading of selected 
prose and poetry. P — GER 112 or 113. 

215. Introduction to German Literature. (3h) Masterpieces of German literature from the early 
period to 1848. P— GER 153 or equivalent. (Note: GER 215 is not a prerequisite for GER 216. 
Both courses satisfy the language requirement, and neither is a prerequisite for the other.) 



137 



GERMAN AND RUSSIAN 



216. Introduction to German Literature. (3h) Masterpieces of German literature from 1848 to 
the present. P — GER 153 or equivalent. (Note: GER 215 is not a prerequisite for GER 216. Both 
courses satisfy the language requirement, and neither is a prerequisite for the other.) 

21 7. Composition and Grammar Review. (3h) Review of the fundamentals of German grammar 
with intensive practice in translation and composition. Required for majors. P — GER 153 or 
equivalent. Fall. 

218. Basic Conversation. (3h) Practice in speaking German, stressing correctness of structure, 
phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, and vocabulary for everyday situations. P — GER 153 or 
equivalent. Spring. 

219. Advanced Conversation. (3h) Practice in speaking German at a more advanced level, 
stressing discussion of various topics of current importance in the German-speaking countries. 
Considerable attention is devoted to achieving fluency. P — GER 218 or POI. 

220. German Civilization I. (3h) Survey of German culture and civilization from prehistoric times 
to 1918. Conducted in German. P — GER 153 or equivalent. Offered fall semester of odd years. (CD) 

221 . German Civilization II. (3h) Survey of German culture and civilization from the Weimar 
Republic to the present, with emphasis on contemporary Germany. Conducted in German. 
P — GER 153 or equivalent. Offered spring semester of even years. (CD) 

222. Internship in German Language. (1.5h-3h) Under faculty direction, a student mentors lo- 
cal German students at the middle or high school level. Focus is on vocabulary building and 
reinforcing basic grammar structures. Requirements include, but are not limited to: keeping a 
journal, compiling a portfolio of teaching materials, and consulting regularly with the faculty 
director. May be repeated for a total of six hours, only three of which may count towards the 
major or minor. Pass/Fail only. P — GER 217 or POI. 

229. German for Business and Economics. (3h) Introduction to the spoken and written language 
of the German business world. Emphasis on business correspondence and oral proficiency 
skills for banking, import/export and commercial transactions. P — GER 217 and 218 or POI. 

Offered spring semester of odd years. 

231 . Weimar Germany. (3h) Art, literature, music, and film of Weimar Germany, 1919-1933, in 
historical context. Also listed as HST 318. Taught in English. 

240. German Masterworks in Translation. (3h) Examination of selected works of German, Aus- 
trian, and Swiss fiction in English translation by such writers as Goethe, Schiller, Kafka, Mann, 
and Schnitzler. Literary periods, genres, and authors vary according to instructor. Students may 
not receive credit towards the German major or minor for both GER 240 and GER 231. Fall. 

249. German Literature before 1 700. (3h) Survey of German literature of the Middle Ages, 
Reformation, and Baroque eras; emphasizes the chivalric period, medieval drama, Martin 
Luther, and the Baroque period. P — GER 215, 216, or equivalent. Fall. 

270. Individual Study. (l-3h) Readings on selected topics in literature or current events not 
ordinarily covered in other courses. P — GER 215, 216, and POI. 

281 . German Literature from the Enlightenment through Romanticism. (3h) Selected works from 
the Enlightenment, the Storm and Stress period, the poetry and major dramas of Goethe and 
Schiller, and German Romanticism. P — GER 215, 216, or equivalent. Fall. 



GERMAN AND RUSSIAN ^33 



283. German Literature from Poetic Realism through Naturalism. (3h) Study of selected works 
from the Realist period and subsequent Naturalist movement, with attention to the historical 
and social contexts in which they emerge. 

285. German Literature of the Modern Age. (3h) Intensive study of representative works of major 
German, Austrian, and Swiss authors of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. P — GER 215, 
216, or equivalent. Fall. (CD) 

287, 288. Honors in German. (2.5h, 2.5h) Conference course in German literature. A major re- 
search paper is required. Designed for candidates for departmental honors. 

300. Seminar in the Major. (3h) Intensive examination of a selected genre or special topic to be 
determined by the instructor. Intensive practice in critical discourse, including discussion and 
an oral presentation in German. Introduction to literary scholarship and research methodology 
leading to a documented paper. Required for all majors. May be repeated. P — GER 249, 281, 
283, 285, or equivalent. Spring. 

Semester in Graz 

222. Internship in German Language. (3h) Under faculty direction, a student serves as a Ger- 
man language intern for the faculty, staff, and students at the American Institute for Musical 
Studies, Graz, Austria. The student translates public and private documents, and performs 
any necessary tasks for the organization for which knowledge of German is essential. Course 
requirements include, but are not limited to: keeping a journal and compiling a portfolio of all 
translations and documents created in German for the organization. May be repeated for a total 
of six hours, only three of which may count towards the major or minor. Pass /Fail only. Offered 
only in Graz, Austria. P— GER 217 or POL 

Semester in Vienna 

2147. Masterpieces of Austrian Literature. (3h) Study of masterpieces of Austrian literature of the 
nineteenth, twentieth, and twenty-first centuries. Lecture and discussion in German. P — 153 or 
equivalent. Offered only at the Flow House in Vienna. 

2227. Internship in German Language. (1.5h-3h) Under faculty direction, a student tutors English 
at local elementary schools in Vienna. Focus is on vocabulary building and basic conversation. 
Course requirements include, but are not limited to: keeping a journal, compiling a portfolio 
of teaching materials, and consulting regularly with the faculty director. May be repeated for 
a total of six hours, only three of which may count towards the major or minor. Pass /Fail only. 
Offered only at the Flow House in Vienna. 

2407. Special topics in German and Austrian Literature and Culture. (3h) Credit towards the Ger- 
man major or minor. Taught in English. Offered only at the Flow House in Vienna. 

2507. Fin de Siecle Vienna. (3h) Survey of major developments in Viennese art, music, literature, 
and society from roughly 1889 to 1918. Important figures to be discussed are Mahler, Schoen- 
berg, Klimt, Schiele, Schnitzler, Musil, Freud, and Herzl. Taught only in Vienna. 

HMN 21 57. Germanic and Slavic Literature. Taught in English. Offered only at the Flow House in 
Vienna. 



139 



GERMAN AND RUSSIAN 



Russian (RUS) 

A major requires twenty-four hours beyond RUS 153 and must include RUS 215, 216, 221, and 
either 217 or 218. A minor in Russian requires fifteen hours beyond 153, three of which must be 
earned in RUS 221. 

111,112. Elementary Russian. (3h, 3h) Essentials of Russian grammar, conversation, drill, and 
reading of elementary texts. 

153. Intermediate Russian. (4h) Principles of Russian grammar are reviewed and expanded 
upon; reading of short prose pieces and materials from the Russian press. P — RUS 112 or 
equivalent. 

215. Introduction to Russian Literature from Pushkin to Chekhov. (3h) Readings of selected short 
stories and excerpts from longer works from the nineteenth century. P — RUS 153 or equivalent. 

216. Introduction to Russian Literature from Gorky to the Present. (3h) Readings of selected 
short stories and excerpts from longer works by twentieth- and twenty-first century writers. 
P — RUS 153 or equivalent. 

217. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Russian Literature. (3h) Study of the foremost writers, with 
reading of representative works. P — RUS 215 or 216. 

218. Seminar in Twentieth-Century and Recent Russian Literature. (3h) Study of the foremost 
writers, with reading of representative works. P — RUS 215 or 216. 

221. Advanced Conversation and Composition. (3h) Study of grammar at the advanced level. 
Intensive practice in composition and conversation based on contemporary Russian materials. 

228. Advanced Grammar. (3h) Mastery of Russian declension and conjugation, with special 
attention to the correct use of reference materials. Syntax of complex and problematic sentences. 
P— RUS 221. 

230. The Structure of Russian. (3h) The linguistic tools of phonetics, phonemics, and morphopho- 
nemics are explained and applied to modern Russian. Emphasis on the study of roots and word 
formation. P— POL 

232. The History of the Russian Language. (3h) The evolution of Russian from Common Slavic to 
the modern language; theory of linguistic reconstruction and the Indo-European family; read- 
ings from selected Old East Slavic texts. P — RUS 221 and POI. 

240. Seminar in Translation. (3h) Advanced work in English-to-Russian and Russian-to-English 
translation. P— RUS 221 and POI. 

241. Russian Masterworks in Translation. (3h) Reading and discussion of selected works from 
Russian literature in English translation by such writers as Gogol, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, 
Bulgakov, and Solzhenitsyn. 

250. Russian Culture and Civilization. (3h) Survey of Russian contributions to art, architecture, 
music, and religious thought from Russia's beginnings to the present. Taught in Russian. 
P— RUS 215 or 216. 

252. Russian Poetry. (3h) Survey of Russian poetry from Slovo o polku Igoreve to the present, with 
emphasis on the works of major nineteenth- and twentieth-century poets. P — RUS 215 or 216. 



GERMAN AND RUSSIAN 



140 



270. Individual Study. (1.5-3h) Study in language or literature beyond the 215-216 level. 
P— RUS 215 or higher. 

275. Studies in Russian Literature. (3h) Selected special topics in Russian literature. P — RUS 215 
or 216. 

280. Russian Women Writers. (3h) Readings of selected prose works by such writers as Teffi, 
Forsh, Inber, Baranskaya, Grekova, Tokareva, Petrushevskaya, Vaneeva and Tolstaya. 
P— RUS 215 or 216. 

285. Recent Russian Fiction. (3h) Readings of selected prose works from the 1970s to the present 
by such writers as Iskander, Voinovich, Bitov, Tolstaya, Petrushevskaya and Pelevin. 
P— RUS 215 or 216. 

290. The Language of Russian Commerce and Politics. (3h) Readings in the contemporary Russian 
press. Intensive written and oral practice, emphasizing specialized vocabulary of business and 
government. P— RUS 221 or POI. 



German Studies 

(Foreign Area Study) 
Coordinator Associate Professor of German Rebecca Thomas 

Nine or ten hours from German 153, 215, 216, 217, 220, 221, or 229 are required. In addition, the 
student must take at least one course from three of the following four groups. Selected courses 
taken overseas in German-speaking countries may count toward this concentration with the 
approval of the coordinator. 

Additional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. 
The program coordinator maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course 
descriptions, see the relevant department's listings in this bulletin. 



Group 1 



Group 2 



HST 219. Germany to 1871. (3h) 

220. Germany: Unification to Unification, 1871-1990. (3h) 
318. Weimar Germany. (3h) (Also listed as GER 231) 
333. European Diplomacy, 1848-1914. (3h) 

POL 231. Western European Politics. (3h) 

233. The Politics of Modern Germany. (3h) 

237. Comparative Public Policy in Selected Industrialized Democracies. (3h) 

273. Marx, Marxism and the Aftermath of Marxism. (3h) 



Group 3 



ECN and BUS (Selected courses taken in German-speaking countries with the 
approval of the coordinator.) 
Group 4 

ART 270. Northern Renaissance Art. (3h) 
272. Baroque Art. (3h) 



141 



GERMAN STUDIES 



MUS 220. Seminar in Music History. (3h) (Eighteenth or nineteenth century) 
PHI 341. Kant. (3h) 

352. Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Nietzsche. (3h) 
REL 368. Protestant and Catholic Reformations. (3h) 



Global Trade and Commerce Studies (GTCS) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Coordinator Associate Professor of Political Science Pia Christina Wood 

The minor in Global Trade and Commerce Studies consists of a total of fifteen hours. Candi- 
dates for the minor will be required to take INS 160 (Introduction to Global Trade and Com- 
merce Studies) and twelve additional hours in global trade and commerce studies, which must 
include a study abroad experience for credit. No more than six of the fifteen hours for the minor 
may be taken in a single discipline. The following list contains courses within Wake Forest 
University that qualify as a global trade and commerce studies course. Courses taken during 
the study abroad experience which may qualify as a GTCS course also will be reviewed and 
approved by the director of international studies. 

Required Course for Global Trade and Commerce Studies 

INS 160. Introduction to Global Trade and Commerce Studies. (3h) Provides foundational knowl- 
edge in global trade and commerce. Focuses on understanding the global environment and the 
variety of issues associated with global trade and commerce. 

Elective Courses for Global Trade and Commerce Studies 

Additional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. 

The program coordinator maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course 

descriptions, see the relevant department's listings in this publication. 

ANT 337. Economic Anthropology. (3h) 
ACC 290. International Accounting. (3h) 
BUS 215. Seminar in Comparative Management. (3h) 

222. Global Marketing Strategy. (3h) 

234. International Finance. (3h) 

290. International Business Study Tour. (3h) 
CHI 251. Business Hanyu. (3h) 
COM 350. Intercultural Communication. (3h) 

351. Comparative Communication. (3h) 

354. International Communication. (3h) 
ECN 251. International Trade. (3h) 

252. International Finance. (3h) 

253. Economics in Transition. (3h) 

254. Current Issues in African Development, (study tour) (3h) 
258. Economic Growth and Development. (3h) 

FRH 329. Introduction to Business French. (3h) 
330. Advanced Business French. (3h) 



GLOBAL TRADE AND COMMERCE STUDIES 



142 



GER 229. German for Business and Economics. (3h) 
HST 224. Great Britain. (3h) 

249. Introduction to East Asia. (3h) 

275. Modern Latin America. (3h) 

314. European Economic and Social History, 1750-1990. (3h) 

350. Global Economic History. (3h) 
POL 232. Politics in Russia and Europe. (3h) 

235. European Integration. (3h) 

238. Comparative Economic Development and Political Change. (3h) 

239. State, Economy and International Competitiveness. (3h) 
253. International Political Economy. (3h) 

256. International Security. (3h) 

257. Inter american Relations. (3h) 
260. U.S. and East Asia. (3h) 

262. International Organizations. (3h) 
PSY 357. Cross-Cultural Psychology (3h) 
SOC 333. The Sociology of Cities (3h) 

363. Global Capitalism. (3h) 
SPA 329. Introduction to Spanish for Business. (3h) 

330. Advanced Spanish for Business. (3h) 



Health and Exercise Science (HES) 

Chair Paul M. Ribisl 

Thurman D. Kitchin Professor of Health and Exercise Science W. Jack Rejeski 

Charles E.Taylor Professor of Health and Exercise Science Paul M. Ribisl 

Professors Michael J. Berry, Stephen P. Messier 

Professor Emeritus William L. Hottinger 

Dunn-Riley Jr. Professor and Associate Professor Shannon L Mihalko 

Associate Professors Peter H. Brubaker, Anthony P. Marsh, Gary D. Miller, Patricia A. Nixon 

Associate Professor Emeritus Leo Ellison Jr. 

Visiting Assistant Professor Jeffrey A. Katula 

Instructors Donald Bergey, Johnnie O. Foye, James H. Ross, David H. Stroupe, Sharon K. Woodard 

The purpose of the health and exercise science department is to advance knowledge through 
research and to disseminate the knowledge in this field of study through education of and ser- 
vice to humanity. The primary focus of the department is promoting health and preventing and 
treating disease through healthful behaviors, emphasizing physical activity and nutrition. 

Health and Exercise Science Requirement 

All students must complete HES 100 and 101. This requirement must be met before enrollment 
in additional health and exercise science elective courses, and in any case by the end of the 
second year. 



143 



HEALTH AND EXERCISE SCIENCE 



Courses for the Major 

The department offers a program leading to the bachelor of science degree in health and exer- 
cise science. A major requires thirty-one hours and must include HES 262, 312, 350, 351, 352, 
353, 354, 360, and 370. Majors are not allowed to apply any HES 100-level courses or HES 206 
toward the thirty-one hours required for graduation. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is 
required for graduation in courses that comprise a major in the department. Students interested 
in majoring in health and exercise science should consult the coordinator of the department's 
undergraduate program as soon as possible after entering the University. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the honors 
program in health and exercise science by the second semester of the junior year. To be gradu- 
ated with the designation "Honors in Health and Exercise Science," a student must have a 
minimum grade point average of 3.3 in the major, a minimum overall grade point average of 
3.0, and complete an honors research project which includes a written and an oral report. Inter- 
ested students should consult the coordinator of the department's honors program. For more 
information, please consult the department's Web site at www.wfu.edu/hes. 

201. Health Issues on College Campuses I. (1.5h) Introduction to concepts and methods of peer 
health education; development of teaching and group facilitation skills. Pass /Fail only. P — POI. 

202. Health Issues on College Campuses II. (1.5h) Development and delivery of educational pro- 
grams on a variety of health issues relevant to college students. Pass/Fail only. P — HES 201. 

206. Lifeguard Training. (1.5h) Lifeguard training course that offers American Red Cross 
certifications in CPR for the professional rescuer, community first aid, lifeguard training, and 
waterfront lifeguarding. 

232. Emergency Medical Training. (3h) Lectures and practical experiences in preparation for 
responding to medical emergencies, including: patient assessment; airway management; 
cardiopulmonary resuscitation; 02 therapy; management of shock; trauma and environmental 
emergencies; and head /spine /musculoskeletal injuries. North Carolina state exam for EMT 
certification is offered. 

262. Statistics in the Health Sciences. (3h) Basic statistics with emphasis on application to 
research in the health sciences. Students are introduced to graphics and statistical software for 
statistical analysis. A student who receives credit for this course may not also receive credit for 
ANT 380, BIO 380, BUS 201, or SOC 371. (QR) 

310. Applied Field Study. (1.5h) Application of theory and methods of solving problems in a 
specialized area according to the student's immediate career goals. Open only to majors. Pass/ 
Fail only. P— POI. 

311. Internship in Rehabilitation. (1.5h) A semester experience in the campus rehabilitation pro- 
grams. Includes written case study analyses of selected patients with a focus upon risk factor 
assessment and review of multiple intervention strategies, in conjunction with participation in 
physiologic monitoring of patients during therapeutic sessions. Open only to majors. Pass/Fail 
only. P— POI. 

312. Exercise and Health Psychology. (3h) Survey of the psychological antecedents of exercise 
and selected topics in health psychology with particular attention to wellness, stress, the bio- 
behavioral basis of coronary heart disease, and the psychodynamics of rehabilitative medicine. 
P— HES 262 or POI. 



HEALTH AND EXERCISE SCIENCE 



144 



350. Human Physiology. (3h) Lecture course which presents the basic principles and concepts of 
the function of selected systems of the human body, with emphasis on the muscular, cardiovas- 
cular, pulmonary, and nervous systems. P — BIO 111, 112, or 214, or POL 

351. Nutrition in Health and Disease. (3h) Lecture /laboratory course which presents the prin- 
ciples of proper nutrition including an understanding of the basic foodstuffs and nutrients as 
well as the influence of genetics, eating behavior, and activity patterns on energy balance and 
weight control. Laboratory experiences examine intervention in obesity and coronary heart 
disease through diet analysis, methods of diet prescription, and behavior modification. 

P— HES 350 or POL 

352. Human Gross Anatomy. (4h) Lecture /laboratory course in which the structure and function 
of the musculoskeletal, neuromuscular, pulmonary, and cardiovascular systems are studied us- 
ing dissected human cadavers. Open only to majors. 

353. Physiology of Exercise. (3h) Lecture course which presents the concepts and applications of 
the physiological response of the human body to physical activity. Acute and chronic responses 
of the muscular and cardiorespiratory systems to exercise are examined. Topics include exercise 
and coronary disease, nutrition and performance, strength and endurance training, body com- 
position, sex-related differences, and environmental influences. P — HES 350 or POL 

354. Assessment Techniques in Health Sciences. (3h) Lecture /laboratory course to develop clini- 
cal skills and knowledge in the assessment of health in areas of exercise physiology, nutrition/ 
metabolism, biomechanics /neuromuscular function, and health psychology. Labs emphasize 
use of instrumentation and analysis /interpretation of data collected on human subjects. 

P— HES 262, 350, and 352 or POL (QR) 

355. Exercise Programming. (1.5h) Lecture /laboratory course which presents the scientific 
principles of safe and effective exercise prescription for fitness programs. P — HES 353 and 354, 
or POL 

360. Epidemiology. (3h) Introduction to basic determinants of the incidence of chronic disease in 
the population and development of an understanding of individual, community, and environ- 
mental approaches to promoting healthful lifestyles in youth, adults, and elderly populations. 
Issues are analyzed by formal statistical modeling. P — An applied statistical methods course, 
such as ANT 380, BIO 202 or 380, HES 262, MTH 256 or 358, PSY 211, or SOC 380. (QR) 

370. Biomechanics of Human Movement. (3h) Study of the mechanical principles which influ- 
ence human movement, sport technique, and equipment design. P — HES 352 or POL 

372. Anatomy Dissection Laboratory. (2h) Laboratory course that involves human cadaver dis- 
section of the musculoskeletal, neuromuscular, pulmonary, and cardiovascular systems. Open 
only to majors. P — POL 

375. Advanced Physiology of Exercise. (3h) Lecture course which provides an in-depth exami- 
nation of the physiological mechanisms responsible for both the acute and chronic changes 
which occur with exercise. Included are cellular changes in response to exercise, the ventilatory 
response to exercise, and metabolic consequences of exercise. P — HES 353 or POL 

376. Interventions in Behavioral Medicine. (4h) Seminar course providing an overview of the 
development, implementation, and evaluation of interventions within the context of behav- 
ioral medicine. Attention is on behavior change theories that have served as the framework for 



145 



HEALTH AND EXERCISE SCIENCE 



physical activity and weight loss interventions. Hands-on experience is included with current 
interventions through peer counseling and case study analysis. 

382. Individual Study, (lh, 1.5h, 2h) Independent study directed by a faculty adviser. Students 
must consult the adviser before registering for this course. Open only to majors. P — POL 

384. Special Topics in Health and Exercise Science. (1.5h, 2h, 3h) Intensive investigation of a cur- 
rent scientific research topic in health or exercise science with focus on a specific topic. May be 
repeated for credit if topic differs. P— HES 262, 350 and POL 

386. Honors Research. (1.5h) Directed study and research in preparation for a major paper on a 
subject of mutual interest to the student and faculty honors adviser. Taken only by candidates 
for departmental honors. P — POI, approval of departmental honors committee, and prior 
completion of a 1.5-hour Individual Study. 

Courses in Basic Instruction and Elective Health and Exercise Science 

All the 100-level courses listed below are for one hour each, and they can only be taken once for 
credit except HES 183 which may be repeated once. 

100. Lifestyle and Health. Lecture course that deals with the effect of lifestyle behaviors on 
various health outcomes, including cardiovascular disease, cancer, and sexually-transmitted 
diseases. 

101. Exercise for Health. Laboratory course on physical fitness that covers weight control, cardio- 
vascular endurance, muscular strength, and flexibility. 

1 1 2. Sports Proficiency. 

11 6. Weight Training. 

1 50. Beginning Tennis. 

151. Intermediate Tennis. 

160. Beginning Golf. 

161. Intermediate Golf. 
163. Bowling. 

170. Volleyball. 

182. Beginning Ice Figure Skating. 

183. Intermediate/Advanced Ice Figure Skating. May be repeated once for credit. 
194.T'aiChi. 



HEALTH AND EXERCISE SCIENCE 



146 



Health Policy and Administration (HPA) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Director Professor of Economics Michael S. Lawlor 

The health policy and administration minor is designed to give students a concentration in the 
area of public health policy and the study of health care delivery. It is open to all majors and 
places an emphasis on providing students with the analytical methods and knowledge of in- 
stitutional complexity necessary to an understanding of the rapidly evolving medical industry. 
Students interested in either public policy or administrative roles in health care could benefit 
from the minor. The coursework requires the following five courses (three hours each), for a 
total of fifteen hours, plus some notable prerequisites (see individual course descriptions for 
details): 

150. Introduction to Public Health. (3h) Survey of the basic structure of the health care system in 
the United States. Includes discussion of current issues of public policy toward health, orga- 
nization of health care delivery, and health system reform. Serves as the introduction to the 
interdisciplinary minor in health policy and administration. Offered every fall. 

250. Internship in Health Policy and Administration. (3h) A semester experience in a health care 
policy or health care administration organization. Students work in conjunction with a direc- 
tor who is a researcher on a public health science research project or with an administrator in 
health care delivery. Students gain relevant practical experience that builds on prior course- 
work and provides insight into public health policy issues. Open only to senior health policy 
and administration students. P — HPA 150 and POL Offered every spring. 

Required Courses for Health Policy and Administration: 

ECN 240. Economics of Health and Medicine. (3h) Fall 
HPA 150. Introduction to Public Health. (3h) Fall 

250. Internship in Health Policy and Administration. (3h) Spring 
HES 360. Epidemiology. (3h) Spring 

Elective Courses for Health Policy and Administration 

Choose one course from the following electives. Additional elective courses may have been ap- 
proved since publication of this bulletin. The program director maintains a complete list of all 
approved elective courses. For course descriptions, see the relevant department's listings in this 
publication. 

ANT 362. Medical Anthropology. (3h) 
BIO 396. Biomedical Ethics. (3h) 
HES 312. Exercise and Health Psychology. (3h) 

HST 311. Special Topics in History. (3h) (when topic is controversies in American 
medical history) 
339. The History of American Medicine. (3h) 
HMN 390. Interdisciplinary Seminar on Aging. (3h) 
PHI 161. Medical Ethics. (3h) 
POL 216. U.S. Social Welfare Policy. (3h) 
PSY 322. Psychopharmacology. (3h) 



147 



HEALTH POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION 



SOC 335. Sociology of Health and Illness. (3h) 

336. Sociology of Health Care. (3h) 

337. Aging in Modern Society. (3h) 

WGS 321. Research Seminar in Women's and Gender Studies. (3h) (when topic is 
appropriate) 

Since many of the required courses involve prerequisites students should plan ahead to ensure 
they can meet all of the requirements in four years. The following schedule suggestions may be 
helpful: 

First Year: Core Requirements, including ECN 1 50 

Sophomore: ECN 205, Applied Statistics (various departmental courses) 

Junior: HPA 150, HES 360 

Senior: ECN 240, HPA 250 



History (HST) 

Chair Simone Caron 

Reynolds Professor Paul D. Escort 

Wake Forest Professor Emeritus James P. Barefield 

Professors Nathan O. Hatch, J. Edwin Hendricks, Michael L. Hughes, Michael L Sinclair, 

J. Howell Smith, Sarah L Watts, Alan J. Williams 

Kahle Associate Professor Michele K. Gillespie 

Associate Professors Simone M. Caron, Jeffrey D. Lerner, William K. Meyers, 

Anthony S. Parent Jr., Susan Z. Rupp 

Assistant Professors Robert Hellyer, Monique O'Connell, Cynthia Villagomez, 

Charles Wilkins, James Wilson Jr. 

Adunct Assistant Professor Jennifer Ottman 

Visiting Assistant Professors Ronald Bobroff, Gloria Fitzgibbon, Nathan Howard, Suzanna Lee 

Visiting Instructor Kent McConnell 

Lecturer Angus Edmund Lockyer (London) 

The major in history consists of a minimum of twenty-seven hours and must include HST 390 
or 392, one course in premodern history and a minimum of 5.5 hours in each of the following 
three fields: European history; Latin American, Asian, or African history; and United States 
history History courses 101, 102, 103, 104, 390, 391, and 392 count toward the major but cannot 
be used to meet the distributional or pre-modern requirements in the major. 

Majors may include within the required twenty-seven hours up to six hours of advanced 
placement or comparable work and up to six hours of any combination of individual study and 
directed reading other than the hours earned in HST 397. The student must have a GPA of 2.0 in 
history to graduate with the major. 

A minor in history requires eighteen hours. Courses that the student elects to take pass /fail 
do not meet the requirements for the major or minor. 

Highly qualified majors should apply for admission to the honors program in history. To 
be graduated with the designation "Honors in History," the student must complete HST 391, 
present an honors-quality research paper, successfully defend the paper in an oral examination, 

HISTORY i4g 



and earn an overall grade point average of 3.0 with an average of 3.3 on work in history. For 
additional information, students should consult members of the department. 

Students contemplating graduate study should acquire a reading knowledge of one modern 
foreign language for the master of arts degree and two for the Ph.D. 

1 01 . Western Civilization to 1 700. (3h) Survey of ancient, medieval, and early modern history to 
1700. Focus varies with instructor. Credit cannot be received for both 101 and 103, or 102 

and 104. 

1 02. Europe and the World in the Modern Era. (3h) Survey of modern Europe from 1700 to the 
present. Focus varies with instructor. Credit cannot be received for both 101 and 103, or 102 
and 104. 

1027. Formation of Europe: Habsburg Empire and its Successor States. (3h) The development of 
Central and East-Central Europe as a multiethnic unity under the Habsburgs, 1526-1918, and its 
dissolution into successor states and subsequent interactions, 1918-1989. Offered in Vienna. 

1 03. World Civilizations to 1 500. (3h) Survey of the ancient, classical, and medieval civilizations 
of Eurasia with a brief look at American and sub-Saharan societies. Focus varies with instructor. 
Credit cannot be received for both 101 and 103, or 102 and 104. 

1 04. World Civilizations since 1 500. (3h) Survey of the major civilizations of the world in the 
modern and contemporary periods. Focus varies with instructor. Credit cannot be received for 
both 101 and 103, or 102 and 104. 

1262. The Golden Age of Burgundy. (1.5h) Burgundian society, culture, and government in the 
reigns of Philip the Bold, John the Fearless, Philip the Good, and Charles the Rash, 1384-1477. 
Offered in Dijon. 

131. European Historical Biography. (1.5h) Study of biographies of men and women who have 
influenced the history and civilization of Europe. 

132. European Historical Novels. (1.5h) The role of the historical past in selected works of fiction. 

140. Modern Slovenia, (lh) Historical perspective of the politics, constitution, and culture of 
contemporary Slovenia. Includes lectures and visits to relevant sites. Offered in Ljubljana. 

162. History of Wake Forest University. (1.5h) Survey of the history of Wake Forest from its begin- 
ning, including its written and oral traditions. May include a visit to the town of Wake Forest. 

206. The Early Middle Ages. (3h) European history from the end of the ancient world to the mid- 
twelfth century, stressing social and cultural developments. 

207. The High Middle Ages Through the Renaissance. (3h) European history from the mid-twelfth 
through the early sixteenth centuries, stressing social and cultural developments. 

209. Europe: From Renaissance to Revolution. (3h) Survey of European history from the fifteenth 
to the eighteenth century. Topics include the voyages of discovery, the military revolution, the 
formation of the modern state, religious reformation, witchcraft and the rise of modern science, 
and pre-industrial economic and social structures including women and the family. 

210. Colloquium in Historical Diversity. (3h) Broad examination of the historical roots of contem- 
porary cultural issues through various themes such as race, ethnicity, class, gender, sexuality, 
religion, and nationality. Focus varies with instructor. (CD) 



149 



21 7. France to 1 774. (3h) History of France from the Paleolithic period to the accession of Louis 
XVI with particular attention to the early modern period. 

218. France since 181 5. (3h) History of France from the restoration of the monarchy to the Fifth 
Republic. 

219. Germany to 1871 . (3h) Social, economic, and political forces leading to the creation of a 
single German nation-state out of over 1,700 sovereign and semi-sovereign German states. 

220. Germany: Unification to Unification, 1871-1990. (3h) The Germans' search for stability and 
unity in a society riven by conflict and on a continent riven by nationalism. 

222. The Renaissance and Reformation. (3h) Europe from 1300 to 1600. Social, cultural, and intel- 
lectual developments stressed. 

223, 224. Great Britain. (3h, 3h) Survey of British history. Topics include religion, revolution and 
reform, war, poverty and poor relief, women, social and economic change, and empire. 223: To 
eighteenth century; 224: Eighteenth century to present. 

2253. History of Venice. (3h) The history of Venice from its origin to the fall of the Venetian 
Republic. Offered in Venice. 

2260. History of London. (1.5h, 3h) Topographical, social, economic, and political history of Lon- 
don from the earliest times. Lectures, student papers and reports, museum visits and lectures, 
and on-site inspections. Offered in London. 

2263. Venetian Society and Culture. (3h) Examination of Venetian society, including the role 
within Venetian life of music, theatre, the church, and civic ritual. Offered in Venice. 

2280. Georgian and Victorian Society and Culture. (3h) Social and economic transformation of 
England in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, with particular attention to the rise of pro- 
fessionalism and developments in the arts. Offered in London. 

230. Russia: Origins to 1865. (3h) Survey of the political, social, and economic history of Russia, 
from its origins to the period of the Great Reforms under Alexander II. 

231 . Russia and the Soviet Union: 1 865 to the Present. (3h) Survey of patterns of socioeconomic 
change from the late imperial period to the present, the emergence of the revolutionary move- 
ment, and the development of Soviet rule from its establishment to its collapse. 

240. African-American History. (3h) The role of African Americans in the development of the 
U.S., with attention to African heritage, forced migration, Americanization, and influence. (CD) 

242. The Middle East before 1 500. (3h) Survey of Middle Eastern history from the rise of Islam to 
the emergence of the last great Muslim unitary states. Provides an overview of political history 
with more in-depth emphasis on the development of Islamic culture and society in the pre- 
modern era. (CD) 

243. The Middle East since 1500. (3h) Survey of modern Middle Eastern history from the collapse 
of the last great Muslim unitary states to the present day. Topics include the rise and demise of 
the Ottoman and Safvid empires, socio-political reform, the impact of colonialism, Islamic re- 
form, the development of nationalism, and contemporary social and economic challenges. (CD) 

244. Imperial China. (3h) Study of traditional China to 1850, with emphasis on social, cultural, 
and political institutions. (CD) 

HISTORY 150 



245. Modern China. (3h) Study of China from 1644 to the present. (CD) 

246. Japan before 1 800. (3h) Survey of Japan from earliest times to the coming of Western 
imperialism, with emphasis on regional ecologies, economic institutions, cultural practice, 
military organization, political ideology, and foreign relations. (CD) 

247. Japan since 1800. (3h) Survey of Japan in the modern world. Topics include political and 
cultural revolution, state and empire-building, economic "miracles," social transformations, 
military conflicts, and intellectual dilemmas. (CD) 

249. Introduction to East Asia. (3h) Introduction to the histories and cultures of East Asia, from 
the earliest times to the present, focusing on China, Korea, Japan, and Vietnam, with some 
attention to the rest of South-East Asia and emphasizing ecology and economy, trade and inter- 
national relations, political ideology, religious belief, and cultural practice. (CD) 

251, 252. The United States. (3h, 3h) Political, social, economic, and intellectual aspects. 
251: Before 1865; 252: After 1865. 

253. Colonial English America, 1582-1774. (3h) Determinative episodes, figures, allegiances, 
apperceptions, and results of the period, organically considered. 

272. Introduction to African History. (3h) Introduction to African history from the perspective of 
the continent as a whole. The historical unity of the African continent and its relation to other 
continents is stressed. (CD) 

273. History of Mexico. (3h) Examination of the history of Mexico from the colonial period to the 
present. (CD) 

275. Modern Latin America. (3h) Survey of Latin- American history since independence, with 
emphasis on the twentieth century. Concentrates chiefly on economics, politics, and race. (CD) 

284. Latin America's Colonial Past. (3h) Studies the history of Latin America's colonial past from 
the preconquest background to the wars of independence in the early nineteenth century. 
Includes a Language Across the Curriculum component that allows students to earn credits in 
Spanish by reading and discussing at least half of the texts in Spanish. (CD) 

308. The World of Alexander the Great. (3h) Examination of Alexander the Great's conquests and 
the fusion of Greek culture with those of the Near East, Central Asia, and India. Emphasis is on 
the creation of new political institutions and social customs, modes of addressing philosophical 
and religious issues, and the achievements and limitations of Hellenistic civilization. 

311. Special Topics in History. (lh-3h) Subject varies with instructor. 

314. European Economic and Social History, 1750-1990. (3h) Changes in Europe's economic 
structures and how they affected Europeans' lives. Emphasizes how economic forces interacted 
with social and institutional factors. 

315. Greek History. (3h) Development of ancient Greek civilization from the Bronze Age to the 
end of the Classical Period stressing social institutions, individual character, and freedom of 
social choice within the framework of cultural, political, and intellectual history. 

316. Rome: Republic and Empire. (3h) Survey of Roman history and civilization from its begin- 
ning to about 500 C.E., with emphasis on the conquest of the Mediterranean world, the evolu- 
tion of the Republican state, the growth of autocracy, the administration of the empire, and the 
interaction between Romans and non-Romans. 



151 



HISTORY 



31 7. The French Revolution and Napoleonic Empire. (3h) Revolution and wars that constitute one 
of the pivotal points in modern history. 

318. Weimar Germany. (3h) Art, literature, music, and film of Weimar Germany, 1919-1933, in 
historical context. German or history credit determined at registration. Also listed as GER 231. 

3260. The Industrial Revolution in England. (3h) Study of the social, economic, and political 
causes and effects of the Industrial Revolution in England. Offered in London. 

328. History of the English Common Law. (3h) Study of the origins and development of the Eng- 
lish common law and its legacy to modern legal processes and principles. 

330. Race, Religion, and Sex in Early Modern Europe. (3h) Explores issues of race, ethnicity, and 
gender in Europe between 1400 and 1800. Topics include contact and conflict among Jews, 
Muslims, and Christians; marriage, the family, and sexuality; migration and immigration; and 
slavery and conquest in early European colonies and empires. (CD) 

333. European Diplomacy, 1848-1914. (3h) The diplomacy of the great powers, with some atten- 
tion given to the role of publicity in international affairs. Topics include the unification of Italy 
and of Germany, the Bismarckian system, and the coming of World War I. 

337. Gender in Early America. (3h) History of gender roles from the colonial period to the mid- 
nineteenth century. Examines the social constructions of femininity and masculinity and their 
political and cultural significance. (CD) 

338. Gender in Modern America. (3h) History of gender relations from the late nineteenth cen- 
tury to the present. Analyzes the varying definitions of femininity and masculinity, the chang- 
ing notions of sexuality, and the continuity and diversity of gender roles with special attention 
to race, class, and ethnicity. 

339. The History of American Medicine. (3h) Analysis of the changing approaches to healing in 
American history. Examines indigenous systems, the introduction of European methods, the 
attempts to professionalize in the nineteenth century, the incorporation of modern techniques, 
and the reemergence of natural approaches in the twentieth century. 

341 . Africans in the Atlantic World, 1 750-1 81 5. (3h) Explores Africans' experience in the Atlan- 
tic world (Africa, Europe, and the Americas) during the era of slave trade by examining their 
encounters with Indians and Europeans and their adjustment to slave traders in West Africa. 

347. Japan since World War II. (3h) Survey of Japanese history since the outbreak of the Pacific 
War, with emphasis on social and cultural developments. Topics may include occupation and 
recovery of independence, the "1955 System," high-growth economics, and the problems of 
prosperity in recent years. (CD) 

349. American Foundations. (3h) Interdisciplinary study of American art, music, literature, and 
social history with particular reference to the art collection at Reynolda House Museum of 
American Art. Lectures, discussions, and field trips, including a tour of New York City muse- 
ums. Term project in American history. Also listed as ART 331, HON 393, 394, and MUS 307. 
Offered at Reynolda House in summer only. 

350. Global Economic History. (3h) Overview of the growth and development of the world econ- 
omy from precapitalist organizations to the present system of developed and underdeveloped 
states. (CD) 



HISTORY |52 



351 . United States Social History I. (3h) Examines various aspects of American social history from 
the colonial period to the mid-nineteenth century, with emphasis on immigration, ethnicity 
race, gender, sexuality the family, religion, and life and culture. 

352. United States Social History II. (3h) Examines various aspects of American social history 
from the late-nineteenth century to the present, with emphasis on immigration, ethnicity, race, 
gender, sexuality, the family, religion, and life and culture. 

354. Revolutionary and Early National America, 1 763-1 81 5. (3) The American Revolution, its 
causes and effects, the Confederation, the Constitution, and the new nation. 

356. Jacksonian America, 1 81 5-1 850. (3h) The U.S. in the age of Jackson, Clay, Calhoun, and 
Webster. A biographical approach. 

357. The Civil War and Reconstruction. (3h) The political and military events of the war and the 
economic, social, and political readjustments which followed. 

358. The United States from Reconstruction to World War I. (1.5h, 3h) National progress and prob- 
lems during an era of rapid industrialization. May be divided into halves for 1.5 hours each: 

(a) the Gilded Age; (b) the Progressive Era. 

359. The United States from World War I through World War II. (3h) The transition of America from 
World War I to 1945, with emphasis on the significance of the New Deal and World War EL 

360. The United States since World War II. (3h) Trends and changes in the nation from World War 
II to the present. 

361. Economic History of the United States. (3h) The economic development of the U.S. from 
colonial beginnings to the present. 

362. American Constitutional History. (3h) Origins of the Constitution, the controversies in- 
volving the nature of the Union, and constitutional readjustments to meet the new American 
industrialism. 

363. The Old South. (3h) Examination of the origins of southern distinctiveness, from the first 
interactions of Europeans, Native Americans and Africans to the Civil War and Emancipation. 
(CD) 

364. The New South. (3h) Examination of sharecropping, segregation, political reform, the 
Sunbelt phenomenon, the Civil Rights Movement, and southern religion, music, and literature. 
Includes a service learning component. (CD) 

366. Studies in Historic Preservation. (3h) Analysis of history museums and agencies and of the 
techniques of preserving and interpreting history through artifacts, restorations, and recon- 
structions. P — POL 

369. Modern Military History. (3h) Making war in the modern era, with special attention to the 
social context of military activity. Credit not allowed for both HST 369 and MIL 229. 

370. Topics in North Carolina History. (3h) General chronological survey of North Carolina with 
emphasis on selected topics. 

371. Winston-Salem/Forsyth County. (3h) History of the Winston-Salem /Forsyth County area 
using techniques of local history including archives, museums, and oral history. Lectures, read- 
ings, and class projects. 



153 



HISTORY 



374. Protest and Rebellion in Latin America. (3h) Study of the history of protest movements and 
rebellions in Latin America from primitive and agrarian revolts to mass working class and 
socialist organizations. (CD) 

376. Civil Rights and Black Consciousness Movements. (3h) A social and religious history of the 
African- American struggle for citizenship rights and freedom from World War II to the present. 
Also listed as REL 341. (CD) 

3760. Anglo-American Relations since 1940. (3h) Study of the relations between the U.S. and 
Britain from 1940 to the present. Offered in London. 

377. American Diplomatic History. (3h) Introduction to the history of American diplomacy since 
1776, emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental policies. 

378. Reconciling Race. (3h) Comparative history of twentieth-century racial oppression, black 
rebellion, and religious reconciliation. Also listed as REL 348. (CD) 

379. Origins of The Americas. (3h) Unified, comparative history of North, Central, and South 
America from ancient times to the present. (CD) 

380. America at Work. (3h) Examines the people who built America from 1750 to 1945. Themes 
include free labor versus slave labor, the impact of industrialization, the racial and gendered 
realities of work, and the growth of organized labor and its political repercussions. (CD) 

381. 382. Preservation Practicum I, II. (3h, 3h) Training in the techniques and skills of historical 
preservation. Emphasis varies according to the specific site(s) involved. P — POL 

383. Revolution and Culture in Latin America. (3h) Explores the links between revolutionary 
movements and cultural expression in Latin America and the Caribbean. Includes a Language 
Across the Curriculum component that allows students to earn credits in Spanish by reading 
and discussing at least half of the texts in Spanish. (CD) 

390. Research Seminar. (3h) Offered by members of the faculty on topics of their choice. A paper 
is required. 

391. Honors Seminar. (3h) Seminar on problems of historical synthesis and interpretation. 
Honors students must take HST 391. P— POL 

392. Individual Research. (3h) Writing of a major research paper. May be taken in lieu of HST 390 
in pursuit of honors in history. P — POL 

397. Historical Writing Tutorial. (1.5h) Individual supervision of historical writing to improve a 
project initiated in HST 390 or HST 392. Does not count toward major or minor requirements. 
P— POL 

398. Individual Study. (l-3h) Project in an area of study not otherwise available in the depart- 
ment; permitted upon departmental approval of petition presented by a qualified student. 

399. Directed Reading. (l-3h) Concentrated reading in an area of study not otherwise available. 
P— POL 



154 



Humanities (HMN) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Coordinator William S. Hamilton 

W. R. Kenan Jr. Professor of Humanities Allen Mandelbaum 

Reynolds Professor of American Studies Maya Angelou 

Professor Ulrike Wiethaus 

Associate Professors Candyce Leonard, Robert L. Utley Jr. 

In order to offer capable students a forum which encourages the pursuit of ideas across the 
disciplinary lines of such fields as history philosophy, literature, politics, religion, and the arts, 
the minor is offered in humanities. It requires a total of fifteen hours. Candidates for the minor 
are required to take HMN 280. Reason and Revelation, and 290. Innovation and Inclusivity. 
When these have been passed, the student is assigned a minor adviser who assists in planning 
the rest of the student's curriculum. In accordance with the plan, six more hours are selected 
from courses in the humanities or related disciplines other than those being used by the student 
to fulfill divisional requirements of the College or the requirements of the major. 

The minor concludes with a three-hour project in HMN 396 supervised by a member of the 
humanities faculty and reviewed by a committee of relevant faculty appointed by the coordi- 
nator of humanities; the project must represent the further pursuit of an idea or topic studied 
in one of the courses of the minor, and must successfully reflect the synthesis of views from at 
least two traditional disciplines. 

1 70. Understanding Japan. (3h) Understanding Japanese culture and behavior from the struc- 
ture of social units such as family, educational institutions, and sports, artistic, and professional 
organizations. Credit not given for both HMN 170 and 175. (CD) 

1 75. Japanese Culture: Insight and Outreach. (3h) Develops an understanding of Japanese culture 
through reading, class discussion, and individual research, with subsequent outreach to area 
high schools through presentations. Credit not given for both HMN 170 and 175. (CD) 

1 767. The Cuisine of Italy: From the Farm to the Tabletop. (3h) Interdisciplinary study of the sci- 
ence, economics, history, culture, and art of Italian cuisine. Taught only in Venice, 2005. 

Humanities courses 213-223 are designed to introduce students to works of literature which would not 
be included in their normal course of study. Each course includes a reading in translation often to twelve 
representative authors. 

213. Studies in European Literature. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Dante, Montaigne, 
Cervantes, Goethe, Dostoevsky, and Camus. 

214. Contemporary Fiction. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Mann, Sartre, Unamuno, 
Fuentes, Moravia, and Voinovich. 

215. Germanic and Slavic Literature. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Von Eschenbach, 
Hoffmann, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Ibsen, and Kafka. 

216. Romance Literature. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Boccaccio, Calderon, Flau- 
bert, Machado de Assis, Gide, and Lampedusa. 

21 7. European Drama. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Moliere, Garcia Lorca, Piran- 
dello, Schiller, Brecht, Ibsen, and Beckett. (CD) 



155 



HUMANITIES 



218. Eastern European Literature. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Moricz, Hasek, 
Bulgakov, Andric, Gombrowicz, Kundera, Ugresic, and Erofeev. (CD) 

219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (3h) Major works of poetry, drama, and fiction from the 
classical and modern periods. Also listed as EAL 219. 

221 . Introduction to Chinese Literature. (3h) Readings and discussions in fiction, drama, and 
poetry from the traditional and modern periods. Also listed as EAL 221. 

222. African and Caribbean Literature. (3h) Examination of the negritude movement and the 
negro-African novel. Texts studied are by such authors as Aime Cesaire, Leopold Senghor, 
Ousmane Sembene, and Mariama Ba. (CD) 

223. Contemplative Practices and Literary Creation. (3h) An introduction to contemplative read- 
ing in the western monastic tradition, its development in the Middle Ages, and its influence 
on intellectual life and non-religious literary creation until the twentieth century, with a focus 
on Spain. 

2248. Cross-cultural Encounters in Morocco. (3h) Interdisciplinary study of Moroccan culture, 
both past and present, and an introduction to a country whose history and geo-political 
situation are unique within the Arab region. Group excursions to sites of cultural and historic 
significance. Offered in Fez, Morocco during the summer session. 

2253. Literature, Travel, and Discovery. (3h) Exploration of various works, primarily in transla- 
tion, from Homer to the present that focuses on the relationship between travel and discovery, 
especially as travel establishes the ongoing connection between the sacred and the profane for 
both guest and host. 

2287. Viennese Culture from 1860 to 1914. (3h) A study of late nineteenth and early twentieth 
century Vienna as reflected in the matrix of the city's civic and artistic life. Offered in Vienna. 

230. Women Writers in Contemporary Italy. (3h) Readings and discussions of texts by women 
writers in post-fascist Italy that reflect the feminine perspective on issues in contemporary 
Italian society and society at large. Authors include Naraini, Morante, Fallaci, Ginzburg, 
deCespedes, and Ortese. (Qualifies, with modifications, for the minor in Italian.) 

235. After Auschwitz: Holocaust Literature, Art, and Theology. (3h) Survey of the ways in which 
novelists, poets, theologians, and culture critics have struggled to come to terms with the 
cataclysmic events of the Shoah. Considers textual, visual, and architectural responses such as 
poetry, films, memorials, and paintings. 

245. Interdisciplinary Seminar in Critical Thinking. (1.5h) Investigation of cross-disciplinary 
issues. Designed to encourage experimental, interdisciplinary thinking and writing. 

250. Maritime Studies. (3h) Provides a multidisciplinary study of the sea and sea voyage in the 
Western tradition and the role of the sea in the historical development of the modern world 
system of labor, trade, and scientific resource management. Offered only in conjunction with the 
Sea Education Association. 

251. The Asian-American Experience: Literature and Personal Narratives. (3h) Introduction to the 
writings and narratives of Asian- Americans, examining the process of assimilation, the effects 
of immigration and cultural conflict on literary forms of expression, and the formation of new 
cultural identities. (CD) 



HUMANITIES ^56 



252. Introduction to Chinese Film. (3h) Introductory study of film from mainland China, Hong 
Kong, and Taiwan from its inception at the turn of the twentieth century to the present. Ex- 
plores Chinese film as an art form, an instrument of political propaganda, and a medium of 
popular entertainment. Also listed as EAL 252. 

2561 . Beijing: A Study of Chinese Religion and Politics. (3h) Study of the religion and politics in 
the recent history of China, beginning with the founding of present Beijing in the early Ming 
Dynasty. 

265. Gender, Spirituality, and Art. (3h) Introduction to the current discussion of the nature of art 
and spiritual experience, with special attention to definitions of femininity and masculinity in 
the construction of symbols and religious meaning. 

266. Perceptions of Islam. (3h) Exploration of Islam as understood by Muslims and non- 
Muslims, with particular focus on issues of war and peace, gender equity, human rights, and 
prospects for future relations between Islamic and Western countries. (CD) 

267. China, Character, and Columbine. (3h) An examination, in Eastern and Western terms, of 
methodologies used to form and to reform the configurations of innate and learned factors that 
produce saints or sociopaths, centering on the psychological theory of Yan Xi-zhai. (CD) 

268. Ancestors, Indians, Immigrants: A Southwest Cultural Tapestry. (3h) Exploration of factors 
that shaped the lives of people in the Southwest with attention to Native American and Hispan- 
ic experience. From kivas to casinos, coyotes to cartels, it links archeological and prehispanic 
history to contemporary lifeways in the canyons, deserts, and cities of the U.S. /North Mexico. 
Also listed as ANT 377. (CD) 

280. Reason and Revelation. (3h) Investigation of the intellectual roots of Western civilization as 
they are found in the emergence of philosophical universalism and Biblical monotheism. These 
distinctive approaches are considered through the reading of such authors as Plato, Hesiod, 
Aristophanes, and St. Thomas Aquinas, and of selections from the Bible. 

282. Public Life and the Liberal Arts. (3h) Devoted to topics of abiding public significance. Funda- 
mental dilemmas and resolutions associated with each topic are examined through a consid- 
eration of their treatment in the liberal arts tradition. "Politics and the Arts" and "Theory and 
Practice in Public Life" are representative topics. 

283. Foundations of Revolution in Modernity. (3h) Subject viewed through such representative 
writers as Machiavelli, Spinoza, Pascal, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Flaubert, Eckermann, Hegel, 
Nietzsche, and Conrad, each of whom in a different way participated in the rejection of the 
teachings of both the Socratic tradition and the Christian church. 

285. Culture and Religion in Contemporary Native America. (3h) Interdisciplinary survey of 
American-Indian cultures, including the arts and literature, religions, and historical changes. 
Emphasis is on the impact of the Conquista, encounters with Northern Atlantic societies, and 
contemporary developments. Also listed as REL 265. (CD) 

290. Innovation and Inclusivity. (3h) Introduction to cultural innovation in the twentieth century. 
Written texts, visual arts, and performance art are analyzed through the perspectives of (1.) 
paradigms such as psychoanalysis, Marxism, feminism, and liberation theology, (2.) debates 
about political correctness and multiculturalism, and (3.) strategies used by minority and non- 
Western voices. (CD) 



157 



HUMANITIES 



320. Perspectives on the Middle Ages. (3h) Team-taught interdisciplinary course using a variety 
of literary, historical, and theoretical materials to examine one of the following: (a.) Medieval 
Women; (b.) Medieval Constructs of Gender, Race, and Class; (c.) Love and War in the Middle 
Ages; (d.) The Medieval Environment: Landscape and Culture. May be repeated for credit with 
different sub topics. 

337. World Poetry in Dramatic Performance. (1.5h) Study, in translation, of ancient and contem- 
porary poetry ranging from Japanese to Irish, African American, Spanish, German, Scottish, 
and others. Students are required, after eight class meetings, to perform in a public presenta- 
tion. Pass/Fail only. 

3421 . Japan in Perspective. (3h) Readings in accounts of Japan by Western visitors from the nine- 
teenth century to the present, e.g., Hearn, Bird, Booth, Reid, and writing of reflective essays on 
student responses to their experiences with Japan and Japanese culture. Taught only in Japan. 

3503. Postmodern Experimental Fiction. (3h) Explores a number of experimental fictions that 
helped define our idea of the novel in the second half of the twentieth century. Assesses the 
implications of the various revisions in literary form and links them, where possible, to general 
changes in thought as the world became increasingly globalized. 

353. African and Caribbean Women Writers. (3h) Critical analysis of fiction by female authors 
whose works concern women in Africa and its Caribbean diaspora. 

355. Forms and Expressions of Love. (3h) Philosophical, religious, and psychological delineations 
of the forms of love; literary, dramatic, musical, and visual portrayals of love in selected works 
of art. Also listed as HON 249. 

357. Images of Aging in the Humanities. (3h) Multidisciplinary presentation and discussion 
of portrayals of aging in selected materials from several of the liberal arts: philosophical and 
religious perspectives; selections from literature and the visual arts; historical development of 
perceptions of aging; imaging of aging in contemporary culture. Also listed as HON 257. 

361 . Dante I. (1.5h) Study of the Vita Nuova as apprenticeship to the Divina Commedia, and of 
the first half of the Divina Commedia as epic, prophecy, autobiography, and poetry, relating it to 
antiquity, Christianity, Dante's European present (the birth of modern languages and new intel- 
lectual and poetic forms), and Dante's own afterlife in the West. Also listed as ENG 307. 

362. Dante II. (1.5h) Study of the second half of the Divina Commedia as epic, prophecy, auto- 
biography, and poetry, relating it to antiquity, Christianity, Dante's European present (the birth 
of modern languages and new intellectual and poetic forms), and Dante's own afterlife in the 
West. Also listed as ENG 308. P— HMN 361 or POI. 

365. Humanity and Nature. (3h) Multidisciplinary exploration of relations of human beings to 
nature, and of scientific, economic, and political factors in current environmental concerns. 
Selected religious, classical, and philosophical texts; works of visual art; selected discussions of 
ecology and human responsibility. Also listed as HON 265. 

380. Literature, Film, and Society. (3h) Study of major selected works of literature, mainly Ameri- 
can; of the films which have been based upon them; and of the social and political context in 
which they were read and seen. Texts include novels, stories, and plays by such writers as Drei- 
ser, Lewis, Warren, Steinbeck, Hellman, Harper Lee, Wright, and Walker. P — Junior standing. 



HUMANITIES ^53 



381. Independent Research in Asian Studies, (lh, 2h, 3h) Supervised independent research 
project on a topic related to Asia. Requires the approval of both the instructor and the coordina- 
tor of East Asian studies. May be repeated for credit, but no more than three hours may count 
toward East Asian studies. 

382. Italian Cinema and Society. (3h) Survey of some of Italy's greatest postwar films, with 
special attention to issues and problems in Italian society as treated by major directors such as 
Fellini, DeSica, Rossellini, Antonioni, and Olmi. 

383. Italian Fascism in Novels and Films. (3h) Exploration of theories of fascism, with emphasis 
on Italy between 1919 and 1944 as understood through novels and films. 

385. Legends of Troy. (3h) Interdisciplinary investigation of translations and transformations of 
the Trojan legend from the Greeks through the Middle Ages and the Renaissance to the pres- 
ent. Texts, studied in English translation, are by such authors as Homer, Virgil, Ovid, Chaucer, 
Racine, and Giraudoux. 

390. Interdisciplinary Seminar on Aging. (1.5h or 3h) Study of aging in an interdisciplinary con- 
text, including the biological, psychological, neurobiological, cognitive, health status, and social 
structural and demographic aspects of aging. P — POL 

396. Individual Study, (lh, 2h, 3h) Individual projects in the humanities which continue study 
begun in regular courses. By prearrangement. 



Interdisciplinary Honors (HON) 

Coordinator Professor of English Barry Maine 

A series of seminar courses of an interdisciplinary nature is open to qualified undergraduates. 
Students interested in admission to any one of these seminars should consult the coordinator. 

Students who choose to participate in as many as four interdisciplinary seminars and who 
have a superior record may elect HON 281, directed study culminating in an honors paper 
and an oral examination. Those whose work has been superior in this course and who have 
achieved an overall grade point average of at least 3.0 in all college work may be graduated 
with the distinction "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." Students who choose to be candidates 
for departmental honors may not also be candidates for "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 

Able students are normally encouraged to choose a departmental honors program rather 
than "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." As a result, most students elect to participate in only 
one or two interdisciplinary seminars in which they are particularly interested. The faculty 
participants for these seminars represent diverse academic disciplines. 

131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience I. (3h, 3h) Inquiry into the nature and interrelation- 
ships of several approaches to man's experience, represented by the work of three such minds 
as Leonardo da Vinci, Dante, Klee, Lorenz, Confucius, Dostoevsky Descartes, Goya, Mozart, 
Jefferson, and Bohr. Seminar discussion based on primary and secondary sources, including 
musical works and paintings. Written reports and a term paper required. Offered in alternate years. 



159 



INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS 



1 33, 1 34. Approaches to Human Experience II. (3h, 3h) A parallel course to HON 131, 132, 
concentrating on the work of a different set of figures such as Einstein, Galileo, Keynes, Pascal, 
Camus, Picasso, Ibsen, Stravinsky, Sophocles, and Bach. Offered in alternate years. 

236. The Force of Impressionism. (3h) Impressionism and its impact on modern painting and 
literature, with attention to origins and theories of style. Painters include Manet, Monet, Renoir, 
Degas, and Cezanne. Writers include Baudelaire, Flaubert, Mallarme, James, Pound, Joyce, and 
Woolf. 

237. The Scientific Outlook. (3h) Exploration of the origins and development of the scientific 
method and some of its contemporary applications in the natural and social sciences and the 
humanities. 

238. Romanticism. (3h) Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic of mind and art and as a 
specific historical movement in Europe and America in the late eighteenth and nineteenth 
centuries. Emphasis on primary materials in philosophy, literature, music, and painting. 

240. Adventures in Self-Understanding. (3h) Examination and discussion of significant accounts 
of the quest for understanding of the self, in differing historical periods, cultural contexts, and 
genres. Among figures who may be discussed are Augustine, Dante, Gandhi, Montaigne, Des- 
cartes, Pascal, and selected modern writers. 

241 . The Tragic View. (3h) The theory of tragedy in ancient and modern times; the expression of 
the tragic in literature, art, music, theatre, and film. 

242. The Comic View. (3h) The theory of comedy in ancient and modern times; the expression of 
the comic in literature, art, music, theatre, and film. 

244. Man and the Structure of the Universe. (3h) Investigation of various conceptions of the 
universe and their implications for man. Study not necessarily limited to the cosmologies of 
Ptolemy, Copernicus, and their modern successors, but may also include theories such as the 
Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist. 

247. The Mythic View. (3h) The nature of myth through creation and hero myths; the uses to 
which myths have been put in different historical periods; various modern explanations of 
myth (literary, religious, anthropological, psychoanalytic, social, and historical). 

248. The Ironic View. (3h) Investigation of the ironic view of life in literature, art, history, theatre, 
and film. 

249. Forms and Expressions of Love. (3h) Philosophical, religious, and psychological delineations 
of the forms of love; literary, dramatic, musical, and visual portrayals of love in selected works 
of art. Also listed as HMN 355. 

257. Images of Aging in the Humanities. (3h) Multidisciplinary presentation and discussion 
of portrayals of aging in selected materials from several of the liberal arts: philosophical and 
religious perspectives; selections from literature and the visual arts; historical development of 
perceptions of aging; imaging of aging in contemporary culture. Also listed as HMN 357. 

258. Venice in Art and Literature. (3h) Exploration of what Venice has meant to non-native artists 
and writers, and what they have made of it. Artists and writers include Byron, Turner, Ruskin, 
Henry James, Sargent, Whistler, Proust, Mann, and others. 



INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS 



160 



265. Humanity and Nature. (3h) Multidisciplinary exploration of relations of human beings to 
nature, and of scientific, economic, and political factors in current environmental concerns. 
Selected religious, classical, and philosophical texts; works of visual art; selected discussions of 
ecology and human responsibility. Also listed as HMN 365. 

281 . Directed Study. (3h) Readings on an interdisciplinary topic and presentation of a major 
research or interpretive paper based on these readings, under the direction of a faculty mem- 
ber; an oral examination on the topic. Eligible students must submit a written request to the 
coordinator of Interdisciplinary Honors by the end of the junior year. Not open to candidates 
for departmental honors. 

310. The Medieval World: Special Topics. (3h) Team-taught course spanning the Middle Ages 
(500-1500) which considers artistic and/or literary representations and texts in the context of 
political, historical, or religious culture of the medieval period in Western and non- Western 
areas of the world. Specific content is determined by the individual instructors. 

390. Postmodern Thought and Expression. (3h) Exploration of postmodern philosophy, litera- 
ture, and art, beginning with Nietzsche, Foucault, and Derrida, and extending into experiments 
in literature and art of the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. 

393, 394. American Foundations I, II. (3h, 3h) Interdisciplinary study of American art, music, 
literature, and social history with particular reference to the art collection at Reynolda House 
Museum of American Art. Lectures, discussions and field trips, including a tour of New York 
City museums. Term project in American Art. Also listed as ART 331, HST 349, and MUS 307. 
English majors enrolled in HON 393, 394 may receive credit for ENG 302 so long as the term 
project is in American literature. Offered at Reynolda House in summer only. 



International Studies (INS) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Coordinator Associate Professor of Political Science Pia Christina Wood 

The minor in international studies consists of a total of fifteen hours which must include 
INS 250. Seminar in International Studies and twelve additional hours from approved interna- 
tional courses. Of the twelve additional hours, students must take two courses from each of the 
two categories: Global Thematic Studies and Regional Studies. No more than six of the fifteen 
hours for the minor may be taken from a single discipline. It is strongly recommended that 
INS 250 be taken in either the fall or spring semester of the senior year, but it must follow 
completion of the other aforementioned requirements. 

1 . Global Thematic Studies: Two courses preferably selected from a single category. 

a. cultural studies 

b. socio-economic studies 

c. geopolitical studies 

2. Regional Studies: Two courses, preferably selected from a single region 

a. Africa d. Latin America 

b. Asia e. Middle East 

c. Europe 



161 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 



The international studies minor is designed to prepare students to operate in an increasingly 
globalized world whose defining traits are a myriad of transnational challenges and opportuni- 
ties. The minor exposes students to a variety of transregional themes and subjects on one hand 
and particular knowledge of specific regions on the other. Study of a foreign language beyond 
the basic requirements is strongly recommended, as is study abroad. For more information 
contact the Center for International Studies. 

The current list of approved courses is available in the Center for International Studies and 
on its Web site. Additional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this 
bulletin. The program coordinator maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. 
For course descriptions, see the relevant department's listings in this publication. 

140. United Nations/Model United Nations. (1.5h) Exploration of the history, structure, and func- 
tions of the United Nations including current economic, social, and political issues. In-depth 
analysis of one country in the UN and attendance at the Model UN Conference. May be taken 
twice for credit. Pass /Fail only. 

160. Introduction to Global Trade and Commerce Studies. (3h) Provides foundational knowledge 
in global trade and commerce. Focuses on understanding the global environment and the vari- 
ety of issues associated with global trade and commerce. 

228. Individual Study, (lh, 2h, 3h) Intensive research leading to the completion of an individual 
project conducted under the supervision of a faculty member. Students are responsible for initi- 
ating the project and securing permission of an appropriate faculty member. P — POI. 

229. Internship in International Studies, (lh, 2h, 3h) Field work directly related to international 
issues in a public or private setting under the supervision of a faculty member. Related readings 
and an analytical paper are minimum requirements. Students are responsible for initiating the 
project and securing the permission of an appropriate instructor. P — POI. 

250. Seminar in International Studies. (3h) Applies theoretical assumptions and methods to the 
analysis of international issues of contemporary relevance. (CD) 

349. Japanese and American Culture: Cross-Cultural Communication. (3h) Exploration of com- 
munication differences between the Japanese and the Americans. Japanese and American 
values, behavior, and beliefs are compared in determining effective methods for cross-cultural 
communication. Emphasis is on examining factors leading to miscommunication and the 
development of techniques for overcoming cultural barriers. Credit not given for both INS 349 
and COM 351A. Also listed as COM 351A. (CD) 

363. Global Capitalism. (3h) Analysis of changing patterns of industrial organization, market, 
and labor relations, and institutional frameworks that have resulted from the growth of an 
integrated global capitalist economy. Also listed as SOC 363. 

The following course does not count for the minor but is designed to ensure that students who study 
overseas receive sufficient credit to make satisfactory progress toward graduation: INS 101. 

101. Overseas Study. (l-3h) Directed reading and/or field work as part of an approved overseas 
program under the supervision of the program director or the Center for International Studies. 
The keeping of a journal and submission of an end of program evaluation are required. P — POI. 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES | 62 



Global Thematic Studies 

Two courses (but no more than one from each category). Categories include cultural studies 
(religion, music, and literature), socio-economic studies, and geopolitical studies. 

Cultural Studies 

ANT 330. Seeing World Cultures. (3h) 

336. Myth, Ritual, and Symbolism. (3h) 

355. Language and Culture. (3h) 

383, 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. (3h) 
ART 260. Classics of World Cinema. (3h) 

299. International Studies in Art. (3h) 
COM 350. Intercultural Communication. (3h) 

351. Comparative Communication. (1.5h, 3h) 

354. International Communication. (3h) 
ENG 358. Postcolonial Literature. (3h) 

359. Studies in Postcolonial Literature. (3h) 
HMN 266. Perceptions of Islam. (3h) 

290. Innovation and Inclusivity. (3h) 
INS 349. Japanese and American Culture: Cross-Cultural Communication. (3h) 
MUS 209. Music of World Cultures. (3h) 
PSY 357. Cross-Cultural Psychology. (3h) 
REL 273. World Religions in Dialogue. (3h) 

346. Pentecostalism in Global Perspective. (3h) 

347. The Emerging Church in the Two-Thirds World. (3h) 

360. World Religions. (3h) 

361. The Buddhist World of Thought and Practice. (3h) 

362. Islam. (3h) 

381. Zen Buddhism. (3h) 

SPA 323. Topics in Hispanic Civilization. (3h) 

347. Contemporary Theatre in Spain and Spanish America. (3h) 
351. Transgressing Borders: Identity in Latin America and 
U.S. Latino Cultures. (3h) 

THE 374. Contemporary World Drama. (3h) 

Socio-economic Studies 

ANT 337. Economic Anthropology. (3h) 
BUS 215. Seminar in Comparative Management. (3h) 

222. Global Marketing Strategy. (3h) 

234. International Finance. (3h) 

290. International Business Study Tour. (3h) 
ECN 251. International Trade. (3h) 

252. International Finance. (3h) 

253. Economies in Transition. (3h) 

258. Economic Growth and Development. (3h) 
HST 350. Global Economic History. (3h) 
EvJS 363. Global Capitalism. (3h) 



163 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 



POL 239. State, Economy, and International Competitiveness. (3h) 
SOC 363. Global Capitalism. (3h) 

Geopolitical Studies 

EDU 271. Geography: The Human Environment. (3h) 

HST 369. Modern Military History. (3h) 

POL 237. Comparative Public Policy in Selected Industrialized Democracies. (3h) 

238. Comparative Economic Development and Political Change. (3h) 

245. Ethnonationalism. (3h) 

247. Islam and Politics. (3h) 

253. International Political Economy (3h) 

255. Group Identity in International Relations. (3h) 

256. International Security. (3h) 

261. International Law. (3h) 

262. International Organizations. (3h) 

264. Moral Dilemmas in International Politics. (3h) 

Regional Studies 

Two courses preferably selected from a single region. Regions include Africa, Asia, Europe, 
Latin America, and the Middle East. 

Africa 

ECN 254. Current Issues in African Development. (3h) 
HST 272. Introduction to African History. (3h) 
HMN 2248. Cross-cultural Encounters in Morocco. (3h) 

353. African and Caribbean Women Writers. (3h) 
POL 242. Topics in Comparative Politics. (3h) 

252. Topics in International Politics, (lh or 3h) 
REL 339. Religion, Society, and Power in Africa. (3h) 

Asia 

ANT 334. Peoples and Cultures of South Asia. (3h) 
CHI 350. Chinese Modern Literature Survey. (3h) 
EAL 170. Understanding Japan. (3h) 

175. Japanese Culture: Insight and Outreach. (3h) 

300. Independent Research in East Asian Studies, (lh, 2h, 3h) 
EAS 311. Special Topics in Asian Studies. (l-3h) 

381. Independent Research in Asian Studies. (l-3h) 
HST 244. Imperial China. (3h) 

245. Modern China. (3h) 

247. Japan Since 1800. (3h) 

249. Introduction to East Asia. (3h) 

347. Japan Since World War II. (3h) 
HMN 170. Understanding Japan. (3h) 

252. Introduction to Chinese Film. (3h) 

2561. Beijing: A Study of Chinese Religion and Politics. (3h) 

267. China, Character, and Columbine. (3h) 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES j 64 



JPN 350. Japanese Modern Literature Survey. (3h) 

PHI 253. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) 

POL 246. Politics and Policies in South Asia. (3h) 

248. Chinese Politics. (3h) 

REL 363. The Religions of Japan. (3h) 

380. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) 
382. Religion and Culture in China. (3h) 

Europe 

ART 2029. Spanish Art & Architecture. (3h) 

2712. Studies in French Art (3h) 
ECN 2719. Economics of the European Community. (3h) 
ENG 362. Irish Literature in the Twentieth Century. (3h) 

368. Studies in Irish Literature. (3h) 
FRH 360. Cinema and Society. (3h) 

363. Trends in French Poetry. (3h) 

364. French Prose Fiction. (3h) 

365. French Drama. (3h) 

GER 220. German Civilization I. (3h) 
221. German Civilization II. (3h) 
231. Weimar Germany. (3h) 

249. German Literature Before 1700. (3h) 

281. German Literature from the Enlightenment through Romanticism. (3h) 
283. German Literature from Poetic Realism through Naturalism. (3h) 
285. German Literature of the Modern Age. (3h) 
2507. Fin de Siecle Vienna. (3h) 
HST 218. France since 1815. (3h) 
224. Great Britain. (3h) 
2253. History of Venice. (3h) 

231. Russia and the Soviet Union: 1865 to the Present. (3h) 
314. European Economic and Social History 1750-1990. (3h) 
318. Weimar Germany. (3h) 

320. Germany: Unification to Unification, 1871-1990. (3h) 
328. History of the English Common Law. (3h) 
333. European Diplomacy 1848-1914. (3h) 
HMN 2287. Viennese Culture from 1860 to 1914. (3h) 
230. Women Writers in Contemporary Italy. (3h) 
235. After Auschwitz: Holocaust Literature, Art & Theology. (3h) 

382. Italian Cinema and Society. (3h) 

383. Italian Fascism in Novels and Films. (3h) 
LTA 224. Italian Regional Cultures. (3h) 

325. Italian Neorealism in Film and Novels. (3h) 

326. Comedy in Italian Cinema. (3h) 

327. Modern Italian Cinema. (3h) 
POL 231. Western European Politics. (3h) 

232. Politics in Russia and Eastern Europe. (3h) 

233. The Politics of Modern Germany. (3h) 

234. United Kingdom Politics in a Global Age (3h) 



165 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 



POL (cont) 235. European Integration. (3h) 

2029. Political Structures of Present-Day Spain. (3h) 
RUS 241. Russian Masterworks in Translation. (3h) 
250. Russian Culture and Civilization. (3h) 
252. Russian Poetry. (3h) 
275. Studies in Russian Literature. (3h) 
280. Russian Women Writers. (3h) 
285. Recent Russian Fiction. (3h) 
SPA 350. Introduction to Spanish Film Studies. (3h) 
3749. Voices of Modern Spain. (3h) 

Latin America 

ANT 313. Tradition, Continuity, and Struggle: Mexico and Central America. (3h) 

2029. Anthropology and Folklore. (3h) 
BUS 2229. Global Marketing Strategy. (3h) 

2919. Global Business Studies: Spain and Latin America. (3h) 
EDU 3739. Comparative and International Education. (3h) 
HST 273. History of Mexico. (3h) 

275. Modern Latin America. (3h) 

284. Latin America's Colonial Past. (3h) 

374. Protest and Rebellion in Latin America. (3h) 

383. Revolution and Culture in Latin America. (3h) 
LAS 310. Special Topics in Latin-American Studies. (3h) 

398. Individual Study. (3h) 
MUS 210. Survey of Latin-American Music. (3h) 
POL 236. Government and Politics in Latin America. (3h) 

257. Interamerican Relations. (3h) 
SPA 347. Contemporary Theatre in Spain and Spanish America. (3h) 

360. Cultural and Literary Identity in Latin America: 
From Colonial to Postcolonial Voices. (3h) 

361. Latin-American Cinema and Ideology. (3h) 

362. Romantic Nationalism, Avant-garde Nihilism, and the 
Deconstruction of Utopia. (3h) 

369. Imagined "White" Nations: Race and Color in Latin America. (3h) 



Middle East 



HST 243. Middle East Since 1500. (3h) 

POL 247. Islam and Politics. (3h) 

259. The Arab-Israeli Conflict. (3h) 

REL 210. Jerusalem in History and Tradition. (3h) 
218. Seminar in the Mediterranean World. (3h) 
313. Near Eastern Archeology. (3h) 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 



166 



Italian Studies 

(Foreign Area Study) 
Coordinator Professor of Romance Languages Antonio Vitti 

A semester in Venice or another approved course of study in Italy (or summer program at 
Middlebury Vermont) is required. Students must take Italian through the 215 level, plus three 
courses from the following groups, at least one each from Groups II and III. 

Additional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The 
program coordinator maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course 
descriptions, see the relevant department's listings in this publication. 



I. Literature 



CLA 264. Greek and Roman Comedy. (3h) 

COM 370. Special Topics. (3h) (when topic is Three Italian Masters) 
HMN 213. Studies in European Literature. (3h) 
(appropriate topics and approval) 
214. Contemporary Fiction. (3h) 

(appropriate topics and approval) 

216. Romance Literature. (3h) 

217. European Drama. (3h) (appropriate topics and approval) 
230. Women Writers in Contemporary Italy. (3h) 

361, 362. Dante I and II. (1.5h,1.5h) 
ITA 215. Introduction to Italian Literature II. (3h) 
(or any Italian course above 215) 
First Year Seminar 

325. Italian Neorealism in Films and Novels. (3h) 

326. Comedy in Italian Cinema. (3h) 

327. Modern Italian Cinema. (3h) 

330. Cinematic Adaptation and Literary Inspiration. (3h) 

II. Fine Arts 

ART 245. Roman Art. (3h) 

268. High Renaissance and Mannerist Art. (3h) 
2693. Venetian Renaissance Art. (3h) (offered in Venice) 
396K. Art History Seminar. (3h) (when topic is Three Italian Masters.) 
HMN 382. Italian Cinema and Society. (3h) 

383. Italian Fascism in Novels and Films. (3h) 
MUS 181. Music History I. (3h) 
182. Music History H. (3h) 
220. Seminar in Music History. (3h) 

III. History and the Social Sciences 

HST 222. The Renaissance and Reformation. (3h) 

2253. History of Venice. (3h) (offered in Venice) 

2263. Venetian Society and Culture. (3h) (offered in Venice) 

398. Individual Study. (l-3h) (if directed toward Italy) 



167 



ITALIAN STUDIES 



Students may also take appropriate courses in anthropology, economics, political science, psy- 
chology, religion, and sociology in the Venice program, and appropriate individual study topics 
in these departments. To graduate with a Certificate in Italian Studies, students must contact 
the registrar's office during the spring semester of the senior year to request that a transcript 
copy be sent to the Department of Romance Languages for approval. 



Journalism (JOU) 

(Minor) 

Coordinator Associate Professor of Journalism Wayne King 
Lecturers Justin Catanoso, Michael Horn 
Visiting Instructor Mary Martin Niepold 

The minor in journalism consists of fifteen hours, including JOU 270, 276, and either 272 or 280. 
In addition to the required fifteen hours, minors in journalism are strongly advised to take 
ECN 150 and 221. The remaining courses must be selected from among the following. Addi- 
tional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The program 
coordinator maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course descriptions, 
see the relevant department's listings in this publication 

Electives for Journalism 

ACC 111. Introductory Financial Accounting. (3h) 
COM 245. Introduction to Mass Communication. (3h) 
ECN 150. Introduction to Economics. (3h) 

221. Public Finance. (3h) 
JOU 272. or 280. Editing. (3h) or Journalism, Ethics, and Law. (3h) 
(whichever was not chosen as a required course) 

278. History of Journalism. (3h) 

282. Advanced Reporting. (3h) 

284. Writing for Publication. (3h) 

286. Writing for Public Relations and Advertising. (3h) 
POL 217. Politics and the Mass Media. (3h) 

Journalism Courses 

270. Introduction to Journalism. (3h) Fundamentals of news writing, news judgment, and news 
gathering, including computer-assisted reporting and research. Intensive in-class writing. 

272. Editing. (3h) Laboratory course in copyediting, headline writing, typography, and make- 
up; practice on video display terminal. P — JOU 270. 

273. Writing for Radio-TV-Film. (3h) Introduction to writing for radio, television, and film. 
Emphasis is on informational and persuasive writing (news, features, public service announce- 
ments, commercials, political announcements, news analyses, commentaries, and editorials). 

274. Media Production: Studio. (3h) Introduction to the production of audio and video media 
projects. Multiple camera studio production emphasized. Lecture /laboratory 



JOURNALISM |6g 



275. Introduction to Mass Communication. (3h) Historical survey of mass media and an exami- 
nation of major contemporary media issues. Also listed as COM 245. 

276. Advanced Journalism. (3h) Intensive practice in writing various types of newspaper stories, 
including the feature article. Limited to students planning careers in journalism. P — JOU 270 or 
POL 

277. Politics and the Mass Media. (3h) Exploration of the relationship between the political 
system and the mass media. Two broad concerns are the regulation of the mass media and the 
impact of media on political processes and events. Also listed as POL 217. 

278. History of Journalism. (3h) Study of the development of American journalism and its 
English origins, with attention to broad principles of mass communication from its beginnings 
through the Internet. 

280. Journalism, Ethics, and Law. (3h) Explores ethical problems confronting journalists, includ- 
ing such things as the public's right to know, invasion of privacy, censorship, coverage of 
politics and elections, objectivity, and race, gender, and bias in news reporting, against a back- 
ground of laws pertaining to areas such as libel and national security. 

282. Advanced Reporting. (3h) Explores and practices the methods and resources used by 
professional journalists to cover specialty beats and produce in-depth news and feature stories. 
Emphasis is placed on source development, story identification, public records research, and 
interviewing techniques. P — JOU 270 or POL 

284. Writing for Publication. (3h) Training and practice in writing expository prose at a level ap- 
propriate for publication in various print media, primarily magazines. Also listed as ENG 399. 
P— JOU 270 or POI. 

286. Writing for Public Relations and Advertising. (1.5h, 3h) Principles and techniques of public 
relations and applied advertising. Students use case studies to develop public relations and 
advertising strategies. Also listed as COM 117. P — POI. 

298. Internship. (1.5h) Assists students in gaining practical experience in news-related enter- 
prises, under faculty supervision. 

299. Individual Study. (1.5h-3h) Independent study with faculty guidance. By prearrangement. 



169 



JOURNALISM 



Languages Across the Curriculum (LAC) 

Coordinator Charles E. Taylor Professor of Romance Languages Candelas Gala 

Languages Across the Curriculum (LAC) is a strategy to integrate foreign language use 
throughout the curriculum. It facilitates the collaboration of faculty by bridging disciplin- 
ary boundaries, and it promotes the internationalization of course offerings. LAC encourages 
multicultural understanding and an appreciation of the place of different disciplines in a global 
context. It recognizes the importance of multilingualism in today's society. Faculty and students 
learn how a discipline they have first studied in their native English is approached by different 
cultures and different linguistic codes. 

Faculty members determine the most appropriate LAC model and level for their courses. 
For more information about the various models for LAC implementation, visit www.wfu.edu/ 
academics / romancelanguages / related / lac.htm. 

Latin- American Studies (LAS) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Director Reynolds Professor Luis Roniger 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages Mary Friedman 

Associate Professor of Political Science Peter Siavelis 

The minor in Latin- American studies provides an opportunity for students to undertake a mul- 
tidisciplinary study of the history, geography, economics, politics, and culture of Latin America 
and the Caribbean. It consists of a total of fifteen hours, only three of which may count toward 
the student's major. Candidates for the minor are required to take LAS 210, Introduction to 
Latin- American Studies. In addition, candidates must elect at least twelve hours of coursework 
on Latin America. No more than six of these twelve hours may be in a single discipline. 

Candidates should demonstrate proficiency in Spanish or Portuguese either by completing 
Spanish courses through the 213 level or by undergoing an oral proficiency interview with a 
member of the faculty of the Department of Romance Languages. 

210. Introduction to Latin-American Studies. (3h) Introduction to the historical, economic, cul- 
tural, and social issues that shape Latin America. Also listed as ANT 210. (CD) 

220C. Afro-Cuban Cultural Expressions. (3h) Also listed as SPA 376C. Offered in Havana. (CD) 

310. Special Topics in Latin-American Studies. (3h) Selected topics in Latin- American studies; 
topics vary from year to year. 

398. Individual Study. (3h) Reading, research, or internship course designed to meet the needs 
and interests of selected students, to be carried out under the supervision of a faculty member 
in the Latin-American studies minor. P — POL 

Students may choose from the following list of electives when designing their minor. Addi- 
tional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The program 
director maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course descriptions, see 
the relevant department's listings in this publication. 



LATIN-AMERICAN STUDIES 



170 



Electives for Latin-American Studies 

ANT 313. Tradition, Continuity and Struggle: Mexico and Central America. (3h) 
383., 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. (3h, 3h) 
385., 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3h, 3h) (if related to Latin America) 
ECN 251. International Trade. (3h) 

252. International Finance. (3h) (if related to Latin America) 
258. Economic Growth and Development. (3h) 
HST 273. Flistory of Mexico. (3h) 

275. Modern Latin America. (3h) 
374. Protest and Rebellion in Latin America. (3h) 
MUS 210. Survey of Latin- American Music. (3h) 
POL 236. Government and Politics in Latin America. (3h) 
240. Human Rights in Latin America. (3h) 

242. Topics in Comparative Politics. (3h) (if related to Latin America) 
257. Interamerican Relations. (3h) 

290. Senior Seminar in Political Science. (4h) (if related to Latin America.) 
Suggested to LAS minors who major in political science. 
SPA 218. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spanish America. (3h) 
219. Grammar and Composition. (4h) 
319. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3h) 
329. Introduction to Spanish for Business. (3h) 
348. Transatlantic Renaissance. (3h) 
351. Transgressing Borders: Identity in Latin American 
and U.S. Latino Cultures. (3h) 

353. Indigenous Myth in Spanish- American Literary Art. (3h) 

354. The Social Canvas of Gabriel Garcia Marquez and Pablo Neruda. (3h) 

360. Cultural and Literary Identity in Latin America: From Colonial 
to Postcolonial Voices. (3h) 

361. La tin- American Cinema and Ideology. (3h) 

362. Romantic Nationalism: Avant-garde Nihilism and the Deconstruction 
of Utopia. (3h) 

363. Twentieth-Century Spanish- American Theatre. (3h) 

364. Spanish- American Short Story. (3h) 

365. Spanish-American Novel. (3h) 
367. Colonial Spanish America. (3h) 

368C Cuban Literature, (offered in Havana) (3h) 

369. Imagined "White" Nations: Race and Color in Latin America. (3h) 

387. Special Topics. (3h) (if related to Latin America) 

Five-Year BA/MA Degree Program Option. Students who choose to minor in Latin-American 
studies have the opportunity to pursue a joint BA/MA program in conjunction with the Center 
for Latin- American Studies at Georgetown University in Washington, DC. This program allows 
outstanding students interested in Latin America to begin work toward an interdisciplinary 
master's degree in Latin- American studies while still undergraduates at Wake Forest, and to 
complete both degrees within a five-year period. The bachelor of arts degree is awarded by 
Wake Forest, while the master's degree is awarded by Georgetown. Interested students should 
contact the director of Latin- American studies or the five-year degree program coordinator. 



171 



LATIN-AMERICAN STUDIES 



Linguistics (LIN) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Coordinator Professor of Romance Languages (Spanish) M. Stanley Whitley 

The interdisciplinary minor in linguistics requires LIN /ANT 150, Introduction to Linguistics, 
and twelve additional hours. Students minoring in linguistics are strongly encouraged to study 
foreign languages, achieving proficiency in at least one, and social and behavioral sciences. The 
minor may be usefully combined with a major in a foreign language, English, anthropology (or 
other social science), philosophy, or communication. 

The twelve hours in addition to LIN 150 may be chosen from the following three groups: 
linguistics courses, historical linguistics, and related topics. It is strongly recommended that at 
least one course be from historical linguistics. 

Linguistics Courses 

1 50. Introduction to Linguistics. (3h) The social phenomenon of language: how it originated and 
developed, how it is learned and used, its relationship to other kinds of behavior; types of lan- 
guage (oral, written, signed) and language families; analysis of linguistic data; and social issues 
of language use. Also listed as ANT 150. (CD) 

301. Semantics and Language in Communication. (3h) Study of how meaning is created by sign 
processes. Topics studied include language theory, semiotics, speech act theory, and pragmatics. 
Also listed as COM 301. 

310. Sociolinguistics and Dialectology. (3h) Study of variation in language: effects of regional 
background, social class, ethnic group, gender, and setting; social attitudes toward language; 
outcomes of linguistic conflicts in the community; evolution of research methods for investigat- 
ing language differences and the diffusion of change. P — LIN 150 or POI. 

330. Introduction to Psycholinguistics and Language Acquisition. (3h) Psychological and linguis- 
tic study of the mental processes underlying the acquisition and use of language; how children 
acquire the structure of language and how adults make use of linguistic systems. 

333. Language and Gender. (3h) Uses an anthropological perspective to examine relationships 
between language structure, language use, persons, and social categories. Also listed as 
ANT 333. 

340. Topics in Linguistics. (3h) Interdisciplinary study of selected topics, such as morphology, 
phonology /phonetics, syntax, historical linguistics, history of linguistic theory, semiotics, and 
ethnolinguisrics, issues in Asian linguistics, language and gender. P — LIN 150 or POI. 

351 . Comparative Communication. (1.5h, 3h) Comparison of communicative and linguistic 
processes in one or more national cultures with those of the United States. Also listed as 
COM 351. (CD) 

351A Japan (CD) 351D Multiple Countries (CD) 

351B Russia (CD) 351E China (CD) 

351C Great Britain (CD) 



LINGUISTICS 



172 



375. Philosophy of Language. (3h) Study of such philosophical issues about language as truth 
and meaning, reference and description, proper names, indexicals, modality, tense, the semantic 
paradoxes, and the differences between languages and other sorts of sign systems. Also listed 
as PHI 375. P— POI. 

383. Language Engineering: Localization & Terminology. (3h) Introduction to the process of 
making a product linguistically and culturally appropriate to the target locale, and to computer- 
assisted terminology management. Surveys applications in translation technology. Taught in 
English. P— POI. 

398, 399. Individual Study. (l-3h, l-3h) Designed to meet the needs of selected students, to 
be carried out under the supervision of a faculty member in the linguistics minor program. 
P— LIN 150 and POL 

SIL 101, 102. Self Instructional Language. (3h, 3h) Students wishing to learn a language not of- 
fered at Wake Forest may arrange to study the language in consultation with a native speaker. 
Does not count toward the linguistics minor without approval from the coordinator. P — POI. 

Students may choose from the following list of electives when designing their minor. Addi- 
tional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The program 
coordinator maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course descriptions, 
see the relevant department's listings in this publication. 

Electives for Linguistics 

Historical Linguistics 

ENG 304. History of the English Language. (3h) 
RUS 232. The History of the Russian Language. (3h) 
SPA 321. The Rise of Spanish. (3h) 

Related Topics 

ANT 355. Language and Culture. (3h) 

ENG 390. The Structure of English. (3h) 

FRH 222. French Phonetics. (3h) 

RUS 230. The Structure of Russian. (3h) 

SPA 322. Spanish Pronunciation and Dialect Variation. (3h) 

380. Contrastive Spanish/English Grammar and Stylistics. (3h) 

Students intending to minor in linguistics should consult the coordinator of linguistics in the 
Department of Romance Languages, preferably during their sophomore year 



173 



LINGUISTICS 



Mathematics (MTH) 

Chair Stephen B. Robinson 

Reynolds Professor Robert J. Plemmons 

Professors Edward E. Allen, Richard D. Carmichael, FredricT. Howard, Ellen E. Kirkman, 

James Kuzmanovich, J. Gaylord May, James L Norris III, Stephen B. Robinson 

Sterge Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor Hugh N. Howards 

Associate Professor Miaohua Jiang 

Sterge Faculty Fellow and Assistant Professor Kenneth S. Berenhaut 

Assistant Professors Sarah Raynor, Marielba Rojas, Gregory Warrington 

Visiting Assistant Professors Christopher E. Dometrius, Filip Saidak 

Instructors Janice Blackburn, Jule M. Connolly, David C. Wilson 

Visiting Instructor Daniel Watson 

A major in mathematics can be achieved by satisfying the requirements listed for either the 
bachelor of arts or bachelor of science. Lower division students are urged to consult a member 
of the departmental faculty before enrolling in courses other than those satisfying Division V 
requirements. 

The bachelor of arts in mathematics requires MTH 112, 113, 121, 211 or 311, and 221 with at 
least five additional three-hour courses numbered higher than 109 (excluding 381), at least two 
of which must be numbered above 300. 

The bachelor of arts in mathematics with a concentration in statistics requires MTH 112, 113, 
121, 211 or 311, 221, 357, 358, 359, and either 256 or both 109 and another three-hour course 
numbered 200 or above (excluding 381). 

The bachelor of science in mathematics requires MTH 112, 113, 121, 221, 311, 391, and 392 
with at least six additional three-hour courses numbered higher than 109 (excluding 381), at 
least three of which must be numbered above 300. 

The bachelor of science in mathematics with a concentration in statistics requires MTH 112, 
113, 121, 221, 311, 357, 358, 359, 391, 392; one additional three-hour course numbered 300 or 
above (excluding 381); and 256 or both 109 and another three-hour course numbered 200 or 
above (excluding 381). Additionally, the research and paper prepared for 391 and 392 must be 
on a topic related to statistics. 

A minor in mathematics requires MTH 112, either 113 or 121, and four other courses of at 
least three hours each numbered higher than MTH 105, two of which must be numbered above 
200. Credit is allowed for either MTH 107 or 109, but not both. Neither MTH 301, 302, 303, or 
304 can count as a course for this minor, but any pair may be so counted. Credit is not allowed 
for both MTH 113 and 301; for both MTH 121 and 302; or for both MTH 303 and 317. 

A minor in statistics requires five courses chosen from MTH 109, 117, 121, 211, 311, 256, 357, 
358, or 359; ANT 380; BIO 380; BUS 201, 202; ECN 215; HES 262, 360; PSY 311, 312; SOC 371, 
372; at least two of which must be chosen from MTH 357, 358, 359. Additionally, no more than 
one course can be chosen from ANT 380; BIO 380; BUS 201; HES 262; MTH 109; PSY 311; or 
SOC 371 to satisfy this minor. 

A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in courses which comprise a major or minor in the 
department is required for graduation with any major or minor which the department offers. 

The department regularly schedules activities in mathematics for students that enhance 
the course offerings. Examples are participation in the annual Putnam examination and the 
COMAP contest in mathematical modeling; meetings of the mathematics club; seminars and 

MATHEMATICS 174 



courses which build upon the regularly scheduled course offerings; and student research 
with faculty. 

The Department of Mathematics and the Department of Economics offer a joint major lead- 
ing to a bachelor of science degree in mathematical economics. This interdisciplinary program 
offers the student an opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the development of 
economic theory, models, and quantitative analysis. The major has the following course require- 
ments: MTH 112, 113, 121, 254, 255; ECN 150, 205, 207, 210, 211, 215, 218; and three additional 
(3h) courses chosen with the approval of the program advisers. Students selecting the joint 
major must receive permission from both the Department of Mathematics and the Department 
of Economics. 

The Department of Mathematics and the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accoun- 
tancy offer a joint major leading to a bachelor of science degree in mathematical business. This 
interdisciplinary program, consisting of no more than forty-eight hours, prepares students for 
careers in business with a strong background in mathematics. The major has the following 
course requirements: MTH 253, 256, 301 (or 113), 302 (or 121), 353; BUS 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 
261, 292; and a minimum of two additional (3h) courses chosen from among mathematics and 
business, not both courses chosen from business, with the mathematics courses being chosen 
from three-hour courses at the 300 level or higher, excluding 381. The following courses are 
prerequisites for admission into this major: MTH 112, ACC 111, BUS 100, ECN 150, and COM 
110. CSC 111, 112, and MTH 251 are strongly recommended electives. Students electing this 
joint major must receive permission from both the Department of Mathematics and the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy. To graduate from Wake Forest University with 
a major in mathematical business, the student must satisfy the requirements for graduation of 
both the Department of Mathematics and the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accoun- 
tancy. Refer to the description in this bulletin for the admission, continuation, and graduation 
requirements of the Calloway School. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the honors 
program in mathematics or the joint majors. To be graduated with the designation "Honors 
in Mathematics," "Honors in Mathematical Business," or "Honors in Mathematical Econom- 
ics," students must satisfactorily complete a senior research paper. To graduate with "Honors 
in Mathematics" or "Honors in Mathematical Business," majors must have a minimum grade 
point average of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 in all college coursework. For additional information, 
members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

Students who are enrolled at Wake Forest may not take courses in mathematics at other 
institutions to satisfy divisional requirements. 

105. Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry. (1.5h, 2.5h, or 3h) Review of the essentials 
of algebra and trigonometry. Admission by permission only (generally, a student must have 
taken fewer than three years of high school mathematics to be eligible for admission). Not to be 
counted toward the major or minor in mathematics. 

107. Explorations in Mathematics. (4h) Introduction to mathematical reasoning and problem 
solving. Topics vary by instructor and may include one or more of the following: knot theory, 
Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry, set theory, cryptography, discrete models, number 
theory, discrete mathematics, chaos theory, probability, and MAPLE prograrnming. (QR) 

109. Elementary Probability and Statistics. (4h) Probability and distribution functions, means and 
variances, and sampling distributions. (QR) 



175 



MATHEMATICS 



111. Calculus with Analytic Geometry I. (4h) Functions, trigonometric functions, limits, continu- 
ity, differentiation, applications of derivatives, introduction to integration, the fundamental 
theorem of calculus. (QR) 

112. Calculus with Analytic Geometry II. (4h) Techniques of integration, indeterminate forms, 
improper integrals, transcendental functions, sequences, Taylor's formula, and infinite series, 
including power series. (QR) 

113. Multivariate Calculus. (4h) The calculus of vector functions, including geometry of Euclid- 
ean space, differentiation, extrema, line integrals, multiple integrals, and Green's, Stokes', and 
divergence theorems. Credit not allowed for both 113 and 301. (QR) 

117. Discrete Mathematics. (4h) Introduction to various topics in discrete mathematics applica- 
ble to computer science including sets, relations, Boolean algebra, propositional logic, functions, 
computability, proof techniques, graph theory, and elementary combinatorics. (QR) 

121. Linear Algebra I. (3h) Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices, deter- 
minants, eigenvalues, and eigenvectors. Credit not allowed for both 121 and 302. (QR) 

165. Problem-Solving Seminar, (lh) Weekly seminar designed for students who wish to partici- 
pate in mathematical competition such as the annual Putnam examination. Not to be counted 
toward any major or minor offered by the department. May be repeated for credit. Pass/Fail 
only. 

21 1 . Advanced Calculus. (3h) Rigorous proof-oriented development of important ideas in calcu- 
lus. Limits and continuity, sequences and series, pointwise and uniform convergence, deriva- 
tives and integrals. Credit not allowed for both 211 and 311. 

221. Modern Algebra I. (3h) Introduction to modern abstract algebra through the study of 
groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. P — MTH 121. 

243. Codes and Cryptography. (3h) Essential concepts in coding theory and cryptography. 
Congruences, cryptosystems, public key, Huffman codes, information theory, and other coding 
methods. 

251. Ordinary Differential Equations. (3h) Linear equations with constant coefficients, linear 
equations with variable coefficients, and existence and uniqueness theorems for first order 
equations. P— MTH 112. (QR) 

253. Operations Research. (3h) Mathematical models and optimization techniques. Studies in 
allocation, simulation, queuing, scheduling, and network analysis. P — MTH 111. (QR) 

254. Optimization Theory. (1.5h) Unconstrained and constrained optimization problems; 
Lagrange multiplier methods; sufficient conditions involving bordered Hessians; inequality 
constraints; Kuhn-Tucker conditions; applications primarily to problems in economics. 
P— MTH 113 and 121. 

255. Dynamical Systems. (1.5h) Introduction to optimal control, including the Pontryagin 
maximum principle, and systems of nonlinear differential equations, particularly phase space 
methods. Applications to problems in economics, including optimal management of renewable 
resources. P— MTH 113 and 121. 



MATHEMATICS 



176 



256. Statistical Methods. (3h) Study of statistical methods that have proved useful in many dif- 
ferent disciplines. These methods include tests of model assumptions, regression, general linear 
models, nonparametric alternatives, and analysis of data collected over time. Knowledge of 
matrix algebra is desirable but not necessary. (QR) 

301. Vector Analysis. (1.5h) Vector functions, partial derivatives, line and multiple integrals, 
Green's theorem, Stokes' theorem, divergence theorem. Not to be counted toward any major 
offered by the department except for the major in mathematical business. Credit not allowed for 
both 113 and 301. P— MTH 112. 

302. Matrix Algebra. (1.5h) Matrices, determinants, solutions of linear equations, special matri- 
ces, eigenvalues and eigenvectors of matrices. Not to be counted toward any major offered by 
the department except for the major in mathematical business. Credit not allowed for both 121 
and 302. 

303. Complex Variables. (1.5h) Topics in analytic function theory, Cauchy's theorem, Taylor and 
Laurent series, residues. Not to be counted toward any major offered by the department. Credit 
not allowed for both 303 and 317. P— MTH 112. 

304. Applied Partial Differential Equations. (1.5h) The separation of variables technique for the 
solution of the wave, heat, Laplace, and other partial differential equations with the related 
study of special functions and Fourier series. Not to be counted toward any major offered by 
the department. P— MTH 251. 

311,312. Introductory Real Analysis I, II. (3h, 3h) Limits and continuity in metric spaces, se- 
quences and series, differentiation and Riemann-Stieltjes integration, uniform convergence, 
power series and Fourier series, differentiation of vector functions, implicit and inverse func- 
tion theorems. Credit not allowed for both 211 and 311. 

317. Complex Analysis I. (3h) Analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem and its consequences, power 
series, and residue calculus. Credit not allowed for both 303 and 317. P — MTH 113. 

322. Modern Algebra II. (3h) Continuation of modern abstract algebra through the study of ad- 
ditional properties of groups, rings, and fields. P — MTH 221. 

324. Linear Algebra II. (3h) Thorough treatment of vector spaces and linear transformations over 
an arbitrary field, canonical forms, inner product spaces, and linear groups. P — MTH 121 and 
221. 

326. Numerical Linear Algebra. (3h) Numerical methods for solving matrix and related problems 
in science and engineering. Topics include systems of linear equations, least squares methods, 
and eigenvalue computations. Emphasis given to parallel matrix computations. Beginning 
knowledge of a programming language, such as Pascal, FORTRAN, or C, is required. Credit not 
allowed for both 326 and CSC 352. P— MTH 112 and MTH 121 or 302. 

331 . Geometry. (3h) Introduction to axiomatic geometry including a comparison of Euclidean 
and non-Euclidean geometries. 

334. Differential Geometry. (3h) Introduction to the theory of curves and surfaces in two and 
three dimensional space, including such topics as curvature, geodesies, and minimal surfaces. 
P— MTH 113. 



177 



MATHEMATICS 



345, 346. Elementary Theory of Numbers I, II. (3h, 3h) Properties of integers, including congru- 
ences, primitive roots, quadratic residues, perfect numbers, Pythagorean triples, sums of 
squares, continued fractions, Fermat's Last Theorem, and the Prime Number Theorem. 

347. Graph Theory. (3h) Paths, circuits, trees, planar graphs, spanning trees, graph coloring, 
perfect graphs, Ramsey theory, directed graphs, enumeration of graphs, and graph theoretic 
algorithms. 

348, 349. Combinatorial Analysis I, II. (3h, 3h) Enumeration techniques, generating functions, 
recurrence formulas, the principle of inclusion and exclusion, Polya theory, graph theory, com- 
binatorial algorithms, partially ordered sets, designs, Ramsey theory, symmetric functions, and 
Schur functions. 

352. Partial Differential Equations. (3h) Detailed study of partial differential equations, including 
the heat, wave, and Laplace equations, using methods such as separation of variables, charac- 
teristics, Green's functions, and the maximum principle. P — MTH 113 and 251. 

353. Mathematical Models. (3h) Development and application of probabilistic and deterministic 
models. Emphasis given to constructing models which represent systems in the social, behav- 
ioral, and management sciences. 

355. Introduction to Numerical Methods. (3h) Numerical computations on modern computer ar- 
chitectures; floating point arithmetic and round-off error. Programming in a scientific /engineer- 
ing language such as MATLAB, C, or FORTRAN. Algorithms and computer techniques for the 
solution of problems such as roots of functions, approximation, integration, systems of linear 
equations and least squares methods. Credit not allowed for both 355 and CSC 355. 
P— MTH 112, MTH 121 or 302, and CSC 111. 

357, 358. Mathematical Statistics I, II. (3h, 3h) Probability distributions, mathematical expecta- 
tion, sampling distributions, estimation and testing of hypotheses, regression, correlation, 
and analysis of variance. MTH 357 prepares students for Actuarial Exam #1. C — MTH 112 or 
P— POL 

359. Multivariate Statistics. (3h) Multivariate and generalized linear methods for classification, 
modeling, discrimination, and analysis. P— MTH 112, MTH 121 or 302, and MTH 256. 

361 . Selected Topics. (1.5h, 2.5h, or 3h) Topics in mathematics not considered in regular courses 
or which continue study begun in regular courses. Content varies. 

381. Individual Study. (1.5h, 2.5h, or 3h) Independent study directed by a faculty adviser. By 
prearrangement. 

391 . Senior Seminar Preparation, (lh) Independent study or research directed by a faculty ad- 
viser by prearrangement with the adviser. 

392. Senior Seminar Presentation, (lh) Preparation of a paper, followed by a one-hour oral pre- 
sentation based upon work in MTH 391. 



MATHEMATICS 



178 



Medieval Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Coordinators Professors of English Gillian Overing and Gale Sigal 

The interdisciplinary minor in medieval studies requires eighteen hours, chosen from at least 
three different departments. Courses from the student's major may count in the minor. Students 
are encouraged, but not required, to attend the six-week Summer Medieval Program at Oxford 
University in England, for which they receive 4.5 hours (two courses) which count toward the 
minor. (For details about application to the Oxford program, and possible financial aid, consult 
Gale Sigal in the English department.) 

Courses may be chosen from the following list. Additional elective courses may have been 
approved since publication of this bulletin. The program coordinators maintain a complete list 
of all approved elective courses. For course descriptions, see the relevant department's listings 
in this publication. 

Electives for Medieval Studies 

ART 252. Romanesque Art. (3h) 

253. The Gothic Cathedral. (3h) 

254. Luxury Arts in the Middle Ages. (3h) 
267. Early Italian Renaissance Art. (3h) 

396. Art History Seminar: b. Medieval Art. (1.5h, 3h) 
ENG 305. Old English Language and Literature. (3h) 

310. The Medieval World. (3h) 

311. The Legend of Arthur. (3h) 

312. Medieval Poetry. (3h) 
315. Chaucer. (3h) 

320. British Drama to 1642. (3h) 
FRH 370. Seminar in French Studies. (3h) 

Periodically offered in Medieval Studies 
GER 249. German Literature before 1700. (3h) 
HST 206. The Early Middle Ages. (3h) 

207. The High Middle Ages Through the Renaissance. (3h) 

242. The Middle East before 1500. (3h) 

311. Special Topics in History, (when topic is Jerusalem) (3h) 
HMN 320. Perspectives on the Middle Ages. (3h) 

361. Dante I. (1.5h) 

362. Dante II. (1.5h) 

PHI 232. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (3h) 

POL 274. Religion and Politics in Medieval Thought. (3h) 

REL 367. The Mystics of the Church. (3h) 

372. History of Christian Thought: b. Medieval and Reformation 
Thought. (1.5h, 3h) 
SPA 331. Medieval Spain: A Cultural and Literary Perspective. (3h) 
THE 260. History of Western Theatre I (Beginnings to 1642). (3h) 

Students intending to minor in medieval studies should consult one of the coordinators, prefer- 
ably during the sophomore year. 



179 



MEDIEVAL STUDIES 



Middle East and South Asia Studies 

(Minor) 

Coordinator Professor of Political Science Charles H. Kennedy 

The Middle East and South Asia studies minor provides students with an opportunity to en- 
gage in a multidisciplinary study of the history, politics, literature, peoples, and cultures of the 
Middle East and South Asia. To fulfill the minor, students must complete eighteen hours from 
an approved list of courses. The most recent courses approved are listed below. 

Additional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The 
program coordinator maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course 
descriptions, see the relevant department's listings in this publication. Some courses relevant to 
the minor are not taught on a regular basis; others are offered by visiting or temporary faculty. 

Electives for Middle East and South Asia Studies 

ANT 334. Peoples and Cultures of South Asia. (3h) 

383., 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology, 
(when topic is appropriate) (3h, 3h) 
Arabic 111, 112. Elementary Arabic 
153. Intermediate Arabic 
ART 104. Topics in World Art. (when topic is appropriate) (3h) 
ENG 358. Postcolonial Literature. (3h) 

359. Studies in Postcolonial Literature. (3h) 
HST 210. Colloquium in Historical Diversity, (when topic is appropriate) (3h) 

242. The Middle East before 1500. (3h) 

243. The Middle East since 1500. (3h) 

311. Special Topics in History, (when topic is appropriate) (3h) 
HMN 2248. Cross-cultural Encounters in Morocco. (3h) 
POL 242. Topics in Comparative Politics, (when topic is appropriate) (3h) 

246. Politics and Policies in South Asia. (3h) 

247. Islam and Politics. (3h) 

252. Topics in International Politics (when topic is appropriate) (3h) 
259. The Arab-Israeli Conflict. (3h) 
263. U.S. Foreign Policy in the Middle East. (3h) 
274. Religion and Politics in Medieval Thought. (3h) 
290. Senior Seminar in Political Science, (when topic is appropriate) (4h) 
REL 337. Religion and Politics in Medieval Thought. (3h) 
362. Islam. (3h) 



IIDDLE EAST AND SOUTH ASIA STUDIES 18 q 



Military Science (MIL) 

Professor Lieutenant Colonel M. Keith Callahan 

Assistant Professors James F. Baker III, Brian P. Steele 

Executive Officer Darrell L. Sydnor 

Adjunct Instructor Donald J. Moser 

Completion of Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps (AROTC) requirements and recommen- 
dation for appointment by the professor of military science may result in commissioning as a 
second lieutenant in the active or reserve force components of the Army of the United States, as 
determined by the Secretary of the Army. 

The AROTC program is composed of the Basic Course and the Advanced Course. The 
Basic Course consists of four courses (121, 122, 123, and 124), sometimes with either 117 or 118 
taken each semester as a corequisite. No military obligation is incurred by enrollment in the 
Basic Course, except by Army ROTC Scholarship cadets. The Basic Course may be completed, 
partially or fully, by various alternative methods (i.e., through credit for specific types of Junior 
ROTC or other military training, as determined by the professor of military science, or through 
completion of a six-week summer Leader's Training Course). 

The Advanced Course consists of four courses (225, 226, 227, and 228), with either 117 or 118 
taken each semester as a corequisite, and a five-week Leader Development and Assessment 
Course, usually attended during the summer between the junior and senior years. Army ROTC 
scholarships are available to qualified applicants (both those already enrolled in the AROTC 
program and those not yet enrolled) through annual competition. 

114. Leadership. (1.5h) Examination of the fundamentals contributing to the development of a 
personal style of leadership with emphasis on the dimensions of junior executive management; 
specifically in the areas of business, politics, sports, and the military. 

117, 1 18. Leadership Laboratory. (O.Oh) Basic military skills instruction designed to technically 
and tactically qualify the student for assumption of an officer leadership position at the small- 
unit level. Either MIL 117 (fall) or 118 (spring) is required each semester for contracted AROTC 
cadets (including those conditionally contracted), advance designee scholarship winners, and 
non-contracted AROTC cadets taking their third and fourth military science courses. Pass/ 
Fail only. C — Any other military science core course. P — POI of military science, except when 
required as explained above. 

121. Introduction to Army ROTC and the U.S. Army. (1.5h) Introduction to the Army Reserve 
Officers' Training Corps and to the U.S. Army, exploring roles, organization, customs and 
traditions. C— MIL 117. 

122. Introduction to Problem Solving, Decision Making, and Leadership. (3h) Introduction to the 
"life skills" of problem solving, decision making, and leadership. Designed to help students in 
the near-term as leaders on campus. Helps students be more effective leaders and managers in 
the long-term, whether they serve in the military or be leaders in civilian life. Topics addressed 
include problem solving, critical thinking, problem solving methods, leadership theory, fol- 
lowership, group cohesion, goal setting, and feedback mechanisms. Seminar format emphasizes 
student discussions and practical exercises. P — MIL 121 or POI. C — MIL 118. 



181 



MILITARY SCIENCE 



1 23. Introduction to U.S. Army Leadership Skill. (3h) Introduction to the Army tactical concepts 
such as map reading, land navigation and general operations with a focus on the Army Leader- 
ship model exploring the sixteen leadership dimensions. C — MIL 117. 

1 24. Leadership in the U.S. Army. (3h) Theoretical and practical leadership instruction. Examines 
communication and leadership concepts such as written and oral communication, effective 
listening, assertiveness, personality, adult development, motivation, and organizational culture 
and change. Lessons maximize student participation, inspire intellectual curiosity, and clarify 
practical application. Concludes with a major leadership and problem-solving case study. After 
completion, students are well-grounded in fundamental leadership principles and are better 
prepared to apply such principles to a wide variety of life experiences. P — MIL 121, 122 and 
123, or POI. C— MIL 118. 

225. Military Operations. (3h) Instruction and case studies that build leadership competencies 
and military skills in preparation for future responsibilities as Army officers. Specific instruc- 
tion in the principles of war, decision-making processes, planning models, and risk assessment. 
Advanced leadership instruction focuses on motivational theory, the role and actions of leaders, 
and organizational communications. P — MIL 121 through 124 (or equivalent credit as deter- 
mined by the professor of military science). C — MIL 117. 

226. Advanced Military Operations. (3h) Instruction and case studies that build upon the leader- 
ship competencies and military skills attained in MIL 225 in preparation for future responsibili- 
ties as Army officers. Specific instruction is given in individual leader development, planning 
and execution of small unit operations, individual and team development, and the Army as a 
career choice. P — MIL 121 through 124 (or equivalent credit as determined by the professor of 
military science) and MIL 225. C— MIL 118. 

227. Leadership and Management in the U.S. Army I. (3h) Theory and practice of military leader- 
ship. Emphasis on the Uniform Code of Military Justice, the Manual for Courts-Martial, the 
Law of Land Warfare and the Army's personnel, training, and logistical management systems. 
P — MIL 121 through 124 (or equivalent credit as determined by the professor of military 
science) and MIL 225 and 226. C— MIL 117. 

228. Leadership and Management in the U.S. Army II. (3h) Continuation of MIL 227 with em- 
phasis on the transition from cadet to officer. P — MIL 121 through 124 (or equivalent credit as 
determined by the professor of military science) and MIL 225 through 227. C — MIL 118. 

229. American Military History. (3h) The American military experience with emphasis on the 
ideas and activities contributing to the development of the United States' unique military 
establishment. Particular emphasis on civilian control of the military. Credit not allowed for 
both MIL 229 and HST 369. P— POI. 



(ILITARY SCIENCE |g2 



Music (MUS) 

Chair David B. Levy 

Composer-in-Residence and Professor Dan Locklair 

Professors Susan Harden Borwick, Stewart Carter, Louis Goldstein, Peter Kairoff, 

David B. Levy, Teresa Radomski 

Director of Choral Ensembles and Associate Professor Brian Gorelick 

Associate Professors Jacqui Carrasco, Richard E. Heard 

Director of Bands C. Kevin Bowen 

Associate Director of Bands Dan Kalantarian 

Director of Orchestra David Hagy 

Senior Lecturers Patricia Dixon, Kathryn Levy 

Lecturer Morten Solvik (Vienna) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Matthew Troy 

The Department of Music offers two majors, in music performance and music history/theory/ 
composition, each requiring thirty-eight hours. Students who choose one of these majors may 
not choose the other as a second major. Both majors include a basic curriculum of music theory 
(MUS 171, 172, 173, 174, sixteen hours) and music history (MUS 181, 182, 183, nine hours), and 
four semesters of MUS 100. 

To be admitted to the major in music performance, a student must first successfully complete 
MUS 171 and then pass an audition before the entire music faculty. The audition should be 
performed during the sophomore year. Students who audition are required to (1) demonstrate 
technical skill (scales, arpeggios, etudes), (2) perform standard repertoire, and (3) sight-read. 
All three of these areas must be deemed strong enough by a majority vote of the faculty to be 
accepted as a major in music performance. In addition to the basic curriculum, the major in 
music performance requires six hours of individual instruction above the 100 level (MUS 262 
and either 362 or 363), which requires as a prerequisite the successful completion of an audition; 
four hours of ensembles (excluding MUS 119, 128, and 129), taken in four semesters; and three 
hours of elective courses in music, excluding ensembles and MUS 161-162, 165-168, 175, 177, 
262, 362-363. The major in music performance must present a senior recital. 

In addition to the basic curriculum, the major in music history/theory/composition requires 
three hours of individual instruction (MUS 161 or 162), three hours of ensembles (excluding 
MUS 128 and 129), taken in three semesters; seven hours of elective courses in music, exclud- 
ing ensembles and MUS 161-162, 165-168, 175, 177, 262, 362-363, and a performance proficiency 
examination. The major in music history /theory /composition must complete a senior thesis 
(MUS 397 or 398) appropriate to one or more of these areas. 

Students considering a major in music performance or music history/theory/composition 
are urged to begin their musical studies during the first year and should consult the chair of the 
department as soon as possible after entering the University. 

Highly qualified majors in music performance or music history/theory/composition may be 
invited by the music faculty to apply for admission to honors in music. To be graduated with 
the designation "Honors in Music," a candidate must have an overall grade point average of 
at least 3.0, and a grade point average of at least 3.5 in courses in the major, be selected for this 
honor by the music faculty, and successfully complete either MUS 363 or 398. More information 
is available from the music department. 



183 



MUSIC 



A minor in music requires nineteen hours: MUS 171, 172; one course from MUS 181, 182, 183; 
two hours of ensemble (excluding MUS 128, 129), taken in two semesters; two hours of individ- 
ual instruction; three semesters of MUS 100; and four hours of elective courses in music, three 
of which must be in music history/theory/composition. Each minor is assigned an adviser in 
the music department and is encouraged to begin individual lessons, MUS 171, and MUS 100 as 
early as possible. 

Regarding ensemble requirements for the majors and minor in music, students who are sing- 
ers must fulfill the ensemble requirement by enrolling in MUS 114, 115 and/or 116. Students 
who play a band or orchestral instrument must fulfill the ensemble requirement by performing 
on their primary instrument in MUS 112, 113, 118, and/or 121. Performers on keyboard instru- 
ments are strongly encouraged to enroll in one of the above ensembles, but may also fulfill the 
ensemble requirement through participation in chamber music (120). 

Music in Liberal Arts 

100. Recitals. (Oh) Recitals, concerts, and guest lectures sponsored by the Department of Music 
and the Secrest Artists Series. (Specific attendance requirements are established at the beginning 
of each semester.) Four semesters are required of music majors; three semesters are required of 
music minors. Pass /Fail only. 

101. Introduction to Western Music. (3h) Basic theoretical concepts and musical terminology. Sur- 
vey of musical styles, composers, and selected works from the Middle Ages through the present 
day. May not count toward the majors or minor in music. 

109. Introduction to the Music of World Cultures. (3h) Survey of music in selected societies 
around the world. Topics selected from the following areas of concentration: India, East Asia, 
sub-Saharan Africa, western Europe, Latin America, and vernacular music of the United States 
(including jazz). May not count toward the majors or minor in music. (CD) 

Music History, Theory, and Composition 

104. Basic Music Reading and Skills. (1.5h) Study of the fundamentals of music theory including 
key signatures, scales, intervals, chords, and basic sight-singing and ear-training skills. Designed 
for students wishing to participate in University ensembles and those wishing to pursue vocal, 
instrumental, and compositional instruction. May not count toward the majors or minor in 
music. 

106. Electronic Music Lab. (1.5h) Foundations of MIDI protocol, with particular attention to the 
study and application of sequencers, notational programs, and synthesizers. Development of 
skills in written notation through use of computerized programs. Taught in the Music Computer 
Lab. P— MUS 101, 104, or POL 

130. African-American Art Song. (3h) Survey of the art songs of African- American composers of 
the nineteenth and twentieth century. Emphasis on song for solo voice and piano, with some 
discussion of works for voice and orchestra or chamber ensemble. P — POL (CD) 

131. The World of Musical Instruments. (3h) Historical survey of musical instruments by families. 
Instruments of Western art music, selected world cultures, and vernacular music of the U.S., as 
well as electronic instruments. Emphasis on the cultural, sociological, and technological as well 
as the musical aspects of instruments. Credit cannot be received for both MUS 131 and 231. 



184 



171. Music Theory I. (4h) Music fundamentals (key signatures, scales, modes, intervals, chords), 
simple part-writing, sight-singing, dictation, and keyboard harmony. Prerequisite for the audi- 
tion in music performance. Designed for music majors and minors. Fall. 

172. Music Theory II. (4h) Seventh chords, secondary chords, altered chords, part-writing, basic 
counterpoint, basic musical forms, sight-singing, dictation, and keyboard harmony. P — MUS 
171. Spring. 

173. Music Theory III. (4h) Altered chords, continuation of part-writing, eighteenth and nine- 
teenth century forms, ear training, sight-singing, dictation, rhythmic skills, and keyboard 
harmony. P— MUS 172. Fall. 

1 74. Music Theory IV. (4h) Expanded harmony and techniques from Impressionism to the pres- 
ent. New concepts of style and form. Ear training, sight-singing, dictation, rhythmic skills, and 
keyboard harmony. P — MUS 173. Spring. 

1 81 . Music History I. (3h) History of western art music from the ancient Greeks to 1750. 
P— MUS 171 or POL Fall. 

1 82. Music History II. (3h) History of western art music from 1750 to World War I. P— MUS 171, 
181, or POL Spring. 

183. Music History III. (3h) History of western art music from the beginning of the twentieth 
century to the present day and its associations with other cultures and disciplines. P — MUS 171, 
181, 182 or POL Fall. 

203. History of Jazz. (3h) Survey of American jazz from its origin to the present. Open to majors 
and non-majors. P — MUS 101 or POL 

207. American Music. (3h) Study of the musical sources of American culture and the six streams 
of music in the U.S.: folk and ethnic musics, offsprings of the rural South (country music, blues, 
rock), jazz and its forerunners, popular sacred music, popular secular music, and art music. (CD) 

208. Women and Music. (3h) Historical overview of women musicians in society. (CD) 

209. Music of World Cultures. (3h) Survey of music in selected societies around the world. Topics 
selected from the following areas of concentration: India, East Asia, sub-Saharan Africa, west- 
ern Europe, Latin America, and vernacular music of the United States (including jazz). Students 
complete a project or projects on the technical or theoretical aspects of the music of world 
cultures. Designed for music majors and minors. P — MUS 172 or POL (CD) 

21 0. Survey of Latin-American Music. (3h) Survey of art, folk, and popular musical styles in Latin 
America and their impact on music of other cultures. Divided into three areas of study: the 
Caribbean, Central America, and South America. (CD) 

212. Music in the Church. (3h) Function of church musicians and the relationship of their work to 
the church program. Offers to musician and non-musician alike historical overview, hymnody 
survey and other church music-related topics through class and guest lectures and practical 
seminars. P — POL Offered fall semester of odd years. 

213. Beethoven. (3h) Compositional process, analysis, criticism, and performance practices in 
selected works by Ludwig van Beethoven. P — MUS 101 or POL 

21 5. Philosophy of Music. (3h) Survey of philosophical writings about music. Musical aesthetics; 
social, religious, and political concerns. 



185 



MUSIC 



220. Seminar in Music History. (3h) Intensive study of a selected topic in music history. 
P— MUS 174, 181, 182, 183, or POL 

231. The World of Musical Instruments. (3h) Historical survey of musical instruments by families. 
Instruments of Western art music, selected world cultures, and vernacular music of the U.S., as 
well as electronic instruments. Emphasis on the cultural, sociological, and technological as well 
as the musical aspects of instruments. Students complete a project or projects on the technical 
or theoretical aspects of instruments. Designed for music majors or minors. Credit cannot be 
received for both MUS 131 and 231. P— MUS 117 or POI. 

272. Performance and Analysis. (1.5h) Practical analysis for use in research and performance 
preparation. P— MUS 174 or POI. 

273. Composition, (lh or 1.5h) Individual instruction in the craft of musical composition. May 
be repeated for credit. P — POI. 

280. Orchestration. (3h) Study of the orchestral and wind band instruments, how composers 
have used them throughout history, and the development of practical scoring and manuscript 
skills. P— MUS 174, 182, 183, or POI. Spring. 

282. Conducting. (3h) Study of choral and instrumental conducting techniques. P — MUS 174 
or POI. 

284. Music Literature Seminar. (3h) Survey of repertoire, including an examination of teaching 
materials in the student's special area of interest. P — MUS 101 or POI. 

a. Orchestral Literature d. Guitar Literature 

b. Choral Literature e. Vocal Literature 

c. Piano Literature f. Opera 

285. Special Topics in Music. (l-3h) Intensive study of a selected subject chosen by faculty prior 
to the term in which the course is offered. May be repeated if course content differs. P — POI. 

307. American Foundations. (3h) Interdisciplinary study of American art, music, literature, and 
social history with particular reference to the art collection at Reynolda House Museum of 
American Art. Lectures, discussions, field trips, including a tour of New York City museums. 
Term project in American music. Also listed as ART 331, HST 349, and HON 393, 394. Offered at 
Reynolda House in summer only. 

Independent Study and Honors Thesis 

298. Independent Study. (1.5h, 3h) Project in an area of study not otherwise available in the 
department. By pre-arrangement with department chair. 

397. Senior Thesis in History /Theory /Com position, (lh) Writing of a major historical, theoretical, 
or compositional work, as determined by the student's area of concentration. A student may not 
receive credit for both MUS 397 and 398. By prearrangement. 

398. Senior Honors Thesis in History/Theory/Composition, (lh) Writing of a major historical, theo- 
retical, or compositional work, as determined by the student's area of concentration. A student 
may not receive credit for both MUS 397 and 398. P — Faculty selection for honors in music 
history / theory / composition. 



iusic 186 



Ensemble 

Departmental ensembles are open to all students on the basis of one hour per semester of par- 
ticipation in each ensemble, except as noted. Neither MUS 128 nor MUS 129 may count for the 
music majors or minor. All classes in this section may be repeated for credit. 

111. Opera Workshop. Study, staging, and performance of standard and contemporary operatic 
works. P— POL 

112. Collegium Musicum Instrumental. Ensemble stressing the performance practices and the 
performance of music of the medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque eras. 

113. Orchestra. Study and performance of orchestral works from the classical and contemporary 
repertoire. P — Audition. 

114. Collegium Musicum Vocal. Ensemble stressing the performance practices and the perfor- 
mance of music of the medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque eras. P — Audition. 

115. Concert Choir. Select touring choir of forty-five voices which performs a variety of choral 
literature from all periods. P — Audition. 

116. Choral Union. A large, mixed chorus which performs a variety of choral literature from all 
periods. P — Audition. 

118. Wind Ensemble. Study and performance of music for mixed chamber ensemble of winds, 
brass, and percussion. P — Audition. 

119. Symphonic Band, (lh) Study and performance of music for symphonic band. Meets once 
weekly for ninety minutes. Performs on campus. 

120. Small Chamber Ensemble. Study and performance of music for small ensemble. Performers 
are strongly urged to participate in a larger ensemble as well. P — POL 

a. percussion ensemble e. brass 

b. flute choir f. woodwind 

c. string g. guitar 

d. saxophone h. mixed 

121. Jazz Ensemble. Study and performance of written and improvised jazz for a twenty-member 
ensemble. 

128. Athletic Band I. Performs at most football games and men's and women's home basketball 
games. Meets twice weekly. Regular performances on and off campus. Fall. 

129. Athletic Band II. (0.5h) Performs at men's and women's home basketball games, and at 
the spring football game. Class held once weekly Meets from the beginning of the semester to 
spring break. P— MUS 128 or POL 

Performance Study 

Courses in individual instruction are open to students with the permission of the instructor on 
a space available-basis. Students in individual instruction who do not have basic knowledge of 
notation and rhythm are advised to enroll in MUS 104 either prior to or in conjunction with in- 
dividual instruction. (See the fee section of this bulletin for specific information regarding cost.) 
All classes in this section may be repeated for credit unless noted. 



187 



108. Alexander Technique for Musical Performers. (0.5h) Educational process that uses verbal and 
tactile feedback to teach improved use of the student's body by identifying and changing poor 
and inefficient habits that cause stress, fatigue, and pain in the musical performer. Designed to 
teach the performer to minimize physical effort and maximize expression. Meets two hours per 
week. Pass/Fail only. 

122. Music Theatre Practicum. (lh) For musicians who perform in a departmentally-sponsored 
theatrical production (when their performance is not as a member of a departmental ensemble). 
May not be counted toward the majors or minor in music. Credit may be earned in a given se- 
mester for either MUS 122 or THE 283, but not both. Course may be repeated for no more than 
four hours. Pass/Fail only. P — POI. 

1 23. Woodwind Doubling, (lh) Practical skills for woodwind instrumentalists who participate in 
musical theatre productions for which expertise on more than one instrument is required. 

161. Individual Instruction. (0.5h) Technical studies and repertoire of progressive difficulty 
selected to meet the needs and abilities of the student. One half-hour lesson per week. Does 
not fulfill the individual instruction requirements for the major in music performance. May be 
repeated for credit. P — POI. 



a. violin 


g. clarinet 


m. baritone 


s, harp 


b. viola 


h. bassoon 


n. tuba 


t. electric bass 


c. cello 


i. saxophone 


o. organ 


v. voice 


d. bass 


]. trumpet 


p. piano 


w. recorder 


e. flute 


k. French horn 


q. percussion 


x. viola da gamba 


f. oboe 


I. trombone 


r. guitar 


y. harpsichord 

z. jazz improvisation 



162. Individual Instruction, (lh) One one-hour lesson per week. Does not fulfill the individual in- 
struction requirements for the major in music performance. May be repeated for credit. P — POI. 

165j. Brass Rudiments. (0.5h) Introduction to the fundamentals of playing brass instruments. 
Designed for students with musical experience as well as beginners with no prior musical train- 
ing. P — POI. Spring. 

165p. Class Piano. (0.5h) Scales, chords, inversions, and appropriate repertoire, with emphasis 
on sight-reading, harmonization, and simple transposition. Designed for the beginning piano 
student. 

165q. Class Percussion. (0.5h) Introduction to the fundamentals of playing percussion instru- 
ments. Includes an introduction to reading music as well as basic techniques on instruments of 
the percussion family. P — POI. 

165r. Class Guitar I. (0.5h) For beginner students. Introduction to finger style guitar techniques: 
strumming, plucking, arpeggios and damping. Reading and playing from musical notation. 
Nylon string guitar is required. 

166r. Class Guitar II. (0.5h) Continuation of finger style guitar techniques with emphasis on 
chordal progressions, scales, accompanying patterns and sight-reading. Nylon string guitar is 
required. P — MUS 165r. 



188 



165v. Class Voice I. (0.5h) Introduction to the fundamental principles of singing, concepts of 
breath control, tone, and resonance. P — POI. 

166v. Class Voice II. (0.5h) Continuation of fundamental vocal techniques. P — MUS 165v or POI. 

166p. Class Piano II. (0.5h) Continuation of fundamental piano techniques. P — MUS 165p or POI. 

1 67v. Theatrical Singing I: Class Voice. (0.5h) Basic techniques of singing, breath control, phona- 
tion, and resonance, with emphasis on theatrical projection. Study and performance of musical 
theatre repertoire. (One hour per week.) P — POI. 

1 68v. Theatrical Singing II: Class Voice. (0.5h) Continuation of theatrical singing techniques with 
increased study and performance of musical theatre repertoire. P — MUS 167v or POI. (One 
hour per week.) 

175v. Advanced Voice Class, (lh) Development of advanced vocal technique and repertoire. 
Limited to eight students. (Two hours per week; may be repeated.) P — MUS 166v or POI. 

177v. Advanced Theatrical Singing, (lh) Development of advanced theatrical singing technique 
and performance of musical theatre repertoire. Limited to eight students. (Two hours per week; 
may be repeated.) P— MUS 168v or POI. 

190. Diction for Singers. (1.5h) Study of articulation in singing, with emphasis on modification of 
English; pronunciation of Italian, German, and French. Development of articulatory and aural 
skills with use of the international phonetic alphabet. Individual performance and coaching in 
class. (Two hours per week.) May not be repeated for credit. 

262. Individual Instruction. (1.5h) One one-hour lesson per week. Fulfills the individual instruc- 
tion requirements for the major in music performance. May be repeated for credit. P — Two 
hours of MUS 161 and/or 162, plus successful completion of the audition for the major in musi- 
cal performance, and POI. 

362. Senior Recital. (3h) Preparation and public performance of a recital. Fulfills the individual 
instruction requirements for the major in music performance. To be taken only during the senior 
year. A student may not receive credit for both MUS 362 and 363. A student may not enroll in 
MUS 262 and 362 in the same semester. May not be repeated for credit. P — Two semesters of 
MUS 262 and POI. 

363. Senior Honors Recital. (3h) Preparation and public performance of a recital at the honors 
level. Fulfills the individual instruction requirements for the major in music performance. To be 
taken only during the senior year. A student may not receive credit for both MUS 362 and 363. 
A student may not enroll in MUS 262 and 363 in the same semester. May not be repeated for 
credit. P — Two semesters of MUS 262, POI, and faculty selection for honors in music performance. 



189 



MUSIC 



Neuroscience (NEU) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Coordinator Professor of Biology Wayne L Silver 

The neuroscience minor provides an interdisciplinary approach to the study of the nervous 
system. Neuroscientists study how we learn, process and remember information from the 
molecular to the philosophical level and examine subjects ranging from the molecular pharma- 
cology of brain function to the mind-body problem. 

The minor requires a minimum of seventeen hours, nine of which must include NEU 200, 
201, 300, 391 described below. At least one semester of research in neuroscience is required 
for the minor (NEU 391). The research can be conducted on the Reynolda Campus or with 
investigators at the Wake Forest University School of Medicine. The research project must be 
approved by a member of the neuroscience minor faculty. Eight hours must come from the 
elective courses listed below. One of the elective courses must come from outside the student's 
major department. 

Additional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The 
program coordinator maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course 
descriptions, see the relevant department's listings in this publication. 

200. Introduction to Neuroscience. (3h) Interdisciplinary course taught by faculty representing 
several fields. Topics include neurophysiology, sensory biology, motor mechanisms, neurophar- 
macology, cognitive neuroscience, perception, neural networks, and the philosophy of mind. 

201 . Neuroscience Laboratory, (lh) Examines principles of neuroscience ranging from the 
molecular and cellular to the behavioral and cognitive. Lab — three hours. C — NEU 200. 

300. Neuroscience Seminar. (3h) Consideration of current neuroscience topics. Presentations of 
current research by faculty on the Reynolda Campus or the Wake Forest University School of 
Medicine. Readings from the primary literature accompany the presentations. P — NEU 200. 

391. Research in Neuroscience. (2h) Supervised independent laboratory investigation in neuro- 
science. 

392, 393, 394. Research in Neuroscience. (2h) Continued supervised independent laboratory 
investigation in neuroscience. Not to be counted toward the minor. P — NEU 200. 

Electives for Neuroscience 

BIO 323. Animal Behavior. (4h) 

324. Hormones and Behavior. (3h) 
346. Neurobiology. (4h) 

351. Vertebrate Physiology (4h) 

352. Developmental Neuroscience (4h) 
354. Vertebrate Endocrinology. (3h) 
364. Sensory Biology (4h) 

CSC 371. Artificial Intelligence. (3h) 
HES 312. Exercise and Health Psychology. (3h) 
350. Human Physiology. (3h) 



NEUROSCIENCE j 9 q 



PHI 273. Philosophy, Mental Health, and Disorder. (3h) 

274. Philosophy of Mind. (3h) 
PHY 304. Physics of Medical Imaging. (3h) 

307. Biophysics. (3h) 
PSY 320. Physiological Psychology. (3h) 

322. Psychopharmacology. (3h) 

323. Animal Behavior. (3h) 

326. Learning Theory and Research. (3h) 

329. Perception. (3h) 

331. Cognition. (3h) 

333. Motivation of Behavior. (3h) 

(Note that many of these courses have prerequisites, in some cases including introductory 
biology, psychology, or chemistry.) 



Philosophy (PHI) 

Chair Ralph Kennedy 

A. C. Reid Professor George Graham 

Professors Thomas K. Hearn Jr., Marcus B. Hester, Charles M. Lewis 

Associate Professors Ralph Kennedy, Win-chiat Lee 

Assistant Professors Adrian Bardon, Stavroula Glezakos, Christian Miller 

Visiting Assistant Professor Avram Hiller 

Lecturers Hannah M. Hardgrave, Nancy Lawrence, Clark Thompson 

The objective of the program in philosophy is to lead the student to an understanding of philo- 
sophical thinking — past and present — about such fundamental questions as what it is to exist, 
to know, to be good, right, true, beautiful, or sacred. In examining such matters, philosophy 
may be said to investigate the presuppositions that inform all human action and inquiry and 
thus to be an essentially interdisciplinary kind of subject. The study of philosophy can, there- 
fore, play a useful role in preparing the student for a career in almost any field, including law, 
politics, religion, medicine, business, the arts, and the natural and social sciences. 

The twenty-seven hours in philosophy required for graduation with a major in the subject 
must include a general introduction to philosophy (PHI 111), one course in logic (selected from 
Group II), three courses in the history of philosophy (one from each of Groups III, IV and V), 
and two 200-level or higher topics courses (Group VI), the total to include at least three courses 
at the 300-level. 

A minor in philosophy requires fifteen hours in philosophy, which must include at least two 
200-level or higher courses and one 300-level course. Philosophy being an intrinsically inter- 
disciplinary subject, a minor in philosophy can be designed to complement any major subject. 
Students interested in minoring in philosophy should consult with the department about 
choosing an appropriate sequence of courses. 

Highly qualified majors are invited to apply in the spring semester of their junior year to the 
honors program in philosophy. Candidates must have an overall grade point average of at least 
3.0 and a grade point average in philosophy courses of at least 3.3. Graduation with honors in 
philosophy requires successful completion of Honors I and II in the fall and spring semesters, 



191 



PHILOSOPHY 



respectively, of their senior year. The hours earned in these two courses do not count toward 
the twenty-seven hours required of all majors. 

Group I — Introduction to Philosophy 

111. Basic Problems of Philosophy. (3h) Examination of the basic concepts of several representa- 
tive philosophers, including their accounts of the nature of knowledge, persons, God, mind, 
and matter. 

Group II — Logic 

121. Logic. (3h) Elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of fallacies, and 
logical analysis. 

221 . Symbolic Logic. (3h) Basic concepts and techniques of first-order logic; applications of first- 
order logic to arguments expressed in English; some discussion of such topics as the unsolv- 
ability of the decision problem for first-order logic, the completeness of first-order logic, and 
Godel's incompleteness theorem. 

Group III — Classical Ancient Philosophy 

232. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (3h) Study of philosophical problems such as the nature 
of faith, reason, universals, and God in the thought of Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Abelard, 
Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. P — PHI 111. 

331 . Plato. (3h) Detailed analysis of selected dialogues, covering Plato's most important con- 
tributions to moral and political philosophy, theory of knowledge, metaphysics, and theology. 
P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POI. 

332. Aristotle. (3h) Study of the major texts, with emphasis on metaphysics, ethics, and theory of 
knowledge. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POI. 

Group IV — Classical Modern Philosophy 

241. Modern Philosophy. (3h) Survey of major philosophers from Descartes to Kant. P — PHI 111. 

341 . Kant. (3h) Detailed study of selected works covering Kant's most important contributions 
to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, religion, and aesthetics. P — One 200-level course 
in philosophy or POI. 

342. Studies in Modern Philosophy. (3h) Treatment of selected figures and/or themes in seven- 
teenth- and eighteenth-century European philosophy. P — One 200-level course in philosophy 
or POI. 

Group V — Other History 

252. Contemporary Philosophy. (3h) Study of the principal works of several representative 
twentieth-century philosophers. P — PHI 111. 

253. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) Introduction to the most im- 
portant traditions in Chinese philosophy and religion: Confucianism, Daoism (Taoism), and 
Chinese Buddhism or Chinese Chan (Zen) Buddhism. Also listed as REL 380. 



PHILOSOPHY 



192 



352. Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Nietzsche. (3h) Examination of selected sources embodying the 
basic concepts of Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Nietzsche, especially as they relate to each other in 
terms of influence, development, and opposition. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

354. Wittgenstein. (3h) The work of Ludwig Wittgenstein on several central philosophical prob- 
lems studied and compared with that of Frege, James, and Russell. Topics include the picture 
theory of meaning, truth, skepticism, private languages, thinking, feeling, the mystical, and the 
ethical. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

Group VI — Topics in Philosophy 

161. Medical Ethics. (3h) Study of moral problems in the practice of medicine, including informed 
consent, experimentation on human subjects, truthtelling, confidentiality, abortion, and the al- 
location of scarce medical resources. 

162. Ethics and Public Policy. (3h) Critical examination of the ethical foundations of public policy 
issues. Topics may include: euthanasia, censorship, racial and gender equality, drugs, sexual 
conduct, and crime. 

1 63. Environmental Ethics. (3h) Examination of ethical issues concerning the environment as 
they arise in individual lives and public policy. Issues are discussed in the context of funda- 
mental questions regarding the adequacy of traditional philosophical frameworks for thinking 
about the relationship between humans and the nonhuman world and the value and moral 
status of the nonhuman world. 

261 . Ethics. (3h) Systematic examination of central ethical theories in the Western philosophical 
tradition. Such theories include Kantian deontology, utilitarianism, Aristotelian virtue ethics, 
and divine command theory. P — PHI 111. 

262. Philosophy of Law. (3h) Inquiry into the nature of law and its relation to morality. Class- 
room discussions of readings from the works of classical and modern authors focus on issues 
of contemporary concern involving questions of legal principle, personal liberty, human rights, 
responsibility, justice, and punishment. P — PHI 111. 

263. Freedom, Action, and Responsibility. (3h) Study of the nature of human freedom and related 
matters in the philosophy of action, metaphysics, and moral philosophy P — PHI 111. 

273. Philosophy, Mental Health, and Mental Disorder. (3h) Inquiry into the nature of mental 
illness and mental health. Topics are discussed in the context of interdisciplinary readings in 
philosophy and psychiatry. P — PHI 111. 

274. Philosophy of Mind. (3h) Selection from the following topics: the mind-body problem; 
personal identity; the unity of consciousness; minds and machines; the nature of experience; 
action, intention, and the will. P — PHI 111. 

361. Topics in Ethics. (1.5h, 3h) P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

362. Social and Political Philosophy. (3h) Systematic examination of selected social and politi- 
cal philosophers of different traditions, with concentration on Plato, Marx, Rawls, and Nozick. 
Topics include rights, justice, equality, private property, the state, the common good, and the 
relation of individuals to society. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 



193 



PHILOSOPHY 



372. Philosophy of Religion. (3h) Analysis of the logic of religious language and belief, including 
an examination of religious experience, mysticism, revelation, and arguments for the nature 
and existence of God. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

373. Philosophy of Science. (3h) Systematic and critical examination of major views concerning 
the methods of scientific inquiry, and the bases, goals, and implications of the scientific conclu- 
sions which result from such inquiry. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

375. Philosophy of Language. (3h) Study of such philosophical issues about language as truth 
and meaning, reference and description, proper names, indexicals, modality, tense, the semanti- 
cal paradoxes, and the differences between languages and other sorts of sign-systems. Also 
listed as LIN 375. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

381 . Topics in Epistemology. (3h) The sources, scope and structure of human knowledge. Topics 
include: skepticism; perception, memory, and reason; the definition of knowledge; the nature of 
justification; theories of truth. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

382. Topics in Metaphysics. (3h) P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

Group VII — Honors and Independent Study 

385. Seminar. (1.5h, 3h) Offered by members of the faculty on specialized topics of their choice. 
With permission, may be repeated for credit. P — POL 

391. Honors I. (1.5h) Directed study and research in preparation for writing a major paper. 
Must be taken in the fall semester of the senior year. P — Admission to the honors program in 
philosophy. 

392. Honors II. (1.5h) Completion of the project begun in PHI 391. Requires defense of the paper 
in an oral examination conducted by at least two members of the department. Taken in the 
spring semester of the senior year. P — PHI 391. 

395. Independent Study. (1.5h, 3h) 



Physics (PHY) 

Chair George Eric Matthews 

Reynolds Professor of Computational Biophysics Jacquelyn S. Fetrow 

Reynolds Professor Richard T. Williams 

Professors Paul R. Anderson, Keith D. Bonin, Natalie A. W. Holzwarth, 

William C. Kerr, George Eric Matthews 

Research Associate Professor Kamil Burak Ocer 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and Associate Professor Gregory B. Cook 

Associate Professors Eric D. Carlson, David L. Carroll, Daniel Kim-Shapiro 

Assistant Professors Martin Guthold, Jed Macosko, Fred Salsbury 

Adjunct Associate Professor Peter Santago 

Adjunct Assistant Professors John D. Bourland, Janna Levin, Timothy E. Miller, Timothy K. Wagner 

Visiting Assistant Professor Forrest Charnock 

The program for each student majoring in physics is developed through consultation with the 
student's major adviser and may lead to either a bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science degree. 

PHYSICS 194 



The bachelor of arts degree requires a minimum of basic physics courses and allows a wide 
selection of electives related to the student's interests in other disciplines, such as medicine, 
law, and business. The bachelor of science degree is designed for students planning careers in 
physics. 

The bachelor of arts degree in physics requires twenty-five hours in physics and must 
include the following courses: 113, 114, 215, 262, 265, and 266. The remaining six hours may be 
satisfied with any other 300-level courses in the department except 381 and 382. MTH 251 also 
is required. Depending on what other physics courses the student takes, additional mathematics 
courses may be required; e.g., MTH 301 is a prerequisite for PHY 339. The bachelor of science 
degree in physics requires thirty-eight hours in physics and must include the following courses: 
113, 114, 215, 230, 262, 265, 266, 301, 302, 337, 339, 340, 343, 344, 346, and 351. The remaining 
hours may be satisfied with any other 300-level course in the department. In addition, MTH 251, 
301, 302, and either 304 or 352 are required; MTH 303 and CSC 111 are strongly recommended. 

The bachelor of arts degree in physics with concentration in biophysics and biochemistry re- 
quires 27.5 hours in physics and must include the following courses: 113, 114, 215, 230, 262, 265, 
266, and two of the following: 307/325, 320/323, 351. A student must take PHY 381 or 382 for a 
minimum of 1.5 hours. Also required are MTH 251; CHM 111/111L, 122/122L, 230; two of the 
three courses BIO 112, 213, 214; one of the four courses BIO 370, BIO 371, CHM 370, CHM 371. 

While the physics major can be started in the sophomore year, students are encouraged to 
take PHY 113 and 114 and MTH 111 and 112 in the first year. If this sequence is followed, the 
physics major may be completed with considerable flexibility in exercising various options, 
such as the five-year BS/MS program. A candidate for the 3-2 engineering program would also 
complete three years of the bachelor of science physics major program prior to transfer. (Con- 
sult the chair of the department for additional information on these five-year programs.) 

A minor in physics requires seventeen hours, which must include the courses 113, 114, 215, 
and 262. Students interested in the minor should advise the faculty member responsible for 
advising physics majors (inquire in Olin Physical Laboratory Room 100). 

If physics is not taken in the first year, the degree requirements in physics may still be 
completed by the end of the senior year if a beginning course is taken in the sophomore year. 
No student may be a candidate for a degree with a major in physics with a grade less than C in 
General Physics without special permission of the department. 

Physics courses satisfying Division V requirements must be taken at Wake Forest. 

Satisfactory completion of the laboratory work is required for a passing grade in all courses 
with a laboratory. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the honors 
program in physics through the major adviser. To be graduated with the designation "Honors 
in Physics," students must pass Physics 381, write a paper on the results of the research in that 
course, pass an oral exam on the research and related topics given by a committee of three phys- 
ics faculty members, and obtain a grade point average of at least 3.5 in physics and 3.0 overall. 

1 05. Descriptive Astronomy. (3h) Introductory study of the universe, from the solar system to the 
galaxies. No lab. 

1 09. Astronomy. (4h) Introductory study of the universe consisting of descriptive astronomy, the 
historical development of astronomical theories, and astrophysics. Knowledge of basic algebra 
and trigonometry is required. Lab — two hours. 

110. Introductory Physics. (4h) Conceptual, non-calculus one-semester survey of the essentials 
of physics, including mechanics, wave motion, heat, sound, electricity, magnetism, optics, and 



195 



PHYSICS 



modern physics. Not recommended for premedical, mathematics, or science students. Credit 
not allowed for both 110 and 113. Lab — two hours. (QR) 

1 13, 1 14. General Physics. (4h, 4h) Essentials of mechanics, wave motion, heat, sound, electricity, 
magnetism, optics, and modern physics treated with some use of calculus. Recommended for 
science, mathematics, and premedical students. C — MTH 111, 106, or equivalent. P — PHY 113 is 
prerequisite for 114. Lab — two hours. (QR) 

1 20. Physics and Chemistry of the Environment. (4h) Covers the basic physical and chemical pro- 
cesses in the earth's atmosphere, biosphere, and the oceans. It consists of two parts: 1) chemical 
processes in the environment such as element cycles and the chemistry of pollutants in air and 
water and, 2) physical aspects of the environment such as solar energy and the atmosphere, and 
the physics of weather and climate. Lab — three hours. Also listed as CHM 120. (QR) 

230. Electronics. (3h) Introduction to the theory and application of transistors and electronic 
circuits. Lab— three hours. P— PHY 114. (QR) 

215. Elementary Modern Physics. (3h) Development of twentieth-century physics and an intro- 
duction to quantum ideas. P— PHY 114 and MTH 111. C— PHY 265. (QR) 

262. Mechanics. (3h) Study of the equations of motion describing several kinds of physical sys- 
tems: velocity-dependent forces; damped and forced simple harmonic motion; orbital motion; 
inertial and non-inertial reference frames; and relativistic mechanics. Includes extensive use of 
computers. P— PHY 113 and MTH 111 or equivalent. (QR) 

265, 266. Intermediate Laboratory, (lh, lh) Experiments on mechanics, modern physics, elec- 
tronics, and computer simulations. C— PHY 215 (for PHY 265); PHY 262 (for PHY 266). 
P— PHY 265 (for PHY 266). 

301, 302. Physics Seminar. (Oh, Oh) Discussion of contemporary research, usually with visiting 
scientists. Attendance required of junior and senior physics majors. 

304. Physics of Medical Imaging. (3h) Physical principles of X-ray computed tomography (CT), 
positron emission tomography (PET), single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT), 
magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and ultrasonic imaging. P — PHY 113, 114 as well as MTH 
111, 112orPOI. 

307. Biophysics. (3h) Introduction to the structure, dynamic behavior, and function of DNA and 
proteins, and a survey of membrane biophysics. The physical principles of structure determina- 
tion by X-ray, NMR, and optical methods are emphasized. P — PHY 113, 114 as well as BIO 112 
or 214 or POI. 

310. Extragalactic Astronomy and Cosmology. (3h) Topics include galactic structure, models for 
galaxies and galaxy formation, the large scale structure of the universe, the big bang model of 
the universe, physical processes such as nucleosynthesis in the early universe, and observa- 
tional cosmology. P— PHY 114, 215. 

31 2. Introduction to Stellar Astronomy. (3h) The physics of stellar atmospheres and interiors. 
Topics include radiation transfer, absorption and emission of radiation, formation of spectra, 
models for stellar interiors, nuclear fusion reactions, and stellar evolution. Methods of measur- 
ing distances to stars and interpretation of stellar spectra are also included. P — PHY 114, 215, 
MTH 301. 



196 



320. The Physics of Macromolecules. (3h) Physics of large biologically important molecules, es- 
pecially proteins and nucleic acids. Topics include the physical basis of biomolecular structure, 
the energetics and statistical mechanics of biomolecular dynamics, and the electrostatics and 
solvation of biomolecules. Designed for students with biochemistry, chemistry, or physics back- 
grounds. P— PHY 351 or BIO 214 or CHM 341, PHY 113, 114, or POL 

323. Computational Biophysics Laboratory, (lh) Application of techniques in molecular model- 
ing, including energy minimization, molecular dynamics simulation, and conformational analy- 
sis. C— PHY 320 or POL 

325. Biophysical Methods Laboratory, (lh) Experiments using various biophysical techniques 
such as electron paramagnetic resonance, atomic force microscopy, stopped-flow absorption 
spectroscopy, X-ray diffraction, and gel electrophoresis. C — PHY 307. 

327. Bioinformatics. (3h) Introduction to bioinformatics and the language of computer program- 
ming and algorithm development in the field of biomedical research. Also listed as CSC 385. 
P — Introductory courses in biology, chemistry, and molecular biology or biochemistry or POL 

330. Data Acquisition and Analysis. (3h) Advanced treatment of computer interfacing, signal 
processing methods, non-ideal integrated circuit behavior, and data reduction and fitting proce- 
dures. P— PHY 130, 230. 

337. Analytical Mechanics. (1.5h) The Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations of mechanics 
with applications. Taught in the first half of the fall semester. P — PHY 262, MTH 251. 

339, 340. Electricity and Magnetism. (1.5h, 3h) Electrostatics, magnetostatics, dielectric and mag- 
netic materials, Maxwell's equations and applications to radiation, relativistic formulation. PHY 
339 is taught in the second half of the fall semester, following PHY 337. PHY 340 is taught in the 
spring semester. These should be taken in sequence. P — PHY 114, MTH 251 and 301. 

343, 344. Quantum Physics. (3h, 3h) Application of the elementary principles of quantum me- 
chanics to atomic, molecular, solid state, and nuclear physics. P — PHY 215 and MTH 251. 

346. Advanced Physics Laboratory, (lh) Lab— three hours. P— PHY 266 and PHY 343. 

351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. (3h) Introduction to classical and statistical 
thermodynamics and distribution functions. 

352. Physical Optics and Optical Design. (4h) Interaction of light with materials; diffraction and 
coherent optics; ray trace methods of optical design. Lab — three hours. 

354. Introduction to Solid State Physics. (3h) Survey of the structure, composition, physical prop- 
erties, and technological applications of condensed matter. P — PHY 343. 

361 . Biophysics Seminar, (lh) Seminal and current publications in biophysics are studied. Each 
week a member of the class makes an oral presentation on a chosen publication and leads the 
ensuing discussion. 

381, 382. Research. (1.5h/3h, 1.5h/3h) Library, conference, computation, and laboratory work 
performed on an individual basis. 

391, 392. Special Topics in Physics. (lh-4h) Courses in selected topics in physics. May be repeated 
if course content differs. 



197 



PHYSICS 



Political Science (POL) 

Chair Kathy B. Smith 

Reynolds Professor of Latin-American Studies Luis Roniger 

Worrell Professor of Anglo-American Studies David Coates 

Professors Katy J. Harriger, Charles H. Kennedy, Wei-chin Lee, Kathy B. Smith 

ZacharyT. Smith Associate Professor John J. Dinan 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and Associate Professor Peter M. Siavelis 

Associate Professors David P. Weinstein, Helga A.Welsh, Pia Wood 

Assistant Professors Michaelle L Browers, Pete Furia, Sarah Lischer, Bryan Shelly 

Adjunct Professor Richard D. Sears 

Senior Lecturer Yomi Durotoye 

Visiting Assistant Professor Tom Brister 

Visiting Instructor Alisa Kessel 

Distinguished Visiting Professor Frederick Rosen 

In its broadest conception, the aim of the study of political science is to understand the way in 
which policy for a society is formulated and executed and to understand the moral standards 
by which policy is or ought to be set. This center of interest is often described alternatively as 
the study of power, of government, of the state, or of human relations in their political context. 
For teaching purposes, the study of political science has been divided by the department into 
the following fields: (1) American politics, (2) comparative politics, (3) political theory, and (4) 
international politics. Introductory courses in these fields provide broad and flexible approach- 
es to studying political life. 

The major in political science consists of thirty-one hours, of which, in all but exceptional 
cases, at least twenty-one hours must be completed at Wake Forest. Where students take politi- 
cal science courses abroad, they have to be in Wake Forest approved programs and /or must 
have been certified by the department chair. The required courses for the major include the 
following: (a) at least one non-seminar course in each of the four fields of political science listed 
above; (b) a course in political science methods (POL 280) normally taken in the junior year; and 
(c) one political science seminar course (POL 290) normally taken in the senior year. 

No more than six hours may be taken toward the major from introductory courses (100- 
level courses). Majors may not take the introductory courses during their senior year. Highly 
motivated students who would like to further expand or apply their study beyond the normal 
course of offerings can undertake internships, individual studies, or directed readings if they 
fulfill the minimum GPA requirements of 3.0. No more than three hours for any one or any 
combination of the following courses may be counted toward the major: POL 287, 288, or 289. 
Transfer hours toward the major are awarded on an individual case-by-case basis at the discre- 
tion of the department chair. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in all courses completed in 
political science at Wake Forest is required for graduation with the major. 

The senior seminar provides an opportunity for majors to experience something comparable 
to a graduate seminar. As such, it is conducted more by discussion than by lecture and enables 
students to read and reflect upon advanced scholarly material. The seminar also offers students 
the opportunity in their final year to create a research paper of greater length and sophistication 
than is customary and to develop the research and writing skills appropriate to the task. 

Students who write an outstanding seminar paper may be nominated for "Honors in Politi- 
cal Science" if they have a 3.3 overall grade point average and a 3.6 political science grade point 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



198 



average. In addition, the candidate's seminar paper must be defended before the departmental 
honors committee. For additional information department faculty members should be consulted. 

Political science majors who minor in Latin- American studies also have the opportunity to 
pursue a five-year cooperative BA/MA degree program at Georgetown University in Washing- 
ton, DC. 

The minor in political science consists of eighteen hours. Fifteen of the hours must be taken 
at Wake Forest. No more than six hours may be taken toward the minor from introductory 
courses (100-level courses). Highly motivated students who would like to further expand or 
apply their study beyond the normal course of offerings can undertake internships, individual 
studies, or directed readings if they fulfill the minimum GPA requirements of 3.0. No more than 
three hours for any one or any combination of the following courses may be counted toward 
the minor: POL 287, 288, or 289. Transfer hours toward the minor are awarded on an individual 
case-by-case basis at the discretion of the chair. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in all 
courses completed in political science at Wake Forest is required for graduation with the minor. 

A student who selects political science to fulfill the Division IV requirement must take one of 
the following courses: POL 113, 114, 115, or 116. Students who are not majors in political science 
may take upper-level courses as electives without having had lower-level courses, unless a 
prerequisite is specified. 

American Politics 

113. American Government and Politics. (3h) The nature of politics, political principles, and 
political institutions, with emphasis on their application to the U.S. 

210. Topics in U.S. Politics and Policy, (lh or 3h) Intensive study of one or more major problems 
in contemporary U.S. politics and policy. Course may be retaken for credit if topic varies. 

21 1 . Political Parties, Voters, and Elections. (3h) Examination of party competition, party orga- 
nizations, the electorate and electoral activities of parties, and the responsibilities of parties for 
governing. 

212. U.S. Policymaking in the Twenty-first Century. (3h) Examines the contemporary U.S. policy- 
making process. Special attention to ways issues become important and contributions of differ- 
ent political actors, institutions, and ideologies in the passage or rejection of policy proposals. 
Considers a range of social, economic, and regulatory policies. 

215. Citizen and Community. (3h) Examination of the role and responsibilities of citizens in 
democratic policymaking. Includes discussion of democratic theory, emphasis on a policy issue 
of national importance (i.e. poverty, crime, environment), and involvement of students in proj- 
ects that examine the dimension of the issue in their community. Service-learning course. 

216. U.S. Social Welfare Policy. (3h) Analysis of U.S. social policymaking and policy outcomes on 
issues such as welfare, education, health care, and Social Security, with emphasis on historical 
development and cross-national comparison. 

21 7. Politics and the Mass Media. (3h) Exploration of the relationship between the political 
system and the mass media. Two broad concerns are the regulation of the mass media and the 
impact of media on political processes and events. Also listed as JOU 277. 

218. Congress and Policymaking. (3h) Examination of the composition, authority structures, 
external influences, and procedures of Congress with emphasis on their implications for policy- 
making in the U.S. 



199 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



219. Political Participation. (3h) Examination of political participation in the U.S., with emphasis 
on electoral and non-electoral avenues through which individuals and groups wield influence 
in politics and government, including voting, interest groups, and social movements. Service- 
learning course. 

220. The American Presidency. (3h) Emphasis on the office and the role; contributions by con- 
temporary presidents considered in perspective. 

221. State Politics. (3h) Examination of institutions, processes, and policies at the state level, 
with emphasis on the different patterns of governance in the various states and the con- 
sequences of the recent revitalization of state governments. 

222. Urban Politics. (3h) Political structures and processes in American cities and suburbs as 
they relate to the social, economic, and political problems of the metropolis. Service-learning 
course. (CD) 

223. Blacks in American Politics. (3h) Survey of selected topics, including black political partici- 
pation, political organizations, political leadership, and political issues. Shows the relationship 
of these phenomena to American political institutions and processes as a whole. 

225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the Federal System. (3h) Analysis of 
Supreme Court decisions affecting the three branches of the national government and federal/ 
state relations. 

226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. (3h) Judicial interpretations of First Amend- 
ment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights of the criminally accused. Not open to first-year 
students. 

227. Politics, Law, and Courts. (3h) Analysis of the nature and role of law in American society 
and the structure and procedure of American courts. Questions of judicial organization, person- 
nel, and decision making, as well as the impact of law and court decisions on the social order, 
are explored at local, state, and national levels. 

228. The Politics of Public Education. (3h) Introduces students to some of the most popular and 
contentious contemporary education policy debates and discusses what the U.S. school system 
tells us about the country's fundamental political commitments. 

229. Women and Politics. (3h) Examines classical and contemporary arguments regarding the 
participation of women in politics, as well as current policy issues and changes in women's 
political participation. 

Comparative Politics 

114. Comparative Government and Politics. (3h) Analysis of political institutions, processes, and 
policy issues in selected countries. Case studies are drawn from Africa, Asia, Europe, and Latin 
America. (CD) 

231. Western European Politics. (3h) Comparative analysis of political institutions, processes, 
and policy issues in selected West European countries. Special attention is given to case studies 
involving Great Britain, France, Germany, Italy and to the process of European integration. 

232. Politics in Russia and Eastern Europe. (3h) Analysis of the political, economic, and social pat- 
terns of the region, emphasizing the internal dynamics of the political and economic transition 
processes currently underway. 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



200 



233. The Politics of Modern Germany. (3h) Study of the historical legacy, political behavior, and 
governmental institutions of contemporary Germany (newly unified Germany). 

234. United Kingdom Politics in a Global Age. (3h) Introduces the nature and content of contem- 
porary United Kingdom politics by placing those politics in a wider analysis of United King- 
dom history, society, and international positions. (CD) 

235. European Integration. (3h) Combines different approaches to the study of Europe by 
examining European integration — as highlighted by the development of the European Union — 
through the lenses of history, politics, culture, and economics. 

236. Government and Politics in Latin America. (3h) Comparative analysis of the institutions and 
processes of politics in the Latin American region. (CD) 

237. Comparative Public Policy in Selected Industrialized Democracies. (3h) Analysis of public 
policy choices involving such matters as health care, education, environment, and immigration 
in Western Europe and the U.S. 

238. Comparative Economic Development and Political Change. (3h) Overview of the relationship 
between economic development, socio-structural change, and politics since the creation of the 
international capitalist system in the sixteenth century. Organized around case studies of in- 
dustrialized democracies, evolving Communist systems and command economies, and "Third 
World" countries. 

239. State, Economy, and International Competitiveness. (3h) Introduces a range of important 
case studies of national economic performance and does so in such a manner as to illustrate the 
role of public policy in economic performance in a number of leading industrial economies 
(the U.S., United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden, and Japan). 

240. Human Rights in Latin America. (3h) Looks at the policy dilemmas that both restored and 
new democracies face when dealing with past human rights violations and how they engage in 
restructuring the domain of human rights in a changed global environment. Case studies focus 
primarily on Latin America within a comparative framework. (CD) 

242. Topics in Comparative Politics, (lh or 3h) Intensive study of one or more major problems in 
contemporary comparative politics. Course may be retaken for credit if topic varies. 

244. Politics and Literature. (3h) Examination of how literature can extend knowledge of politics 
and political systems. Considers the insights of selected novelists. 

245. Ethnonationalism. (3h) Concerned with the role of ethnicity in world politics. Focuses on 
both theoretical and substantive issues relating to: (a) nature of ethnicity and ethnic group iden- 
tity; (b) sources of ethnic conflict; (c) politics of ethnic conflict; (d) policy management of ethnic 
conflict; and (e) international intervention in ethnic conflict. 

246. Politics and Policies in South Asia. (3h) Survey of major issues relevant to politics and policy 
in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka. (CD) 

247. Islam and Politics. (3h) Explores the interrelationship of Islam and politics in the contem- 
porary world. Deals with Islam as a political ideology which shapes the structure of political 
institutions and behavior. Looks at Islam in practice by examining the interaction between 
Islam and the political systems of Iran, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia and others. (CD) 



201 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



248. Chinese Politics. (3h) Survey of the political institutions and processes in China (People's 
Republic of China and Republic of China). Emphasizes group conflict, elites, ideology, as well 
as current policy changes in the process of modernization. 

International Politics 

116. International Politics. (3h) Survey of the forces that shape relations among states and some 
of the major problems of contemporary international politics. (CD) 

252. Topics in International Politics, (lh or 3h) Intensive study of one or more major problems of 
contemporary international politics. Course may be retaken for credit if topic varies. 

253. International Political Economy. (3h) Analyzes major issues in the global political economy 
including theoretical approaches to understanding the tension between politics and econom- 
ics, monetary and trade policy, North-South relations, environmentalism, human rights and 
democratization. 

254. U.S. Foreign Policy: Contemporary Issues. (3h) Examines the most pressing issues in U.S. for- 
eign policy today, with attention to the historical and institutional context in which U.S. foreign 
policy is determined. 

255. Group Identity in International Relations. (3h) Examines the impact on international politics 
of nationalism, supranationalism, and globalism, with attention to the origins of group identi- 
ties and to contemporary trends. 

256. International Security. (3h) Explores various theoretical approaches to security studies and 
contemporary security issues, with special attention to domestic variables, the use of force, 
strategic culture, weapons of mass destruction, the political economy of national security, and 
terrorism. 

257. Interamerican Relations. (3h) Examines the history and contemporary challenges of rela- 
tions among the nations of the Americas, including intervention and sovereignty, migration, 
drugs, economic relations, and contemporary foreign policy. 

259. The Arab-Israeli Conflict. (3h) Analysis of factors influencing the relationship between Israel 
and its neighbors relative to fundamental aspects of U.S., Israeli, Palestinian, and Arab states 
policies. 

260. U.S. and East Asia. (3h) Analytical survey of U.S. interaction with East Asia, with emphasis 
on the strategic security and the political economy of the region. (CD) 

261. International Law. (3h) Analyzes major issues in public international law including sources 
of international law, state sovereignty, territorial jurisdiction, treaties, peaceful settlement of 
disputes, human rights, and the relationship between international law and domestic law. 

262. International Organizations. (3h) Survey of the philosophy, principles, organizational struc- 
ture, and decision-making procedures of international organizations. In addition to the United 
Nations system, this course analyzes various international organizations in issues such as col- 
lective security, trade, economic development, human rights protection, and the environment. 

263. U.S. Foreign Policy in the Middle East. (3h) Critical analysis of U.S. foreign policy with re- 
spect to the Middle East since the second World War. Utilizes a case study method of instruction. 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



202 



264. Moral Dilemmas in International Politics. (3h) Examines moral dilemmas in international 
politics with reference to theories and cases. Topics include just war doctrine, responsibility of 
rich countries toward poor countries, exportability of capitalism and democracy, and legitimacy 
of humanitarian intervention. 

266. Civil Wars: Causes and Consequences. (3h) Examines and assesses competing theories of 
civil war, including economic, ethnic, religious, and ideological explanations. Addresses dilem- 
mas raised by civil war such as the spread of HIV/AIDS, the proliferation of private security 
companies, and the abuse of humanitarian aid. 

267. America in Vietnam: Myth and Reality. (3h) Analysis of American policy toward Vietnam, 
with special emphasis on the period of 1954-75. Focus is on the relationship between American 
policies and the problems posed by Vietnamese and American cultures. 

268. International Conflict Resolution. (3h) Explores various approaches to conflict resolution 
through readings, case studies, and simulations. Issues include negotiation and mediation, 
dealing with war criminals, tradeoffs between justice and peace, and the role of the interna- 
tional community. 

Political Theory 

115. Political Theory. (3h) Introduction to the central concepts (democracy, liberty, equality, and 
power) and ideologies (liberalism, conservatism, and socialism) as they have been formulated 
within some of the main schools of political thought. 

269. Topics in Political Theory, (lh or 3h) Intensive study of one or more major topics in political 
theory. Course may be retaken for credit if topic varies. 

270. Ethics and Politics. (3h) Investigation of the relationship between ethical reasoning and 
political theory. Representative philosophers include Hume, Kant, Nietzsche, Mill, Sidgwick, 
Green, Ayer, Hare, and Mclntyre. 

271. Classical Political Thought. (3h) Examination of the nature and goals of classical political 
theorizing, with attention to its origins in ancient Athens and its diffusion through Rome. 
Representative writers include Plato, Aristotle, and Cicero. 

272. Democratic Theory. (3h) Examination of the theoretical underpinnings of democracy 
and some of the critiques of those foundations. Focus is on understanding some of the major 
theories of democracy and on how key democratic concepts are defined differently within these 
various traditions. 

273. Marx, Marxism and the Aftermath of Marxism. (3h) Examination of Marx's indebtedness to 
Hegel, his early humanistic writings, and the vicissitudes of twentieth century vulgar Marxism 
and neo-Marxism in the works of Lenin, Lukacs, Korsch, Horkeimer, Marcuse, and Sartre. 

274. Religion and Politics in Medieval Thought. (3h) Investigation of the medieval encounter 
between philosophy and revealed religion (Islam, Judaism, and Christianity). Topics include the 
nature of political community and its role in cultivating virtue; relations between knowledge 
and power, and between politics and salvation; and the origins of modern ideas of law and 
freedom. 



203 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



275. American Political Thought. (3h) Examination of the republican, civic humanistic tradition 
vs. the liberal, juridical tradition in American political thought from the founding to the present. 
Readings from Locke, Sidney, the Federalists and anti-Federalists, Spencer, Dewey, Rawls, and 
Sandel. 

276. Modern Political Thought. (3h) Political thought from Machiavelli to the present, including 
such topics as moral and natural rights, positive and negative freedom, social contract theory, 
alienation and citizenship. Selected writings from Machiavelli, Locke, Rousseau, Mill, Marx, 
and Rawls. 

277. Feminist Political Thought. (3h) Introduction to feminist thought and its implications for the 
study and practice of political theory Topics include feminist critiques of the Western political 
tradition and schools of feminist political theory. (CD) 

279. Varieties of Philosophical Liberalism. (3h) Study of twentieth-century philosophical liberal- 
ism such as libertarianism, utilitarianism, liberal utilitarianism, Kantian liberalism and com- 
munitarianism with special focus on rival conceptions of freedom and on utilitarianism and its 
critics. 

Seminars and Additional Courses 

280. Political Science Methods. (3h) Overview of the methods currently prominent in studying 
politics. Attention is given to the relationships between theory, method, and findings by focus- 
ing on the need to make empirical observation systematic. (QR) 

282. Gandhi. (3h) Explores the life, political philosophy, and the method of non-violent coercion 
(satyagraha) of Gandhi. Students define and implement group projects designed to promote 
change within the context of Gandhian methodology. Service-learning course. 

287. Individual Study. (2h or 3h) Intensive research leading to the completion of an analytical 
paper conducted under the direction of a faculty member. Students initiate the project and 
secure the permission of an appropriate instructor. P — POI. 

288. Directed Reading. (2h or 3h) Concentrated reading in an area of study not otherwise 
available. Students initiate the project and secure the permission of an appropriate instructor. 
P— POI. 

289. Internship in Politics. (2h or 3h) Field work in a public or private setting with related read- 
ings and an analytical paper under the direction of a faculty member. Students initiate the 
project and secure the permission of an appropriate instructor. Normally one course in an 
appropriate subfield is taken prior to the internship. P — POI. 

290. Senior Seminar in Political Science. (4h) Readings and research on selected topics. 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 2 Q4 



Psychology (PSY) 

Chair Mark R. Leary 

Thurman D. Kitchin Professor of Psychology Mark R. Leary 

William L. Poteat Professor of Psychology Deborah L. Best 

Professors Robert C. Beck, Terry D. Blumenthal, Dale Dagenbach, Charles L. Richman, 

Catherine E. Seta, Carol A. Shively 

Lee Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor Batja Mesquita 

Ollen R. Nalley Associate Professor William W. Fleeson 

Associate Professors Christy M. Buchanan, Janine M. Jennings, James A. Schirillo, 

Cecilia H. Solano, Eric R. Stone 

Assistant Professors R. Michael Furr, Karen L Roper 

Adjunct Professors Jay R. Kaplan, W. Jack Rejeski Jr., Frank B.Wood 

Adjunct Associate Professor C. Drew Edwards 

Adjunct Assistant Professors Phillip G. Batten, Julia Jackson-Newsom, 

Max E. Levine, William W. Sloan Jr. 

Adjunct Instructors Stephen W. Davis, Ashleigh D. Haire 

Visiting Assistant Professors Janet Boseovski, Alycia K. Silman 

Psychology 151 is a prerequisite to all courses of a higher number. Courses numbered below 
151 do not count toward Division IV requirements or toward the major in psychology. Psy- 
chology 310, 311, 312, or special permission of the instructor is prerequisite for some 300-level 
courses. See individual course descriptions for specific information. 

It is recommended that students who are considering psychology as a major take PSY 151 in 
their first year and PSY 311 no later than their junior year. Furthermore, students should take at 
least one course in addition to PSY 151 before taking PSY 311. An average of C or higher in psy- 
chology courses is required at the time the major is elected. The major in psychology requires 
the completion of a minimum of thirty-five hours in psychology, including 151, 311, 312, 313, 
and 392. Students who have successfully completed 383 are not required to complete 392. In 
addition, the major student must complete at least one course from each of the following 
groups: Group A: 326, 331, 338 and 374; Group B: 320, 323, 329, and 333; and Group C: 341, 351, 
355, 357, and 362. No more than forty-two hours in psychology may be counted toward the 
graduation requirements of 112 hours. No more than three hours of directed study (280) or 
independent research (282) may be counted toward the thirty-five hours required for the major; 
up to a maximum of five hours may be counted with more than thirty-five hours in the major. 

No more than nine hours will be accepted for courses taken at other schools to be counted 
toward the major. Courses taken at community colleges or college courses taught on high 
school campuses are not be accepted for transfer credit. With the exception of PSY 151, specific 
courses required for the major must be taken at Wake Forest. The guidelines regarding transfer 
and credit approval may be modified in rare and special circumstances at the discretion of the 
psychology department chair. 

The minor in psychology requires fifteen hours in psychology including: 151; either 310 
alone or both 311 and 312; and at least two of the following courses— 241, 245, 255, 260, 268, 320, 
323, 326, 329, 331, 333, 338, 362 and 374. 

A minimum grade average of C on all courses attempted in psychology is required for 
graduation with either a major or minor in psychology. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to participate in the honors program 
in psychology. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Psychology," the student must 



205 



PSYCHOLOGY 



complete satisfactorily a special sequence of courses (381, 383), pass an oral or written examina- 
tion, and earn an overall GPA of 3.2 with an average of 3.5 on work in psychology. In addition, 
the honors student normally has a non-credit research apprenticeship with a faculty member. 
For more detailed information, members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. (Stu- 
dents satisfactorily completing PSY 383 are not required to complete PSY 392.) 

100. Learning to Learn. (3h) Workshop designed primarily for first- and second-year students 
who wish to improve their academic skills through the application of basic principles of learn- 
ing, memory, organization, etc. Third- and fourth-year students by permission of the instructor 
only. Pass /Fail only. 

151. Introductory Psychology. (3h) Systematic survey of psychology as the scientific study of 
behavior. Prerequisite to all courses of a higher number. 

239. Altered States of Consciousness. (3h) Examination of altered states of consciousness with 
special reference to sleep and dreams, meditation, hypnosis, and drugs. P — PSY 151. 

241. Developmental Psychology. (3h) Survey of physical, emotional, cognitive, and social devel- 
opment in humans from conception to death. P — PSY 151. 

245. Survey of Abnormal Behavior. (3h) Study of problem behaviors such as depression, alco- 
holism, antisocial personality, the schizophrenias, and pathogenic personality patterns, with 
emphasis on causes, prevention, and the relationships of these disorders to normal lifestyles. 
P— PSY 151. 

250. Psychology Abroad. (3h) Study of psychology in foreign countries. Content and travel plans 
vary from year to year depending upon interests of faculty and students. Usually offered in 
summer. P— PSY 151. 

255. Personality. (3h) Survey of theory and research on the structure and function of human 
personality, with attention to the relationship to cognition, emotion, motivation, and behavior. 
P— PSY 151. 

260. Social Psychology. (3h) Survey of the field, including theories of social behavior, interper- 
sonal attraction, attitudes and attitude change, and group behavior. P — PSY 151. 

265. Human Sexuality. (3h) Exploration of the psychological and physiological aspects of human 
sexuality, with attention to sexual mores, sexual deviances, sexual dysfunction, and sex-related 
roles. P— PSY 151. 

268. Industrial/Organization Psychology. (3h) Psychological principles and methods applied to 
problems commonly encountered in business and industry P — PSY 151. 

270. Topics in Psychology, (lh) The student selects from among a group of short one-hour 
courses dealing with topics of special interest. The courses meet sequentially, not concurrently, 
and options are offered in each portion of the semester. P — PSY 151. 

270 A Child Development and Social Policy 270P Animal Flying Behavior 

270B Persuasion and Social Propaganda 270R Human Relations 

270C Psychology and the Law 270S Primate Cognition 

270E Emotion 270T Psychology of Sport 

270F Social Psychology of Physical Activity 270X1 The Self and Social Behavior 

270 J Memory 27 OX Psychobiology 

270N Liking and Loving Relationships 

PSYCHOLOGY 2 Q6 



280. Directed Study. (l-3h) Student research performed under faculty supervision. P — PSY 151 
and approval of faculty member prior to registration. 

282. Independent Research. (l-3h) Independent reading or research conducted under faculty 
supervision. P — PSY 151 and approval of faculty member prior to registration. Pass/Fail only. 

310. Methods in Psychological Research. (4h) Introduction to statistics and research design for 
students minoring in psychology. P — PSY 151 (QR) 

31 1, 312. Research Methods in Psychology. (4h, 4h) Introduction to the design and statistical 
analysis of psychological research. Lab — twice weekly. P — PSY 151 (QR) 

313. History and Systems of Psychology. (3h) The development of psychological thought and 
research from ancient Greece to the present. P — Two PSY courses beyond 151 or POI. 

31 5. Vienna Psychologists. (3h) Examines the roots of psychological theory in Vienna in the late 
nineteenth and early twentieth century. Focus is on how the thinking and practice of influential 
Viennese psychologists were affected by historical, political, and social contexts. Psychologists 
studied include Sigmund Freud, Adler, Fankl, Anna Freud, and Erikson. 

320. Physiological Psychology. (3h) Neurophysiological and neuroanatomical explanations of 
behavior. P— PSY 310 or 311 or POI. 

322. Psychopharmacology. (3h) Survey of the influences of a wide range of psychoactive drugs, 
both legal and illegal, on human physiology, cognition, and behavior. P — PSY 151. 

323. Animal Behavior. (3h) A survey of laboratory and field research on animal behavior. 
P— PSY 310 or 311 or POL 

326. Learning Theory and Research. (3h) Theory and current research in learning, with emphasis 
on applications of learning principles for behavior modification and comparisons across species. 
P— PSY 310 or 312. C— PSY 312. 

329. Perception. (3h) Survey of theory and research findings on various sensory systems (vision, 
hearing, touch, taste). P— PSY 310 or 312. 

331. Cognition. (3h) Current theory and research in cognitive processes. Emphasis on memory, 
attention, visual and auditory information processing, concept identification /formation, and 
language. P— PSY 310 or 312. C— PSY 312. 

333. Motivation of Behavior. (3h) Survey of basic motivational concepts and related evidence. 
P— PSY 310 or 312. C— PSY 312. 

335. Fundamentals of Human Motivation. (3h) Description and analysis of some fundamental 
motivational phenomena, with special reference to human problems; includes reward and 
punishment, conflict anxiety, affection, needs for achievement and power, aggression, creativity, 
and curiosity. P — PSY 151. 

338. Emotion. (3h) Survey of theory methods and research in the area of emotion. Develop- 
mental, cultural, social-psychological, physiological, personality, and clinical perspectives on 
emotions are given. P — PSY 310 or 311. 

341 . Research in Developmental Psychology. (3h) Methodological issues and selected research in 
developmental psychology. Research projects required. P — PSY 310 or 312. C — PSY 312. 



207 



PSYCHOLOGY 



344. Abnormal Psychology. (3h) Descriptive analysis of the major types of abnormal behavior 
with attention to organic, psychological, and cultural causes and major modes of therapy. 
P — PSY 151. Offered in the summer. 

346. Psychological Disorders of Childhood. (3h) Survey of problems including conduct disorders, 
attention deficits disorders, depression, and autism. Emphasis on causes, prevention, treatment, 
and the relationships of disorders to normal child development and family life. P — PSY 245 or 
344 or POL 

351 . Personality Research. (3h) The application of a variety of research procedures to the study 
of human personality. Research projects required. P — PSY 310 or 311. 

355. Research in Social Psychology. (3h) Methodological issues and selected research in the study 
of the human as a social animal. Research projects required. P — PSY 310 or 311. 

357. Cross-Cultural Psychology. (3h) Examination of differences in psychological processes (e.g., 
attitudes, perception, mental health, organizational behavior) associated with cultural variation. 
P— PSY 310 or 311. (CD) 

359. Psychology of Gender. (3h) Exploration of the psychological similarities and differences 
between human males and females, including consideration of social, cognitive, motivational, 
biological, and developmental determinants of behavior. P — PSY 151. (CD) 

362. Psychological Testing. (3h) Overview of the development and nature of psychological tests 
with applications to school counseling, business, and clinical practice. Students have the op- 
portunity to take a variety of psychological tests. P — PSY 310 or 311. 

363. Survey of Clinical Psychology. (3h) Overview of the field of clinical psychology. P — PSY 245 
and senior standing or POL 

364. Prejudice, Discrimination, Racism, and Heterosexism. (3h) Comparison of various socio- 
cultural/ ethnic /sexual groups' similarities and differences in the initiation, maintenance, and 
treatment of prejudice, discrimination, racism, and heterosexism, with an emphasis on past and 
current trends in the United States. P— PSY 151 or POL (CD) 

367. Effectiveness in Parent/Child Relations. (3h) Survey of popular approaches to child-rearing, 
with examination of the research literature on parent/child interaction and actual training in 
parental skills. P— PSY 151. 

374. Judgment and Decision Making. (3h) Theoretical and empirical examination of how people 
make decisions and judgments about their lives and the world, and how these processes can be 
improved. P— PSY 310 or 311. 

381. Honors Seminar. (3h) Seminar on selected problems in psychology. Intended primarily for 
students in the departmental honors program. P — PSY 311 and POL 

383. Honors Research. (3h) Seminar in selected issues in research design, followed by indepen- 
dent empirical research under the supervision of a member of the departmental faculty. 
P— PSY 311 and POL 

392. Contemporary Issues in Psychology. (1.5h) Seminar treatment of current theory and research 
in several areas of psychology. Required for senior majors. P — PSY 311, P or C — PSY 312, and 
senior standing. 



PSYCHOLOGY 



208 



Religion (REL) 

Chair Stephen B. Boyd 

Albritton Professor of the Bible Fred L Horton Jr. 

Easley Professor of Religion Stephen B. Boyd 

Professors John E. Collins, Kenneth G. Hoglund, Charles A. Kimball 

ZacharyT. Smith Associate Professor Mary F. Foskett 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and Associate Professor James Ford 

Associate Professor Simeon llesanmi 

Assistant Professors Lynn Neal, Jarrod Whitaker 

Adjunct Professor Bill J. Leonard 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Craig Atwood 

Adjunct Associate Professor Mark Jensen 

Visiting Assistant Professors Megan Moore, Elaine Swartzentruber, Laura Yordy 

The study of religion is a way of organizing academic inquiry into how human beings and hu- 
man cultures express and experience their religious needs, beliefs, and values. It involves the 
study of both specific religious traditions and the general nature of religion as a phenomenon 
of human life. Using cross-cultural and interdisciplinary approaches, religious studies inves- 
tigate and interpret systems of religious belief, the history of religious traditions, the function 
of religion in society, and forms of religious expression such as ritual, symbols, sacred narra- 
tive, scripture, practices, theological and philosophical reflection. Students of religion, whether 
adherents of a religion or of no religion, gain tools to understand, compare, and engage the 
phenomenon of religion and its role in human life and culture. 

A major in religion requires a minimurn of twenty-four hours, of which eighteen must be 
in courses above the 100-level. Students must take at least one upper-level course in a non- 
Western tradition. A variety of courses in comparative religion, African religious traditions, 
Asian religious traditions and Islam will satisfy this requirement. 

"Open Curriculum" Alternative: Majors may request an "open curriculum" alternative to the 
normal requirements. A student with a particular thematic and/or research interest may pro- 
pose a program of study to his or her adviser. The proposed curriculum under this option must 
be approved by the department's Undergraduate Committee. 

A minor in religion requires fifteen hours, nine of which must be above the 100-level. As with 
majors, students for the minor also must take at least one course in a non-Western tradition as 
noted above. The department provides advisers for students pursuing a minor. 

Highly qualified majors are encouraged to apply for admission to the honors program. 
Students who wish to pursue this option should refer to the honors guidelines, available by se- 
lecting the undergraduate tab at www.wfu.edu/religion, for an overview of requirements and 
procedures. Upon completion of all requirements, the candidate may graduate with "Honors in 
Religion." 

101 . Introduction to Religion. (3h) Study of meaning and value as expressed in religious thought, 
experience, and practice. Focus varies with instructor. 

102. Introduction to the Bible. (3h) Study of the forms, settings, contents, and themes of the Old 
and New Testaments. Focus varies with instructor. 

103. Introduction to the Christian Tradition. (3h) Study of Christian experience, thought, and 
practice. Focus varies with instructor. 



209 



RELIGION 



104. Introduction to Asian Religions. (3h) Study of thought and practice within the major 
religious traditions of South and East Asia, generally including Hinduism, Buddhism, Islam, 
Confucianism, and Taoism. Focus may vary with instructor. (CD) 

210. Jerusalem in History and Tradition. (3h) Examination of the ways meaning and religious 
significance have been imparted to Jerusalem far beyond its significance in world history. 

218. Seminar in the Mediterranean World. (3h) Travel and study in such countries as Greece, 
Italy, Turkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria, and Israel. 

261. Foundations of Traditional Judaism. (1.5h) Study of rabbinic and medieval Judaism, empha- 
sizing the post-biblical codification of Jewish thought in the Mishnah, Talmud, and Midrash. 

262. Contemporary Judaism. (1.5h) Survey of Judaism today, including influences of the Enlight- 
enment, Hasidism, Zionism, the Holocaust, and feminism. 

263. Contemporary Catholicism. (1.5h) Introduction to recent thought and practice in the Roman 
Catholic Church. 

265. Culture and Religion in Contemporary Native America. (3h) Interdisciplinary survey of 
American Indian culture, including the arts and literature, religions, and historical changes. 
Special emphasis is placed on the impact of the Conquista, encounters with Northern Atlantic 
societies, and contemporary developments. Also listed as HMN 285. (CD) 

266. Religious Sects and Cults. (3h) Examination of certain religious sects in America, including 
such groups as Jehovah's Witnesses, communal groups, and contemporary movements. 

273. World Religions in Dialogue. (3h) Team-taught course exploring issues and problems that 
arise from the interaction between religion, society, and culture worldwide. Choice of themes 
and religious traditions may vary in accordance with the instructors' areas of specialization and 
expertise. 

277. Faith and Imagination. (3h) Study of modern writers, including C. S. Lewis and J. R. R. 
Tolkien, who seek to retell the Christian story in imaginative terms. 

282. Honors in Religion. (3h) Conference course including directed reading and the writing of a 
research project. 

285. Seminar in Early Christian Studies. (3h) Designed specially to meet the needs of students 
earning the interdisciplinary minor in early Christian studies, but is not limited to them. 
Explores, from various points of view, the culture of the Mediterranean world from which 
Christianity was born and grew: literature and art, history and economics, religions, and philo- 
sophies. May be repeated for credit. Also listed as CLA 285. 

286, 287. Directed Reading. (l-3h, l-3h) A project in an area of study not otherwise available in 
the department. May be repeated for credit. P — POL 

300. Approaches to the Study of Religion. (3h) Explores the history of and methodological re- 
sources for the study of religion. Focus may vary according to the instructor, but the emphasis 
is on the ways religion has been defined, studied, and interpreted over the last several centuries. 

301 . Myth. (3h) Study of the approaches to the interpretation of myth, with a focus on the mean- 
ing and values implicit in the myths of contemporary culture. 



religion 210 



302. Mysticism. (3h) Study of mysticism from a multi-religious perspective with emphasis on the 
psychological and sociological aspects of the phenomenon. 

303. Religion and Science. (3h) Examination of the ways in which religion and science have con- 
flicted with, criticized, and complemented one another in the history of Western thought, with 
an emphasis on the issues raised by the contemporary dialogue. 

308. Sacred Scripture in the Traditions of Abraham. (3h) Comparative study of sacred texts in 
Judaism, Christianity, and Islam with attention to the issues of authority, function and 
interpretation. 

310. The Prophetic Literature. (3h) Examination of the development and theological contents of 
the literary products of Israel's prophetic movement. 

311. The Psalms. (1.5h, 3h) Study of Hebrew poetry in English translation with special attention 
to its types, its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and its importance for our understanding 
of the religion and culture of ancient Israel. (The first half of the course may be taken for 1.5 
hours and is a prerequisite for the second half.) 

312. The Critical Study of the Pentateuch. (3h) Study of the five traditional books of Moses (the 
Torah) and the various lines of analysis that modern Biblical critics have used to interpret their 
composition and role in the development of Israelite theological thought. 

313. Near Eastern Archeology. (3h) Survey of twentieth-century archeology in the Near East with 
attention to its importance for Biblical studies. 

314. Ancient Israel and Her Neighbors. (1.5h) Study of ancient Near Eastern archeology with 
emphasis on Israel's relationships with surrounding peoples. 

315, 316. Field Research in Biblical Archeology. (3h, 3h) Study of the religion and culture of the 
ancient Near East through the excavation and interpretation of an ancient site. 

31 7. Wisdom Literature. (3h) Examination of the development, literary characteristics, and theo- 
logical contents of the works of ancient Israel's sages. 

318. Feminist and Contemporary Interpretations of the New Testament. (3h) Study of feminist 
and contemporary approaches to the New Testament in light of the history of New Testament 
interpretation and a range of contemporary concerns and interpretive contexts. 

319. Visions of the End: Jewish and Christian Apocalyptic. (3h) Reading and study of Daniel, 
Revelation, and certain non-Biblical apocalyptic texts. 

320. The Search for Jesus. (3h) Study of issues, assumptions, evidence, and debate that shapes 
the continuing quest for the historical Jesus. 

321. Introduction to the New Testament. (3h) Intensive introduction to the literature of the 
canonical New Testament along with methodologies for its study. 

322. The General Epistles. (3h) Exegetical study of two or more of the general Epistles, with 
emphasis on the setting of the Epistles in the life of the Early Church. 

323. The Parables of Jesus. (3h) Examination of the historical, social, cultural, and theological 
significance of the parables of Jesus as recorded in the synoptic gospels. 

324. Early Christian Literature. (3h) Examination of various literatures and perspectives of the 
first three centuries of the Christian movement. 



211 



RELIGION 



325. Theology and Contemporary Literature. (3h) Exploration of religious themes in a variety of 
contemporary literature such as Salinger, Walker and Silko with attention given to the intersec- 
tions and differences between theological and literary writing. 

326. Early Christian Theologians: Paul. (3h) Introduction to the Pauline interpretation of Christi- 
anity and its place in the life of the early church. 

327. The Story of Jesus. (3h) Reading, critical study, and interpretation of one of the canonical 
Gospels. 

330. Comparative Religious Ethics. (3h) Comparative study of the moral values and socio-ethical 
positions in the major religious traditions of the world, with particular focus on their various 
methods of reasoning and sources of authority. 

331 . Christian Ethics and Social Justice. (3h) Inquiry from a Christian perspective into different 
theoretical and practical responses to issues of justice in society. 

332, 632. Religion and Public Life. (3h) Examination of alternative historical paradigms within 
specific religious traditions and the implications of those paradigms for the public activity of 
their adherents. Traditions and topics, including religious leadership, social entrepreneurship, 
and the separation of church and state, may vary with instructor. 

335. Religious Ethics and the Problem of War. (3h) Examination of the causes and characteristics 
of war, various religious responses to it, and approaches to peacemaking, with attention to 
selected contemporary issues. 

336. Religious Traditions and Human Rights. (3h) Study of relationships and tensions between 
religious traditions and human rights, with illustrations from historical and contemporary 
issues and movements. 

338. Religion, Ethics, and Politics. (3h) Examination of ethical issues in religion and politics using 
materials from a variety of sources and historical periods. 

339. Religion, Society, and Power in Africa. (3h) Interdisciplinary study of the growth transforma- 
tions of Africa's major religious traditions (Christianity, Islam, and the indigenous religions), 
and of their relations with secular social changes. (CD) 

340. Men's Studies and Religion. (3h) Examination of the ways in which masculine sex-role 
expectations and male experiences have both shaped religious ideas, symbols, rituals, institu- 
tions, and forms of spirituality and have been shaped by them. Attention is given to the ways in 
which race, class, and sexual orientation affect those dynamics. 

341. Civil Rights and Black Consciousness Movements. (3h) Social and religious history of the 
African- American struggle for citizenship rights and freedom from World War II to the present. 
Also listed as HST 376. (CD) 

345. The African-American Religious Experience. (3h) Exploration of the religious dimensions of 
African-American life from its African antecedents to contemporary figures and movements. 
(CD) 

346. Pentecostalism in Global Perspective. (3h) Examination of the history, theology, and prac- 
tices of Pentecostalism, the fastest growing Christian movement worldwide. Focus is on origins 
among poor whites and recently freed African Americans, and the expansion in South America, 
Asia, and Africa. 



RELIGION 



212 



347. The Emerging Church in the Two-Thirds World. (3h) Investigation of contemporary Christian 
communities in Africa, Asia, the Caribbean, and Latin America with special attention to theo- 
logical, political, and economic activities. (CD) 

348. Reconciling Race. (3h) Comparative history of twentieth-century racial oppression, black 
rebellion, and religious reconciliation. Also listed as HST 378. (CD) 

350. Psychology of Religion. (3h) Examination of the psychological elements in the origin, devel- 
opment, and expression of religious experience. 

351 . Sociology of Religion. (3h) Introduction to the sociological analysis of religion, including 
religious beliefs and experiences, the cultural context of religion, varieties of religious organiza- 
tion, religious change and social change. Also listed as SOC 301. 

354. Religious Development of the Individual. (3h) Study of growth and development from 
infancy through adulthood with emphasis on the role of the home and the church in religious 
education. 

355. Theology of Pastoral Care and Counseling. (3h) Study of the relationship between theology 
and the purpose, theories, and methods of pastoral care. 

359. Hinduism in America. (3h) Study of the meanings, values, and practices associated with the 
religions of Hinduism in dialogue with the dominant culture of America. 

360. World Religions. (3h) Examination of the ideas and practices of major religious traditions in 
their historical and cultural contexts. Focus varies with instructor. (CD) 

361. The Buddhist World of Thought and Practice. (3h) Survey of the development of Buddhism 
from India to Southeast Asia, China, Tibet, Japan, and the West, focusing on the transformation 
of Buddhist teachings and practices in these different social and cultural contexts. (CD) 

362. Islam. (3h) Examination of the origins and development of Islam. Attention is given to the 
formation of Islamic faith and practice, as well as contemporary manifestations of Islam in Asia, 
Africa, and North America. 

363. The Religions of Japan. (3h) Study of the central religious traditions of Japan from pre- 
history to the present, including Shinto, Buddhism, Zen Buddhism, Christianity, and Confu- 
cianism. (CD) 

364. Conceptions of the Afterlife. (3h) Examination of the variety of answers given to the ques- 
tion: "What happens after death?" Attention is given to the views of Jews, Christians, Muslims, 
Hindus, and Buddhists and the ways their views relate to life in this world. 

365. History of Religions in America. (3h) Study of American religions from colonial times until 
the present. 

366. Gender and Religion. (3h) Examination of the historical and contemporary interaction 
between religion and sex roles, sexism, and sexuality. 

367. The Mystics of the Church. (3h) Historical study of the lives and thought of selected Chris- 
tian mystics with special attention to their religious experience. 

368. Protestant and Catholic Reformations. (3h) Study of the origin and development of Refor- 
mation theology and ecclesiology. 



213 



RELIGION 



369. Radical Christian Movements. (3h) Study of selected radical movements in the Christian 
tradition and their relation to contemporary issues. 

370. Women and Christianity. (3h) Study of the roles and contributions of women within 
Christian traditions throughout history and analysis of the mechanisms of their oppression 
and liberation within those traditions. 

371. Theology and Sexual Embodiment. (3h) Survey of theological responses to human sexuality 
with emphasis on contemporary issues. 

372. History of Christian Thought. (3h) Study of recurring patterns in Christian thought across 
time and cultures and some of the implications of those patterns in representative ancient and 
modern Christian figures. 

373. Cinema and the Sacred. (3h) Investigation of select theological and religious themes in 
contemporary film. 

374. Contemporary Christian Thought. (3h) Examination of the major issues and personalities in 
modern theology. 

376. Christian Literary Classics. (3h) Study of Christian texts which are masterpieces of literature 
as well as faith, including works by Augustine, Dante, Pascal, Bunyan, Milton, and Newman. 

377. The Problem of Evil from Job to Shakespeare. (3h) Comparative analysis of the source and 
remedy of evil in Job, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Plato, Dante, and Shakespeare. 

379. Feminist and Liberation Theologies. (3h) Exploration of social, political, and religious con- 
texts that have given rise to contemporary theological understandings of salvation as freedom 
from conditions of oppression, poverty and exploitation. 

380. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) Introduction to the most im- 
portant traditions in Chinese philosophy and religion: Confucianism, Daosim (Taoism), and 
Chinese Buddhism or Chinese Chan (Zen) Buddhism. Also listed as PHI 253. 

381. Zen Buddhism. (3h) Examination of the origins and development of Zen Buddhism from 
China (Ch'an) to Japan and contemporary America. Attention is given to Zen doctrine and 
practice in the context of the broader Buddhist tradition. 

382. Religion and Culture in China. (3h) Thematic study of Chinese religious culture focusing on 
history, ritual, scripture, and popular practice. Additional topics include cosmology, ancestor 
veneration, shamanism, divination, and the role of women. (CD) 

383. The Quran. (3h) Introduction to the history, content, and main approaches to the sacred 
book of Islam. Focus is on the early centuries of Islam and major developments in the twentieth 
and twenty-first centuries. 

384. Muhammad: Prophet and Paradigm. (3h) Exploration of the issues, assumptions, evidence, 
and debates that frame the various ways Muslims and non-Muslims understand the prophet of 
Islam. 

385. Hindu Religious Traditions. (3h) Examination of the principal themes of traditional Hindu- 
ism with concentration on historical and cultural developments of various traditions placed 
under the heading "Hinduism." 



RELIGION 



214 



386. The Indian Epics in Performance. (3h) Examines the two Indian epics, the Mahabharata and 
Ramayana, while considering comparative issues of oral transmission, aesthetic theory, and epic 
performance. 

387. Magic, Ritual, and Power in Indian Culture. (3h) While paying special attention to academic 
theories of magic, this course considers magic in India, especially the Atharvaveda. 

390. Special Topics in Religion. (1.5h-3h) Religion topics of special interest. May be repeated for 
credit. P— POI 

395. Seminar in Jewish-Christian Relations. (3h) Study of Jewish-Christian relations in historical, 
social, political, and religious context. Focus varies with instructor. 

Near Eastern Languages and Literature (NLL) 

111,112. Elementary Hebrew. (3h, 3h) A course for beginners in the classical Hebrew of the Bible 
with emphasis on the basic principles of grammar and the reading of biblical texts. Both semes- 
ters must be completed. 

1 1 1 M. Elementary Arabic in an Immersion Setting. (6h) Five-week introduction to Modern Stan- 
dard Arabic. Taught during the summer in Fez, Morocco. 

1 13M. Colloquial Moroccan Arabic in an Immersion Setting. (3h) Five-week course presents the 
rudiments of the spoken dialect with emphasis on developing the necessary structures for ev- 
eryday interactions with native speakers. Can be taught with or without recourse to the Arabic 
script depending on student interest. Students wishing to register must complete an applica- 
tion early in the preceding spring semester in the Center for International Studies and must be 
admitted to the course. Taught during the summer in Fez, Morocco. 

153. Intermediate Hebrew. (3h) Intensive work in Hebrew grammar and syntax. Based upon the 
reading of selected texts. Readings emphasize post-biblical Hebrew. P — Hebrew 111, 112 or the 
equivalent. 

21 1. Hebrew Literature. (3h) Reading and discussion of significant Biblical Hebrew texts. 
P— Hebrew 153. 

212. Hebrew Literature II. (3h) Reading and discussion of significant Biblical and post-Biblical 
texts. P — Hebrew 153. On request. 

301. Introduction to Semitic Languages. (3h) Comparative study of the history and structure of 
the languages of the Semitic family. On request. 

302. Akkadian I. (3h) Analysis of the phonology, morphology, and syntax of the East Semitic 
languages of the ancient Near East as they relate to the larger family of Semitic languages. 
On request. 

303. Akkadian II. (3h) Continuation of Akkadian I (NLL 302) with emphasis on building exper- 
tise in vocabulary and syntax through the reading of texts from the Middle Babylonian period. 
On request. 

310. Intermediate Readings in Classical Hebrew, (lh) Analysis of selected texts designed to ex- 
pand the student's facility with Hebrew. May be repeated for credit. 



215 



RELIGION 



311. Aramaic. (3h) The principles of Aramaic morphology, grammar, and syntax based on read- 
ings from the Bible and other ancient Near Eastern texts. P — NLL 112 or POL On request. 

314. Readings from the Rabbis. (3h) Texts in Hebrew and Aramaic from the Talmud and Midrash. 
P— NLL 311 or POL On request. 

315. Syriac. (3h) Study of the grammar, syntax, and scripts of Syriac based on the reading of 
selected texts. P — NLL 311 or POL On request. 

321, 322. Introduction to Middle Egyptian I and II. (3h, 3h) The phonology, morphology, and 
grammar of Middle Egyptian. On request. 

325. Coptic. (3h) The phonology, morphology, and grammar of Sahidic Coptic with special em- 
phasis on the texts from Nag Hammadi. Some knowledge of Greek is helpful. On request. 



Romance Languages 

Chair Byron Wells 

Charles E. Taylor Professor of Romance Languages Candelas S. Gala 

Professors Antonio C. Vitti, Byron R. Wells, M. Stanley Whitley 

Associate Professors Jane W. Albrecht, Sarah E. Barbour, Mary L. Friedman, Ola Furmanek, 

Luis Gonzalez, Linda S. Howe, Judy K. Kern, Soledad Miguel-Prendes, 

Stephen Murphy, Maria Teresa Sanhueza 

Assistant Professors Irma Alarcon, Margaret Ewalt, J. Michael Fulton, Anne E. Hardcastle, 

Kathryn Mayers, Roberta Morosini, Kendall B.Tarte 

Visiting Assistant Professors Elisabeth Barron, Ana Leon-Tavora, Patricia Swier, 

Alicia Vitti, Itza Zavala-Garrett 

Lecturers Elizabeth Mazza Anthony, Jesus Pico-Argel, Elisabeth d'Empaire Wilbert 

Instructors Jorge Aviles-Diz, Karina Bautista, Justin Bennett, Edward Dawley, Celia Garzon-Arrabal, 

Renee Gutierrez, Kyung Huer,Veronique M. McNelly, Jenny Puckett, Ivo Sanchez, Encarna Turner 

The department offers programs leading to majors in French and Spanish, minors in French, 
Italian, and Spanish, and certificates in Spanish and French for business, and in Spanish trans- 
lation and Spanish interpreting. The requirements for completion of each degree program are 
those in effect in the bulletin year when the declaration of the major, minor, and certificate 
occurs. 

The major in French Studies requires a minimum of nine three-hour French courses numbered 
above 213. FRH 215, 216, 219, 370, one of the genre courses (363, 364, or 365), and four other 
courses are required. Students are advised and encouraged to take related courses in other ar- 
eas of the University curriculum, such as HST 217, 218, and 317, and HMN 222. Students must 
achieve at least a C grade in each course in the major. In order to count for the major, 219 must 
be taken at Wake Forest. Credit towards the major cannot be received for both 220 and 2202. 

The minor in French Studies requires a minimum of six three-hour French courses numbered 
above 213. FRH 215, 216, 219, and three other courses are required. With departmental approv- 
al, equivalent courses may be selected from the Dijon program, and certain other substitutions 
may be made. In order to count for the minor, 219 must be taken at Wake Forest. Credit towards 
the minor cannot be received for both 220 and 2202. 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



216 



The major in Spanish requires a minimiirn of nine three-hour Spanish courses numbered 
above 213. SPA 217, 218, 219 or 2199, plus three advanced courses in literature, of which one 
must be in Spanish literature and one in Spanish- American literature, and three electives are 
required. Students must achieve at least a C grade in each course in the major. In order to count 
for the major, 219 must be taken at Wake Forest or as 2199 in Salamanca. 

The minor in Spanish requires a minimum of six three-hour courses in Spanish numbered 
above 213. SPA 217, 218, 219 and one advanced course in literature are required. With depart- 
mental approval, equivalent courses may be selected from the programs in Salamanca, Burgos, 
or Havana, and certain other substitutions may be made. 

The minor in Italian language and culture requires fifteen hours in Italian above ITA 153. It 
includes ITA 215, 216, 219, 220, and 224 or their equivalents. Students must achieve at least a C 
grade in each course in the minor. 

Certificate in Spanish for Business requires SPA 219, 329, 330, 381, and one additional course 
above SPA 213 in any area of Hispanic literature or culture. SPA 385 or 3859 strongly recom- 
mended. 

Certificate in Spanish Translation/Localization (STL) teaches strategies of Spanish into English 
translation and introduces students to various software language applications; includes an 
internship in a professional translation environment (384). Hours: 13-15. Requirements include 
SPA 380 and 381, LIN 383, and either SPA 329 or 382. 

Certificate in Spanish Interpreting (SI) teaches strategies for different types of Spanish/ Eng- 
lish interpreting; includes an internship (384). Hours: 10-12. Requirements include one litera- 
ture course above SPA 213, 382, 384, and any one of the following: SPA 329 or 380 or 381, or 
LIN 383. 

Certificate in French for Business requires twelve hours above FRH 219. It includes FRH 221, 
329, 330, and one additional course in French. 

All majors, minors, and certificate students are strongly urged to take advantage of the 
department's study abroad programs. 

Transfer credit for courses approved as 500 will count toward the major or minor. Courses 
approved as SPA 500S will fulfill an advanced Peninsular literature requirement for the major 
or minor. Courses approved as SPA 500A will fulfill an advanced Latin- American literature 
requirement for the major or minor. Courses approved as SPA 500E will count as an elective for 
the major or minor. Transfer credit approved as 520 will not count toward the major or minor. 

The honors designation in Romance languages is a recognition of outstanding scholarship 
in the field, as evidenced by academic achievement, critical thinking, and intellectual initiative. 
Highly qualified majors selected by the Romance languages faculty are invited to participate in 
the honors program. 

The honors program requires completion of 390 (Directed Reading, 1 hour) and 391 (Di- 
rected Research, 3 hours). Coursework in 390 during the fall semester includes reading and 
discussion of a number of texts on the selected topic, and a written exam covering these texts. 
At the end of fall semester, the student submits an annotated bibliography and an abstract of 
the honors thesis. Coursework for 391 during the spring semester consists of writing the thesis 
following a schedule established by the director and the student. At the end of spring semester, 
the honors student defends the thesis orally to appropriate faculty for final approval. 



217 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



Intensive Summer Language Institute (ISLI) 

Purpose: ISLI is a language immersion program. It offers a curriculum that enables students to 
achieve the necessary proficiencies in the Spanish language at the beginning-intermediate level 
and be better prepared to perform in subsequent courses in which they may enroll. 

Intensive Summer Language Institute (ISLI) on the Wake Forest Campus: ISLI on campus offers 
SPA 153S. Intensive Beginning and Intermediate Spanish in an Immersion Setting. (8h). This is 
an accelerated five-week course in an immersion setting that is offered in the first and second 
summer terms. Class size is reduced for individualized instruction. Requirements include daily 
classes, six hours per day; one-hour daily lunches with instructors in the target language; two- 
hour extra curricular activities two evenings per week; two Saturday mornings; housing in the 
language designated residence hall (optional); and a pledge to speak the target language. 

Intensive Summer Language Institute (ISLI) in Italy: (8h) Wake Forest conducts a six-week 
immersion program in elementary or intermediate Italian during a special summer term, five 
weeks in Casa Artom in Venice and one week in another Italian location. Students enroll in 
either ITA 113V or 153V 

Information on courses offered as part of the Intensive Summer Language Institute is in- 
cluded in the course listings. 

French (FRH) 

111,112. Elementary French. (3h, 3h) Two-semester sequence designed to help students under- 
stand and speak French and also learn to read and write French at the elementary level. Labs 
required. 

113. Intensive Elementary French. (4h) Review of the material from 111-112 in one semester, in- 
tended for students whose preparation for 153 is inadequate. Credit not given for both 113 and 
111 or 112. Labs required. By placement or faculty recommendation. 

1 13F. Intensive Elementary French in an Immersion Setting. (8h) Six-week intensive course de- 
signed for students with a maximum of one semester of previous study in French, taught dur- 
ing the summer in France or a francophone country. Students wishing to register must complete 
an application early in the preceding spring semester in the Department of Romance Languages 
and must be admitted to the course. Credit is not given for both FRH 113F and 112. 

153. Intermediate French. (4h) Intermediate-level course covering the structure of the language, 
developing students' reading, writing, and conversation skills and preparing them for oral and 
written discussion of literary texts in FRH 213. Note that 153 and other 153 marked courses 
(153F, 154) are mutually exclusive. P — FRH 111-112, or 113, or placement. Labs required. 

153F. Intermediate French in an Immersion Setting. (6h) Five-week course taught during the 
summer in France or a francophone country. Covers the language and cultures of the franco- 
phone world. No student may receive credit for both 153 and 153F Students wishing to register 
must complete an application for the summer study-abroad program to be admitted. P — FRH 
112, 113 or POL 

154. Accelerated Intermediate French. (3h) Intensive, intermediate-level course intended for 
students with a stronger background than required of 153 students. Offers the opportunity to 
develop reading, writing, and conversation skills and prepare for oral and written discussion of 
literary texts in FRH 213. Labs required. P — POI or placement. 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 218 



196. French Across the Curriculum. (1.5h) Coursework in French done as an adjunct to specially- 
designated courses throughout the college curriculum. May be taken for grade or Pass /Fail. 
P— POI. 

197. French for Reading Knowledge. (1.5) Review of essential French grammar usage, vocabulary 
and processing strategies for reading types of literary, social science, and technical publications 
for content. Designed for students interested mainly in strengthening reading proficiency in the 
language, and aimed at preparing students to take the graduate reading exam administered at 
the end of the course. P — Intermediate French, or its equivalent, and placement exam. Under- 
graduate credit given. Offered only in the first half of the semester. Pass/Fail only. 

198. Internship in French Language. (1.5h or 3h) Under faculty direction, a student undertakes 
a language project in conjunction with an off-campus service commitment or internship. In- 
cludes, but is not limited to, vocabulary building, keeping a journal, and reading professional 
material. Pass/Fail only. P— FRH 219 or POI. 

213. Introduction to French Literature. (3h) Analysis and discussion of selected readings in 
French and francophone literature. Parallel reading and reports. Does not count toward the 
major or the minor. P — FRH 153 or equivalent. 

21 3H. Introduction to French Literature (Honors). (3h) In the honors section of Introduction to 
French Literature, texts covered are much the same as those presented in other FRH 213 sec- 
tions, but coursework focuses more intensely on developing effective reading strategies and on 
improving written and oral expression in the language. Benefits include smaller class size and 
more opportunity for student involvement. Intended for students with a good background in 
French (shown, for example, by a 3, 4, or 5 on the AP French Language Exam, by a high Wake 
Forest placement exam score, or by completion of FRH 154). P — FRH 153 and POI. 

215. Introduction to French Studies. (3h) Orientation in French and francophone cultures 
through their historical development and their various forms. Includes the study of literary, 
historical, and social texts, and possibly films, art, and music. Required for major. (A student 
taking 2152 as part of the Dijon program would receive credit for this course. Please see the 
description of the Dijon program for details.) (CD) 

216. Studies in French Literature and Culture. (3h) Study of the ways in which various aspects of 
French culture appear in different literary genres over certain periods of time. Emphasis is on 
reading and discussion of selected representative texts. May be repeated for credit when topics 
vary. Required for major. P— FRH 213 or POI. (CD) 

21 7F. Conversation, Culture, and Literature. (8h) Six-week course taught in the summer in France 
or a francophone country. Includes both language study and literary texts. No student may 
receive credit for both 217F and for 220 or 216. Students wishing to register must complete an 
application early in the preceding spring semester in the Department of Romance Languages 
and must be admitted to the course. P — FRH 213 or equivalent. 

219. Composition and Review of Grammar. (4h) Systematic review of the fundamental principles 
of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing idiomatic French. Required for 
major. P — FRH 153 or equivalent. 

220. French Conversation. (3h) A language course based on cultural materials. Designed to 
perfect aural skills and oral proficiency by systematically increasing vocabulary and reinforcing 



219 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



command of specific grammatical points. Short written works are assigned. Includes a regularly 
scheduled language lab one hour per week. P — FRH 153 or equivalent. 

221 . Introduction to Translation. (3h) Introduction to translation strategies through theory and 
practice. Emphasis is on translation of a broad variety of texts, including different literary and 
journalistic modes. Attention is given to accuracy in vocabulary, structures, forms, and to cul- 
tural concerns. P— FRH 219 or POI. 

222. French Phonetics. (3h) Study of the principles of standard French pronunciation, with em- 
phasis on their practical application as well as on their theoretical basis. 

281. French Independent Study. (1.5h-3h) P— POD. 

319. Advanced Grammar and Stylistics. (3h) Review and application of grammatical structures 
for the refinement of writing techniques. Emphasis is on the use of French in a variety of 
discourse types. Attention is given to accuracy and fluency of usage in the written language. 
P— FRH 219 or equivalent or POI. 

329. Introduction to Business French. (3h) Introduction to the use of French in business. Empha- 
sizes oral and written practices, reading, and French business culture, as well as a comprehen- 
sive analysis of different business topics and areas. P — FRH 219 or POI. 

330. Advanced Business French. (3h) Development of advanced skills in French for business. 
Emphasis is on oral and written business presentations, reading comprehension of case studies 
related to the French business world, and cross-cultural awareness. P — FRH 329 or POI. 

360. Cinema and Society. (3h) Study of French and francophone cultures through cinema. Read- 
ings and films may include film as artifact, film theory, and film history. P — FRH 215 or POI. 
(CD) 

363. Trends in French Poetry. (3h) Study of the development of the poetic genre with analysis 
and interpretation of works from each period. P — FRH 215 or POI. 

364. French Prose Fiction. (3h) Broad survey of French prose fiction, with critical study of several 
masterpieces in the field. P — FRH 215 or POI. 

365. French Drama. (3h) Study of the chief trends in French dramatic art, with reading and dis- 
cussion of representative plays from selected periods: Baroque, Classicism, and Romanticism, 
among others. P— FRH 215 or POI. 

370. Seminar in French Studies. (3h) In-depth study of particular aspects of selected literary and 
cultural works from different genres and/or periods. Topics vary from semester to semester. 
Required for major. Can be repeated for credit. P — FRH 215 or POI. (CD) 

375. Special Topics. (1.5h or 3h) Selected themes and approaches to French literature transcend- 
ing boundaries of time and genre. Topics to be chosen by staff in consultation with majors prior 
to the term the course is offered. May be repeated once for credit. P — FRH 215 or POI. 

390. Directed Reading. (1.5h) Required for honors in French. 

391. Directed Research. (3h) Extensive reading and/or research to meet individual needs. Re- 
quired for departmental honors. P — POD. 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



220 



Semester in France 

The department sponsors a semester in Dijon, France, the site of a well-established French 
university. Students go as a group in the fall semester, accompanied by a departmental faculty 
member. 

Majors in all disciplines are eligible. Juniors are given preference, but well-qualified sopho- 
mores are also considered. Applicants should have completed the basic foreign language 
requirement (French 213 or equivalent), or should do so before going to Dijon. They are 
encouraged — but not required — to take one course or more above the level, preferably FRH 219 
(Composition and Review of Grammar). 

Students are placed in language courses according to their level of ability in French, as as- 
certained by a test given at Dijon. Courses are taught by native French professors. The resident 
director supervises academic, residential, and extracurricular affairs and has general oversight 
of independent study projects. 

2152. Studies in French Language and Culture. (6h) Familiarization with the language and 
culture of France and its people. Courses in conversational and idiomatic French, practice in 
writing, participation in French family life, lectures on selected topics, and excursions to points 
of historical and cultural significance. Satisfies FRH 215 requirement for major or minor. 

2202. Advanced Oral and Written French. (3h) Study of grammar, composition, pronunciation, 
and phonetics, with extensive practice in oral and written French. 

2232. Contemporary France. (3h) Study of present-day France, including aspects of geography 
and consideration of social, political, and educational factors in French life today. 

2402. Independent Study. (1.5h-3h) One of several fields; scholar's journal and research paper. 
Supervision by the director of the semester in France. Work may be supplemented by lectures 
on the subject given at the Universite de Bourgogne Faculte des Lettres et Sciences Humaines. 

2742. Special Topics in French Literature. (1.5h) Selected topics in French literature; topics vary 
from year to year. 

ART 271 2. Studies in French Art. (3h) Lectures and field trips in French painting, sculpture, and 
architecture, concentrating on the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Counts for the major in 
French studies. 

Italian (ITA) 

111,112. Elementary Italian. (3h, 3h) A course for beginners, covering grammar essentials and 
emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elementary texts. Lab required. These two 
courses count for students in the Venice program. 

113. Intensive Elementary Italian. (4h) Intensive course for beginners, emphasizing the structure 
of the language and oral practice. Recommended for students in the Venice program and for 
language minors. Credit not given for both ITA 113 and ITA 111 or 112. Lab required. Lecture. 
By placement or faculty recommendation. Offered every semester. 

1 13V. Intensive Elementary Italian in an Immersion Setting. (8h) Six-week intensive course in 
Italian taught during the summer in Venice, Italy, designed for students with a maximum of one 
semester of previous study in Italian. Covers language and culture. Students wishing to register 
must complete an application early in the spring semester in the Department of Romance Lan- 
guages and be admitted to the course. Credit not given for both LTA 113V and ITA 112. 



221 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



1 53. Intermediate Italian. (4h) Continuation of 113 with emphasis on speaking, developing 
students' reading, writing skills and preparing them for oral and written discussion of literary 
texts in ITA 215. Lab required. P— ITA 113. 

154. Intermediate Italian. (3h) Intermediate-level course intended for students who have taken 
the 111-112 sequence. Offers the opportunity to develop further their reading, writing and 
conversation skills and prepare for oral and written discussion of literary texts in ITA 215. Lab 
required. P— ITA 111-112. 

1 96. Italian Across the Curriculum. (1.5h) Coursework in Italian done as an adjunct to specially- 
designated courses throughout the college curriculum. May be taken for grade or Pass/Fail. 
P— POL 

197. Italian for Reading Knowledge. (1.5h) Review of essential Italian grammar, usage, vocabu- 
lary, and processing strategies for reading various types of literary, social science, and technical 
publications for content. Designed for students interested in strengthening reading proficiency 
in the language and aimed at preparing students to take the graduate reading exam adminis- 
tered at the end of the course. Undergraduate credit given. P — Intermediate Italian or equiva- 
lent and placement exam. Offered in the first half of the semester. 

21 5. Introduction to Italian Literature. (3h) Reading of selected texts in Italian. P — ITA 153 or 
equivalent. Also offered in Venice. 

216. Literary and Cultural Studies of Italy. (3h) Study of selected texts, cultural trends, and intel- 
lectual movements. Intended for students interested in continuing Italian beyond the basic 
requirements. P — ITA 215 or POI. 

219. Grammar and Composition. (4h) Review of the basics of structure and vocabulary; detailed 
examination of syntax and idiomatic expressions; practice in translation of texts of diverse 
styles and from varied sources; and free composition. P — ITA 215 or 216 or equivalent. 

220. Advanced Conversation and Composition. (3h) Practice in speaking and writing Italian, 
stressing correctness of sentence structure, and emphasis on phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, 
and vocabulary for everyday situations. P — ITA 215 or 216. 

224. Italian Regional Cultures. (3h) Focuses on different aspects of regional cultures in Italy. 
Emphasis is on local lifestyles, literatures, and cinematography Regional cultures and historic 
background are analyzed and compared through class demonstrations and cultural artifacts. 
P— ITA 216 or POI. 

281. Italian Independent Study. (1.5h-3h) P— POD. 

325. Italian Neorealism in Films and Novels. (3h) Designed to provide an understanding of the 
history, philosophy, politics, artistic movements and civic renaissance of postwar Italian life. By 
discussing the most important films, novels, short stories, essays, poetry and discussions of the 
time, students discover and learn about Neorealism. P — ITA 216 or POI. 

326. Comedy in Italian Cinema. (3h) Study of modern Italian society through the analysis of films 
from the 1950s to the present. Taught in Italian. P— ITA 216 or POI. 

327. Modern Italian Cinema. (3h) Study of the major developments of modern Italian cinema. 
Full-length feature films by Federico Fellini, Ettore Scola, Pier Paolo Pasolini, Bernardo Berto- 
lucci, Marco Bellocchio, Gianni Amelio, Nanni Moretti, Gabriele Moretti Salvatores, Guiseppe 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 2 22 



Tornatore, Massimo Troisi, Roberto Benigni, and other Italian filmmakers are studied and 
discussed from different perspectives. P — ITA 216 or POL 

328. Dante's Divine Comedy. (3h) Introduction to Italian medieval literature and culture through 
a selected, critical reading of Dante's masterpiece and other medieval texts. Introduces students 
to the intellectual and social context of the Italian Middle Ages by relating the texts to the cul- 
tural, political, social, and philosophical concerns of the period. P — ITA 216 or POI. 

329. Introduction to Renaissance Literature and Culture. (3h) Examination of the culture of the 
Italian Renaissance. Topics include the ideal of the artist, the ideal of the courtier, the epic genre, 
the political debates in Florence, the figure of the artist /scientist Leonardo da Vinci, the figure 
of the navigator, and daily life in Italian cities studied from different social classes and perspec- 
tives. P— ITA 216 or POI. 

330. Cinematic Adaptation and Literary Inspiration. (3h) Students examine cinematic adaptations 
of literary works by reading closely the literary texts and viewing their visual counterparts. 
Students investigate the strategies of adaptation, as well as the criteria by which films based on 
novels can be evaluated as works of art in their own right. P — ITA 216 or POI. 

375. Special Topics. (3h) Selected special topics in Italian literature. P — ITA 216 or POI. 

Semester in Venice 

1533. Intermediate Italian. (4h) Intensive exposure to speaking, listening, reading and writing 
at the intermediate level with special emphasis on the surrounding Venetian culture. Counts as 
equivalent to Italian 153. P — ITA 113 or 111-112 sequence. Only taught in Venice. 

21 73. Studies of Italy. (3h) Survey course on Italian literature from authors from the various re- 
gions of Italy and on special cultural themes such as Italian immigration and new immigrations 
in Italy to give to students in Venice a deeper and broader understanding of Italian cultural 
complexity. P — ITA 215 or 216 or POI. Only taught in Venice. 

See the course listings under Italian for descriptions and prerequisites. 

Spanish (SPA) 

111-112. Elementary Spanish. (3h, 3h) Two-semester sequence designed to help students de- 
velop the ability to understand and speak Spanish and also learn to read and write Spanish at 
the elementary level. Labs required. 

113. Intensive Elementary Spanish. (4h) Review of the material from 111-112 in one semester, 
intended for students whose preparation for 153 is inadequate. Credit not given for both 113 
and 111 or 112. Labs required. By placement or faculty recommendation. 

153. Intermediate Spanish. (4h) Intermediate-level course covering the structure of the language, 
developing students' reading, writing, and conversation skills and preparing them for oral and 
written discussion of literary texts in SPA 213. Note that 153 and 154 are mutually exclusive. 
P — SPA 111-112, or 113, or placement. Labs required. 

153S. Intensive Beginning and Intermediate Spanish in an Immersion Setting. (8h) Designed to 
enable students to achieve proficiency in Spanish language at the beginning-intermediate level 
by developing reading, writing, and conversation skills and preparing students for oral and 
written discussion of literary texts. P — SPA 111 (112 strongly recommended) or POI. Offered only 
in the summer. (ISLI) 



223 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



154. Accelerated Intermediate Spanish. (3h) Intensive, intermediate-level course intended for 
students with a stronger background than 153 students. Offers the opportunity to develop 
further reading, writing, and conversation skills and prepare for oral and written discussion of 
literary texts in SPA 213. Labs required. P — POI or placement. 

196. Spanish Across the Curriculum. (1.5h) Coursework in Spanish done as an adjunct to 
specially-designated courses throughout the college curriculum. May be taken for grade or 
Pass/Fail. P— POI. 

1 96B. Spanish Across the Business/Economics Curriculum. (1.5h) Coursework in Spanish done as 
an adjunct to specifically-designated courses in business and economics curriculum. P — POI. 

196C. Spanish Across the Sciences Curriculum. (1.5h) Coursework in Spanish done as an adjunct 
to specifically-designated courses in the sciences and medical curriculum. P — POI. 

197. Spanish for Reading Knowledge. (1.5h) Review of essential Spanish grammar, usage, 
vocabulary and processing strategies for reading various types of literary, social science and 
technical publications for content. Designed for students interested in strengthening reading 
proficiency in the language and aimed at preparing students to take the graduate reading exam 
administered at the end of the course. Undergraduate credit given. P — Intermediate Spanish or 
its equivalent, and placement exam. Offered in the first half of the semester. Pass /Fail only. 

198. Service Learning in Spanish Language. (1.5 h) Experiential learning that links classroom 
instruction and community service done as an adjunct to specially-designated courses through- 
out the Spanish curriculum. P — POI. Pass/Fail only. 

213. Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3h) Analysis and discussion of selected readings in 
Spanish and Spanish- American literature. Does not count toward the major or the minor. 
P — SPA 153 or equivalent. 

21 3H. Introduction to Hispanic Literature (Honors). (3h) In the honors section of Introduction to 
Hispanic Literature, texts covered are much the same as those presented in other SPA 213 sec- 
tions, but coursework focuses more intensely on developing effective reading strategies and on 
improving written and oral expression in the language. Benefits include smaller class size and 
more opportunity for student involvement. Intended for students with a good background in 
Spanish (shown, for example, by a 3, 4, or 5 on the AP Spanish Language Exam, a high Wake 
Forest placement exam score, or by completion of 154). P— SPA 153 and POI. 

217. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spain. (3h) A study of the cultural pluralism of Spain 
through selected literary and artistic works to promote understanding of Spain's historical 
development. P— SPA 213 or POI. (CD) 

218. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spanish America. (3h) Study of selected major works of 
Spanish-American literature within their historical and cultural contexts. Emphasis is on these 
contexts, including political structures, intellectual currents, art, music, and film, to promote 
understanding of Spanish America's historical development. P — SPA 213 or POI. (CD) 

219. Grammar and Composition. (4h) A systematic study of Spanish morphology, sentence 
structure, and expository usage applied to various kinds of composition: description, narration, 
argumentation, etc. P — SPA 213 or equivalent. 

21 9L. Grammar and Composition for Heritage Speakers of Spanish. (4h) For heritage speakers 
who are competent in spoken Spanish. Systematic study of Spanish word formation, sentence 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 224 



structure, and expository usage applied to various kinds of composition. Emphasis on vocabu- 
lary enhancement, exposure to formal registers and other varieties of Spanish, as well as inten- 
sive writing practice and improvement of students' reading skills. P — SPA 213 or equivalent 
and POL 

220. Spanish Conversation. (3h) Based on cultural material intended to increase students' aural 
skills and oral proficiency by systematically increasing vocabulary and reinforcing command of 
specific grammatical points. Counts toward the major. P — SPA 213 or equivalent. 

221. Creative Writing in Spanish. (1.5h) Designed to enable students to produce original pieces of 
writing in Spanish through the study of fictional and critical readings, discussions, and writing 
workshops. Genre-specific selected topics may include short story, poetry, or dramatic writing 
workshops. Does not count towards the major or minor. P — SPA 219 or POI. 

228. Spanish for the Professions. (1.5h or 3h) Spanish usage of a selected professional area. 
Emphasis on communication in typical situations and interactions, specialized vocabulary, 
cultural differences, and related technical readings in the subject matter. Topics offered from the 
following list: a. Health Occupations; b. Social Work; c. Law and Law Enforcement; 
d. Other (on demand). P— SPA 219, 220, and POI. 

281. Spanish Independent Study. (1.5h) P— POI. 

319. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3h) Advanced-level review of Spanish morphology 
and syntax applied to the refinement of writing techniques. P — SPA 219 or POI. 

320. Advanced Conversation. (3h) Intensive immersion in the situations and skills of advanced 
and superior levels of oral proficiency. P — SPA 219 and 220 or POI. 

321 . The Rise of Spanish. (3h) The development of Spanish from an early Romance dialect to a 
world language. Study of ongoing changes in the language's sounds, grammar, and vocabulary 
system, with a special focus on the effects of a cultural history and relationships with other 
languages. P— SPA 219 and 220 or POI. 

322. Spanish Pronunciation and Dialect Variation. (3h) Description of, and practice with, the 
sounds, rhythm, and intonation of Spanish and the differences from English, with special at- 
tention to social and regional diversity. Strongly recommended for improving pronunciation. 
Meets a N.C. requirement for teacher certification. P — SPA 220 or POL 

323. Topics in Hispanic Civilization. (3h) Exploration of themes and trends in Hispanic society 
and culture, such as cross-national questions, and the exile experience. P — POI. 

329. Introduction to Spanish for Business. (3h) Introduction to Spanish vocabulary and discourse 
in business. Emphasizes oral and written practices, reading, and Hispanic business culture, as 
well as a comprehensive analysis of different business topics and areas. P — SPA 219 or POI. 

330. Advanced Spanish for Business. (3h) Intensive immersion in the situations and skills of ad- 
vanced Spanish for business. Emphasis on oral and written business presentations and reading 
comprehension of case studies related to the Hispanic business world. Cross-cultural awareness 
of the Hispanic business world. P — SPA 329 or POI. 

331 . Medieval Spain: A Cultural and Literary Perspective. (3h) Examination of literary, social, and 
cultural themes, such as: Quests and Discoveries, Pilgrimage and the Act of Reading, Images of 
Islam, The Judaic Tradition in Spanish Literature, and Spiritual Life and Ideal. P — SPA 217 or 
218 or POI. (CD) 



225 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



332. The Golden Age of Spain. (3h) Close analysis of literary texts, such as Lazarillo de Tormes, 
and study of the history, art, politics, and economics of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, 
with emphasis on themes such as the writer and society, humanism, the picaresque, Catholic 
mysticism, and power and politics. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 

333. Eighteenth and Nineteenth-Century Spanish Literature and Culture. (3h) Study of the major 
intellectual movements of the period: Enlightenment, Romanticism, Realism, and Naturalism in 
Spain through literary texts, essays, painting, and music. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 

334. Spanish-American Theatre: From Page to Stage. (3h) Study of the transition of a dramatic 
work from text to performance and the role of Spanish- American theatre as a vehicle for 
cultural values and socio-political issues. Includes rehearsals for the public staging of selected 
one-act plays. Proficiency in Spanish and willingness to act on stage are required. P — SPA 217 
or 218 or 363 or POI. 

341 . Golden Age Drama and Society. (3h) Study of the theatre and social milieu of seventeenth- 
century Madrid, where the works of playwrights such as Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, and 
Calderon de la Barca were performed. Includes analysis of texts and of modern stagings of the 
plays. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 

343. Cervantes: The Birth of the Novel. (3h) Study of Don Qnijote, the first modern novel, and 
several exemplary novels, and contemporary theoretical approaches to them. Also considers 
related art, music, and film. Includes discussion of themes such as the development of prose 
fiction, the novel as self-conscious genre, women and society, religion and humanism, national- 
ism, and imperialism. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 

347. Contemporary Theatre in Spain and Spanish America. (3h) Study of contemporary Penin- 
sular and Spanish-American theatre within its political, social, cultural, and aesthetic context. 
P— SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 

348. Transatlantic Renaissance. (3h) Study of the Spanish Golden Age period by reading and an- 
alyzing relevant peninsular and colonial texts within the broader political, social, and cultural 
contexts of the Spanish presence in the New World. Exposure to recent critical perspectives in 
early modern cultural studies. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 

349. Contemporary Women Novelists and their Female Characters. (3h) Study of representative 
novels by women writers from Spain and Latin America, with emphasis on the representation 
of the female protagonist within her cultural context. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 

350. Introduction to Spanish Film Studies. (3h) Exploration of the cinematic production of Spain 
from its origin to current day, covering major film trends from Second Republic, Civil War, 
Dictatorship, and Democratic Spain. Focus is on films as narratives and as visual media, on 
Spanish culture and identity pictured through films, and on representative film-makers such as 
Buhuel, Saura, Almodovar and Amenabar. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 

351 . Transgressing Borders: Identity in Latin American and U.S. Latino Cultures. (3h) A socio- 
historical study of theories on culture, sexual politics, and race in relation to literary texts, lyrics 
of popular music, and art of Latin America and the diaspora. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POI. (CD) 

352. Love, Death, and Poetry. (3h) Study of the representation of universal themes in Spanish 
poetry from different historical periods. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 226 



353. Indigenous Myth in Spanish-American Literary Art. (3h) Study of Spanish-American writers' 
incorporation of Amerindian myths in twentieth-century narrative art. Includes works by 
Miguel Angel Asturias, Mario Vargas Llosa, and Jose Donoso. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

354. The Social Canvas of Gabriel Garcia Marquez and Pablo Neruda. (3h) Exploration of the tech- 
niques used by two Nobel Prize- winning writers to create a literary vision of Latin America. 
Attention to humor, surrealism and the grotesque, and both writers' assimilation of personal 
anxieties to their portrayal of a social world. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

360. Cultural and Literary Identity in Latin America: From Colonial to Postcolonial Voices. (3h) 

A study of a variety of texts from the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries dealing with political 
emancipation, nation-building, and construction of continental identity. P — SPA 217 or 218 or 
POL 

361. Latin-American Cinema and Ideology. (3h) Examination of major Latin-American films as 
cinematographic expressions of social and political issues. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

362. Romantic Nationalism, Avant-garde Nihilism, and the Deconstruction of Utopia. (3h) Study 
of Latin- American poetry, including symbolist, surrealist, and conversational poetry, "hap- 
penings," and artistic manifestoes. Politics, nation-building, liberation theology, and love are 
common themes. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

363. Twentieth-Century Spanish-American Theatre. (3h) Study of major dramatic works from 
various Latin- American countries. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

364. Spanish-American Short Story. (3h) Intensive study of the twentieth-century Spanish- 
American short story with emphasis on major trends and representative authors, such as 
Quiroga, Rulfo, Borges, Cortazar, Donoso, and Garcia Marquez. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

365. Spanish-American Novel. (3h) Study of the novel in Spanish America from its beginning 
through the contemporary period. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

366. Seminar in Spanish-American Novel, (lh or 3h) Study of one or more categories of Spanish- 
American novels, such as romantic, indianista, realistic, gauchesca, and social protest. 

P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

367. Colonial Spanish America. (3h) Explores the early Spanish-American colonial period along- 
side contemporary intellectuals' attempt to return to and recover this historical past. Readings 
include fifteenth- and sixteenth-century codices, post-conquest indigenous writings, Iberian 
chronicles and letters, as well as twentieth-century documents. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

368C. Cuban Literature. (3h) Study of Cuban literature from the eighteenth century to the 
present: romanticism, modernism, naturalism, the avant-garde movement, and the post- 
Revolutionary period. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of director of the Cuba program. 

369. Imagined "White" Nations: Race and Color in Latin America. (3h) Study of anti-slavery nar- 
ratives, nineteenth-century scientific racism, and twentieth-century Negritude and "negrismo" 
movements. An exploration of race, the stratification of color, and ethnic images in Latin Ameri- 
can literature and culture. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL (CD) 

370. Film Adaptations of Literary Works. (3h) Study of the cinematic and literary discourses 
through major Spanish literary works from different historical periods and their film adapta- 
tion. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 



227 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



371 . Lorca, Dalf, Bunuel: An Artistic Exploration. (3h) Study of the relationship of these three 
Spanish artists through their writings, paintings, and films, respectively, and of their impact on 
the twentieth century. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 

372. Lorca in the Twentieth Century. (3h) Study of the life and works of poet, playwright, painter, 
and lecturer Federico Garcia Lorca within the social, cultural, literary, and artistic realities of the 
twentieth century, including Modernism and Surrealism. Emphasis is on Lorca's treatment of 
minority cultures, including the Gypsy, the Arab, and homosexuals. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 

373. Modern Spanish Novel. (3h) Study of representative Spanish novels from the generation of 
1898 through the contemporary period. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 

374. Voices of Modern Spain. (3h) Study of the multifaceted cultural identity of contemporary 
Spain through different literary genres, art, and film. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POI. (CD) 

375. Special Topics. (1.5h or 3h) Selected special topics in Spanish literature and culture. Can be 
repeated for credit. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 

376C. Afro-Cuban Cultural Expressions. (3h) Comprehensive study of Cuban culture with a 
concentration on the artistic manifestations of Afro-Cuban religions. Students study literature, 
art, film, music, and popular culture to analyze how Afro-Cuban culture constitutes national 
culture. Also listed as LAS 220C. Offered in Havana. (CD) 

380. Contrastive Spanish/English Grammar and Stylistics. (3h) Advanced study of structure and 
style in a variety of Spanish texts, with an in-depth approach to idiomatic expressions and some 
back/cross translation exercises. P — SPA 219 or POI. 

381. Spanish Translation. (3h) Introduction to translation strategies through practice, with em- 
phasis on Spanish into English. Focus is on translating in domains such as social science, com- 
puting, economics, the entertainment industry, banking, and journalism. P — SPA 380 or POI. 

382. Spanish/English Interpreting. (3h) Introduction to strategies of interpreting from Spanish 
into English, primarily Intensive laboratory practice course to develop basic skills in consecu- 
tive/escort/simultaneous interpreting. Some voice-over talent training is also included. 

P— SPA 220 and POI. 

384. Internships for STL & SI. (1.5-3h) Under faculty supervision, a student undertakes a transla- 
tion/interpreting project at a translation bureau or translation department of a company /public 
organization. A community service-oriented internship is preferred for interpreting. Does not 
count toward major or minor. P — SPA 381 or 382. 

385. Internship in Spanish for Business and the Professions. (1.5h-3 h.) Under faculty supervision, 
a student completes an internship in a bilingual business or professional setting. Does not count 
toward major or minor. P — SPA 329. Pass/Fail only 

387. Special Topics. (1.5h or 3h) Selected special topics in Spanish-American literature and cul- 
ture. Can be repeated for credit. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POI. 

387C. Special Topics. Offered in Cuba. 

388. Special Topics in Hispanic Linguistics. (3h) Investigation of key areas in Spanish languages 
research, such as dialectology, history, language acquisition, and usage. P — SPA 321 or the com- 
bination of 219 or 220 and LIN 150, or POI. 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



228 



390. Directed Reading. (1.5h) Required for honors in Spanish. P — POL 

391. Directed Research. (3h) Extensive reading and/or research, to meet individual needs. 
Required for departmental honors. P — POD. 

Semester or Year in Spain 

The department offers a year in Spain at Salamanca, the site of a well-established Spanish uni- 
versity. Students go as a group in the fall and /or spring semesters, accompanied by a professor 
from the College. 

No particular major is required for eligibility. However, students (1) should normally be of 
junior standing, (2) must have completed one course beyond Spanish 213, and (3) should be ap- 
proved by both their major department and the Department of Romance Languages. Interested 
students should contact Professor Candelas S. Gala in the Romance Languages department. 

As part of the University of Salamanca PEI program (Programa Especial Integrado), students 
may take regular courses with Spanish students in the following disciplines: anthropology, 
business, economics, education, linguistics, psychology, and translation/ interpretation. 

1989. Service Learning in Spanish Language. (1.5 h) Experiential learning in a Spanish-speaking 
country that links academic instruction, the study abroad experience, and community involve- 
ment. P — POL Pass /Fail only. 

2209. Spanish Conversation. (3h) Based on cultural materials intended to increase aural skills 
and oral proficiency by systematically increasing vocabulary and reinforcing the command of 
specific grammatical points. Counts toward the major. P — SPA 214 or equivalent. 

2019. Intensive Spanish. (1.5h) Intensive study and practice of the oral and written language. 
Familiarization with Spanish culture and daily life. Classes in conversational and idiomatic 
Spanish, excursions to points of interest and lectures on selected topics. Pass/Fail only. 

2179. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spain. (3h) Study of the cultural pluralism of Spanish 
through selected literary and artistic works to promote understanding of Spain's historical 
development. This course is the equivalent of 217. P — SPA 213 or POL 

21 89. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spanish America. (3h) Study of selected major works of 
Spanish- American literature within their historical and cultural contexts. Emphasis is on these 
contexts, including political structures, intellectual currents, art, music, and film, to promote 
understanding of Spanish- America's historical development. Equivalent of 218. P — SPA 213 or 
POL 

2199. Grammar and Composition. (4h) Study of grammar, composition, and pronunciation, with 
extensive practice of the written and oral language. Equivalent of 219. P — POL 

2919. Global Business Studies: Spain and Latin America. (3h) Study of the most characteristic 
features of the economic and financial situation and perspectives in Spain and Latin America. 
Focus is on communicating successfully in the world of Hispanic business and on acquiring an 
international view of that world and its cultural differences. P — SPA 219 or POL 

3289. International Business: Spain and Latin America. (3h) Study of the most characteristic 
features of the economic and financial situation and perspectives in Spain and Latin America. 
Focus is on communicating successfully in the world of Hispanic business and on acquiring an 
international view of that world and its cultural differences. Counts as elective for the Spanish 
major. P— SPA 219 or POL 



229 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



3329. The Golden Age of Spain. (3h) Close analysis of literary texts, such as Lazarillo de Tormes, 
and study of the history, art, politics, and economics of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, 
with emphasis on themes such as the writer and society, humanism, the picaresque, Catholic 
mysticism, and power and politics. Equivalent of 332. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

3749. Voices of Modern Spain. (3h) Study of the multifaceted cultural identity of contemporary 
Spain through different literary genres, art, and film. Equivalent of 374. P — SPA 217 or 218 or 
POL 

3759. Special Topics in Spanish Literature and Culture. (1.5h or 3h) Topics vary. Can be repeated 
for credit. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

3859. Internship in Spanish for Business and the Professions. (1.5h-3h) Under faculty supervision, 
a student completes an internship in a bilingual or Spanish-speaking business or professional 
setting as part of an abroad experience. Does not count toward major or minor. P — SPA 329. 
Pass /Fail only. 

3879. Special Topics in Spanish-American Literature and Culture. (1.5h or 3h) Topics vary. Can be 
repeated for credit. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

ART 2029. Spanish Art and Architecture. (3h) A study of the development and uniqueness of 
Spanish art and architecture within the framework of Mediterranean and Western art in gen- 
eral. Counts as an elective for the Spanish major. 

HST 201 9. General History of Spain. (3h) History of Spain from the pre-Roman period to the pres- 
ent day. Counts as elective for the Spanish major. 

POL 2029. Political Structures of Present-day Spain. (3h) Study of the various political elements 
which affect the modern Spanish state. Counts as an elective for the Spanish major. 

Program of Integrated Education (PEI) 

Courses offered only at the University of Salamanca in disciplines other than Spanish. Taught in 
Spanish. 

ANT 2029. Anthropology and Folklore. (3h) Study of conceptual tools to understand the role of 
folklore in culture as a complex, integrated system with an emphasis on culture's communica- 
tive, cognitive and symbolic functions. 

BUS 2129. Human Resource Management. (3h) Focuses on leadership skills associated with hu- 
man resources management (HRM). The traditional HRM functions of planning, recruitment, 
selection, training, development, and appraisal are addressed along with role of individual and 
group behaviors in HRM. P— BUS 211, SPA 219, and POL 

BUS 2239. International Marketing. (3h) Examines the role of marketing within the international 
sphere of economics, law, politics, and finance. International marketing activities as they apply 
to product, place, pricing, and promotion are addressed along with global marketing strategies. 
P— BUS 221, SPA 219, and POL 

ECN 2719. Economics of the European Community. (3h) Study of the economic integration, 
history, community budget, commercial politics, agricultural policy, politics of regional 
development, other fields of community performance, and economic and monetary union in 
the European community. 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 230 



EDU 3739. Comparative and International Education. (3h) Comprehensive study of the current 
Spanish educational system arid comparison with systems in neighboring countries. Aims to 
expand students' views about differing educational and pedagogical structures and to explore 
the comparative investigation of educational problems. 

PSY 2809. Psychology of Memory. (3h) Study of specialized knowledge regarding the most 
relevant aspects of memory function and important investigative techniques in this field. 

SPA 3829. Techniques in Consecutive Interpretation. (3h) Introduction to strategies of interpre- 
ting. P— SPA 220 or POL 

SPA 3889. Special Topics in Hispanic Linguistics. (3h) Investigation of key areas in Spanish 
languages research, such as dialectology, history, language acquisition, and usage. P — SPA 222 
or 321, or the combination of 219 or 220 and LIN 150, or POL 



Russian and East European Studies (REE) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Coordinator Associate Professor of History Susan Z. Rupp 

Russian 215 or 216 or equivalent proficiency in another East European language is required, 
plus fifteen hours from the following list. Three of these fifteen hours must be REE 298, 
Research Project in Russian and East European Studies. 

REE 298. Research Project in Russian and East European Studies. (3h) Semester-long research 
project pursued independently by a student (generally in the senior year) under the guidance 
of a faculty member in the relevant field of study. A second faculty member consults with the 
student regarding his or her project as well as serving as a second reader. The course culminates 
in the completion of a seminar-length paper based upon primary research. 

Electives for Russian and East European Studies 

Additional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The 
program coordinator maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course 
descriptions, see the relevant department's listings in this publication. 

COM 351B. Comparative Communication: Russia. (1.5h) 
ECN 252. International Finance. (3h) 

253. Economies in Transition. (3h) 
HST 230. Russia: Origins to 1865. (3h) 

231. Russia and the Soviet Union: 1865 to the Present. (3h) 
HMN 215. Germanic and Slavic Literature. (3h) 
218. Eastern European Literature. (3h) 
POL 232. Politics in Russia and Eastern Europe. (3h) 
RUS Three additional hours at the 200-level. 

With the approval of the coordinator, students may fulfill the language requirement by equiva- 
lent study of another East European language (to be pursued independently under the auspices 
of the German and Russian department). Students may apply all relevant seminars, colloquia, 
or independent studies in any of the above departments to the minor. 



231 



RUSSIAN AND EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES 



Sociology (SOC) 

Chair Ian M.Taplin 

Washington M. Wingate Professor of Sociology Charles F. Longino 

Rubin Professor of American Ethnic Studies Earl Smith 

Professors Catherine T. Harris, Ian M.Taplin 

Research Professor of Sociology and Gerontology Eleanor P. Stoller 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and Associate Professor Angela Hattery 

Associate Professors H. Kenneth Bechtel, Joseph Soares 

Assistant Professors R. Saylor Breckenridge, Ana M. Wahl, David Yamane 

Visiting Assistant Professor Jeffrey Rosenthal 

Visiting Instructor Matthew Irvin 

A major in sociology requires thirty-one hours. Students are strongly encouraged to complete 
SOC 151, 370, 371, and 372 by the end of their junior year. Students should take SOC 151 in the 
freshmen or sophomore year, SOC 370 and 371 in the fall of their junior year, and SOC 372 in 
the spring of their junior year. A minimum average of 2.0 in all sociology courses is required at 
the time the major is declared. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in all sociology courses is 
required for graduation. 

A minor in sociology requires fifteen hours and must include SOC 151 and 370. A minimum 
grade point average of 2.0 in sociology courses is required at the time the minor is declared. A 
minimum grade point average of 2.0 in sociology courses is required for certification as a minor. 
Students who intend to pursue a sociology minor are encouraged to notify the department 
early in their junior year, and they are invited to participate in all departmental functions. 

To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Sociology," highly qualified majors are 
invited to apply to the department for admission to the honors program. They must complete 
a senior research project, document their research, and satisfactorily defend their work in an 
oral examination. For additional information members of the departmental faculty should be 
consulted. 

A student who selects sociology to fulfill the Division IV requirement must take one of the 
following courses: SOC 151, 152, 153, or 154. No introductory-level course is required for stu- 
dents taking a sociology course as an elective unless specified in the course description. 

151. Principles of Sociology. (3h) General introduction to the field; social organization and dis- 
organization, socialization, culture, social change, and other aspects. Required for all sociology 
majors and minors. 

152. Social Problems. (3h) Survey of contemporary American social problems. 

153. Contemporary Families. (3h) Social basis of the family, emphasizing the problems growing 
out of modern conditions and social change. 

1 54. The Sociology of Deviant Behavior. (3h) A sociological analysis of the nature and causes 
of and societal reaction to deviant behavior patterns such as mental illness, suicide, drug and 
alcohol addiction, sexual deviation, and criminal behavior. 

240. Asian-American Legacy: A Social History of Community Adaptation. (3h) Introduction to the 
history, culture, and literature of the Asian- American communities, exploring issues of migra- 
tion, assimilation, and the process of developing Asian- American identities in the twentieth and 
early twenty-first centuries. Also listed as AES 240. (CD) 



SOCIOLOGY 



232 



301 . Sociology of Religion. (3h) Introduction to the sociological analysis of religion, including 
religious beliefs and experiences, the cultural context of religion, varieties of religious organiza- 
tion, religious change and social change. Also listed as REL 351. 

302. Topics in Sociology of Religion. (3h) Advanced seminar with emphasis on current topics in 
the sociology of religion such as theoretical and methodological debates, religion and public 
life, religious pluralism, or spirituality and its organizational expression. 

303. Business and Society. (3h) Historical development, organization, and current problems of 
business enterprises in American society. 

305. Gender in Society. (3h) The significance of gender in society for individuals and institutions. 
An examination of differential gender experiences based on race, class, and sexual orientation. 
Consideration of feminism as a social movement and the possibility for social change. (CD) 

308. Sociology of Art. (3h) Art as an institution, its functions, organization, and relationship to 
social change and to the communication of meanings. 

309. Sexuality and Society. (3h) Study of the societal forces that impinge on human sexual 
behavior, emphasizing the effects of social change, the implications of changing gender roles, 
cross-cultural and subcultural variations, and the influence of the mass media. 

311. Women in Professions. (3h) Emphasis on the status of women in professional occupations 
(e.g., law, medicine, science, business, etc.) in socio-historical perspective. 

316. Conflict Management in Organizations. (3h) Examination of conflict management and social 
control in organizations, focusing on power structures, management styles, and processes of 
dispute resolution. 

318. Social Stratification in the American South. (3h) Exploration of social stratification in the 
labor force, the school system, the justice system, and the family. Comprises an examination of 
theories of stratification, a two-week field seminar in the South and a service learning project. 
Summer session only. 

325. Self and Society: An Interactionist Perspective. (3h) Analysis of the effects of social relation- 
ships upon self-development, self-preservation, and the learning of social roles and norms, with 
special emphasis on language and symbolic interaction. 

333. The Sociology of Cities. (3h) Examination of the patterns of urbanization worldwide. Ex- 
plores the dynamics of urban growth resulting from economic, social, political and ecological 
processes. 

334. Sociology of Education. (3h) An evaluation of the major theories and significant empirical 
literature, both historical and statistical, on the structure and effects of educational institutions. 

335. Sociology of Health and Illness. (3h) Analysis of the social variables associated with health 
and illness. 

336. Sociology of Health Care. (3h) Analysis of health care systems, including the social organi- 
zation of medical practice, health care payment, the education of medical practitioners, and the 
division of the labor in health care. 

337. Aging in Modern Society. (3h) Basic social problems and processes of aging. Social and 
psychological issues discussed. Course requirements include field placement in a nursing home 
or similar institution. P — POI. 



233 



SOCIOLOGY 



338. Sociological Issues in Criminal Justice. (3h) Introduction to the structure, organization and 
operation of the various components of the criminal justice system with emphasis on the police 
and correctional institutions. 

339. Sociology of Violence. (3h) Survey of the societal factors associated with individual and 
collective violence. Discussion focuses on the contemporary and historical conditions that have 
contributed to various patterns of violence in American society. 

341 . Criminology. (3h) Crime, its nature, causes, consequences, methods of treatment, and 
prevention. 

342. Juvenile Delinquency. (3h) The nature and extent of juvenile delinquency; an examination 
of prevention, control, and treatment problems. 

343. Sociology of Law. (3h) Consideration is given to a variety of special issues: conditions under 
which laws develop and change, relationships between the legal and political system, and the 
impact of social class and stratification upon the legal order. 

345. Advanced Topics Seminar in Criminology. (3h) Emphasizes current topics in the field of 
criminology and criminal justice such as measurement issues, ethical issues, history, crime and 
mass media, and theoretical debates. P — SOC 341 and POL 

347. Society, Culture, and Sport. (3h) Examination of the interrelationship of sport and other 
social institutions. Emphasis is on the study of both the structure of sport and the functions of 
sport for society. 

348. Sociology of the Family. (3h) The family as a field of sociological study. Assessment of 
significant historical and contemporary writings. Analysis of the structure, organization, and 
function of the family in America. 

351 . Management and Organizations. (3h) Study of macro-organizational processes and changes 
in contemporary industrial societies and their effects upon managerial systems, managerial 
ideologies, and managers in firms. 

352. White-collar Crime. (3h) Study of criminal activity committed in the course of legitimate 
occupations including workplace crime, graft, and business crime. P — SOC 341. 

353. Families in Later Life. (3h) Analysis of current issues affecting later-life families, including 
the unmarried, marital relations, divorce, widowhood, remarriage, kinship, family care-giving, 
and institutional care. 

354. Women in Poverty in the U.S. (3h) Examination of the structural causes of poverty and its 
consequences, with specific emphasis on women's overrepresentation in poverty and how 
gender intersects with race, family status, age, and place. 

358. Population and Society. (3h) Techniques used in the study of population data. Reciprocal 
relationship of social and demographic variables. 

359. Race and Ethnic Relations. (3h) Racial and ethnic group prejudice and discrimination and 
their effect on social relationships. Emphasis on psychological and sociological theories of 
prejudice. 

360. Social Inequality. (3h) Study of structured social inequality with particular emphasis on 
economic class, social status, and political power. (CD) 



SOCIOLOGY 



234 



361 . Sociology of the Black Experience. (3h) Survey and an analysis of contemporary writings 
on the status of black Americans in various American social institutions (e.g., education, sports, 
entertainment, science, politics, etc.). (CD) 

362. Work, Conflict, and Change. (3h) Changing trends in the U.S. labor force. The individual's 
view of work and the effect of large organizations on white- and blue-collar workers. Use of 
some cross-cultural data. 

363. Global Capitalism. (3h) Analysis of industrial organization, including discussion of market 
relations and the behavior of firms, the structure of industrial development, and labor relations 
and the growth of trade unions. Also listed as INS 363. 

364. Political Sociology. (3h) Examination of the structure and organization of power in society 
with emphasis on political socialization, political ideology, and the growth of the welfare state. 

365. Technology, Culture, and Change. (3h) Examination of the interrelated forces that shape 
change in organizations and societies; from the emergence of capitalist markets to the systems, 
controls, and information revolution of the twenty-first century. 

366. The Sociological Analysis of Film. (3h) Examines the intersection of economic, organization- 
al, and cultural sociology using films and the film industry as focal examples. 

367. The Sociology of Culture. (3h) Examines the most powerful explanatory schools in sociology 
on the fields of cultural production and consumption. Topics include: stylistic change and the 
consumption of visual and performance arts; musical tastes; the production and consumption 
of literature; museum attendance; education and culture; and architecture and design. 

370. Sociological Theory. (3h) An introduction to the classic works of social theory — "classic" 
not only as time-honored explanations of past events, but also because they provide the intel- 
lectual foundations for contemporary and historical research. Theorists covered include Smith, 
Wollstonecraft, de Tocqueville, Marx, Durkheim, Weber, Freud, Simmel, DuBois, and Goffman. 
P— SOC 151 or POL 

371. Social Statistics. (4h) Computer-based survey of basic statistics utilized in sociological 
research. A student who receives credit for this course may not also receive credit for ANT 380, 
BIO 380, BUS 201, or HES 262. Lab— 1 hour. P— SOC 151 or POL (QR) 

372. Research Methods in Sociology. (3h) Overview of both quantitative and qualitative research 
methods. Research projects required. P — SOC 371. (QR) 

373. Honors Seminar. (3h) Seminar on selected problems in sociology. Intended for students in 
the departmental honors program. P — SOC 372 and POL 

374. Honors Research. (3h) Directed study toward completion of the project begun in SOC 373 
and to the writing and defense of an honors paper. P — SOC 373 and POL 

375. Gender, Power, and Violence. (3h) Research-centered study of various issues related to 
violence, power, and gender in American society. Emphasis is placed on sociological analysis of 
competing theoretical explanations of violence with respect to race, class, gender, religion, and 
sexual orientation. Also listed as WGS 310. (CD) 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3h) Intensive investigation of current scientific research 
within the discipline which concentrates on problems of contemporary interest. P — POL 



235 



SOCIOLOGY 



398, 399. Individual Study. (l-3h, l-3h) Reading, research, or internship courses designed to 
meet the needs and interests of selected students, to be carried out under the supervision of a 
departmental faculty member. 

Spanish Studies 

(Foreign Area Study) 

Coordinator Charles E. Taylor Professor of Romance Languages Candelas S. Gala 

Students are required to participate in the Spanish program at Salamanca for one or two 
semesters. They also are required to take History 2019., General History of Spain (3h), taught 
in Salamanca; Political Science 2029., Political Structures of Present Day Spain (3h), taught in 
Salamanca; Art 2029., Spanish Art and Architecture (3h), taught in Salamanca; and Spanish 217. 
Literary and Cultural Studies of Spain (3h), also taught in Salamanca as Spanish 2179. 

Students must take nine additional hours from the advanced courses in Spanish language 
and the literature and culture of Spain offered by the Department of Romance Languages, or 
from those offered at the University of Salamanca. 



Theatre and Dance 

Chair Mary Wayne-Thomas 

Professor Emeritus James Dodding 

Junior Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor Cynthia M. Gendrich 

Director of Dance and Associate Professor Nina Lucas 

Associate Professors Sharon Andrews, Jonathan H. Christman, Jane Kathleen Curry, 

Francis P. Ludwig, Mary Wayne-Thomas 

Assistant Professor Brook M. Davis 

Director of University Theatre and Lecturer John E. R. Friedenberg 

Instructor Shawn Bowman-Hicks, Christina Tsoules 

Lecturers Zanna Beswick (London), Brantly Shapiro 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Frank Bradley 

Adjunct Instructors Ray Collins, Fanchon Cordell, Inez Yarborough Liggins, 

Robert Simpson, Deborah Spencer 

Visiting Assistant Professor Leah Roy 

Visiting Associate Professor Lynn Book 

Theatre (THE) 

A major in theatre consists of a minimum of thirty-six hours, including THE 110 or 112, 130, 140, 
150, 250, 260, 261, 340, 381, and 385. (Students interested in a theatre major should elect THE 
112.) Four semesters of THE 100 or three semesters of THE 100 plus THE 110L also are required. 
Majors may choose their remaining courses from offerings at the 200 level or higher listed un- 
der the Department of Theatre and Dance. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in all theatre 
courses attempted is required for graduation. Majors should consult with their advisers about 
additional regulations. Theatre majors are required to take two courses in dramatic literature. 



THEATRE AND DANCE 



236 



No more than three hours of THE 294 may be counted toward the thirty-six hours required for 
the major; up to a maximum of nine hours or three courses of THE 294 may be counted beyond 
the thirty-six hours in the major. 

Those who plan to be theatre majors are urged to begin their studies during their first year. 

Highly qualified majors (departmental grade point average of 3.3, overall grade point 
average of 3.0) are invited by the department to apply for admission to the honors program in 
theatre. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Theatre/' a student must successfully 
complete THE 292 (3h) with a grade of B or better. Honors projects may consist of a) a research 
paper of exceptional quality; b) a creative project in playwriting or design; or c) a directing or 
acting project. The theatre honors project must be presented and defended before the depart- 
mental Honors Committee. The department can furnish honors candidates with complete 
information on preparation and completion of projects. 

A minor in theatre requires eighteen hours: THE 110 or 112, 140, 150, 260 or 261, two THE 
electives (at the 200 level or higher), and two semesters of THE 100 or one semester of THE 100 
plus THE 110L. Theatre minors are required to take one course in dramatic literature from the 
Departments of English or Classical Languages or from Humanities. 

Any person who is interested in a theatre major or minor should contact the chair of the 
department soon after arrival on the campus. 

100. Participation. (.5h) Attendance /participation in Mainstage and Studio performances and 
other events as established by the department. Specific attendance /participation requirements 
are established at the beginning of each semester. Assignments for technical production are 
made through consultation with the technical and design faculty. May be repeated for credit. 

1 1 0. Introduction to the Theatre. (3h) For the theatre novice. Survey of the theory and practice 
of the major disciplines of theatre art: acting, directing, playwriting, and design. Optional 
lab— THE 110L. 

1 10L. Introduction to Theatre Lab. (lh) Participation in production team on Mainstage as 
assigned. C— THE 112. Optional with THE 110. 

112. Introduction to the Theatre. (3h) For the experienced theatre student. Survey of the theory 
and practice of the major disciplines of theatre art: acting, directing, playwriting, and design- 
Students planning to major in theatre are encouraged to take THE 112. Lab required THE 110L. 
Credit is not given for both THE 110 and 112. 

126. Stage Makeup. (1.5h) Study of the design and application of theatrical makeup in relation- 
ship to historical period and character development. 

130. Dynamics of Voice and Movement. (3h) Building awareness of the actor's instrument 
through the development of basic vocal and physical skills, emphasizing relaxation, clarity, 
expressiveness, and commitment, along with spontaneity, centering, and basic technical skills. 

140. Acting I. (3h) Fundamental acting theory and techniques including exercises, monologues, 
and scene work. 

140F. Acting for Freshmen. (3h) A concentrated study and practice of basic acting skills for first- 
year students. Credit is not given for both THE 140 and THE 140F. 

141. On-Camera Performance. (3h) Introduction to the theory and practice of performing for 
the camera. May include basic method acting, newscasting, commercials, and film acting. Also 
listed as COM 116. 



237 



THEATRE AND DANCE 



144. Mime. (1.5h) Introductory study of basic mime forms. The student gains skills and under- 
standing of this theatrical form through practical exercises, readings, rehearsals, and perfor- 
mances. 

146. Performance Techniques. (3h) Focuses on acting styles appropriate to various modes of 
theatrical production. Specialized techniques such as dance, stage combat, etc., may also be 
included. Suitable for non-majors. 

150. Introduction to Design and Production. (4h) Introduction to the fundamentals of theatrical 
design and technology including script analysis, design development, and presentation meth- 
ods. Through the lab, the student develops basic skills in theatre technology. Lab — three hours. 

1 55. Stagecraft. (3h) Focuses on contemporary materials, construction methods, and rigging 
practices employed in the planning, fabrication and installation of stage scenery. Emphasis is on 
using current technologies for problem solving. 

1 880. The Contemporary English Theatre, (lh) Exploration of the English theatre through theatre 
attendance in London and other English theatre centers. Readings, lectures. Participants submit 
reviews of the plays and complete a journal of informal reactions to the plays, the sites and the 
variety of cultural differences observed. Two weeks. P — POL Pass/Fail only. Offered in London 
before spring term. 

230. Advanced Dynamics. (3h) Focus on opening and strengthening the actor's instrument by 
building on work done in THE 130. P— THE 130. 

245. Acting II. (3h) Advanced study and practice of the skills introduced in Acting I. P — THE 130 
and 140. 

246. Period and Style. (3h) Study of social customs, movement, dances, and theatrical styles 
relating to the performance of drama in historical settings as well as in period plays. Includes 
performances in class. P — THE 130 or 230 and 140. 

250. Theatrical Scene Design. (3h) Study of the fundamental principles and techniques of stage 
design. Drafting, model building, perspective rendering, historical research, and scene painting 
are emphasized. P — THE 150. 

251 . Costume and Makeup Design. (3h) Study of the fundamental principles and techniques of 
costume and makeup design with an emphasis on historical research. The basics of costume 
rendering, costume construction, and stage makeup are explored. 

252. Lighting. (3h) Exploration of the lighting designer's process from script to production. 

A variety of staging situations are studied, including proscenium, thrust, and arena production. 
P— THE 150. 

253. Sound for Theatre. (1.5h) Developing and executing sound design for theatrical production 
from concept to integration into performance. Covers recording, digital editing, mixing, and 
playback. P— THE 150 or POI. 

254. Scenic Art for Theatre. (1.5h) Hands-on introduction to the tools and techniques employed 
by scenic artists for contemporary stage and film. Coursework includes an introduction to 
sculpting as well as a variety of projects and exercises in decorative and figurative painting. 
P— THE 110 or 112, 150, or POI. 



THEATRE AND DANCE 



238 



255. History of Costume. (3h) Survey of the development of clothing and fashion with emphasis 
on historical and cultural influences and their application to costuming in art. 

259. Theatre Management: Principles and Practices. (3h) Reviews the development of theatre 
management in the U.S. with emphasis on the role of the producer; explores commercial and 
not-for-profit theatre with attention to planning, personnel, and the economics of theatre. In- 
cludes readings, lectures, and reports. 

260. History of Western Theatre I (Beginnings to 1 642). (3h) Survey of the development of West- 
ern theatre and drama through the Greek, Roman, medieval, and Renaissance theatres to 1642; 
includes lectures, readings and reports. Suitable for non-majors. 

261 . History of Western Theatre II (1 642 to the Present). (3h) Survey of Western theatre and drama 
from the French Neoclassic theatre through the English Restoration, the eighteenth century, 
Romanticism, Realism, the revolts against Realism and the post-modern theatre; includes 
lectures, readings and reports. Suitable for non-majors. 

270. Theatre in Education. (3h) Practical experience for theatre and education students to work 
together with children in the classroom using theatre to teach core curriculum. Emphasizes 
methods and techniques as well as the development and implementation of creative lesson 
plans. Weekly public school teaching experience and seminar. Also listed as EDU 223. 

281 . Acting Workshop. (1.5h) Scene work with student directors utilizing realistic texts. P — THE 
140 or POL Pass/Fail only. 

283. Practicum. (1-1 .5h) Projects under faculty supervision. May be repeated for no more than 
three hours. P— POD. 

290. Special Seminar. (1.5-3h) Intensive study of selected topics in theatre. May be repeated. 

292. Theatre Honors. (3h) Tutorial involving intensive work in the area of special interest for 
qualified seniors who wish to graduate with departmental honors. P — POD. 

294. Individual Study. (l-3h) Research and readings in an area of interest to be approved and 
supervised by a faculty adviser. May be taken for no more than three times for a total of not 
more than nine hours. P — POD. 

295. Development and Performance. (l-4h) Intensive experiential course designed to research 
and develop a theatre piece resulting in performance. Focus varies. 

2650. The English Theatre, 1660-1940. (3h) Study of the major developments in the English 
theatre from the Restoration to World War II, including the plays, playwrights, actors, audi- 
ences, theatre architecture, theatre management, costumes, and sets. Field trips include visits to 
theatres, museums, and performances. Offered in London. 

2660. Modern English and Continental Drama and the London Stage. (3h) Studies in the works of 
major playwrights of England and Europe from 1875 to the present. May also include contem- 
porary production of classic plays. Emphasis is on plays which are currently being presented in 
London theatres. Offered in London. 

320. British Drama to 1642. (3h) British drama from its beginning to 1642, exclusive of Shake- 
speare. Representative cycle plays, moralities, Elizabethan and Jacobean tragedies, comedies, 
and tragicomedies. Also listed as ENG 320. 



239 



THEATRE AND DANCE 



323. Shakespeare. (3h) Thirteen representative plays illustrating Shakespeare's development as 
a poet and dramatist. Also listed as ENG 323. 

336. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century British Drama. (3h) British drama from 1660 to 1780, 
including representative plays by Dryden, Etherege, Wycherley, Congreve, Goldsmith, and 
Sheridan. Also listed as ENG 336. 

340. Directing. (3h) An introduction to the theory and practice of play directing. For majors only. 
P— THE 110/112, 140 and 150. C— THE 381 and 250. 

344. Acting Shakespeare. (3h) Practical study of varying styles in interpreting and acting 
Shakespeare's plays from the time of the Elizabethans to the present day. P — THE 130 and 140. 

360. Playwriting. (3h) Examines the elements of dramatic structure and their representations in 
a variety of dramatic writings. It explores the fundamentals of playwriting through a series of 
writing exercises. 

372. Contemporary Drama. (3h) Considers varieties of form and substance in plays and per- 
formance texts from Godot to the present. Readings cover such playwrights as Beckett, Pinter, 
Stoppard, Churchill, Wertenbaker, Albee, Shepard, Fornes, Mamet, Wilson, Soyinka, Fugard, 
and Foreman. Also listed as ENG 394. 

374. Contemporary World Drama. (3h) Considers varieties of form and substance in plays and 
performance texts from outside the mainstream of the Western theatrical tradition. Focus varies, 
for example Asian and Asian- American playwrights or drama of the Middle East. (CD) 

375. American Drama. (3h) Historical overview of drama in the United States, covering such 
playwrights as Boucicault, Mowatt, O'Neill, Glaspell, Wilder, Williams, Miller, Hansberry, 
Albee, Shepard, Norman, Hwang, Vogel, Mamet, and Wilson. Also listed as ENG 375. 

376. Multicultural American Drama. (3h) Examination of the dramatic works of playwrights 
from various racial and ethnic communities such as Asian American, Native American, African 
American, and Latino. Includes consideration of issues, themes, style, and form. Also listed as 
ENG 393. (CD) 

381. Directing Workshop. (1.5h) Practical application of directing techniques in realistic scene 
study utilizing student actors. Corequisite of THE 340. 

385. Studio Production. (1.5h) The organization, techniques and problems encountered in the 
production of a play for the public. P — THE 340 and POD. 

390, 391 . Special Seminar. (l-3h) Intensive study of selected topics in the theatre. May be re- 
peated. 

392. Special Topics in Dramatic Literature. (l-3h) Intensive study of selected plays and/or perfor- 
mance texts. 

Dance (DCE) 

A dance minor requires 16.5 to 19 hours and must include: 

Two Modern courses - DCE 120 (1.5h), DCE 221 (1.5h) or DCE 222 (1.5h); 
One Dance composition - DCE 123 (3h); 

Two Jazz courses - DCE 126 (1.5h), DCE 226 (1.5h), or DCE 227 (1.5h); 
Two Ballet courses - DCE 127 (1.5h), DCE 229 (1.5h) or DCE 231 (1.5h); 



THEATRE AND DANCE 



240 



Senior Dance Project - DCE 200 (1-1. 5h); 
History of Dance - DCE 202 (3h). 

101. Beginning Tap Dance. (1.5h) Fundamentals of tap dance technique with emphasis placed on 
technique, rhythm, vocabulary, and performance qualities. May be taken two times for credit. 

120. Beginning Modern Dance Technique. (1.5h) Fundamentals of modern dance technique, with 
emphasis placed on movement concepts, vocabulary, technique, alignment, placement, and 
flexibility. May be taken two times for credit. 

122. Special Topics in Dance. (l-1.5h) Intensive study of selected topics in dance. May be repeated. 

1 23. Dance Composition. (3h) Fundamental study of improvisation, composition, and choreo- 
graphy. 

124. Social Dance. (1.5h) Fundamental techniques of social dance, providing basic skills, con- 
cepts of movement, style and fundamental step patterns found in social dance rhythms. 
Learn basic smooth dances, rhythm dances, Latin- American dances, and Cuban dances. 

125. Folk and Social Dance, (lh) Fundamentals of folk and social dance, providing the basic 
skills, concepts of movement, style and fundamental step patterns of folk and social dance. 
Emphasis on the development of fundamental dance skills and practice in utilizing dance 
techniques. 

126. Beginning Jazz Dance. (1.5h) Fundamentals of jazz technique with emphasis on alignment, 
isolations, flexibility, basic turns, jumps, and combinations. May be taken two times for credit. 

127. Beginning Classical Ballet Techniques. (1.5h) Fundamentals of classical ballet technique with 
emphasis on alignment, placement, flexibility, barre work, adagio and petite allegro. May be 
repeated four times for credit. 

128. Dance Performance, (lh) Practical experience in the areas of rehearsal, choreographing, 
production and performance, as a choreographer, and/or performer in the Fall Faculty/Guest 
Artist Concert and /or Spring Dance Concert. May be repeated eight times for credit. 

128A. Performance 128B. Choreography 

200. Senior Dance Project. (l-1.5h) Investigation of selected semi-professional problems involv- 
ing the creative process of choreography, study of notation, research idea, or production. 

201. Intermediate Tap Dance. (1.5h) Progressive development of technique and vocabulary from 
DCE 101 with emphasis on exploring rhythm, dynamics, and performance qualities. May be 
taken up to three times for credit. P — DCE 101 or POL 

202. History of Ballet and Modern Dance. (3h) Survey of the development of dance as a perform- 
ing art from the Renaissance to the present with an emphasis on scope, style, and function. 

221 . Intermediate Modern Dance Technique. (1.5h) Progressive development of movement con- 
cepts and vocabulary from DCE 120 with emphasis on exploring both the classical and 
contemporary techniques of modern dance. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 120 or POL 

222. Advanced Modern Dance Technique. (1.5h) Progressive development of the concepts of DCE 
221 with emphasis on qualitative performance, virtuosity, and versatility in a variety of techni- 
cal forms within the modern dance discipline. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 221 or POI. 



241 



THEATRE AND DANCE 



226. Intermediate Jazz Dance. (1.5h) Pursues the mastery of basic jazz technique along with 
more complex center floor combinations. Emphasis is on performance qualities and musicality. 
May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 126 or POL 

227. Advanced Jazz Dance. (1.5h) Pursues the mastery of jazz technique along with more com- 
plex center floor combinations. Emphasis is on performance qualities, musicality, technique, 
virtuosity, and creativity. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 226 or POL 

229. Intermediate Classical Ballet. (1.5h) Pursues the mastery of basic ballet technique along with 
more complex barre and center combinations, performance qualities, and musicality. May be 
repeated for credit. P— DCE 127 or POL 

231 . Advanced Classical Ballet. (1.5h) Continues the mastery of basic ballet technique along with 
more complex barre and center combinations, performance qualities, musicality, and pointe 
work. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 229 or POL 

241 . Advanced Tap Dance. (1.5h) A progressive development of the concepts of DCE 201 with 
emphasis on qualitative performance, virtuosity, and versatility in a variety of technical forms 
within the tap dance discipline. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 201 or POL 



Urban Studies (URB) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Coordinator Professor of Economics Donald E. Frey 

The interdisciplinary minor in urban studies requires fifteen hours, of which at least nine must 
be chosen from the following courses. Only one course from the art electives is permitted to 
count toward the minor. Additional elective courses may have been approved since publica- 
tion of this bulletin. The program coordinator maintains a complete list of all approved elective 
courses. For course descriptions, see the relevant department's listings in this publication. 

ART 233. American Architecture. (3h) or 288. Modern Architecture. (3h) or 
396. Art History Seminar. 1. Architecture and Urbanism. (3h) 

ECN 246. Urban Economics. (3h) 

POL 222. Urban Politics. (3h) 

SOC 333. The Sociology of Cities. (3h) 

URB 250. Urban Planning. (3h) 
270. Individual Study. (3h) 

Courses needed to complete fifteen hours may be chosen from among the following courses. 
Additional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The 
program coordinator maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For course 
descriptions, see the relevant department's listings in this publication. 

EDU 271. Geography: The Human Environment. (3h) 
HST 2253. History of Venice. (3h) Offered in Venice. 

2260. History of London. (3h) Offered in London. 

352. U.S. Social History II. (3h) 
SOC 152. Social Problems. (3h) 
URB 280. Urban Internship. (3h) 

URBAN STUDIES 242 



Students intending to minor in urban studies should consult with the coordinator as early as 
possible to discuss scheduling of courses not offered annually, careers in urban studies, and 
other issues. In exceptional cases, the coordinator may approve limited substitutions for the 
listed courses. 

250. Urban Planning. (3h) The principles of urban planning and urban form. Some typical topics 
are urban history and its relationship to urban form, the features of communities, the explora- 
tion of urban development practices, and the role of planning policies and urban design in the 
planning process. 

270. Individual Study. (3h) Directed readings in a specialized area of urban studies not otherwise 
in the curriculum. Under supervision of an instructor teaching in the minor. P — POI and 
approval of the coordinator of the minor. 

280. Urban Internship. (3h) Field work in agency addressing urban issues. Related readings and 
paper are required. Under direction of an instructor teaching in the minor. P — POI and 
approval of the coordinator of the minor. 



Women's and Gender Studies (WGS) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Director Wanda Balzano 

Professors Mary K. DeShazer, Linda Nielsen 

Core (Rotating) Faculty Sarah Barbour (Associate Professor of Romance Languages), 

Anne Boyle (Professor of English), Mary F. Foskett (Zachary T. Smith Associate Professor of Religion), 

Angela Hattery (Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and Associate Professor of Sociology), 

Perry L. Patterson (Professor of Economics), James A. Wilson Jr. (Assistant Professor of History) 

Adjunct Professors Shannon Gilreath, Gary Ljungquist, Michelle J. Naughton, Teresa Smith 

Visiting Assistant Professor Rose Stremlau 

Women's and Gender Studies (WGS) provides an opportunity for study and dialogue on a 
broad range of topics related not only to feminist contributions to the fundamental fields of hu- 
man knowledge and achievement, but also to interdisciplinary studies of feminisms, masculin- 
ity, sex, gender and sexuality. 

The interdisciplinary minor in women's and gender studies must include WGS 221 and 321, 
and a minimum of twelve additional hours, for a total of eighteen hours. If courses not desig- 
nated WGS are taken, they must be from an approved list on file with the director; examples of 
these courses are listed. Students may count no more than six hours from their major(s) toward 
the minor. 

A student intending to minor in women's and gender studies is encouraged to take WGS 221 
in the first or sophomore year, two or three courses in the sophomore and junior years, and 
complete the remaining hours, including the capstone research seminar, WGS 321, in the 
senior year. 

101. Window on Women's and Gender Studies, (lh) An opportunity to experience and reflect ana- 
lytically in writing on the diverse cultural and intellectual life of Wake Forest, with an emphasis 
on women's and gender studies events and topics. Pass /Fail only. 



243 



WOMEN'S AND GENDER STUDIES 



111. Writing and Women's Issues. (3h) This writing-intensive seminar explores special topics that 
include women, such as: women and creativity; women, work, and family; Womanist literature; 
reproductive rights; violence against women; women and the arts; the emergence of feminist 
thought. Emphasis is on expository writing, critical thinking, and exchange of ideas in a discus- 
sion and workshop setting; frequent essays based on readings. Satisfies the basic composition 
but not the minor requirement. 

221 . Introduction to Women's and Gender Studies. (3h) An interdisciplinary course, taught by 
women's and gender studies faculty representing at least two fields, that integrates materials 
from the humanities and the sciences. Topics include critical methods and practical solutions, 
history and theory of women's and gender studies, women in culture and society, and cross- 
cultural issues of gender, ethnicity, social class, disability, and sexual orientation. (CD) 

310. Gender, Power, and Violence. (3h) A research-centered study of various issues related to vio- 
lence, power, and gender in American society. Emphasis is on sociological analysis of compet- 
ing theoretical explanations of violence with respect to race, class, gender, religion, and sexual 
orientation. Also listed as SOC 375. (CD) 

321 . Research Seminar in Women's and Gender Studies. (3h) A capstone, research-centered 
study of questions raised by women's and gender studies on an interdisciplinary topic, such 
as women's health issues, international women's issues, lesbian and gay culture and theory, 
women and the arts, etc. May be repeated for credit if topic differs. 

350. Biocultural Perspectives on Women and Aging. (3h) A course that examines biological, socio- 
psychological, and cultural issues affecting older women. 

358. Mothers and Daughters. (3h) A course that examines literature, psychology, and feminist 
theories on motherhood and the mother-daughter relationship. 

359. Fathers and Daughters. (3h) The ways in which fathers influence their daughters' emotion- 
al, psychological, and intellectual development. Selected materials from psychology, mythol- 
ogy, film, and contemporary literature. 

377. Special Topics. (1.5h, 2.5h, 3h) Includes such women's and gender studies topics as gender 
issues in the twenty-first century, Jewish- American women writers, African-American women 
writers, women and aging, critical approaches to women's issues, and the emergence of femi- 
nist thought. May be repeated for credit if topic differs. 

396. Independent Study. (l-3h) Independent projects in women's studies which either continue 
study begun in regular courses or develop new areas of interest. By prearrangement. 

397. Internships in Women's and Gender Studies. (1.5h-3h) Practicum opportunities for work and 
for research in conjunction with a local women's or justice organization, such as W-S Family 
Services, NOW, NC Center for Laws Affecting Women, AIDS Care Service, etc. A maximum of 3 
hours may apply to the minor. Pass /Fail only. 

In addition to the women's and gender studies courses, the following courses may be included 
in the minor. (See course descriptions under appropriate listings.) 

100. R.A.D.: Rape Aggression Defense, (lh) Develops and enhances the options of self-defense, 
including basic physical self-defense tactics and risk reduction and avoidance, so they may 
become viable considerations for any woman who is attacked. Required readings include social 
science research on violence against women. Pass/Fail only. 



WOMEN'S AND GENDER STUDIES 



244 



Electives for Women's and Gender Studies 

Additional elective courses may have been approved since publication of this bulletin. The 
program director maintains a complete list of all approved elective courses. For the following 
course descriptions, see the relevant department's listings in this publication. 

Courses in the Humanities 

AES 310. Race, Class, and Gender in a Color-blind Society. (3h) 

ART 351. Women and Art. (3h) 

CLA 252. Women in Antiquity. (3h) 

ENG 340. Studies in Women and Literature. (3h) 

a. The woman writer in society 

b. Feminist critical approaches to literature 
HST 337. Gender in Early America. (3h) 

338. Gender in Modern America. (3h) 
HMN 230. Women Writers in Contemporary Italy. (3h) 
265. Gender, Spirituality, and Art. (3h) 
290. Innovation and Inclusivity. (3h) 
320. Perspectives on the Middle Ages. (3h) 

a. Medieval Women 

b. Medieval Constructs of Gender, Race, and Class 
353. African and Caribbean Women Writers. (3h) 

MUS 208. Women and Music. (3h) 
REL 318. Feminist and Contemporary Interpretations of the New Testament. (3h) 

340. Men's Studies and Religion. (3h) 

345. The African- American Religious Experience. (3h) 
366. Gender and Religion. (3h) 

370. Women and Christianity. (3h) 

371. Theology and Sexual Embodiment. (3h) 
RUS 280. Russian Women Writers. (3h) 

THE 290. Seminar: Women Playwrights. (3h) 

Courses in the Social and Natural Sciences 

AES 151. Race and Ethnic Diversity in America. (3h) 
ANT 332. Anthropology of Gender. (3h) 
COM 340. American Rhetorical Movements to 1900. (3h) 

341. American Rhetorical Movements since 1900. (3h) 

370. Special Topics: Race, Class, Gender, and Sexuality. (3h) 
ECN 273. Economics for a Multicultural Future. (3h) 
POL 229. Women and Politics. (3h) 

252. Topics in International Politics: Gender and International Relations. (3h) 

277. Feminist Political Thought. (3h) 
PSY 265. Human Sexuality. (3h) 

270Y. Topics: Women, Health, and Culture, (lh) 

359. Psychology of Gender. (3h) 

364. Prejudice, Discrimination, Racism, and Heterosexism. (3h) 



245 



WOMEN'S AND GENDER STUDIES 



SOC 153. Contemporary Families. (3h) 
305. Gender in Society. (3h) 
309. Sexuality and Society. (3h) 
311. Women in Professions. (3h) 
318. Social Stratification in the American South. (3h) 
337. Aging in Modern Society. (3h) 
348. Sociology of the Family. (3h) 
353. Families in Later Life. (3h) 

359. Race and Ethnic Relations. (3h) 

360. Social Inequality. (3h) 

361. Sociology of the Black Experience. (3h) 

Students intending to minor in women's and gender studies should consult the director of 
women's and gender studies in Tribble Hall A-106A, preferably during their first or early in 
their second year. 

Other Courses 

FYS 100. First Year Seminar. (3h) First year seminars are a basic requirement for graduation and 
are designed to enhance each student's academic and social integration into Wake Forest. They 
foster intellectual interchange, both written and oral, and encourage examination of opposing 
viewpoints through reading, writing, and debate of issues in a small group setting. Seminars 
are offered in most academic departments and programs. Contact Paul Orser, Dean's Office, for 
more information. 

LIB 100. Accessing information in the Twenty-first Century, (lh) This seven and a half week course 
provides a basic understanding of concepts in the research process, enabling students to iden- 
tify appropriate strategies for filling the information need. The course explores the broad array 
of information sources in various formats and disciplines, and emphasizes the organization, 
efficient retrieval, and critical evaluation of electronic and print information. Contact Rosalind 
Tedford, Z. Smith Reynolds Library, for more information. 

SPM 201 . Basic Athletic Training. (3h) A study of the basic knowledge and skills in the preven- 
tion, treatment, and care of common athletic injuries. For more information, contact Greg Col- 
lins, collinsg@wfu.edu. 

SPM 302. Advanced Athletic Training. (4h) An in-depth analysis of preventative measures, 
therapeutic modalities, and rehabilitative procedures employed in sports medicine. For more 
information, contact Greg Collins, collinsg@wfu.edu. 



)THER COURSES 2 46 



Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 



Dean Jack E. Wilkerson Jr. 

Associate Dean J. Kline Harrison 

Associate Dean Gordon E. McCray 

Assistant Dean for Student Professional Affairs Helen W. Akinc 

Assistant Dean for Student Academic Affairs Katherine S. Hoppe 

Director of Accounting Program Lee G. Knight 

Director of Graduate Studies Terry A. Baker 

Thomas H. Davis Professor of Business Umit Akinc 

F.M. Kirby Professor of Business Excellence Robert R. Bliss 

Kemper Professor of Business J. Kline Harrison 

Hylton Professor of Accountancy Lee G. Knight 

Wayne Calloway Professor of Accountancy Dale R. Martin 

J. Tylee Wilson Professor of Business Ethics Donald P. Robin 

Wayne Calloway Professor of Taxation Ralph B. Tower 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor George R. Aldhizer 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Associate Professor of Accountancy Terry A. Baker 

Merrill Lynch Associate Professor of Accountancy Jonathan E. Duchac 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor Yvonne L. Hinson 

Citibank Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor William M. Marcum 

BellSouth Mobility Technology Associate Professor Gordon E. McCray 

Cooper Family Fellow in Information Systems and Assistant Professor Bruce R. Lewis 

Research Professor Elizabeth J. Gatewood 

Professors Emeritus John S. Dunkelberg, Eddie V. Easley, Thomas C.Taylor 

Professors S. Douglas Beets, Stephen Ewing, J. Kline Harrison, Jack E. Wilkerson Jr. 

Associate Professors George R. Aldhizer, Sheri A. Bridges, James F. Cotter, Arun P. Dewasthali, 

Thomas S. Goho, Paul E. Juras, G. Page West III 

Visiting Associate Professor Michael W. Lawless 

Assistant Professors Holly H. Brower, Michelle Steward 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Julie H. Wayne 

Senior Lecturer in Business E. Clayton Hipp Jr. 

Lecturers in Business Katherine S. Hoppe, Debra R. Jessup 

Instructors Helen W. Akinc, Michaele M. Cook, Robert E. Fly, David A. Gilbert, Mary L. Kesel, 

Benjamin Paz, Thomas H. Ramsey 



Mission 

The mission of the Calloway School of Business and Accountancy at Wake Forest University is 
to enhance business and society through our teaching and scholarship. We value: an environ- 
ment that promotes thoughtful reflection and a high level of face-to-face interaction; intellectual 
curiosity, including a passion for the study of business; teaching excellence; challenging aca- 
demic standards; the creation and dissemination of knowledge; and honor and integrity. Our 
key learning goals are: awareness of contemporary business issues; holistic understanding of 



247 



CALLOWAY SCHOOL 



effective conduct of business; effective communicators; effective decision makers; effective team 
members; and honor and integrity. 

Accreditation 

The Calloway School is accredited through AACSB International's management accredita- 
tion standards as well as its accounting accreditation standards. Accounting accreditation is 
an elective extension of management accreditation. AACSB International may be contacted at 
(813) 769-6500, 777 South Harbour Island Boulevard, Suite 750, Tampa, Florida 33602 and at 
http://aacsb.edu/. Inquiries should relate only to the accreditation status of the school and not 
to general admissions information. 

AACSB International accreditation represents the highest standard of achievement for busi- 
ness schools and accounting programs, worldwide. Institutions that earn accreditation confirm 
their commitment to quality and continuous improvement through a rigorous and comprehen- 
sive peer review. AACSB International accreditation is the hallmark of excellence in business 
education. 

Wake Forest University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Asso- 
ciation of Colleges and Schools to award bachelor's, master's, and doctoral degrees. The Com- 
mission can be contacted at (404) 679-4501, 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097 
and www.sacscoc.org. Inquiries should relate only to the accreditation status of the institution, 
and not to general admission information. 

Programs and Majors 

The Calloway School of Business and Accountancy offers two degree programs: the four-year 
bachelor of science degree, with majors in accountancy, business, finance, and mathematical 
business (in cooperation with the Department of Mathematics); and the master of science in 
accountancy (MSA) degree. When taken in conjunction with the Calloway School's undergrad- 
uate degrees in accountancy or finance, the master of science in accountancy degree is one ad- 
ditional year. In most other cases, the master of science degree is completed in eighteen months 
to two years, depending on the student's academic background. 

Business. The business major in the Calloway School prepares students for success in today's 
business world with a challenging and high quality curriculum. The major is intentionally 
general and facilitates the integration of the various business disciplines with the liberal arts 
core. It also emphasizes flexibility by allowing the opportunity for specialized career paths and 
for minors outside the Calloway School. 

Finance. The finance major in the Calloway School prepares students for success in careers in 
financial services, including portfolio management, investment and commercial banking, and 
financial consulting. The major emphasizes a strong concentration in finance, supported by ac- 
counting concepts beyond the introductory level, which is critical in a global environment. 

Mathematical Business. The mathematical business major, offered by the Calloway School jointly 
with the Department of Mathematics, prepares students for careers in business and government 
that require model-based, advanced quantitative approaches to problem solving. The major 
responds to today's complex global environment, where problems in business administration 
and public policy making are becoming more intricate, requiring the use of such an approach. 

Accountancy. The Calloway School's separate accounting accreditation through AACSB Inter- 
national requires that the School establish a separate statement of mission for its accountancy 



CALLOWAY SCHOOL 



248 



program complementary to the School's basic mission statement provided. Accordingly, the 
mission and values of the School's accountancy program are stated as follows: 

The mission of the Wake Forest accountancy program is to enhance business, society, and the 
accountancy profession through our teaching and scholarship. We value: an environment that 
promotes thoughtful reflection and a high level of face-to-face interaction; intellectual curios- 
ity, including a passion for the study of business; teaching excellence; challenging academic 
standards; the creation and dissemination of knowledge; honor and integrity; and respect for the 
ethical and legal foundations of the accountancy profession. 

The accountancy major in the Calloway School is geared to provide a foundation for the MSA 
degree. The major includes the opportunity for broad exposure to undergraduate concepts to 
prepare students to successfully complete the MSA degree. 

The integrated five-year accountancy program prepares students for a variety of careers in 
accounting and financial management, including auditing and assurance, taxation, business 
advisory services, forensic accounting, and investment and commercial banking. Students in 
the program acquire the necessary professional competence through courses, seminars, and 
case-based research in finance, accounting, auditing, and taxation. This academic preparation is 
combined with a professional internship during the student's fourth year. The internship pro- 
vides an important union of classroom knowledge and professional experience. The program 
also qualifies students to take the CPA examination upon completion of coursework. 

Admission 

Admission to the Calloway School is by formal application, and applicants are screened by the 
Committee on Admissions, Continuation, and Scholarships of the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy. Before being considered for admission to the Calloway School, the 
applicant first must have been admitted to Wake Forest College. Mirdmum requirements for 
admission to the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy are completion of forty- 
nine hours with an overall grade point average of 2.2, completion of ECN 150, MTH 106 or 111 
(MTH 111 for the mathematical business major), ACC 111 and one additional Calloway School 
course (ACC 221, BUS 201, 211, 221, 231, 251 or 261), and a 2.0 average in these four courses. In 
addition, students should have completed BUS 100. Students who have not met fully the above 
requirements may request a one-semester provisional acceptance. 

The number of students who can be accommodated is limited. Meeting the minimum require- 
ments is not a guarantee of admission. Therefore, the Calloway School reserves the right to 
grant or deny admission or readmission to any student even though he or she meets the mini- 
mum requirements. Readmission to the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 
first requires readmission to Wake Forest College, requirements for which are discussed in this 
bulletin. 

Transfer of Credit from Other Schools 

It is expected that most work toward degrees offered by the Wayne Calloway School of Busi- 
ness and Accountancy will be taken in the Calloway School. For students wishing to transfer 
credit from other schools, the following general guidelines apply: 

(a) Courses at another school passed with the minimum passing grade at that school may not be 
transferred. 

(b) Courses transferred in business and accountancy may be subject to validating examinations. 



249 



CALLOWAY SCHOOL 



(c) No work in courses numbered 200 and above will be accepted from two-year schools. 

(d) Courses taken elsewhere in subjects not offered at the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy will not necessarily count toward the hours required in the Calloway School. 

(e) Only one course so transferred may be an elective unless such course is from an international 
program approved by the Calloway School, in which case two such electives may be so transferred 
(including any approved economics course counting toward the major). 

(f) Business 271 or 272 cannot be transferred from another institution; they must be taken in the 
Calloway School. 

(g) Students entering the Callozvay School from the College of Arts and Sciences at Wake Forest 
University must take Accountancy 111 within the Calloway School. Students transferring into the 
Calloway School from another university must take a validation examination for Accounting 111. 

For the accountancy major, a minimum of forty-one hours must be earned in the Wayne Callo- 
way School of Business and Accountancy at Wake Forest University; for the major in business, 
a minimum of thirty hours must be earned in the Calloway School; for the major in finance, the 
minimum hours earned in the Calloway School must total thirty-eight; and for the bachelor of 
science in mathematical business, a minimum of thirty hours must be earned in the Calloway 
School and /or the mathematics department at Wake Forest University. 

For the master of science in accountancy, a minimum of thirty graduate hours must be 
earned in the Calloway School. 

Requirements for Continuation 

In addition to the requirements outlined in the Procedures section of this bulletin, a student 
must be academically responsible and must show satisfactory progress toward completing the 
requirements for the degree. The administration of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy notifies the student if satisfactory progress is not being made and, after consulta- 
tion with the Committee on Admission, Continuation, and Scholarships, decides if the student 
may continue as a major in the Calloway School. 

Requirements for Graduation 

The Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy confers the bachelor of science 
degree with a major in either accountancy, business, finance, or mathematical business. The Cal- 
loway School also confers the master of science in accountancy. The requirements for comple- 
tion of the degrees are those in effect at the time the student enters the Calloway School. 

The accountancy major requires the following courses: ACC 111, 211, 212, 221, 237, 351, and 
352; BUS 100, 201, 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, and 271 or 272; ECN 150; MTH 106 or 111. 

The business major requires the following courses: ACC 111 and 221; BUS 100, 201, 202, 211, 
221, 231, 241, 251, 261, and 271 or 272; ECN 150; MTH 106 or 111; and a minimum of nine hours 
from BUS 209, 212, 213, 215, 216, 217, 222, 223, 224, 225, 227, 228, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 238, 243, 
253, 262, 265, 281, 282, 290, 291, 293, 294, 338 or accounting courses numbered 200 or above (ex- 
cluding ACC 221). One elective may be taken from economics courses numbered 200 or above. 

The finance major requires the following courses: ACC 111, 211, 212, and 221; BUS 100, 201, 
211, 221, 231, 232, 238, 241, 251, 261, and 271 or 272; ECN 150; MTH 106 or 111; and a minimum 
of six hours from BUS 233, 234, 235, 236. A student may substitute an upper level (3h) Calloway 
elective for one finance elective. 

Prerequisites for the mathematical business major include the following courses: ACC 111 
and 221; MTH 111 and 112; ECN 150; and BUS 100. Requirements for the mathematical business 



CALLOWAY SCHOOL 



250 



major are: MTH 253, 256, 301 (or 113), 302 (or 121), 353; BUS 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, 292; and 
a minimum of six additional hours — only three of which can be in business. Mathematics elec- 
tives must be at the 300 level or above, excluding 381. 

For the master of science in accountancy with an undergraduate major in accountancy, the 
following coursework must be completed: ACC HI, 211, 212, 221, 237, 351, and 352; BUS 100, 
201, 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, and 271 or 272; ECN 150; MTH 106 or 111; and thirty hours of 
graduate coursework as specified in the Wake Forest University Graduate School of Arts and 
Sciences Bulletin. 

For the master of science in accountancy with an undergraduate major in finance, the follow- 
ing coursework must be completed: ACC 111, 211, 212, 221, 237, 351, and 352; BUS 100, 201, 211, 
221, 231, 232, 233 or 234 or 235 or 236, 238, 241, 251, 261, and 271 or 272; ECN 150; MTH 106 or 
111; and thirty hours of graduate coursework as specified in the Wake Forest University Gradu- 
ate School of Arts and Sciences Bulletin. 

In addition to the courses stipulated, the student in business and accountancy also must 
meet the following requirements for graduation: 

(a) a minimum of 120 hours for the four-year majors and 120 hours plus 30 graduate hours for the 
master's program, including the basic and divisional requirements established by Wake Forest 
College; 

(b) a minimum grade point average of 2.0 on all work attempted at Wake Forest; 

(c) a minimum grade point average of 2.0 on all work attempted at other institutions; and 

(d) an overall 2.0 grade point average on all business and accountancy courses. 

Senior Honors Program 

Calloway School students (exclusive of mathematical business majors) with a grade point 
average of at least 3.0 on all college work and who are eligible for membership in Beta Gamma 
Sigma are invited to apply for admission to the honors program in business and accountancy. 
A project, paper, or readings, and an oral presentation or examination are required. Those who 
successfully complete the requirements specified by the School are graduated with the designa- 
tion "Honors in Accountancy," "Honors in Business," or "Honors in Finance." For additional 
information, interested students should consult a member of the faculty of the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

Mathematical business majors with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on all college work 
and a minimum grade point average of 3.5 in the major are invited to apply for admission to 
the honors program in mathematical business. A project, paper, or readings, and an oral presen- 
tation or examination are required. Those who successfully complete the requirements specified 
by the school and the mathematics department are graduated with the designation "Honors 
in Mathematical Business." For additional information, interested students should consult a 
member of the faculty of the mathematics department or the Wayne Calloway School of Busi- 
ness and Accountancy. 

Beta Gamma Sigma, National Honor Society 

Membership in Beta Gamma Sigma is the highest national recognition a student can receive in 
an undergraduate program in accounting or business. To be eligible for membership, a student 
must rank in the upper five percent of the junior class or the upper ten percent of the senior 
class. 



251 



CALLOWAY SCHOOL 



Courses of Instruction 

Business (BUS) 

100. Introduction to Business Communications. (1.5h) Provides students with the basics in per- 
suasive speaking and business writing skills. Corporate or case analyses are used to explore the 
integrative nature of business. 

1 01 S. Introduction to Business Software. (1.5h) Provides students with basic skills in business 
software. Focuses on software for presentations, spreadsheets, and databases. In addition, 
students are familiarized with databases provided through the library and through the Internet 
that facilitate their ability to do research. Does not count towards a Calloway major. 

Summer only. 

113. Foundations of Entrepreneurship. (3h) Addresses the challenges of creating and sustaining 
organizations in today's global environment. Provides an overview of the role and importance 
of entrepreneurship in the global economy and in society. Examines how individuals use entre- 
preneurial skills to craft innovative responses to societal needs. Also listed as ESE 101. 

1 81 . Field Study, (lh) Directed field study in specialized areas of business. Pass/Fail only 
P— BUS 100 and ACC 111, POL 

201. Quantitative Analysis I. (3h) Emphasizes the understanding and application of quantita- 
tive tools used in the business decision making process. Issues covered include collection and 
presentation of data, sampling, and inferences. P — BUS 100. 

202. Quantitative Analysis II. (3h) Emphasizes the understanding and application of quantitative 
tools for data analysis and managerial decision-making. Topics include statistical tools such as 
Chi-Square methods, analysis of variance, regression, and correlation analysis. Management 
science tools include statistical decision theory and some deterministic optimization models 
such as linear programming and its various extensions. Application of these methods to the 
analysis of decisions from various functional areas of business is an important component of 
the course. P— BUS 201. 

209. Seminar: Contemporary Issues in Business. (3h) Examines current business issues using the 
theory and practices covered in the core courses. Topics may include recent global business 
events and policies, corporate takeovers and restructurings, business aspects of health care, 
workplace issues, the relationship of government and business decisions, among others. The 
topics discussed change each semester reflecting the important issues at that time. P — Senior 
status and POL 

211. Organizational Theory and Behavior. (3h) Focuses on the behavior, structure, and processes 
within organizations. Emphasis is on developing knowledge and skills regarding the role of 
individuals and groups within organizations, as well as organizational dynamics. 

P or C— BUS 100. 

212. Human Resource Management. (3h) Focuses on important human resources management 
(HRM) skills that are frequently used by general managers. Upon completion of the course, 
students should be literate in basic HRM concepts, knowledgeable of general managers' HRM 
responsibilities, and skilled in HRM applications as prospective managers. P — BUS 211. 



CALLOWAY SCHOOL 2 52 



213. Entrepreneurship. (3h) Exposes students to multiple facets of entrepreneurship and teaches 
about creating new ventures in a hands-on fashion. A broad range of ideas, readings, and cases 
enable students to understand the ambiguous and highly-charged environment of entrepre- 
neurship, the contribution of entrepreneurial endeavors to business and society, and the char- 
acteristics of successful new venture startups. Focuses on three areas that define successful en- 
trepreneurial pursuit of new for-profit, non-profit, and social enterprise initiatives: recognizing 
opportunity, management, and assembling resources. The completion of a team-based business 
plan for a new venture is usually required. Guest speakers present their views of entrepreneur- 
ial organizations based on real-world experiences — startup, financing, legal, transition, failure, 
etc. P— BUS 211, 221, and 231, or POL 

215. Seminar in Comparative Management. (3h) Focuses on the global issues in management. 
Emphasis is on different management philosophies and styles practiced in an international 
context. Conducted in a seminar format, the course examines the complexities involved in 
operating in different cultures and the implications which these cultural differences have on 
managing organizations and employee behavior. P — BUS 211. 

216. Leading in the Nonprofit Sector. (3h) Explores the role of nonprofit organizations (churches, 
schools, civic organizations, health clinics, etc.) and examines how to effectively lead them. 
Basic knowledge areas of responsibility in nonprofit organizations (ie, legal classifications and 
issues, recruiting and managing volunteers, community development, fundraising, board 
development, and ethical concerns) are covered. Pertinent leadership theories and issues are 
addressed. P— BUS 211. 

217. Change Management. (3h) Focuses on the processes of change and reorganization in 
organizations. Students develop the skills and knowledge necessary to allow them to assess the 
necessity for organizational change, identify factors that facilitate or impede successful change, 
and initiate and implement change in organizations. P — BUS 211. 

221. Principles of Marketing. (3h) Investigates the means by which firms create, maintain, and 
improve relationships with customers through the development of strong brands and effective 
marketing programs. Emphasizes the application, rather than the acquisition, of marketing 
knowledge. Explores how the four Ps — product, price, place, and promotion — can be used to 
solve problems, exploit opportunities, and meet challenges in the global marketplace. Discus- 
sions, cases, objective tests, in-class exercises and a marketing campaign project are among the 
instructional methods used. P— ECN 150, BUS 100, and ACC 111, or POL 

222. Global Marketing Strategy. (3h) Builds on BUS 221 to explore strategic issues in the global 
marketplace in greater depth through intensive examination of cases from consumer and 
industrial markets; product and service businesses; and for-profit and nonprofit organizations. 
Analyzes social, cultural, economic, legal, and political factors present in the global market- 
place and their impact on planning and implementing marketing strategy. Focuses on building 
analytical and decision-making skills. Objective is to ensure students understand the key role of 
marketing strategy in achieving and maintaining competitive advantage in an ever-changing, 
increasingly complex global business environment. P — BUS 221. 

223. Selected Topics in Marketing. (3h) Identifies the most current marketing topics and practices 
in the dynamic global marketplace and covers them in detail. Focuses on the application of 
leading-edge concepts and ideas in the creation of superior marketing strategies. Seminar ap- 
proach requires active student participation in the identification, elaboration, and discussion of 
course material. P— BUS 221. 



253 



CALLOWAY SCHOOL 



224. Marketing Research. (3h) Introduction to fundamentals of research methodology and use 
of research information in marketing decision making. Topics include research design, data col- 
lection methods, scaling, sampling, and alternate methods of statistical data analysis. Students 
design and execute their own research projects. P — BUS 201 and 221. 

225. Consumer Behavior. (3h) Focuses on understanding the customers /consumers/ buyers/ 
clients /patients /patrons without whom marketing and business cannot survive. Examines 
consumer motivations, influences, decision-making processes, and behaviors as they relate to 
the development of competitive marketing strategy. Discussions, mini-cases, in-class exercises, 
and a project are among the instructional methods used. P — BUS 221 or POL 

227. Marketing Communications. (3h) Designed for students whose career plans involve making 
strategic marketing decisions. Emphasizes ways to foster relationships with consumers by es- 
tablishing a dialogue through advertising, consumer and trade promotions, the Internet, direct 
mail, publicity, packaging, point of sale material, and event sponsorship. Discussions, cases, 
in-class exercises, oral presentations, and a marketing communications campaign project are 
among the instructional methods used. P — BUS 221. 

228. Sports Marketing. (3h) Focuses on the application of the strategic marketing process to the 
rapidly growing sports industry. Varied elements of the industry are examined: understanding 
the sports consumer; marketing and media; advertising and communication; promotion and 
special events; licensing; and corporate sponsorships. Current research, including gender- 
specific marketing, using athletes as endorsers, segmenting the sports market, measuring value 
of sponsorship, and the impact of technology on sports are covered. P — ECN 150 or equivalent. 

231 . Principles of Finance. (3h) Survey course examining the fundamentals of financial decision- 
making and including topics such as the time value of money, security valuation (corporate 
debt and equity pricing), risk and return, financial statement analysis, capital budgeting, and 
the cost of capital. Financial decision-making is developed within the context of domestic and 
international institutions and markets. P — ACC 111, P or C — ECN 150. 

232. Advanced Financial Management. (3h) Provides an in-depth examination of the complexi- 
ties of valuation and stresses practical applications of financial decision making. Topics include: 
strategic capital budgeting with managerial flexibility (real options), cost of capital determina- 
tion, firm valuation, working capital management, financial statement forecasting (pro forma 
analysis), risk analysis, and financial restructuring. Incorporates electronic spreadsheet applica- 
tions in problem solving and financial modeling. P — BUS 231. 

233. Investment Analysis. (3h) Equity market analysis course where students are exposed to 
portfolio development and analysis, valuation of equity securities, and selection of equity secu- 
rities for portfolio construction. P or C — BUS 232 or POL 

234. International Finance. (3h) Examines the impact of international financial economics on 
markets and the management of both domestic and multinational firms. Emphasis is on insti- 
tutional and environmental factors influencing trade, foreign exchange, and capital acquisition 
and allocation. P— BUS 232 or POL 

235. Fixed Income and Securitization. (3h) Fixed income markets are critical to the economy. 
These markets have been transformed by the development and widespread adoption of 
securitizations and structured products. This course provides an introduction to interest rate 
risk management, the nature of fixed income markets, the structure and underlying economic 



CALLOWAY SCHOOL 254 



rationale for various structured products including collateralized debt obligations, and the role 
of financial engineering in fixed income markets and risk management. P — BUS 232 or POL 

236. Financial Derivatives. (3h) Explores the pricing and uses of derivatives; the role of market 
participants; how market structures and practices facilitate risk transfer; and the uses of deriva- 
tives for hedging. Covers futures/forwards, options, and swaps, the three most important types 
of financial derivatives. P— BUS 232 or POL 

238. Integrative Financial Decision Making. (2h) The capstone course for finance majors. Applies 
the skills learned in prior courses to develop a chief financial officer's view of business. Stu- 
dents analyze cases and grapple with problems and issues in the business media. P — BUS 232 
and a least one of the following: BUS 233, 234, 235, 236. 

241. Production and Operations Management. (3h) Introduces the basic concepts of operations 
strategy and operations planning in support of the business strategy of the firm. Topics include: 
operations strategy, quality management, project planning and control, capacity planning, loca- 
tion, layout, demand forecasting, supply chain management, aggregate planning, production 
scheduling, and inventory systems. P — BUS 201. 

243. Management of Technology and Innovation. (3h) Explores the management challenges and 
opportunities created by emerging new technologies including both product and process tech- 
nologies. Themes include (1) how pioneering firms manage the initial exploitation of new tech- 
nologies to create business value and establish a competitive advantage through new product 
development or new process development and (2) how established firms cope with an emerg- 
ing technology that threatens to diminish their competitive advantage or displace demand for 
products and services. Deals with managerial rather than technical choices. P — BUS 211, 221, 
231 and 251, or POL 

251. Management Information Systems. (3h) Introduction to the business issues associated 
with information systems, designed to provide a broad perspective for utilizing and manag- 
ing an organization's information resources. Frameworks are presented for understanding 
the placement and relationship of different types of information systems within an organiza- 
tion. Includes an overview of computing technology currently used in business organizations, 
techniques for developing and implementing information systems, advanced applications of 
information technology, and the strategic implications of information systems and technology 
for business. P— BUS 100. 

253. Selected Topics in Information Systems. (3h) In-depth study of contemporary issues in the 
field of information systems that are not covered in other information systems courses. Content 
varies. P— BUS 251 or POL 

261. Legal Environment of Business. (3h) Study of the legal environment in which business 
decisions are made in profit and nonprofit organizations. Emphasis is on how the law develops 
and how economic, political, social, international, and ethical considerations influence this 
development. Includes an overview of private law topics (such as torts, contracts, and agency) 
and public regulation of the employment relationship, the competitive marketplace, and the 
environment. P or C — ACC 111. 

262. Business Law. (3h) A study of substantive law topics applicable to business transactions 
including contracts, agency, property, the UCC, and business organizations with an emphasis 
on how these subjects intersect with the functional areas of business and affect managerial 
decision making. P — BUS 261. 



255 



CALLOWAY SCHOOL 



265. Ethics and Business Leadership. (3h) An interdisciplinary exploration of ethics applied to 
business. Lectures, readings, and a case-based approach introduce the necessary background 
information. Examples of ethical and unethical situations are used to develop an understanding 
of how an efficient and effective business can also be ethical. (One-half of enrollment spaces are 
available for non-Calloway School students.) P — Junior or senior standing. 

271. Strategic Management. (3h) Focuses on the derivation of competitive advantage by organi- 
zations. Emphasizes the activities of general managers who are responsible for the shape, char- 
acter, and overall direction of the total enterprise. Course content includes analyzing the effects 
of industry and competitive environments on the firm, determining the strategic basis upon 
which the firm should compete, formulating and implementing integrative action plans which 
enhance performance, and strategic leadership. Principles of competitive analysis and strategic 
planning are applied to case studies of domestic situations, diversification, globalization, and 
corporate turnaround. P— BUS 211, 221, and 231. P or C— BUS 241. 

272. Strategic Management in Entrepreneurial Firms. (3h) Core foundational concepts in strategic 
management are critically examined in the context of entrepreneurial firm settings. Emphasis 

is on applying principles of competitive analysis and strategic planning using case studies of 
startups, fast-growth firms, young firms in rapidly-changing industries, and firms confronting 
early organizational life cycle problems. Unique strategy issues confronted by firms in elec- 
tronic commerce, technology, and other fast-paced industries are considered. P — BUS 211, 221, 
and 231. P or C— BUS 241. 

281. Individualized Reading and Research, (lh, 2h, 3h) Directed study in specialized areas of 
business. P — POL 

282. Management in the Visual Arts. (3h) Taught by faculty from the Calloway School and the 
art department. Provides both art and business students with the essential skills, pragmatic 
experiences, and a conceptual framework for understanding the role the visual arts play within 
the national and international economies. Students receive preparation for involvement in art 
galleries, auction houses, museums, and publishing, as well as for contributions to various 
boards and organizations that commission or purchase works of art. The marketing, financial, 
legal, and strategic aspects of art management are explored. Emphasis is on dialogue between 
art majors and business majors enrolled in the course. Field study in at least one major metro- 
politan area for the purpose of gaining intensive exposure to professional arts management is 
required, but the majority of travel costs are covered by the University. Also listed as ART 297. 
(One half of enrollment spaces are available for students who have been accepted into the Cal- 
loway School; the remaining half of the spaces are available to declared art majors with junior 
standing or higher.) P — Junior or senior standing and POL 

290. International Business Study Tour. (3h) An experiential learning course which provides stu- 
dents with an exposure to and understanding of global operations in foreign settings. Each of 
the functional areas of business (marketing, operations, finance, human resources management, 
information systems, and strategic management) are covered through various site visits and 
presentations in selected foreign countries. Background readings and assignments appropriate 
to business or finance majors are required. P — POL Taught overseas in the summer. 

292. Seminar in Mathematical Business Analysis. (3h) Provides mathematical business majors 
with a forum where they can actually see how the mathematical, statistical and computer 



CALLOWAY SCHOOL 



256 



techniques can be brought to bear on many business problems in a variety of business func- 
tions. Emphasis is more on studying the process of modeling and implementation issues of the 
solutions and less on the algorithmic details. Critical and reflective thinking about models and 
the translation of results into management action is a major objective. Another objective of the 
seminar is to foster group work and the sharpening of presentation skills. P — BUS 211, 221, 231, 
241, and MTH 256, 353. 

293. Principles of Risk Management. (1.5h) Intended to assist students in identifying and analyz- 
ing risk and in managing it through a variety of mechanisms. Techniques such as loss control, 
risk retention, and risk transfer are discussed. P — Junior or senior standing. 

294. Applied Risk Management. (1.5h) Professional risk management field work, under the direc- 
tion of a faculty member. Students gain relevant practical experience that is integrated with 
casework and risk management theory. Emphasis is on analysis, decision-making in a global 
environment, teamwork, written and verbal skills, presentation skills, and using technology to 
solve problems. P — BUS 293, POI, and senior standing. 

295. Summer Management Program. (6h) A study of the various functions of business including 
accounting, finance, information systems, management, marketing, production, and strategic 
planning. Special application and admission procedures. Students may not receive credit for 
both BUS 295 and BUS 297S. Offered only in the summer and open only to junior and senior liberal 
arts majors. Pass /Fail only. 

296. Seminar in Fundamentals of Business. (4.5h) Study of the various functional areas of 
business, including finance, information systems, management, marketing, production, and 
strategic planning. P — Admission to master of science in accountancy program. Pass /Fail only 
Offered only in the summer. 

297S. SportsCOM. (6h) Study of the concepts, operations, and management associated with the 
sports industry. Students are introduced to such areas as the foundation of sports management, 
sociology of sports, sports marketing, psychology of coaching, sports economics and finance, 
ethics in management of sports organizations, legal issues in sports management, athletics 
administration, facilities management, and the strategic management of sports organizations. 
Students may not receive credit for both BUS 295 and BUS 297S. Special application and admis- 
sion procedures. This course does not count toward a Calloway major. Enrollment is not limited 
to Calloway students. One-half of enrollment spaces are available for student athletes and one- 
half for non-student athletes with sport experience. Pass /Fail only. Offered only in the summer 
with preference to rising seniors. 

338. Financial Statement Analysis. (1.5h) Study of the techniques used to analyze and interpret 
the information in corporate financial statements. Emphasis is on (1) accounting methods used 
in the preparation of financial statements, (2) implications of management's accounting choices 
for evaluation of corporate performance by creditors and investors, and (3) linkages among 
financial statement items. P— BUS 231 and ACC 212. 

Accountancy (ACC) 

111. Introductory Financial Accounting. (3h) Introduction to financial accounting and reporting, 
including the role of financial information in business decisions, the basic financial statements, 
and the processes used to prepare these financial statements. Students are introduced to the 



257 



CALLOWAY SCHOOL 



accounting and reporting issues associated with an organization's financing, investing, and 
operating activities. Sophomore standing. 

211. Financial Accounting Theory and Problems I. (4h) Study of the conceptual framework un- 
derlying financial accounting in the U.S. as well as the financial accounting standards setting 
process and the basic corporate financial statements. Financial accounting and reporting issues 
associated with receivables, inventories, property, plant, and equipment, and intangible assets 
are also examined. P — BUS 100 and minimum of C in ACC 111. 

212. Financial Accounting Theory and Problems II. (4h) Examination of financial accounting and 
reporting issues associated with current liabilities and contingencies, long-term liabilities, 
stockholders' equity, dilutive securities and earnings per share, income taxes, pensions, 
postretirement benefits, leases, financial statement errors, and the statement of cash flows. 
P— Minimum of C in ACC 211. 

221. Introductory Management Accounting. (3h) Study of the concepts fundamental to manage- 
ment accounting which aid in decision making, performance evaluation, and planning and 
control. Topics covered include product costing systems, budgeting, differential and break- 
even analysis, responsibility accounting, cost allocation, and management accounting reports. 
P— Minimum of C in ACC 111. 

237. Taxes and Their Role in Business and Personal Decisions. (3h) Review of legal and accounting 
concepts associated with the federal taxation of personal income. Topics examined include the 
regular and alternative minimum tax models as well as gross income, capital gains, property 
transactions, deductions, and credits. P or C — ACC 211 or POI. 

290. International Accounting. (3h) Experiential learning course that provides students with an 
opportunity to learn about international and transnational accounting standards, policies, and 
practices. Students participate in a study tour of several selected countries and gain an interna- 
tional accounting and business perspective through meetings with individuals in government, 
professional accounting firms, financial institutions, and manufacturing companies. Back- 
ground readings and assignments appropriate to accounting or finance majors are required. 

P — ACC 211 and POI. Taught overseas in the summer. 

291. Professional Accounting Internship. (6h) Professional accounting field work, under the 
direction of a faculty member, in a public accounting firm, corporate enterprise, or not-for-profit 
organization. Students gain relevant practical experience which builds on prior coursework 
and provides an experiential knowledge base for coursework in the fifth year. P — Admission to 
MSA program and POI. Pass /Fail. 

351. Accounting Information Systems. (3h) Study of the design and operation of accounting 
systems including the revenue, expenditure, and administrative transaction cycles. Emphasis 
is on the necessary controls for reliable data. P — Admission to MSA program, minimum of C in 
ACC 211 and BUS 251. 

352. Introduction to Auditing. (4h) Examination of basic auditing concepts and practices, and the 
auditor's professional responsibilities. Emphasis is on auditing standards and the auditing pro- 
cedures commonly used in public accounting. P — Admission to the MSA program, minimum 
of C in ACC 211; C— ACC 351 or POI. 

378. Individualized Reading and Research, (lh, 2h, 3h) Directed study in specialized areas of 
accountancy. P — POI. 



CALLOWAY SCHOOL 258 



Enrollment 




All Schools— Fall 2005 

Undergraduate Schools 
The Graduate School (Reynolda Campus) 
The Graduate School (Bowman Gray Campus) 
The School of Law 
Divinity School 

Babcock Graduate School of Management 
The Wake Forest School of Medicine 
(Includes Allied Health) 

University Totals 



Men 



Women 



Total 



2,097 


2,166 


4,263 


180 


248 


428 


118 


163 


281 


278 


233 


511 


62 


51 


113 


417 


138 


555 


270 


295 


565 



3,422 



3,294 



6,716 



Geographic Distribution — Undergraduates 

By State (2005-06 Academic Year) 



Alabama 


42 


Kentucky 


56 


North Dakota 





Alaska 





Louisiana 


17 


Ohio 


144 


Arizona 


12 


Maine 


14 


Oklahoma 


9 


Arkansas 


6 


Maryland 


231 


Oregon 


7 


California 


76 


Massachusetts 


150 


Pennsylvania 


231 


Colorado 


27 


Michigan 


20 


Rhode Island 


12 


Connecticut 


117 


Minnesota 


16 


South Carolina 


129 


Delaware 


17 


Mississippi 


3 


South Dakota 


1 


District of Columbia 


13 


Missouri 


28 


Tennessee 


92 


Florida 


234 


Montana 


3 


Texas 


186 


Georgia 


235 


Nebraska 


3 


Utah 


4 


Hawaii 


2 


Nevada 


4 


Vermont 


9 


Idaho 


4 


New Hampshire 


24 


Virginia 


237 


Illinois 


65 


New Jersey 


244 


Washington 


17 


Indiana 


30 


New Mexico 


5 


West Virginia 


22 


Iowa 


7 


New York 


168 


Wisconsin 


15 


Kansas 


21 


North Carolina 


1,180 


Wyoming 


5 



Countries Represented (2005-06 Academic Year) 

Bermuda Japan 

Kenya 



Bolivia 

Canada 

Ecuador 

France 

Germany 

Guatemala 

India 

Israel 

Italy 



Korea 

Kuwait 

Malawi 

Malaysia 

Netherlands 

Poland 

Slovenia 

Spain 



Sri Lanka 

Sweden 

Taiwan 

United Kingdom 

Vietnam 

Yugoslavia (former) 

International Students: 47 



259 



ENROLLMENT 



Governing and Advisory Boards 



SSsH&t 




The Board of Trustees 

2002-2006 

Jerry H. Baker, Atlanta, GA 
Jocelyn Burton, Winston-Salem, NC 
Graham W. Denton Jr., Charlotte, NC 
Lelia B. Farr, St. Louis, MO 
Albert R. Hunt, Washington, DC 
Kenneth D. Miller, Greensboro, NC 

2003-2007 

Ronald E. Deal, Hickory, NC 

Lisbeth C. Evans, Winston-Salem, NC 

Martin L. Garcia, Tampa, FL 

Marvin D. Gentry, King, NC 

James R. Helvey III, Winston-Salem, NC 

Alice Kirby Horton, Hillsborough, NC 

2004-2008 

Diana M. Adams, Bartlesville, OK 
Donna A. Boswell, Oakton, VA 
Bobby R. Burchfield, McLean, VA 
J. Donald Cowan Jr., Raleigh, NC 
Murray C. Greason Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
William B. Greene Jr., Gray, TN 

2005-2009 

David W. Dupree, Washington, DC 
A. Doyle Early Jr., High Point, NC 
Donald E. Flow, Winston-Salem, NC 
Robert E. Greene, Winston-Salem, NC 
James M. Hoak, Dallas, TX 
Theodore R. Meredith, Santa Fe, NM 



Barbara B. Millhouse, New York, NY 
Lloyd P. Tate Jr., Southern Pines, NC 
J. Lanny Wadkins Jr., Dallas, TX 
James T. Williams Jr., Greensboro, NC 
Kyle Allen Young, Greensboro, NC 



Jeanette Wallace Hyde, Raleigh, NC 
Dee Hughes LeRoy, Charleston, SC 
Douglas F. Manchester, La Jolla, CA 
Andrew J. Schindler, Winston-Salem, NC 
Adelaide A. Sink, Thonotosassa, FL 



James W. Judson Jr., Roswell, GA 
Deborah D. Lambert, Raleigh, NC 
William L. Marks, New Orleans, LA 
Celeste Mason Pirtman, Rocky Mount, NC 
Charles Jeffrey Young, Winston-Salem, NC 



L. Glenn Orr Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Michael G. Queen, Wilmington, NC 
Deborah K. Rubin, Winston-Salem, NC 
Mitesh B. Shah, Atlanta, GA 
Alexandria J. Reyes, Student Trustee, 
Winston-Salem, NC 



Life Trustees 

James L. Becton, August, GA 
Bert L. Bennett, Pfafftown, NC 
Louise Broyhill, Winston-Salem, NC 
C. C. Cameron, Charlotte, NC 
Charles W. Cheek, Greensboro, NC 
Egbert L. Davis Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Victor I. Flow Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Jean H. Gaskin, Charlotte, NC 
Weston P. Hatfield, Winston-Salem, NC 
Harvey R. Holding, Ponte Vedra Beach, FL 
James E. Johnson Jr., Charlotte, NC 



Petro Kulynych, Wilkesboro, NC 
John G. Medlin Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Russell W. Meyer, Jr., Wichita, KS 
Arnold D. Palmer, Youngstown, PA 
Frances P. Pugh, Raleigh, NC 
Zachary Smith, Winston-Salem, NC. 
D. E. Ward Jr., Lumberton, NC 
Lonnie B. Williams Sr., Wilmington, NC 
J. Tylee Wilson, Ponte Vedra Beach, FL 
T. Eugene Worrell, Charlottesville, VA 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 2 60 



Officers - 2005-2006 

L. Glenn Orr Jr., Winston-Salem, NC, Chair 

Murray C. Greason Jr., Winston-Salem, NC, Vice Chair 

Louis R. Morrell, Winston-Salem, NC, Treasurer 

J. Reid Morgan, Winston-Salem, NC, Secretary 

Arthur N. Pittman, Winston-Salem, NC, Assistant Secretary 

The Board of Visitors 

John Wagster, Chair, Board of Visitors 

Wake Forest College and Graduate School 



Terms Expiring June 30, 2006 

Peter J. Bondy, Ft. Lauderdale, FL 
Jane F. Crosthwaite, South Hadley, MA 
Patricia Vecellio Cunningham, Natural Bridge, VA 
George Lee Hundley Jr., Wynnewood, PA 
Mark W. Leuchtenberger, Cambridge, MA 

Terms Expiring furze 30, 2007 

Bruce M. Babcock, Winston-Salem, NC 
Callie Anne Clark, Hinsdale, IL 
Brenda E. B. Dunson, Washington, DC 
Gloria Graham, Winston-Salem, NC 
H. Stephen Hurst, New York, NY 
Robert P. Lee, Stamford, CT 

Terms Expiring June 30, 2008 

Debra Bryant, Keswick, VA 
John Crowe, Davis, CA 
Sarah duPont, Charlottesville, VA 
Gail Gregory, Martinsville, VA 
Ashley Hairston, Durham, NC 
Rhoda Juckett, Charlotte, NC 
Page Laughlin, Winston-Salem, NC 
Amy Lowden, Greenwich, CT 

Terms Expiring June 30, 2009 

Donna Boswell, Washington, DC 

James Calvin Daniel, Washington, DC 

Robert M. Frehse Jr., New York, NY 

John Geissinger, Darien, CT 

Maximo M. Gomez, Briarcliff Manor, NY 

Olivia Brirton Holding, Raleigh, NC 

George Whitfield McDowell, Charlotte, NC 



Marcus Cole Miller, Chicago, IL 
Christoph Nostitz, Clemmons, NC 
Ronald C. Parker, Piano, TX 
Keith W. Vaughan, Winston-Salem, NC 
Douglas C. Waller, Washington, DC 



Debra Lee, Darien, CT 
George Whitfield McDowell, Charlotte, NC 
James A. Perdue, Salisbury, MD 
Zachary Tate, Blowing Rock, NC 
William L. Thorkelson, Rosemont, PA 
John W. Wagster, Nashville, TN 



Jack Lowden, Greenwich, CT 

Toby Moffett, Washington, DC 

Joe Neal, Seattle, WA 

Cathy Thomas, Chapel Hill, NC 

Betsy Tuttle-Newhall, Chapel Hill, NC 

Joy Vermillion, Winston-Salem, NC 

Mary Helen Young, Calabasas, CA 



David B. O'Maley, Cincinnati, OH 
Karen G. O'Maley, Cincinnati, OH 
Deborah Shively, Malvern, PA 
Glen Shively, Malvern, PA 
David P. Shouvlin, Hilliard, OH 
Zachary T. Smith, Winston-Salem, NC 
William W Webb, Raleigh, NC 



Ex-Officio Members 

Zachary T. Smith, Lifetime Trustee Liaison, Winston-Salem, NC 
Donna Boswell, Trustee Liaison, Washington, DC 



261 



BOARD OF VISITORS 



The Board of Visitors 



Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 2005-06 



Patrick James Brady, Atlanta, GA 
Janice W. Calloway, Greenwich, CT 
Robert E. Chappell, Horsham, PA 
Timothy P. Cost, Philadelphia, PA 
Christopher K. Cotton, Charlotte, NC 
Victor N. Daley, Des Moines, IA 
Edwin A. Dalrymple Jr., Charlotte, NC 
David C. Darnell, Charlotte, NC 
Jonathan J. Davies, Washington, DC 
John P. Davis, Weston, CT 
Randall T. Duncan, Atlanta, GA 
Frederick W. Eubank, Charlotte, NC 
Thomas A. Fassett, Charlotte, NC 
John J. Fosina, Plainsboro, NJ 
Jessica B. Good. Clemmons, NC 
Dennis G Hatchell, Winston-Salem, NC 
William F. Hickey, New York, NY 
G. Thomas Hough, Atlanta, GA 
Gregory B. Hunter, Winston-Salem, NC 
A. Dale Jenkins, Raleigh, NC 
M. Benjamin Jones, New York, NY 
Patrick G. Jones, Atlanta, GA 
Davin E. Juckett, Charlotte, NC 
Gregory M. Keeley, New York, NY 
John H. Keener, Charlotte, NC 
Bradley D. Kendall, Lawrenceville, GA 



Mary L. Kesel, Winston-Salem, NC 
Edward A. Leinss, Atlanta, GA 
John B. Maier II, Washington, DC 
Morris D. Marley, Winston-Salem, NC 
Aubrey L. Martin, Atlanta, GA 
Kimberly D. McCaslin, McLean, VA 
Caroline M. McMahon, Raleigh, NC 
Charles L. Melman, Charlotte, NC 
George F. Mikes, New York, NY 
Katherine S. Napier, Oak Brook, IL 
Thomas G. Ondrof, Charlotte, NC 
Charles E. Rawley III, Louisville, KY 
Robert L. Reid, Charlotte, NC 
Dennis R. Reigle, Woodstock, IL 
Richard A. Riley, Chicago, IL 
William T. Riley Jr., Baltimore, MD 
Jose Ramon Rodriguez, Miami, FL 
Harold O. Rosser, New York, NY 
Robert H. Samson, Albany, NY 
Mitesh B. Shah, Atlanta, GA 
Kenneth C. Sharp, Charlotte, NC 
Clay G. Small, Piano, TX 
Cynthia Evans Tessien, Winston-Salem, NC 
Robert W. Thorburn, Raleigh, NC 
Mark A. Tullis, Atlanta, GA 



BOARD OF VISITORS 



262 



The Administration 



Years following name indicate year of hire/year of appointment to current position 




University 

Nathan O. Hatch (2005, 2005) 

AB, Wheaton College; AM, PhD, Washington University (St. Louis) 



President 



Richard H. Dean (1986, 1998) 
BA, Virginia Military Institute; 
MD, Medical College of Virginia 

William C. Gordon (2002, 2002) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Rutgers 

John P. Anderson (1984, 1984) 
BS, MS, PhD, Georgia Tech.; 
MBA, Alabama (Birmingham); 
MAEd, Wake Forest 

William B. Applegate (1999, 2002) 
BA, MD, University of Louisville; 
MPH, Harvard 

Sandra Combs Boyette (1981, 1997) 

BA, UNC-Charlotte; MEd, Converse; MBA, Wake Forest 

Douglas L. Edgeton (2000, 2000) 
BS, Alabama (Tuscaloosa); 
MBA, MPH, Alabama (Birmingham) 

James Reid Morgan (1979, 2002) 
BA, JD, Wake Forest 

Louis R. Morrell (1995, 1995) 

BS, Babson College; MBA, Massachusetts 

Kenneth A. Zick (1975, 1989) 

BA, Albion; JD, Wayne State; MLS, Michigan 



Senior Vice President for Health Affairs 

and President, Wake Forest University 

Health Sciences 

Provost 
Vice President for Finance and Administration 



Dean, School of Medicine and 

Senior Vice President, Wake Forest University 

Health Sciences 

Vice President for University Advancement 



Senior Vice President for 
Health Affairs, Finance and Administration 

Vice President and General Counsel 

Vice President for Investments 
and Treasurer 

Vice President for Student Life and 
Instructional Resources 



College 

Deborah L. Best (1972, 2004) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Linda McKinnish Bridges (2001, 2001) 
BA, Meredith College; 

PhD, MDiv, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
MBA, Wake Forest 

Toby A. Hale (1970, 1997) 

BA, Wake Forest; MDiv, Duke; EdD, Indiana 

William S. Hamilton (1983, 1983) 
BA, MA, PhD, Yale 

Paul N. Orser (1989, 1993) 

BS, Wake Forest; MS, PhD, Emory 



Dean of the College 
Associate Dean 



Associate Dean and 
Dean of the Summer Sessions 



Associate Dean 



Associate Dean and Dean of Freshmen 



263 



ADMINISTRATION 



W. Douglas Bland (1975, 2000) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest 

Jane H. Caldwell (1999, 1999) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, Wake Forest 



Provost 

William C. Gordon (2002, 2002) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Rutgers 

Samuel T. Gladding (1990, 1998) 
BA, MAEd, Wake Forest; 
MA, Yale; PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Mark Welker (1987, 2004) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; PhD, Florida State 

Graduate School 

Gordon A. Melson (1991, 1991) 
BS, PhD, Sheffield (England) 

Cecilia H. Solano (1977, 1999) 

BA, Harvard; MA, PhD, Johns Hopkins 

School of Law 

Robert K. Walsh (1989, 1989) 
BA, Providence; JD, Harvard 

H. Miles Foy m (1984, 2000) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MA, Harvard; JD, Virginia 

Ann Setien Gibbs (2000, 2000) 
BS, Virginia; JD, Richmond 

Deborah L. Parker (1984, 2000) 
BA, MA, UNC-Greensboro; 
JD, Wake Forest 

Marian F. Parker (1999, 2002) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; JD, Wake Forest; 
MSLS, UNC-Chapel Hill 

James C. Cook (1992, 1992) 

BS, South Carolina; JD, Wake Forest 

Kim M. Fields (2001, 2001) 
BS, Southwestern Louisiana 

Jean K. Holmes (1985, 1989) 

Margaret C. Lankford (1990, 1990) 
BS, UNC-Greensboro 

Melanie E. Nutt (1969, 1984) 

Edward S. Raliski (1988, 1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

LeAnn P. Steele (1977, 1987) 
BMu, Salem 

Linda J. Taylor (1983, 1985) 
BS, UNC-Greensboro 



Associate Athletic Director and 
Assistant to the Dean of the College 

Director of Academic Counseling 

for Student- Athlete Services and 

Assistant to the Dean of the College 



Provost 
Associate Provost 

Associate Provost for Research 

Dean of the Graduate School 
Associate Dean of the Graduate School 

Dean of the School of Law 
Executive Associate Dean, Academic Affairs 

Associate Dean, External Affairs and Administration 

Associate Dean for Students and 
Professor of Legal Writing 

Associate Dean for Information Services, 

Director of Professional Center Library, 

and Professor of Law 

Director of Continuing Legal Education 

Director of Career Services 

Activities Coordinator 
Budget Director 

Director of Admissions and Financial Aid 
Director of Law School Information Services 

Registrar 

Director of Professional and Public Relations 



ADMINISTRATION 



264 



Babcock Graduate School of Management 



Ajay Patel (1993, 2004) 
BS, St. Joseph's College; 
MBA, University of Baltimore; PhD, University of Georgia 

J. Kendall Middaugh H (1987, 1999) 

BBA, George Washington; PhD, Ohio State 

Timothy L. Smunt (1994, 2006) 

BS, Purdue; MBA, University of Missouri; PhD, Indiana 

Nathaniel Irvin E (2001, 2001) 

BA, MA, University of South Carolina; 
DMA University of North Texas 

Daniel S. Fogel (2003, 2003) 
BS, MA, Pennsylvania State; 
PhD, University of Wisconsin 

Kim Westmoreland (2003, 2003) 
BA, Duke; MBA, Wake Forest 

Kevin C. Bender (1999, 2006) 

BS, Alleghany College; MBA, Wake Forest 

Jamie Barnes (1998, 1998) 

AA, Wesley, Delaware; MBA Wake Forest 

Melissa N. Combes (1996, 1996) 

BA, Washington College; MBA, Wake Forest 

Debbie Cox (1997, 2002) 

BS, Radford; MBA, Wake Forest 

Andy Dreyfuss (2003, 2004) 
BS, Santa Clara 

Leslye A. Gervasi (1997, 1997) 

BS, Nazareth College; MA, State University of New York 

Concette E. Grillo (2005, 2005) 
BA, Wellesley; MBA, Cornell 

John Owen (1996, 1999) 
BS, Wake Forest 

Stacy P. Owen (1999, 2003) 
BS, MS, NC State 



Dean and 
Babcock Research Professor of Finance 

Associate Dean of Management Education 

Associate Dean for Faculty 

Assistant Dean for MBA Student Development 

Assistant Dean and Dean of Charlotte Program 

Assistant Dean for Full-time Admissions 
and Career Management 

Director of MBA Recruitment 

Director of Evening and Executive 
MBA Programs — Winston-Salem 

Director of MBA Development/ 
Babcock School /W. Calloway School 

Director of Finance and Administration 

Director of the Career Management Center 

Director, MBA Program — Charlotte 

Director of Marketing 

Director of Information Technology 

Director, Full-time MBA Program 
and Student Affairs 



Wake Forest School of Medicine 

Richard H. Dean (1986, 1998) 

BA, Virginia Military Institute; MD, Medical College of Virginia 

William B. Applegate (1999, 2002) 
BA, MD, University of Louisville; 
MPh, Harvard School of Public Health 



Douglas L. Edgeton (2000, 2000) 
BS, Alabama (Tuscaloosa); 
MBA, MPH, Alabama (Birmingham) 

Christopher H. Price (2005, 2005) 

BS, University of Pittsburgh; PhD, Syracuse; 
MBA, MIT 



President and Chief Executive Officer 



Senior Vice President and Dean 



Senior Vice President for Finance and Administration 
and Chief Operations Officer 

Senior Vice President and Executive Director, 
Piedmont Triad Research Park 



265 



ADMINISTRATION 



Patricia L. Adams (1979, 2005) 
BA, Duke; MD, Wake Forest 

G. Douglas Atkinson (1994, 1994) 
BS, Drake; MBA, Xavier 

Steven M. Block (1983, 2004) 

MB, BCh, Univ. of Witwatersran (South Africa) 

Johannes M. Boehme II (1978, 1990) 

BA, Southern College; MBA, Wake Forest; 
PhD, Western 

J. Kevin Bokeno (1997, 2001) 

BA, BS, Heidelberg College; MS, Michigan State 

Edward Carter (1993, 1993) 

BS, Western Michigan; MS, San Diego State 

J. Mac Ernest in (1982, 2005) 

BA, William Carey College; MD, Mississippi 

Denise Fetters (1998, 1998) 
BS, Washington National 

Michael L. Freeman (1993, 2001) 

BS, Bradley; MBA, University of Iowa 

Terry L. Hales Jr. (1996, 2002) 

BS, Appalachian State; MBA, Wake Forest 

Peter R. Hoffmann (2001, 2003) 
AB, MD, MPhil, Columbia 

Ronald L. Hoth (1992, 1992) 
BS, Loyola College 

Ann Lambros (2000, 2005) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MEd, PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Brenda Latham-Sadler (1990, 2002) 
BS, Pace; MD, Wake Forest 

Douglas E. Lischke (1999, 2003) 

BA, Georgia Southern; MBA, Valdosta State (Georgia) 

Michael P. Lischke (2000, 2001) 
BA, MPh, Emory; EdD, Temple 

Paul M. LoRusso (1987, 1987) 

BS, Syracuse; MBA, Florida State 

Paula M. Means (2004, 2004) 
BS, Kent State; MPA, Roosevelt 

Laurie Molloy (1998, 2004) 

BS, St. Cloud State (Minnesota); MBA, Wake Forest 

Lewis H. Nelson in (1976, 1985) 
BS, NC State; MD, Wake Forest 

K. Patrick Ober (1979, 2002) 
BS, Michigan State; 
MD, University of Florida College of Medicine 

Patricia H. Petrozza (1984, 2001) 
BS, Chestnut Hill College; 
MD, Jefferson Medical College, Thomas Jefferson 



Chief of Professional Services 

Vice President for Networks 

Associate Dean for Faculty Services 
and Career Development 

Associate Dean for Academic Computing 
and Information Services 

Vice President for Public Relations and Marketing 

Vice President for 
Facilities Planning and Construction 

Associate Dean for Student Services 

Associate Vice President for Wake Forest University 
Physicians Business Operations 

Vice President for Strategic Planning 

Vice President for Financial Planning 
and Chief Financial Officer 

Vice President for Clinical Operations 

Vice President for Human Resources 

Assistant Dean for Education 

Assistant Dean for Student Services, 
Director, Diversity and Development Initiatives 

Controller 

Director, Northwest AHEC 

Vice President for Information Services 

Assistant Dean for Research 

Assistant Dean for Resource Management 

Associate Dean for 
Medical Student Admissions 

Associate Dean for Education 
Associate Dean for Graduate Medical Education 



ADMINISTRATION 266 



Norman H. Potter, Jr. (2005, 2005) 
BS, Perm State 

Joanne Ruhland (1988, 1988) 

BS, Gardner Webb; MBA, Appalachian State 

Sally A. Shumaker (1990, 2004) 

BA, Wayne State; MA, PhD, University of Michigan 

Rick C. Weavil (1985, 2002) 
BS, UNC-Chapel Hill 

E. Parks Welch IE (1991, 2000) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MBA, Wake Forest; 
MLS, UNC-Greensboro 



Vice President for Development 
and Alumni Affairs 

Associate Vice President for 
Governmental Relations 

Associate Dean for Research 



Associate Vice President 
for Wake Forest University Physicians Finance 

Director, Coy C. Carpenter Library 



Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 

Jack E. Wilkerson Jr. (1989, 1997) 
BS, Bob Jones; PhD, Texas 

J. Kline Harrison (1990, 1999) 
BS, Virginia; PhD, Maryland 

Gordon E. McCray (1994, 2002) 

BS, Wake Forest; MBA, Stetson; PhD, Florida State 

Helen Akinc (1987, 1999) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MBA, SUNY (Binghamton) 

Katherine S. Hoppe (1993, 1996) 
BA, Duke; MBA, Texas Christian; 
PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Terry A. Baker (1998, 1999) 

BA, Miami of Ohio; MS, MBA, Chicago; PhD, Kentucky 

Divinity School, Wake Forest University 



Bill J. Leonard (1996, 1996) 
BA, Texas Wesleyan; 
MDiv., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary; PhD, Boston 

Ginny Bridges Ireland (2004, 2005) 
BS, Georgia Southern; 
MRE, Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary 

Katherine E. Amos (2002, 2002) 
BA, Lenoir Rhyne; 
MRE, Lutheran Theological Southern Seminary; MS, PhD, Florida State 

Jill Crainshaw (1999, 2002) 
BA, Wake Forest; 

MDiv, Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
PhD, Union Theological Seminary 

Donna K. Haley (2002, 2002) 

BS, Mercer; MBA, Georgia College & State 



Dean of the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy 

Associate Dean 



Associate Dean 



Assistant Dean for 
Student Professional Affairs 

Assistant Dean for Student Academic Affairs 



Director of Graduate Studies 



Dean of the Divinity School 



Acting Director of Admissions 



Associate Dean of Academic Affairs 



Associate Dean for 
Vocational Formation 



Registrar of the Divinity School 



267 



ADMINISTRATION 



Admissions and Financial Aid 



Martha Blevins Airman (1982, 2001) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Tamara L. Blocker (1999, 2001) 
BS, Florida State; 
MA, University of Central Florida 

James F Clarke (1999, 2001) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Arron Marlowe-Rogers (2002, 2002) 
BS, JD, Wake Forest 

Candice Mathis (2002, 2004) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Dawn E. Calhoun (1999, 1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Todd M. Achilles (2001, 2004) 
BS, Wake Forest 

Emily C. Beaver (2003, 2005) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Emily S. Hedgpeth (2005, 2005) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Joshua R. Traeger (2005, 2005) 
BA, Wake Forest 

William T. Wells (1997, 1997) 

BA, Wake Forest; MAT, MEd, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Thomas O. Phillips (1982, 2003) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Paul M. Gauthier (2003, 2003) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Milton W. King (1992, 1997) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Jonathan H. Hartness (1998, 1998) 
BA, Southern Mississippi 

Terri E. LeGrand (2005, 2005) 
BS, Iowa State; JD, Wake Forest 

Benjamin L. May (2002, 2005) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Janice W. Claybrook (2006, 2006) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MS, UNC-Greensboro 

Christina V. Crisp (2004, 2004) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Liz Coggins (2004, 2004) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Lisa A. Myers (1996, 2000) 



Director of Admissions 

Associate Director of Admissions 
and Coordinator of Admissions Technology 

Associate Director of Admissions 
and Volunteer Programs Coordinator 

Assistant Director of Admissions and 
Coordinator of Early Decision and Transfer Admissions 

Assistant Director of Admissions 
and Coordinator of Multicultural Admissions 

Assistant Director of Admissions 
and Coordinator of North Carolina Admissions 

Assistant Director of Admissions Marketing 

Admissions Counselor 

Admissions Counselor 

Admissions Counselor 

Director of Financial Aid 

Director of Wake Forest Scholars 

Associate Director of Merit-Based Scholarships 

Associate Director of Financial Aid 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 

Financial Aid Counselor 

Scholarship Counselor 

Student Employment Coordinator 



Athletics 

Ron Wellman (1992, 1992) 
BS, MS, Bowling Green State 



Director of Athletics 



ADMINISTRATION 



268 



Barbara Walker (1999, 1999) 

BS, MAEd, Central Missouri State 

W. Douglas Bland (1975, 2000) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest 

Barry Faircloth (2001, 2002) 
BS, Wake Forest 

Craig Keilitz (1996, 2001) 

BS, Central Michigan; MA, Ohio 

Dwight Lewis (2000, 2000) 
BA, MA, Chicago State 

Dean Buchan (2000, 2000) 
BA, UNC-Wilmington 

Greg Collins (1997, 2002) 

BS, Kansas State; MA, University of Richmond 

Samantha Huge (2002, 2002) 

BA, Gordon College; JD, Campbell 

Dave Marmion (2001, 2002) 

BS, Wake Forest; MS, Florida State 

Rebecca Ward (1967, 2001) 



Senior Associate Athletic Director/SWA 

Associate Athletic Director for Administration 
and Assistant to the Dean of the College 

Associate Athletic Director for Development 

Associate Athletic Director for Marketing and Promotions 

Associate Athletic Director for Student-Athlete Services 

Assistant Athletic Director for Media Relations 

Assistant Athletic Director for Sports Medicine 

Assistant Athletic Director for Compliance 

Assistant Athletic Director for Finance 

Assistant Athletic Director for Special 
Projects and Human Resources 



Career Services 

William C. Currin (1988, 1988) 

BA, Wake Forest; BD, Southeastern Baptist Theo. Seminary 

Carolyn A. Couch (1997, 2000) 

BS, Meredith College; MA, Appalachian State 

Patrick Sullivan (1997, 2000) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Shan Woolard (2001, 2001) 

BA, Salem College; MS, UNC-Greensboro 



Chaplain's Office 

Timothy L. Auman (2003, 2003) 
BA, Wofford College; MDiv, Duke 

Rebecca G. Hartzog (1999, 1999) 



Director of Career Services 

Associate Director of Career Services 

Assistant Director 

Assistant Director 

Chaplain 



Associate Chaplain and Baptist Campus Minister 



BA, Samford; MDiv, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 



Finance and Administration 

John P. Anderson (1984, 1984) 
BS, MS, PhD, Georgia Tech.; 
MBA, Alabama (Birmingham); MAEd, Wake Forest 

Louis R. Morrell (1995, 1995) 

BS, Babson College; MBA, Massachusetts 

Maureen L. Carpenter (1997, 1997) 

BS, St. John Fisher College; MBA, Wake Forest 

Jay L. Dominick (1991, 1996) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, Georgetown; 
MBA, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 



Vice President for Finance and Administration 



Vice President for Investments 
and Treasurer 



Controller 



Assistant Vice President for Information Systems 
and Chief Information Officer 



269 



ADMINISTRATION 



Brenda B. Balzar (2000, 2005) 
BA, University of Hawaii 

William C. Sides Jr. (1994, 1994) 
BS, NC State 

Graylyn International Conference Center 

John Wise (2002, 2002) 

BS, University of Wisconsin 

Heath Carter (1998, 2001) 
BS, NC State 

Scott Emerson (1995, 1995) 
BS, MBA, Appalachian State 

Information Systems 

Jay L. Dominick (1991, 1996) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, Georgetown 
MBA, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Nancy R. Crouch (1992, 2001) 

BA, Virginia Tech; MAEd, Wake Forest 

Anne Yandell Bishop (1981, 2001) 

BA, MA, UNC-Greensboro; MBA, Wake Forest 

R. Kriss Dinkins (1990, 2003) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Michael Todd Edwards (1995, 2003) 
BS, NC State; MBA, Wake Forest 

Lynda Goff (1991, 2003) 

BA, Southern California (Fullerton) 

John D. Henderson (1998, 1999) 
BBA, Campbell 

Danny M. Kemp (2003, 2003) 
BS, MBA, Mississippi State 

C. Lee Norris (1995, 2003) 

BA, MA, South Carolina; MBA, Wake Forest 

Institutional Research 

Ross A. Griffith (1966, 1993) 

BS, Wake Forest; MEd, UNC-Greensboro 

Adam Shick (2001, 2001) 

BS, US Merchant Marine Academy; MA, Wake Forest 

Investments and Treasurer 

Louis R. Morrell (1995, 1995) 

BS, Babson College; MBA, Massachusetts 

Nancy K. Cox (2000, 2003) 
BA, UNC-Greensboro 

Craig O. Thomas (2003, 2003) 
BS, Alfred; MS, Syracuse 



Interim Director of Human Resources 
Director of Facilities Management 

General Manager 

Director of Sales /Marketing 

Manager of Finance and Administration 

Assistant Vice President for Information Systems 
and Chief Information Officer 

Assistant Chief Information Officer 

Director of Research and Development 

Director of Support and Outreach Services 

Director of Media Solutions 

Director of Technology Initiatives 

Director of Administration 

Director of Software Solutions 

Director of information Technology Infrastructure 



Director of Institutional Research 
and Academic Administration 

Assistant Director of 
Institutional Research 



Vice President for Investments and Treasurer 

Assistant Treasurer — Trusts 

Assistant Treasurer — Endowment 



ADMINISTRATION 



270 



Legal Department 



J. Reid Morgan (1979, 2002) 
BA, JD, Wake Forest 

Donna H. Hamilton (1988, 1988) 
AB, Drury; JD, Wake Forest 

Anita M. Conrad (1999, 1999) 

BA, University of Akron; JD, Wake Forest 

Dina J. Marty (2001, 2001) 
BA, Drake; JD, Wake Forest 

K. Carter Cook (2004, 2004) 
BS, MBA, JD, Wake Forest 

Libraries 

Lynn Sutton (2004, 2004) 

AB, MLS, University of Michigan; PhD Wayne State 

Deborah A. Nolan (1997, 2004) 

BA, Wittenberg; MLS, University of Pittsburgh 

Marian F. Parker (1999, 1999) 
BA, UNC-Greensboro; 
MSLS, UNC-Chapel Hill; JD, Wake Forest 

E. Parks Welch m (1991, 2000) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MBA, Wake Forest; 
MLS, UNC-Greensboro 

Registrar 

Dorothy A. Sugden (1987, 1999) 

BA, Salem College; MA, Wake Forest 

Donna K. Haley (2002, 2002) 

BS, Mercer; MBA, Georgia College & State 

Student Life 

Kenneth A. Zick (1975, 1989) 

BA, Albion; JD, Wayne State; MLS, Michigan 

Harold R. Holmes (1987, 1988) 
BS, Hampton; MBA, Fordham 

Mary T. Gerardy (1985, 1993) 

BA, Hiram; MEd, Kent State; MBA, Wake Forest; 
MA, PhD, The Fielding Graduate Institute 

Ricardo D. HaU (2000, 2003) 

BBA, MEd, Ohio; PhD, Clemson 

James R. Buckley (1996, 2001) 
BS, MEd, Clemson 

Timothy L. Auman (2003, 2003) 
BA, Wofford CoUege; MDiv, Duke 

Rebecca G. Hartzog (1999, 1999) 
BA, Samford; 
MDiv, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 



Vice President and General Counsel and 
Secretary of the Board of Trustees 

Counsel 

Counsel 

Assistant Counsel 

Assistant Counsel 



Director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library 

Associate Director of the 
Z. Smith Reynolds Library 

Director of the Professional Center Library 
and Professor of Law 

Director of the Coy C. Carpenter Library 



Registrar 

Associate Registrar and 
Registrar of the Divinity School 



Vice President for Student Life 
and Instructional Resources 

Associate Vice President and 
Dean of Student Services 

Associate Vice President for Student Life 



Associate Dean /Judicial Officer 

Director of the Benson University Center 

University Chaplain 

Associate Chaplain/Baptist Campus Minister 



271 



ADMINISTRATION 



William C. Currin (1988, 1988) 

BA, Wake Forest; BD, Southeastern Baptist Theo. Seminary 

Carolyn A. Couch (1992, 2001) 

BS, Meredith College; MA, Appalachian State 

Barbee Myers Oakes (1989, 1995) 

BS, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Tennessee 

Connie L. Carson (1986, 2005) 

BS, MEd, NC State; MBA, Wake Forest 



Director of Career Services 



Associate Director of Career Services 



Director of Multicultural Affairs 



Executive Director of Residential Services 



Director of Business Operations 
Director of Residence Life 



Tim Burton (1993, 2005) 

BS, MEd, University of Maryland (College Park) 

Donna McGalliard (2000, 2005) 

BA, NC State; MEd, UNC-Greensboro; 
EdD, Florida State 

Tricia L. Richerson (1998, 2005) 
BS, Murray State; 
MEd, University of Louisville 

Denise J. Williard (2000, 2005) 

BS, Mississippi College; MS, Mississippi State 

Michael Ford (1981, 1988) 

BA, Wake Forest; MDiv, Gordon-Conwell Theo. Seminary 

Andrea C. Ellis (2005, 2005) 

BA, Eastern Michigan; MAEd, Wake Forest 

Cecil D. Price (1991, 1991) 
BS, MD, Wake Forest 

Sylvia T. Bell (1981, 1988) 

RNC, N.C. Baptist Hosp. School of Nursing 

Natascha L. Romeo (1990, 1990) 

BS, South Carolina; MEd, UNC-Greensboro 

Regina G. Lawson (1989, 1992) 
BS, UNC-Wilmington 

Kenneth W. Overholt (1994, 1994) 

BS, Michigan State; MA, Central Michigan 

Marianne A. Schubert (1977, 1986) 

BA, Dayton; MA, PhD, Southern Illinois 

Johnne W. Armentrout (1982, 1989) 

BA, William and Mary; MAEd, Wake Forest 

Van D. Westervelt (1998, 1998) 

BS, University of Maryland (College Park); 

MA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MS, Duke; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Michael P. Shuman (1997, 1997) Assistant Director of Learning Assistance Center 

BA, Furman; MEd, University of South Carolina 



Director of Conference and Guest Services 

Assistant Director of Marketing and Assessment 

Director of Student Development 

Assistant Director of Student Development 
and Volunteer Services 

Director of Student Health Service 

Associate Director for Administration, 
Student Health Service 

Health Educator 

Chief of University Police 

Assistant Chief of University Police 

Director of University Counseling Center 

Assistant Director of University Counseling Center 

Director of Learning Assistance Center 



Summer Session 

Toby A. Hale (1970, 1997) 

BA, Wake Forest; MDiv, Duke; EdD, Indiana 



Dean of Summer Sessions 
and Associate Dean of the College 



ADMINISTRATION 272 



University Advancement 



Sandra Combs Boyette (1981, 1997) 

BA, UNC-Charlotte; MEd, Converse; MBA, Wake Forest 



Mark Lee Aust (1994, 1998) 
BS, MBA, Wake Forest 

Robert T. Baker (1978, 1991) 

BA, MS, George Peabody (Vanderbilt) 

Maggie Barrett (2004, 2004) 
BA, Mary Washington College 

Kenneth S. Bennett (1997, 1997) 
BA, William and Mary 

Michael J. Buddie (2005, 2005) 
BA, Wake Forest 

James R. Bullock (1985, 1997) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

William Burns (2005, 2005) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Betsy Chapman (1999, 1999) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest 

Cathy B. Chinlund (1986, 1998) 
BS, East Carolina 

Mary Dawne Clark (1999, 2005) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Emily Cockerham (2000, 2000) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Melissa N. Combes (1996, 1996) 

BA, Washington College; MBA, Wake Forest 

Kevin P. Cox (1990, 1998) 

BA, Texas A&M Commerce; MA, Wake Forest 

Jennifer E. Craver (2005, 2005) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

David Davis (1998, 1998) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Vada Lou Earle (1999, 1999) 

BA, Wake Forest; MS, Russell Sage College 

Mary Margaret Evans (2005, 2005) 
BA, University of Missouri 

Anne K. Hodges (1987, 1999) 

Shelley S. Holden (2004, 2004) 
BA, JD, Wake Forest 

Kerry M. King (1989, 2001) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Jessica Koman (2002, 2002) 

BFA, Maryland Institute College of Art 

Holly H. Marion (2004, 2004) 

BA, East Carolina; MA, UNC-Charlotte 

Joy L. Martin (2001, 2001) 
BS, High Point 



Vice President of University Advancement 

Director of Wake Forest Networking and Outreach 

Assistant Vice President and Director of Development 

Media Relations Officer 



University Photographer 

Assistant Director of Development and 
Alumni Relations /Calloway School 

Assistant Vice President and 
Director of The Campaign for Wake Forest 

Assistant Director of Corporate and Foundation Relations 

Director of Alumni and Parent Programs 

Director of Advancement Records and 
Technology Operations 

Director of Annual Support /College Fund 

Associate Director of the College Fund 

Director of Development/ 
Babcock School /W. Calloway School 

Assistant Vice President of Public Affairs and 
Director of Media Relations 

Assistant Director of MBA Development 
and Alumni Relations /Babcock School 

Technical Development Manager 

Travel and Reunion Director 

Director of Corporate and Foundation Relations 

Director of Campaign Administration 

Assistant Director of Development and 
Alumni Relations /School of Law 

Associate Director of Creative Services 

Senior Graphic Designer 

Director of Development and Alumni Relations/ 

School of Law 

Manager of Prospect Research 



273 



ADMINISTRATION 



Jacob McConnico (2002, 2002) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Brad Mcllwain (1999, 1999) 
BA, Guilford 

Minta A. McNally (1978, 1997) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Kelly Meacham (2003, 2003) 
BS, Wake Forest 

Cameron Meador (2003, 2003) 
BA, MAEd, Wake Forest 

Robert D. Mills (1972, 1997) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Allen H. Patterson Jr. (1987, 1987) 
BS, Wake Forest 

Cherin C. Poovey (1987, 2003) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Jennifer Richwine (1999, 1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

William T. Snyder (1989, 1998) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Loyd Wade Stokes Jr. (1997, 1997) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Cheryl V. Walker (1989, 1998) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Lloyd A. Whitehead (1995, 1998) 
BA, Central Florida 

Tammy Wiles (1991, 1998) 
BS, High Point 

Wake Forest University Theatre and Dance 

John E. R. Friedenberg (1988, 1998) 

BA, Wake Forest; MFA, Carnegie-Mellon 

R. Trevor Anderson (2002, 2002) 
BA, Lynchburg College 

Nina Maria Lucas (1996, 1996) 
BFA, Ohio State; MFA, UCLA 

Leslie Collins (2001, 2001) 

Lisa Weller (1993, 1993) 

BFA, NC School of the Arts 



Media Relations Officer 

Major Gifts Officer 

Assistant Vice President and Director of 
Alumni Activities and Volunteer Programs 

Director of Wake Forest Clubs 

Director of Gift Stewardship 

Associate Vice President of University Advancement 

Director of Planned Giving 

Assistant Vice President and Director of Creative Services 

Director of Special Events and Constituent Relations 

Director of Advancement Technologies 

Director of Development/Divinity School 

Associate Director of Media Relations 

Director of Electronic Communication 

Assistant Director of Advancement Records and 
Technology Operations 

Director of the University Theatre 

Technical Director 

Director of Dance 

Audience Services Coordinator 
Costume Studio Supervisor 



ADMINISTRATION 



274 



Other Administrative Offices 

C. Kevin Bowen (1994, 1996) 

BS, Tennessee Tech; MM, Louisville; PhD, Florida State 

Paul Bright (2004, 2004) 

BFA, University of South Carolina 

Victor Faccinto (1978, 1978) 

BA, MA, California State (Sacramento) 

Mark E. Good (1995, 2005) 
BS, MBA, Wake Forest 

Brian Gorelick (1984, 1984) 

BA, Yale; MM, Wisconsin (Madison); DMA, Illinois 

R. Kent Greer (2001, 2001) 
BA, MA, Baylor 

Leigh Hatchett (1999, 1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Thomas K. Hearn Jr. (1983, 1983) 

BA, Birmingham-Southern; BD, Southern 
Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Vanderbilt 

Peter D. Kairoff (1988, 1995) 

BA, California (San Diego); MM, DMA, Southern California 

Doris A. McLaughlin (2000, 2000) 

BS, NC Central; MPA, UNC-Charlotte 

Paul N. Orser (1989, 1998) 

BS, Wake Forest; MS, PhD, Emory 

Lillian Shelton (1985, 1998) 
BA, St. Andrews College 

Martine Sherrill (1985, 1989) 
BFA, MLS, UNC-Greensboro 

Ross Smith (1984, 1984) 
BA, Wake Forest 



Stephen Whittington (2002, 2002) 

AB, University of Chicago; MA, PhD, Perm State 

Pia Christina Wood (1999, 1999) 

BA, College of William and Mary; MIBS, University of South Carolina; 
MA, University of New Mexico; PhD, Graduate Institute for International 
Studies, Geneva, Switzerland 



Director of Bands 

Assistant Gallery Director 

Director of the Hanes Art Gallery 

Associate Compliance Officer 

Director of Choral Ensembles 

International Student Adviser 

Study Abroad Adviser 

President Emeritus 

Coordinator of the Venice Program 

Director of Equal Opportunity 

Coordinator of the London Program 

Director of the Secrest Artists Series 

Visual Resources Librarian 
and Curator of Print Collection 

Debate Coach 
Director of the Museum of Anthropology 



Director of International Studies 



275 



ADMINISTRATION 



The Undergraduate Faculties 






S^ 



- I- 



Date following name indicates year of appointment. Listings represent those faculty teaching during the 2005-06 
academic year. Leaves and teaching abroad assignments approved for 2006-07 are provided for the benefit of students, 
faculty, and staff and are subject to cliange. 



Helen W. Akinc (1987) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MBA, SUNY (Binghamton) 

Umit Akinc (1982) 

BS, Middle East Tech. (Ankara); 

MBA, Florida State; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Irma V. Alarcron (2005) 

BA, Universidad de Conception (Chile); MA, PhD, Indiana 

Jane W. Albrecht (1987) 

BA, Wright State; MA, PhD, Indiana 

George R. Aldhizer HI (2001) 

BS, BA, University of Richmond; 
PhD, Texas Tech 



Instructor in Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



Thomas H. Davis Chair of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Faculty Fellow and 

Associate Professor of Accountancy 

(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Rebecca W. Alexander (2000) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

BS, University of Delaware; PhD, University of Pennsylvania 

Brian Allen (1977) 

BA, East Anglia; MA, PhD, London 

Edward E. Allen (1991) 

BS, Brigham Young; MA, PhD, California (San Diego) 

John Allen (2006) 

BA, Moorehouse; MBA, Atlanta 

David J. Anderson (1992) 

BA, Denison; MS, Michigan; PhD, Pennsylvania 

John P. Anderson (1984) 

BS, MS, PhD, Georgia Tech; 

MBA Alabama (Birmingham); MAEd, Wake Forest 

Paul R. Anderson (1990) 
BS, Wisconsin (Madison); 
MA, PhD, California (Santa Barbara) 

Sharon Andrews (1994) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MFA, UNC-Greensboro 

John L. Andronica (1969) 

BA, Holy Cross; MA, Boston College; 
PhD, Johns Hopkins 

Maya Angelou (1982) 

LittD, Smith, Lawrence, Columbia College 

(Chicago), Atlanta, Wheaton; LHD, Mills, Wake Forest, Occidental, 

Arkansas, Claremont, Kean 



Lecturer in Art History (London) 
(Department of Art, Part-time) 

Professor of Mathematics 



Adjunct Instructor in Computer Science 
(Spring 2006) 

Professor of Biology 
Professor of Counseling 



Professor of Physics 
(Leave, Spring 2006) 

Associate Professor of Theatre 

Professor of Classical Languages 

Reynolds Professor of American Studies 



Elizabeth M. Anthony (1998) 

BA, Duke; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 



Lecturer in Romance Languages 
(French) 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



276 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biology 
(Fall 2005) 



Adjunct Instructor in Counseling 

Adjunct Professor of Anthropology 

Associate Professor of Biology 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religion 

Instructor in Romance Languages 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Associate Professor of Education 



Victor Apanius 

BS, University of Wisconsin; PhD, University of Pennsylvania 

Johnne Armentrout (1989) 

BA, William & Mary; MAEd, Wake Forest 

Thomas A. Arcury (1999) 

BA, Duquense; MA, PhD, University of Kentucky 

Miriam A. Ashley-Ross (1997) 

BS, Northern Arizona; PhD, University of California (Irvine) 

Craig Atwood (2005) 

BA, UNC -Chapel Hill; MDiv, Moravian Theological Seminary; 
PhD, Princeton Theological Seminary 

Jorge Aviles-Diz (2004) 

BA, MA, Universidad de Salamanca, Spain 

James F. Baker III (2004) 

BS, Appalachian State; MA, Webster 

R.Scott Baker (2001) 

BA, Evergreen State College; MA, Tufts; PhD, Columbia 

Terry A. Baker (1998) PricewaterhouseCoopers Associate Professor of Accountancy 

BA, Miami; MS, University of Illinois; (W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 
MBA, University of Chicago 
PhD, University of Kentucky 

Wanda Balzano (2005) 

BA, MA, University of Naples, Italy; 
MA, PhD, University College, Dublin 

Sarah E. Barbour (1985) 

BA, Maryville; Diplome de Langue et 

de Civilisation Franchises, Paris; MA, PhD, Cornell 

Adrian Bardon (2002) 

BA, Reed College; MA, University of Washington; 
PhD, University of Massachusetts (Amherst) 

James P. Barefield (1963) 

BA, MA, Rice; PhD, Johns Hopkins 

Bernadine Barnes (1989) 

BA, Illinois (Urbana-Champaign); 
MA, Pittsburgh; PhD, Virginia 

Elizabeth Barron (2005) 

BA, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Phillip G. Batten (1991) 

BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill; 

MA, Yale Divinity School; MA, Wake Forest 

Karina Bautista (2005) 

BA, SUNY (Cortland); MA, Syracuse 

H. Kenneth Bechtel (1981) 
BA, MA, North Dakota; 
PhD, Southern Illinois (Carbondale) 



Director of Women's and Gender Studies and 
Adjunct Assistant Professor of English 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(French) 

Assistant Professor of Philosophy 



Wake Forest Professor Emeritus of History 
(Part-time) 

Associate Professor of Art 



Robert C. Beck (1959) 
BA, PhD, Illinois 

S. Douglas Beets (1987) 
BS, Tennessee; 
MAcc, PhD, Virginia Poly Inst. & SU 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 
(Part-time) 

Instructor in Romance Languages 

Associate Professor of Sociology 

Professor of Psychology 

Professor of Accountancy 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



277 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Margaret C. Bender (2000) 

BA, Cornell; MA, PhD, University of Chicago 

Justin Bennett (2004) 
BA, MA, Miami 

Kristin Redington Bennett (2005) 

BA, University of Florida; MAEd, Wake Forest; 
PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Kenneth S. Berenhaut (2000) 

BA, MS, University of Manitoba (Canada); 
MA, PhD, Georgia 

Donald B. Bergey (1978) 
BS, MA, Wake Forest 

Michael J. Berry (1985) 

BS, Jacksonville State; MA, Southeastern Louisiana; 
PhD, Texas A&M 

Deborah L. Best (1972, 1978) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Zanna Beswick (1987) 

BA, Hons, Bristol (England) 

Ulrich Bierbach (1999) 

MS, PhD, University of Oldenburg (Germany) 

Janice Blackburn (1996) 

BS, Campbell; MA, Wake Forest 

Robert R. Bliss (2004) 

BS, Purdue; (W. 

MBA, PhD, University of Chicago 

Terry D. Blumenthal (1987) 

BS, Alberta (Edmonton); MS, PhD, Florida 

Ronald Bobroff (2001) 

BA, University of Pennsylvania; 

MSc, London School of Economics; MA, PhD, Duke 

Sylvain H. Boko (1997) 

BA, Grinnell; PhD, Iowa State 

Keith D. Bonin (1992) 

BS, Loyola; PhD, Maryland 

Lynn Book (2005) 

BFA, Memphis College; 

MFA, School of the Art Institute of Chicago 

Susan Harden Borwick (1982) 

BM, BME, Baylor; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Janet Boseovski (2004) 

BSc, University of Toronto; MA, McGill; 
PhD, Queen's 

John D. Bourland (1996) 

BS, MS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

C. Kevin Bowen (1994) 

BS, Tennessee Tech; MM, Louisville; PhD, Florida State 

Shawn Bowman-Hicks (2005) 

BA, Columbia College; MFA, Ohio State 



Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow 
and Associate Professor of Anthropology 

Instructor in Romance Languages 
Visiting Assistant Professor of Education 



Sterge Faculty Fellow and 
Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

Instructor in Health and Exercise Science 
(Part-time) 

Professor of Health and Exercise Science 



William L. Poteat Professor of Psychology 

Lecturer in Theatre (London) 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 
(Leave, 2006-07) 

Instructor in Mathematics 

F.M. Kirby Chair of Business Excellence 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of Psychology 

Visiting Assistant Professor of History 

Associate Professor of Economics 

Professor of Physics 

Visiting Associate Professor of Theatre 

Professor of Music 
Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Physics 

Director of Bands 
(Department of Music) 

Instructor in Dance 
(Fall 2005) 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



278 



Frank Bradley (2005) 

BA, UNC-Asheville, MA, Indiana; PhD, Cornell 

Stephen B. Boyd (1985) 

BA, Tennessee; MDiv, ThD, Harvard Divinity School 

Anne Boyle (1986) 

BA, Wilkes College; MA, PhD, Rochester 

R. Saylor Breckenridge (2001) 

BA, MA, PhD, University of Arizona 

Sheri A. Bridges (1996) 
BA, South Florida; 
MA, Texas (Dallas); PhD, Stanford 

Thomas Brister (2005) 

BS, Georgetown; MA, PhD, University of Virginia 

Holly Henderson Brower (2005) 

BS, Wake Forest; MS, Iowa State; PhD, Purdue 

Michaelle L. Browers (2000) 

BA, Whitman; MA, Virginia; PhD, Minnesota 

Bernard A. Brown II (2002) 
BS, PhD, NC State 

Carole L. Browne (1980) 

BS, Hartford; PhD, Syracuse 

Robert A. Browne (1980) 

BS, MS, Dayton; PhD, Syracuse 

Peter H. Brubaker (1994) 

BS, E. Stroudsburg; MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Temple 

Peter Brunette (2004) 
BA, MA, Duquesne; 
PhD, University of Wisconsin (Madison) 

Christy M. Buchanan (1992) 

BA, Seattle Pacific; PhD, Michigan 

Karen Buchmueller (2005) 

BA, The College of Wooster; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Jennifer J. Burg (1993) 

BA, Elizabethtown College; MA (English), 
MA (French), Florida; PhD, Central Florida 

Susan Bussey (2003) 

BA, Austin College; MA, PhD, Washington 

M. Keith Callahan (2004) 

BS, Morehead State; MS, Auburn 

Alan Cameron (1989) 

BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill; MAEd, Wake Forest 

Daniel A. Cartas (1987) 

BS, Tecnologico de Monterrey (Mexico); 
MS, Georgia Tech; PhD, Texas (Austin) 

Eric D. Carlson (1995) 

BS, Michigan State; MA, PhD, Harvard 

Richard D. Carmichael (1971) 
BS, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Duke 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre 
(Fall 2005) 

Easley Professor of Religion 

Professor of English 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 

Associate Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Political Science 

Assistant Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Assistant Professor of Political Science 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

Professor of Biology 

Professor of Biology 

Associate Professor of Health and Exercise Science 

Reynolds Professor in Film Studies 
(Leave, Spring 2007) 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

Associate Professor of Computer Science 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

Professor of Military Science 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Education 

Associate Professor of Computer Science 

Associate Professor of Physics 
Professor of Mathematics 



279 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Christa G. Carollo (1985) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, Duke 

Simone M. Caron (1991) 

BA, Bridgewater State; MA, Northeastern; PhD, Clark 

Bonnie Carr (2004) 

BA, Hamilton College; MA, PhD, Washington 

Jacqui Carrasco (1999) 

BA, University of California (Los Angeles); 
MM, DMA, SUNY (Stony Brook) 

David Carroll (2003) 

BSc, NC State; PhD, Wesleyan 

Stewart Carter (1982) 

ME, Kansas; MS, Illinois; PhD, Stanford 

Nina Cassidy (2006) 

BA, Marshall; MEd, UNC-Charlotte 

Justin Catanoso (1993) 

BA, Pennsylvania State; MA, Wake Forest 

Larifa Chahoua (2004) 

BS, University of Marat (Morocco); 

MS, PhD, Paul Sabatier University (France) 

David Charbonneau (2005) 

BA, MA, Northern Illinois; PhD, University of Wisconsin 

Forrest Charnock (2005) 

BS, Furman; PhD, Wake Forest 

Frederick H. Chen (2000) 

BS, University of Wisconsin (Madison); 
MA, PhD, University of Chicago 

Connie Lee Chesner (2001) 

BA, Appalachian State; MA, Wake Forest 

Maria A. Chiari (1981) 

Arts degree, PhD, Universita degli 
Studi di Venezia (Padova e Trieste); 
Diploma, Scuola di Archivistica, Paliografia 
e Diplomatica dell Archivio di Stato di Venezia 

Hanya Chrispeels (2004) 

BA, University of California (Santa Cruz); PhD, Stanford 

Jonathan H. Christman (1983) 

AB, Franklin and Marshall; MFA, Massachusetts 

David Coates (1999) 
BA, York; PhD, Oxford 



John E. Collins (1970) 

BS, MS, Tennessee; MDiv, Southeastern Baptist Theo. Seminary; 
MA, PhD, Princeton 

Ray Collins (2004) 

Diploma, London Academy of Music and Dramatic Art; 
MFA, City University of New York 

Christa L. Colyer (2004) 

BSc, Trent University (Canada); 
MSc, University of Guelph (Canada); 
PhD, Queen's University (Canada) 



Adjunct Senior Lecturer in German 
(Fall 2005) 

Associate Professor of History 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

Associate Professor of Music 



Associate Professor of Physics 

Professor of Music 

Adjunct Instructor in Counseling 

Lecturer in Journalism 
(Department of English, Part-time) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry 



Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics 

Assistant Professor of Economics 

Adjunct Instructor in Communication 

Lecturer in Art History (Venice) 
(Department of Art, Part-time) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biology 

Associate Professor of Theatre 

Worrell Professor of Anglo-American Studies 

Professor of Religion 



Adjunct Instructor in Theatre 



Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and 
Associate Professor of Chemistry 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



280 



William E. Conner (1988) 

BA, Notre Dame; MS, PhD, Cornell 

Jule M. Connolly (1985) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MEd, South Carolina 



Gregory Cook (1999) 

BS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Michaele M. Cook (2000) 
BA, Wake Forest; 
MBA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Fanchon Cordell (1986) 

James F. Cotter (2001) 

BSCE, New Mexico State; 

MBA, Indiana; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Allin F. Cottrell (1989) 

BA, Oxford (Merton College); PhD, Edinburgh 

Lori Brown Crutchfield (2006) 

BA, MA, Appalachian State; PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Ann C. Cunningham (1999) 
BA, Erskine College; 
MAT, PhD, University of South Carolina 

Patricia M. Cunningham (1978) 

BA, Rhode Island; MS, Florida State; 
EdS, Indiana State; PhD, Georgia 

James F. Curran (1988) 

BAAS, Delaware; MA, PhD, Rice 

Jane Kathleen Curry (1998) 

BFA, Illinois (Urbana-Champaign); MA, Brown; 
PhD, City University of New York 

Dale Dagenbach (1990) 

BA, New College; MA, PhD, Michigan State 

Jian Dai (2004) 

BEng, Shanghai Jiao Tong University (China); 

MS, Chinese Academy of Sciences (China); PhD, Wake Forest 

Mary M. Dalton (1986) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Brook M. Davis (1997) 

BA, Wake Forest; MFA, Virginia Commonwealth; 
PhD, Maryland (College Park) 

James Davis (2004) 

BA, Carson-Newman College; MFA, UNC-Greensboro 

Stephen W. Davis (1991) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest 

Edward Dawley (2005) 

BS, Georgetown; MA, Howard 

Thomas Andrew Denenberg (2006) 
BA, Bates College; MA, PhD, Boston 

Mary K. DeShazer (1982, 1987) 
BA, Western Kentucky; 
MA, Louisville; PhD, Oregon 



Professor of Biology 

Instructor in Mathematics 
(Part-time) 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and 
Associate Professor of Physics 

Instructor in Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



Adjunct Instructor in Dance (Ballet, Part-time) 

Associate Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of Economics 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Counseling 
(Spring 2006) 

Associate Professor of Education 



Francis P. Gaines Professor of Education 



Professor of Biology 



Associate Professor of Theatre 



Professor of Psychology 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
(Fall 2005) 

Assistant Professor of Communication 

Assistant Professor of Theatre 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art 
(Spring 2006) 

Adjunct Instructor in Psychology 
(Part-time) 

Instructor in Romance Languages 

Adjunct Professor of Art 

Professor of English and 
Women's and Gender Studies 



281 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Arun P. Dewasthali (1975) 

BS, Bombay; MS, PhD, Delaware 

John J. Dinan(2001) 
BS, MA, PhD, Virginia 

Ronald V. Dimock Jr. (1970) 

BA, New Hampshire; MS, Florida State; 
PhD, California (Santa Barbara) 

Patricia Dixon (1986) 

BM, NC School of the Arts; MM, UNC-Greensboro 

James H. Dodding (1979) 

Diploma, Rose Bruford College of Speech and Drama (London); 
Cert., Birmingham; Cert., Westhill Training College (Birmingham); 
Diploma, Theatre on the Balustrade (Prague) 



Associate Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Zachary T. Smith Associate Professor of Political Science 
Thurman D. Kitchin Professor of Biology 



Senior Lecturer in Music 



Professor Emeritus of Theatre 



Christopher Dometrius (2003) 

BA, Texas Tech; MA, PhD, NC State 

Jonathan E. Duchac (1993) 

BBA, MAcc, Wisconsin (Madison); 
PhD, Georgia 

Terry Dumansky (2005) 

BA, Towson; MA, Wake Forest 



Yomi Durotoye (1994) 
BS, University of Ibadan; 
MA, Georgia State; PhD, Duke 

C Drew Edwards (1980) 

BA, Furman; MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Florida State 

Bryan Ellis (2006) 

BFA, UNC-Greensboro; MFA, Cranbrook Academy of Art 

Leo Ellison Jr. (1957) 

BS, MS, Northwestern State 

Gerald W. Esch (1965) 

BS, Colorado College; MS, PhD, Oklahoma 

Paul D. Escort (1988) 

BA, Harvard; MA, PhD, Duke 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

Merrill Lynch Associate Professor of Accounting 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Adjunct Instructor in Communication 

Senior Lecturer in Political Science and International Studies 



Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology 
(Part-time) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art 
(Spring 2006) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Health and 
Exercise Science (Part-time) 

Charles M. Allen Professor of Biology 
(Leave, Fall 2006) 

Reynolds Professor of History 
Professor of English 
Professor of Biology 



Professor of Education 



Andrew V Ettin (1977) 

BA, Rutgers; MA, PhD, Washington (St. Louis) 

Herman E. Eure (1974) 

BS, Maryland State; PhD, Wake Forest 

Robert H. Evans (1983) 

BA, Ohio Wesleyan; MS, New Hampshire; PhD, Colorado 

Margaret Ewalt (2001) Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

BA, Colby College; MA, PhD, University of Virginia (Spanish) 

Stephen Ewing (1971) Professor of Business 

BS, Howard Payne; (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

MBA, Baylor; PhD, Texas Tech. 

David L. Faber (1984) Associate Professor of Art 

AA, Elgin; BFA, Northern Illinois; 
MFA, Southern Illinois 

Susan Fahrbach (2003) Reynolds Professor of Biology 

BA, University of Pennsylvania; PhD, Rockefeller 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 2 82 



Rushad Faridi (2004) 

BA, University of Dhaka; MA, PhD, Virginia Tech 

Susan L. Faust (1992) 

BA, MA, Arkansas (Fayetteville) 

Jacquelyn S. Fetrow (2003) 
BS, Albright College; 
PhD, Pennsylvania State University College of Medicine 

David Finn (1988, 1995) 

BS, Cornell; MFA, Massachusetts College of Art 

Devon Fisher (2005) 

BA, Milligan College; MA, University of Tennessee; 

Patricia Fisk-Moody (2006 

BA, Ambassador University; MA, PhD, Appalachian State 

Gloria Fitzgibbon (2001) 

BA, PhD, University of California (Berkeley); 
MA, California State University (San Francisco); 
PhD, University of California (Berkeley) 

William W. Fleeson (1996) 

BA, Wisconsin; PhD, Michigan 

Robert E. Fly (2003) 

BBA, Texas Tech; MA, Michigan State 

Steven Folmar (1992) 

BA, MA, PhD, Case Western Reserve 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Economics 

Adjunct Instructor in Communication 
(Part-time) 

Reynolds Professor of Computational Biophysics 



Associate Professor of Art 
(Leave, 2006-07) 

Visiting Instructor in English 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Education 

Visiting Assistant Professor of History 



Ollen R. Nalley Associate Professor of Psychology 

Instructor in Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Lecturer in Anthropology 



James L. Ford (1998) 

MTS, Vanderbilt; MA, PhD, Princeton 



Mary F. Foskett (1997) 
BA, New York; 
MDiv, Union Theo. Seminary; PhD, Emory 

Johnnie Foye (1995) 

BA, Virginia Union; MSS, US Sports Academy 

Dean Franco (2001) 

BA, University of California (Irvine); 

MA, California State; PhD, The University of Southern California 

Donald E. Frey (1972) 

BA, Wesleyan; MDiv, Yale; PhD, Princeton 

John E. R. Friedenberg (1988) 

BA, Wake Forest; MFA, Carnegie Mellon 

Mary L. Friedman (1987) 

BA, Wellesley; MA, PhD, Columbia 

Errin W. Fulp (2000) 
BS, MS, PhD, NC State 

J. Michael Fulton ( 2004) 
BA, Washington State; 
MA, PhD, University of Arizona 

Pete Furia (2002) 

BA, Haverford; PhD, Princeton 

Ola Furmanek (1999) 

BA, MA, Jagiello University, Cracow, Poland; 
PhD, University of Nebraska (Lincoln) 



Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and 
Associate Professor of Religion 

Zachary T. Smith Associate Professor of Religion 



Instructor in Health and Exercise Science 



Assistant Professor of English 



Professor of Economics 

Director of University Theatre and Lecturer in Theatre 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 



Assistant Professor of Political Science 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 



283 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



R. Michael Furr (2004) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

BA, College of William and Mary; 
MS, Villanova; PhD, University of California (Riverside) 

Candelas S. Gala (1978) Charles E. Taylor Professor of Romance Languages 

BA, Salamanca (Spain); MA, PhD, Pittsburgh (Spanish) 

Joy M. Gambill (2006) Adjunct Instructor in Library Science 

BA, East Carolina; MDiv, Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Celia Garzon-Arrabal ( 2004) Instructor in Romance Languages 

BA, University of Granada (Spain); MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Elizabeth J. Gatewood (2004) Research Professor 

BS, Purdue; MBA, PhD University of Georgia (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Cynthia M. Gendrich (1998) Junior Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor of Theatre 

BFA, Illinois Wesleyan; MA, PhD, Missouri 

Jennifer Gentry (2003) Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art 

BFA, Carnegie Mellon University; BA, Wake Forest; 
MA, Johns Hopkins 

J. Whitfield Gibbons (1971) Research Professor of Biology 

BS, MA, Alabama; PhD, Michigan State 

David A. Gilbert (2003) Instructor in Business 

BS, MEd, Valdosta State College; (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

MBA, University of Tennessee (Knoxville) 

Bryan Giemza (2005) Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

BA, University of Notre Dame; JD, MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Steven M. Giles (1998) Assistant Professor of Communication 

BA, Northern Kentucky; 
MA, Bowling Green State; PhD, University of Kentucky 

Michele K. Gillespie (1999) Kahle Associate Professor of History 

BA, Rice; PhD, Princeton 

Shannon D. Gilreath (2005) Adjunct Professor of Women's and Gender Studies 

BA, Lenoir-Rhyne College; JD, Wake Forest 

Samuel T Gladding (1990) Professor of Counseling 

BA, MAEd, Wake Forest; MA, Yale; PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Stavroula Glezakos (2004) Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

BA, PhD, University of California (Los Angeles) 

Thomas S. Goho (1977) Associate Professor of Business 

BS, MBA, Perm State; (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Louis R. Goldstein (1979) Professor of Music 

BM, Oberlin; MFA, California 
Inst, of the Arts; DMA, Eastman 

Luis Gonzalez (1997) Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

BA, U de Medellin (Colombia); (Spanish) 

MA, West Virginia; PhD, California-Davis 

Brian L. Gorelick (1984) Associate Professor of Music and Director of Choral Ensembles 

BA, Yale; MM, Wisconsin (Madison); 
DMA, Illinois 

George Graham (2003) A.C. Reid Professor of Philosophy 

BA, Fordham; MA, Western Ontario; PhD, Brandeis (Leave, Spring 2007) 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



284 



Vona Groarke (2005) 

M.Lit, Trinity College, Dublin 

Martin Guthold (2001) 

BS, University Ulm, Germany; MA, PhD, University of Oregon 

Renee Gutierrez (2003) 

BA, MS, MA, University of Virginia 



David Hagy (1995) 

BM, Indiana; MM, MMA, DMA, Yale 

Ashleigh D. Haire (2005) 
BA, MA, UNC-Greensboro 

Leigh Ann Hallberg (2001) 

BA, Mount Union College; MFA, University of Colorado 

William S. Hamilton (1983) 
BA, MA, PhD, Yale 

Claire Holton Hammond (1978) 

BA, Mary Washington; PhD, Virginia 

J. Daniel Hammond (1978) 

BA, Wake Forest; PhD, Virginia 

Beverlye H. Hancock (1996) 

AB, Meredith; MA, Wake Forest 

James S. Hans (1982) 

BA, MA, Southern Illinois; PhD, Washington 

Anne E. Hardcastle (2002) 

BA, Texas A&M; MA, PhD, University of Virginia 

Hannah M. Hardgrave (1985) 

AB, Brown; PhD, University of Chicago 

Elizabeth Harmon (2005) 

BS, Portland State; MA, PhD, Arizona State 

KatyJ.Harriger(1985) 

BA, Edinboro State; MA, PhD, Connecticut 

Catherine T. Harris (1980) 

BA, Lenoir-Rhyne; MA, Duke; PhD, Georgia 

J. Kline Harrison (1990) 

BS, Virginia; PhD, Maryland 

Nathan O. Hatch (2005) 

AB, Wheaton; AM, PhD, Washington (St. Louis) 

Angela Hattery (1998) 

BA, Carleton College; MS, PhD, Wisconsin 

Michael David Hazen (1974) 

BA, Seattle Pacific; MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Kansas 

Terry C. Hazen (1988) 

BS, MS, Michigan State; PhD, Wake Forest 

Richard E. Heard (1996) 

BM, Southern Methodist; MA, California (Santa Barbara) 

Thomas K. Hearn Jr. (1983) 

BA, Birmingham-Southern; BD, Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary; 
PhD, Vanderbilt 

Jac C. Heckelman (1996) 
BA, Texas; PhD, Maryland 



Visiting Poet-in Residence (English) 

Assistant Professor of Physics 

Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Director of Orchestra 
(Department of Music) 

Adjunct Instructor in Psychology 
(Fall 2005) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Art 
(Part-time) 

Professor of Russian 

Professor of Economics 

Hultquist Family Professor of Economics 

Adjunct Instructor in Anthropology 

Charles E. Taylor Professor of English 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Lecturer in Philosophy 
(Part-time) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Anthropology 

(Fall 2005) 

Professor of Political Science 



Professor of Sociology 

Kemper Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of History 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow 
and Associate Professor of Sociology 

Professor of Communication 

Research Professor of Biology 

Associate Professor of Music 



Professor of Philosophy 



McCulloch Family Fellow and 
Associate Professor of Economics 



285 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Paul Hecht (2003) Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

BA, Amherst; MFA, MA, PhD, Cornell 

Robert Hellyer (2005) Assistant Professor of History 

BA, Claremont McKenna College; MA, PhD, Stanford 

Donald Helme (2003) Assistant Professor of Communication 

BA, Michigan State; MA, Eastern Michigan; 
PhD, University of Kentucky 

Donna A. Henderson (1996) Professor of Counseling 

BA, Meredith; MAT, James Madison; PhD, Tennessee 

J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) Professor of History 

BA, Furman; MA, PhD, Virginia (Leave, Spring 2007) 

Marcus B. Hester (1963) Professor of Philosophy 

BA, Wake Forest; PhD, Vanderbilt 

Michael Hill (2001) Assistant Professor of English 

BA, Howard; MA, PhD, Harvard 

Avrim Hiller (2005) Visiting Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

BA, University of Pennsylvania; PhD, Duke 

Yvonne L. Hinson (1997) PricewaterhouseCoopers Faculty Fellow and 

BS, MBA, UNC-Charlotte; Associate Professor of Accountancy 

PhD, Tennessee (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Willie L. Hinze (1975) John B. White Professor of Chemistry 

BS, MA, Sam Houston State; PhD, Texas A&M 

E. Clayton Hipp Jr. (1991) Senior Lecturer in Business 

BA, Wofford; (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

MBA, JD, South Carolina 

Alix Hitchcock (1989) Instructor in Art 

BFA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, New York (Part-time) 

Kenneth G. Hoglund (1990) Professor of Religion 

BA, Wheaton; MA, PhD, Duke 

Jefferson Holdridge (2002) Assistant Professor of English 

BA, San Francisco State; 
MA, PhD, University College (Dublin, Ireland) 

Natalie A. W. Holzwarth (1983) Professor of Physics 

BS, Massachusetts Inst, of Tech.; PhD, Chicago 

Beth Hopkins (2003) Adjunct Instructor in American Ethnic Studies 

BA, Wake Forest; 
Juris-prudence, College of William and Mary 

Katherine S. Hoppe (1993) Lecturer in Business 

BA, Duke; MBA, Texas Christian; (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Michael Horn (1998) Lecturer in Journalism 

BS, Florida (Department of English, Part-time) 

Fred L. Horton Jr. (1970) Albritton Professor of the Bible 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; (Department of Religion) 

BD, Union Theological Seminary; PhD, Duke 

William L. Hottinger (1970) Professor Emeritus of Health and Exercise Science 

BS, Slippery Rock; MS, PhD, Illinois (Part-time) 

Fredric T Howard (1966) Professor of Mathematics 

BA, MA, Vanderbilt; PhD, Duke 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



286 



Nathan Howard (2005) Visiting Assistant Professor of History 

BA, Harding; MA, Baylor; PhD, University of Arkansas 

Hugh N. Howards (1997) Sterge Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor of Mathematics 

BA, Williams; MA, PhD, California (San Diego) (Leave, Fall 2006) 

Linda S. Howe (1993) Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

BA, MA, PhD, Wisconsin (Spanish) 

Kyung Huer (2005) Instructor in Romance Languages 

BA, Hankuk University (Korea); 
MA, Instituto Caro y Cuervo, (Colombia) 

Michael L. Hughes (1984) Professor of History 

BA, Claremont McKenna; MA, PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Michael J. Hyde (1994) University Distinguished Chair in Communication Ethics 

BS, Pittsburgh; MA, PhD, Purdue 

Simeon O. Ilesanmi (1993) 

BA, University of Ife (Nigeria); PhD, Southern Methodist 

Matthew Irvin (2005) 



and Professor of Communication 
Associate Professor of Religion 



BS, MS, Virginia Commonwealth 

Julia Jackson-Newsom (2005) 

BA, Wake Forest; MS, PhD, Pennsylvania State 

Miriam Jacobson (2005) 
AB, Brown 

Ernest S. Jarrett (1996) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, UNC-Greensboro 

Janine M. Jennings (1998) 
BS, University of Toronto; 
PhD, McMaster University (Hamilton, Ontario, Canada) 

Mark Jensen (1993) 
BA, Houston Baptist; 
MDiv, PhD, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

Debra R. Jessup (1996) 

BA, Georgetown; JD, Wake Forest 

Miaohua Jiang (1998) 

BS, Wuhan University (China); 

MS, East China Normal University (China); PhD, Perm State 

David J. John (1982) 

BS, Emory and Henry; MS, PhD, Emory 

A. Daniel Johnson (1998) 

BS, UNC-Charlotte; PhD, Wake Forest 

Erik C. Johnson (2005) 

BA, PhD, University of Maine 

Lynne Johnson (2004) 

BA, MA, University of Wisconsin (Madison); 
MA, PhD, University of Maryland 

Bradley T. Jones (1989) 

BS, Wake Forest; PhD, Florida 

Paul B. Jones (2000) 

BS, Oklahoma State; PhD, Duke 

Raymond Jones (2001) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, Wake Forest; PhD, University of Virginia 



Visiting Instructor in Sociology 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 

Instructor in English 

Instructor in Communication 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

Adjunct Associate Professor of Religion 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 



Associate Professor of Computer Science 
(Leave, 2006-07) 

Lecturer in Biology 

Assistant Professor of Biology 

Assistant Professor of Art 

Professor of Chemistry 
Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Assistant Professor of Education 



287 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Paul E. Juras (1991) 

BBA, MBA, Pace; PhD, Syracuse 

Claudia Thomas Kairoff (1986) 

BA, College of Notre Dame of Maryland; 
MA, Virginia; PhD, Brandeis 

Peter D. Kairoff (1988) 

BA, California (San Diego); MM, DMA, Southern California 

Dan Kalantarian (2005) 
BA, MA, UCLA 

Jay R. Kaplan (1981) 

BA, Swarthmore; MA, PhD, Northwestern 

Pamela R. Karr (1998) 
BA, MAEd, Wake Forest 



Associate Professor of Accountancy 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of English 



Professor of Music 

Associate Director of Bands 

Professor of Anthropology and 
Adjunct Professor of Psychology 

Instructor in Counseling 



Jeffrey Katula (2005) 

BA, Augustana College; MA, Loyola; 

PhD, University of Illinois, (Urbana-Champaign) 

Brian Kell (2005) 

BS, University of California (Berkeley); MS, MIT; MS, SUNY, Albany 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Health and Exercise Science 



Lecturer in Computer Science 



Judy K. Kern (1987) 

BA, Western Kentucky; MA, Louisville; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Charles H. Kennedy (1985) 

BA, Eckerd; AM, MPP, PhD, Duke 

Ralph C. Kennedy III (1976) 
BA, PhD, California (Berkeley) 

William C. Kerr (1970) 

BS, Wooster; PhD, Cornell 

Mary L.Kesel (2001) 

BA, State University of New York; 
MSW, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Alisa Kessel (2005) 

BA, MA, Arizona State University 

Daniel B. Kim-Shapiro (1996) 

BA, Carleton College; MS, Southern Illinois; 
PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Charles A. Kimball (1996) 

BS, Oklahoma State; MDiv, Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary; 
ThD, Harvard 

Angela Glisan King (1995) 

BA, Pennsylvania; PhD, Cornell 

S. Bruce King (1995) 

BS, West Virginia; PhD, Cornell 

Wayne King (1993) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Ellen E. Kirkman (1975) 

BA, Wooster; MA, MS, PhD, Michigan State 

Scott W. Klein (1991) 

AB, Harvard; BA, MA, Cambridge; 
MA, MPhil; PhD, Yale 



Associate Professor of Romance Languages 
(French) (Dijon, Fall 2006) 

Professor of Political Science 

Associate Professor of Philosophy 

Professor of Physics 

Adjunct Instructor in Business 

Visiting Instructor in Political Science 

Associate Professor of Physics 
Professor of Religion 

Senior Lecturer in Chemistry 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 

Associate Professor of Journalism 
(Department of English) 

Professor of Mathematics 
Associate Professor of English 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Hylton Professor of Accountancy 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of Art 



Lee G. Knight (1979, 2000) 
BS, Western Kentucky; 
MA, PhD, University of Alabama 

Robert Knott (1975) 

BA, Stanford; MA, Illinois; PhD, Pennsylvania 

Dilip K. Kondepudi (1987) Thurman D. Kitchin Professor of Chemistry 

BS, Madras (India); MS, Indian Institute of Technology (Bombay); (Leave, Fall 2006) 

PhD, Texas 



Kathleen A. Kron (1991) 

BS, MS, Michigan State; PhD, Florida 

Philip F. Kuberski (1989) 

BA, MA, PhD, California (Irvine) 

Raymond E. Kuhn (1968) 

BS, Carson-Newman; PhD, Tennessee 



Professor of Biology 

Professor of English 

William L. Poteat Professor of Biology 
(Leave, Spring 2007) 

Professor of Mathematics 



James Kuzmanovich (1972) 

BS, Rose Polytechnic; PhD, Wisconsin 

David LaCroix (2005) 

BA, Northwestern; MA, University of Wisconsin (Madison) 

Abdessadek Lachgar (1991) 

BS, MS, PhD, University of Nantes (France) 

Hugo C. Lane (1973) 

Licenciate of the Biological Sciences, 
Doctorate of the Biological Sciences, Geneva 

Page H. Laughlin (1987) 

BA, Virginia; MFA, Rhode Island School of Design 

Michael W Lawless (2005) 

BS, St John's; MBA, PhD, Anderson UCLA 

Michael S. Lawlor (1986) 

BA, Texas (Austin); PhD, Iowa State 

Nancy Lawrence (2006) 

BBA, MA, Texas A&M; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Mark R. Leary (1985) 

BA, West Virginia Wesleyan; MA, PhD, Florida 

Suzanna Lee (2006) 

BA, University of California (San Diego); 
MA, PhD, University of Virginia 

Wei-chin Lee (1987) 

BA, National Taiwan University; MA, PhD, Oregon 

Win-chiat Lee (1983) 

BA, Cornell; PhD, Princeton 

Ana Leon-Tavora (2002) Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

BA, MA, PhD, University of Seville (Spanish) 

Bill J. Leonard (1996) Adjunct Professor of Religion 

BA, Texas Wesleyan; MDiv., Southwestern Baptist Theo. Seminary; 
PhD, Boston 

Candyce Leonard (1996) Associate Professor of Humanities 

BA, Texas Wesleyan; MA, MEd, Louisville; 
PhD, Indiana (Bloomington) 



Visiting Instructor in English 

Professor of Chemistry 

Professor of Biology 

Professor of Art 



Associate Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of Economics 
(Leave, Fall 2006) 

Lecturer in Philosophy 
(Spring 2006) 

Thurman D. Kitchin Professor of Psychology 
Visiting Assistant Professor of History 



Professor of Political Science 



Associate Professor of Philosophy 



289 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Janel Leone (2004) Visiting Assistant Professor of Communication 

BA, Franklin & Marshall College 
MS, PhD, Perm State 

Jeffrey D. Lerner (1994) Associate Professor of History 

BA, MA, PhD, Wisconsin (Madison) 

Janna Levin (2006) Adjunct Assistant Professor of Physics 

BS, Bates College; MS, University of Massachusetts; 
PhD, University of Virginia 

Max E. Levine (2003) Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 

PhD, Pennsylvania State 

David B. Levy (1976) Professor of Music 

BM, MA, Eastman; PhD, Rochester 

Kathryn Levy (1988) Lecturer in Music 

BM, Eastman (Part-time) 

Bruce R. Lewis (2002) Cooper Family Fellow in Information Systems 

BS, Eastern Kentucky; and Assistant Professor 

MS, New Mexico State; PhD, Auburn (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Charles M. Lewis (1968) Professor of Philosophy 

BA, Wake Forest; ThM, Harvard; PhD, Vanderbilt 

Inez Yarborough Liggins (2005) Adjunct Instructor in Dance 

BFA, UNC-Greensboro; MFA, Virginia Tech (Jazz and Hip Hop) 

Sarah Lischer (2005) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

BS, Georgetown; MA Harvard; PhD, MIT 

John H. Litcher (1973) Professor Emeritus of Education 

BS, Winona State; MA, PhD, Minnesota (Part-time) 

Shaozhong Liu (2005) Instructor in East Asian Languages and Cultures 

BA, Guangxi Normal University; 
PhD, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies 

Gary Ljungquist (2005) Adjunct Professor of Women's and Gender Studies 

BA, Clark; PhD, Cornell (Fall 2005) 

John T. Llewellyn (1990) Associate Professor of Communication 

AB, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, Arkansas; PhD, Texas 

Dan S. Locklair (1982) Professor of Music 

BM, Mars Hill; SMM, Union Theological Seminary; and Composer-in-Residence 

DMA, Eastman (Leave, Fall 2006) 

Angus Edmund Lockyer (2005) Lecturer in History 

BA, Cambridge; MA, University of Washington; PhD, Stanford London (Part-time) 

Charles F. Longino Jr. (1991) Washington M. Wingate Professor of Sociology 

BA, Mississippi; MA, Colorado; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Alyssa Lonner (2003) Assistant Professor of German and Russian 

BA, Technische Universitot Braunschweig; 
MA, Westfalische Wilhelms-Universita Minister; PhD, Washington 

Pat C. W. Lord (2000) Lecturer in Biology 

BS, NC State; PhD, Wake Forest 

Allan D. Louden (1985) Associate Professor of Communication 

BA, Montana State; MA, Montana; PhD, Southern California 

David M. Lubin (1999) Charlotte C. Weber Professor of Art 

BA, Ohio State; MA, PhD, Yale (Leave, 2006-07) 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 290 



Nina Maria Lucas (1996) 

BFA, Ohio State; MFA, UCLA 

JackLucido (2005) 

BA, California State; MFA, UNC-Greensboro 

Francis P. Ludwig (2000) 

BFA, South Dakota; MFA, Iowa 

Jed Macosko (2004) 

BS, MIT; PhD, University of California (Berkeley) 

Barry G. Maine (1981) 

BA, Virginia; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Allen Mandelbaum (1989) 

BA, Yeshiva; MA, PhD, Columbia 

William M. Marcum (1996) 

BA, Furman; MA, UNC-Greensboro; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Anthony P. Marsh (1996) 

BPE, MED, Western Australia; PhD, Arizona State 

Dale R. Martin (1982) 
BS, MS, Illinois State; 
DBA, Kentucky 

John Martin (2003) 

BA, Rice; MA, University of Chicago 

George E. Matthews Jr. (1979) 
BS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Darlene R. May (2005) 
BA, MA, PhD, Indiana 

J. Gaylord May (1961) 

BS, Wofford; MA, PhD, Virginia 

Kathryn Mayers (2003) 
BA, SUNY (Binghamton); 
MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin (Madison) 

John MacDonald (2005) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Grant P. McAllister (2001) 

BA, MA, PhD, University of Utah 

Anita K. McCauley (2002) 

BS, Elon College; PhD, Wake Forest 

Kent McConnell (2004) 

BA, Westminster College; MDiv, Yale; 
ThM, Princeton Theological Seminary 

Leah P. McCoy (1990) 

BS, West Virginia Inst, of Tech.; 

MA, Maryland; EdD, Virginia Poly. Inst. & SU 

Gordon E. McCray (1994) 
BS, Wake Forest; 
MBA, Stetson; PhD, Florida State 

Todd McFall (2004) 

BS, Miami (Ohio); PhD, NC State 



Associate Professor of Dance 

Lecturer in Communication 

Associate Professor of Theatre 

Assistant Professor of Physics 

Professor of English 

W. R. Kenan Jr. Professor of Humanities 

Citibank Faculty Fellow and 

Associate Professor of Business 

(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Associate Professor of Health and Exercise Science 

Wayne Calloway Professor of Accountancy 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Visiting Instructor in English 

Professor of Physics 

Adjunct Associate Professor of Classical Languages 

(Arabic) 

Professor of Mathematics 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 
(Leave, Spring 2007) 

Visiting Instructor in Economics 

Assistant Professor of German 

Director of Microscopy and 
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biology 

Visiting Instructor in History 
Associate Professor of Education 



BellSouth Mobility Technology 

Associate Professor of Business 

(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Visiting Instructor in Economics 



291 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Thomas W. McGohey (1990) 

BA, MA, Michigan State; MFA, UNC-Greensboro 

JU1 Jordan McMillan (1983) 

BA, Baylor; MA, Arkansas; PhD, Texas 

John McNally (2001) 
BA, Southern Illinois; 
MFA, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Nebraska 

Veronique M. McNelly (2002) 
BA, MA, University of Virginia 

Jane Mead (1996) 

BA, Vassar; MA, Syracuse; MFA, Iowa 

Gordon A. Melson (1991) 

BS, PhD, Sheffield (England) 



Lecturer in English 



Professor of Communication 



Assistant Professor of English 



Instructor in Romance Languages 
(French) 



Barja Mesquita (1997) 

BA, MA, PhD, Amsterdam (The Netherlands) 

Stephen P. Messier (1981) 

BS, MS, Rhode Island; PhD, Temple 

William K. Meyers (1988) 

BA, Washington; MA, PhD, Chicago 

Soledad Miguel-Prendes (1993) 

Licenciatura, Oviedo; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Shannon L. Mihalko (1999) 

BS, Wake Forest; MS, PhD, Illinois 

Christian Miller (2004) 

BA, Princeton; MA, PhD, Notre Dame 



Poet-in-Residence and Associate Professor of English 

Professor of Chemistry 

Lee Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor of Psychology 



Professor of Health and Exercise Science 

Associate Professor of History 
(Leave 2005-07) 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Dunn-Riley Jr. Professor and 
Associate Professor of Health and Exercise Science 

Assistant Professor of Philosophy 
(Leave, Spring 2007) 

Assistant Professor of Anthropology 



Ellen Ruth Miller (2002) 

BA, George Washington; MA, New York; PhD, Washington 

Gary D. Miller (1996) Associate Professor of Health and Exercise Science 

BS, Kansas; MS, Kansas State; PhD, California (Davis) 



Timothy E. Miller (2003) 

BS, Mississippi State; PhD, Vanderbilt 

Joseph O. Milner (1969) 

BA, Davidson; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Ananda Mitra (1994) 

B Tech, Indian Inst, of Technology (Kharagpur); 
MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Illinois (Urbana) 

Megan B. Moore (2005) 

BS, Duke; MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Emory 

John C. Moorhouse (1969) 

BA, Wabash; PhD, Northwestern 

Patrick E. Moran (1989) 

BA, MA, Stanford; MA, National 
Taiwan University; PhD, Pennsylvania 

Roberta Morosini (2000) 

DEA, University of Rennes II, France; 
PhD, McGill University, Montreal 

Donald J. Moser (1995) 

BS, LTC (Ret.), U.S. Military Academy (West Point); 
MBA, Long Island 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Computer Science 



Professor of Education 



Associate Professor of Communication 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Religion 

Archie Carroll Professor of Ethical Leadership 
(Department of Economics) 

Associate Professor of Chinese 
(East Asian Languages and Cultures) 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Adjunct Instructor in Military Science 



INDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 292 



William M. Moss (1971) 

BA, Davidson; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Gloria K. Muday (1991) 

BS, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU; PhD, Purdue 

Stephen Murphy (1987) 

BA, Canisius; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Michelle J. Naughton 

BA, PhD, University of Iowa 

Debbie W. Newsome (1999) 
BA, Oklahoma Baptist; 
MEd, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Linda N. Nielsen (1974) 
BA, MS, EdD, Tennessee 

Mary Niepold (2003) 
BA, Wake Forest 



Patricia A. Nixon (1999) 

BS, Boston; MA, PhD, University of Pittsburgh 

Ronald E. Noftle (1967) 

BS, New Hampshire; PhD, Washington 

James L. Norris HI (1989) 

BS, MS (Science), MS (Statistics), NC State; PhD, Florida State 

Monique O'Connell (2004) 

BA, Brown; PhD, Northwestern 

Conor O'Callaghan (2005) 

MLit, Trinity College (Dublin) 

Dee Oseroff-Varnell (1996) 
BA, MA, PhD, Washington 

Jennifer Ottman (2005) 

BA, Amherst; MA, MPhil, PhD, Yale 

Beatrice Ottersbock 

BA, Chatham College; MA, PhD, Pittsburgh 

Gillian Rose Overing (1979) 

BA, Lancaster (England); MA, PhD, SUNY (Buffalo) 

Anthony S. Parent Jr. (1989) 

BA, Loyola; MA, PhD, California (Los Angeles) 

Perry L. Patterson (1986) 

BA, Indiana; MA, PhD, Northwestern 



Professor of English 
(Japan, Fall 2006) 

Professor of Biology 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(French) 

Adjunct Professor of Women's and Gender Studies 
Assistant Professor of Counseling 

Professor of Education 
Visiting Instructor in English (Journalism) 
Associate Professor of Health and Exercise Science 



Professor of Chemistry 

Professor of Mathematics 

Assistant Professor of History 
(Leave, 2006-07) 

Visiting Poet-in-Residence (English) 



V Paul Pauca (2002) 

BS, MS, Wake Forest; PhD, Duke 

Benjamin Paz (2004) 

BME, University of Minnesota; MBA, Stanford 

Mary L. B. Pendergraft (1988) 
BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

David P. Phillips (1994) 

BA, Cornell; M.Arch, Washington; 
MA, PhD, Pennsylvania 

John R. Pickel (1997) 

BFA, Indiana State; MFA, Cranbrook Academy of Art 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Communication 

(Part-time) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of History 
(Fall 2005) 

Lecturer in Art History (Vienna) 
(Department of Art, Part-time) 

Professor of English 

Associate Professor of History 

Professor of Economics and Lecturer in Russian 
(Leave, 2006-07) 

Assistant Professor of Computer Science 

Instructor in Business 

Associate Professor of Classical Languages 

Associate Professor of Japanese 
(East Asian Languages and Cultures) 

Associate Professor of Art 



293 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Jesus Pico-Argel (1999) 

BA, Universidad del Atlantico (Columbia); MA, Arkansas 

Robert J. Plemmons (1990) 

BS, Wake Forest; PhD, Auburn 

Danielle Powell (2004) 

BA, James Madison; MA, Wake Forest 

James T. Powell (1988) 

BA, Emory; MPhil, MA, PhD, Yale 

Jason Powell (2004) 

BA, Trinity; MSt, DPhil, Oxford 

Kersti Powell (2004) 

BA, University of Tallinn; 

MA, University of Tartu; MSt, DPhil, Oxford 

Jenny Puckett (1995) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, Middlebury 

Frank Quina (2004) 

BS, Stetson; PhD, Caltech 

Teresa Radomski (1977) 

BM, Eastman; MM, Colorado 

Yasuko T. Railings (1998) Senior Lecturer in East Asian Languages and Cultures 

BA, Seinan Gakuin University, Fukuoka, Japan; MA, Ohio 

Thomas H. Ramsey (2003) Instructor in Business 

BS, Grove City College; (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

MBA, University of Pittsburgh 

Herman Rapaport (2006) Reynolds Professor of English 

BA, California State College; MA, University of California (Los Angeles); 
PhD, University of California (Irvine) 



Lecturer in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Reynolds Professor of Mathematics and 
Computer Science 

Adjunct Instructor in Communication 

Associate Professor of Classical Languages 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 



Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
(Spring 2006) 

Professor of Music 



James D. Raper (2005) 

BA, Colgate; MA, Wake Forest 

Sarah Raynor (2003) 
BS, Yale, PhD, MIT 



Adjunct Instructor in Counseling 
(Fall 2005) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 



Associate Professor of Education 



Mary Lynn B. Redmond (1989) 

BA, EdD, UNC-Greensboro; MEd, UNC-Chapel Hill 

W. Jack Rejeski Jr. (1978) Thurman D. Kitchin Professor of Health and Exercise Science; 

BS, Norwich; MA, PhD, Connecticut Adjunct Professor of Psychology 

(Leave, 2006-07) 

Paul M. Ribisl (1973) Charles E. Taylor Professor of Health and Exercise Science 

BS, Pittsburgh; MA, Kent State; PhD, Illinois 

Jessica Richard (2002) Assistant Professor of English 

BA, Goucher; MA, PhD, Princeton 

Charles L. Richman (1968) Professor of Psychology 

BA, Virginia; MA, Yeshiva; PhD, Cincinnati 

Albert Rives (2002) Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

BS, Wake Forest; PhD, University of Wisconsin (Madison) 

Donald P. Robin (1997) J. Tylee Wilson Chair of Business Ethics 

BS, MBA, PhD, Louisiana State (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Kenneth Wayne Robinson (1998) Adjunct Instructor in Anthropology 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, University of Kentucky 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



294 



Stephen B. Robinson (1991) 

BA, PhD, California (Santa Cruz) 



Professor of Mathematics 



Professor of Communication 



Assistant Professor of Mathematics 



Randall G. Rogan (1990) 

BA, St. John Fisher College; MS, PhD, Michigan State 

Marielba Rojas (2001) 

BS, MS, Simon Bolivar University, Venezuela; MA, PhD, Rice 

Luis Roniger (2003) Reynolds Professor of Latin- American Studies 

Licenciate in Sociology, 
Universidad Nacional de Buenos Aires; 
MA, PhD, Hebrew University of Jerusalem 

Karen L. Roper (1999) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

BA, Southwestern; MA, PhD, University of Kentucky 

Frederick Rosen (2006) Distinguished Visiting Professor of Political Science 

BA, Colgate; PhD, London School of Economics 

Jeffrey Rosenthal (2005) 

BA, Northwestern; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

James H. Ross (2001) 
BS, MS, Ball State 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Sociology 



Leah Roy (2002) 

BFA, University of Montana; MFA, University of Wisconsin 

Susan Z. Rupp (1993) 

BA, Grinnell; AM, Harvard; MA, PhD, Stanford 



Instructor in Health and Exercise Science 
(Part-time) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre 



Filip Saidak (2005) 

BS, University of Auckland (New Zealand) 
MS, PhD, Queen's University (Canada) 

Akbar Salam (2003) 

BS, PhD, University of London 

Fred R. Salsbury Jr. (2002) 

BS, University of Chicago; PhD, University of California (Berkeley) 

Dennis Sampson (2000) 

BA, South Dakota State; MFA, University of Iowa 

Ivo Sanchez (2004) 

BA, MA, University of Wisconsin 

Maria Teresa Sanhueza (1996) 
BA, MA, Conception (Chile); 
PhD, Michigan (Ann Arbor) 

Peter Santago (1989) 

BS, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU; PhD, NC State 

James A. Schirillo (1996) 

BA, Franklin & Marshall; PhD, Northeastern 



Associate Professor of History 
Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics 



Benjamin Schreier (2005) 

BA, Swarthmore; MA, PhD, Brandeis 

Marianne A. Schubert (1977) 

BA, Dayton; MA, PhD, Southern Illinois 

Katie Scott (1985) 
BA Hons., London 

Richard D. Sears (1964) 

BA, Clark; MA, PhD, Indiana 



Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
(Leave, Spring 2007) 

Assistant Professor of Physics 

Visiting Lecturer in English 

Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Leave, 2006-07) 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 
(Leave 2006-07) 

Adjunct Associate Professor of Physics 
Associate Professor of Psychology 
Visiting Assistant Professor of English 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Counseling 
(Part-time) 

Lecturer in Art History (London) 
(Department of Art, Part-time) 

Adjunct Professor of Political Science 
(Spring 2006) 



295 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Catherine E. Seta (1987) 

BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Brantly Bright Shapiro (1984) 



Kurt C. Shaw (1987) 

BA, Missouri; MA, PhD, Kansas 

Bryan Shelly (2005) 

BA, Tufts; PhD, Princeton 

Yaohua Shi (2002) 

BA, Shanghai Foreign Languages Institute; 
MA, Clark; PhD, Indiana 

Carol A. Shively (1990) 

BA, Hiram; MA, PhD, California (Davis) 



Professor of Psychology 

Lecturer in Dance 
(Ballet, Part-time) 

Associate Professor of German and Russian 

Assistant Professor of Political Science 
(Leave, Spring 2007) 

Assistant Professor of East Asian Languages and Cultures 



Professor of Psychology 



Peter M. Siavelis (1996) 

BA, Bradley; MA, PhD, Georgetown 



Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and 
Associate Professor of Political Science 
(Vienna, Spring 2007) 

Gale Sigal (1987) Professor of English 

BA, City College (New York); MA, Fordham; PhD, CUNY (Graduate Center) 

Alycia K. Silman (2003) Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology 

BA, Westminster College; MA, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow 



Miles R. Silman (1998) 
BA, Missouri; PhD, Duke 

Wayne L. Silver (1985) 

BA, Pennsylvania; PhD, Florida State 

Kenneth W. Simington (2006) 

BA, MEd, UNC-Chapel Hill; PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Jeanne M. Simonelli 

BA, MA, PhD, University of Oklahoma; 

MPH, Oklahoma University Health Sciences Center 

Shona Simpson (1997) 
BS, PhD, Duke 

Robert Simpson (1997) 

Michael L. Sinclair (1968) 

BA, Wake Forest; AM, PhD, Stanford 

Cyndi Skaar (2003) 

BS, BA, University of Minnesota; 
MBA, Wake Forest 

Charles Sligh (2005) 

BA, Belmont; MA, Baylor; PhD, University of Virginia 

William W. Sloan Jr. (1994) 

BA, Davidson; MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Miami (Ohio) 

Earl Smith (1996) 

BA, SUNY (Stony Brook); MA, PhD, Connecticut 



and Associate Professor of Biology 

Professor of Biology 
(Venice, Fall 2006) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Counseling 
Professor of Anthropology 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of English 
Fall 2005 

Adjunct Instructor in Dance 
(Social Dance, Part-time) 

Professor of History 

Instructor in Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Visiting Instructor in English 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 
(Part-time) 

Rubin Professor of American Ethnic Studies 
and Professor of Sociology 



J. Howell Smith (1965) 

BA, Baylor; MA, Tulane; PhD, Wisconsin 

Kathy B. Smith (1981) 

BA, Baldwin-Wallace; MA, PhD, Purdue 



Professor of History 

Professor of Political Science 
(London, Fall 2006) 



IDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 296 



Margaret Supplee Smith (1979) 

BS, Missouri; MA, Case Western Reserve; PhD, Brown 

Teresa Smith (2004) 

BS, MA, PhD, University of Florida 

William K. Smith (1998) 

BS, MS, California State; PhD, California (Los Angeles) 

Joseph Soares (2003) 

BA, Rutgers; MA, PhD, Harvard 

Cecilia H. Solano (1977) 

BA, Harvard; MA, PhD, Johns Hopkins 

Morten Solvik (2003) 

BA, Cornell; PhD, University of Pennsylvania 

Deborah Kim Muller Spencer (2002) 

BPA, Oklahoma City; MEd, Central Oklahoma 

Brian P. Steele (2004) 
BS, USMA (West Point) 

Lisa Sternlieb (1997) 

BA, Vassar College; MA, New York; PhD, Princeton 

Michelle D. Steward (2004) 

BA, MBA, University of West Florida; PhD, Arizona State 

Eleanor P. Stoller 

AB, Grinnell College; AM, PhD, Washington 

Eric R. Stone (1994) 

BA, Delaware; MA, PhD, Michigan 

Rose Stremlau 

BA, University of Ilinois; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

David H. Stroupe (1990) 

BS, Wake Forest; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Michael Strysick (1999) 

BA, University of Minnesota; 
MA, PhD, Binghamton 

Elaine K. Swartzentruber (1999) 
BA, University of Colorado; 
MA, Chicago Theological Seminary; PhD, Emory 

Patricia Swier (2005) 

BA, University of Charleston; MA, Rutgers; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Robert L. Swofford (1993) 

BS, Furman; PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Darrell L. Sydnor (2005) 

BS, Tuskegee; MSA, Central Michigan 

Brian Tague (1995) 

ScB, AB, Brown; PhD, California (San Diego) 

Ian M. Taplin (1985) 

The College of Architecture, Oxford (England); 

BA, York (England); MPhil, Leicester (England); PhD, Brown 

Kendall B. Tarte (1996) 
BA, MA, PhD, Virginia 



Harold W. Tribble Professor of Art 

Adjunct Professor of Women's and Gender Studies 

(Fall 2005) 

Charles H. Babcock Chair of Botany 

Associate Professor of Sociology 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

Lecturer in Music 
(Vienna) 

Adjunct Instructor in Dance 
(Jazz and Tap, Part-time) 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Associate Professor of English 

Assistant Professor of Marketing 

Research Professor of Sociology and Gerontology 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

Visiting Scholar in Women's and Gender Studies 

Instructor in Health and Exercise Science 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of English 
(Fall 2005, Part-time) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Religion 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

Professor of Chemistry 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Associate Professor of Biology 

Professor of Sociology 



Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(French) 



297 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Paul Thacker (2003) 

BS, Tulane; MA, PhD, Southern Methodist 

Rebecca Thomas (1993) 

BA, MA, California (Los Angeles); PhD, Ohio State 

Stan J. Thomas (1983) 

BS, Davidson; PhD, Vanderbilt 

Clark Thompson (2001) 

BA, JD, PhD, University of Virginia 

Harry B.Titus Jr. (1981) 

BA, Wisconsin (Milwaukee); MFA, PhD, Princeton 

Suzanne Tobey (2005) 

BS, University of Florida; PhD, University of Texas 

Walter R. Todd Jr. (2003) 
BA, Middle Tennessee State 

Todd C. Torgersen (1989) 

BS, MS, Syracuse; PhD, Delaware 

Ralph B. Tower (1980) 

BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MBA, Cornell 

Chad Trevitte (2004) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Matthew Troy (2004) 
BM, UNC-Greensboro 

Christina Tsoules (2006) 

BA, Trinity College; MFA, Smith College 

Maria-Encarna Moreno Turner (1999) 
BA, MA, Brigham Young 

William H. Turkett Jr. (2004) 

BS, College of Charleston; PhD, University of South Carolina 

Kamil Burak Ucer (2004 ) 

BSEE, Middle East Technical University, (Turkey); 
MSEE, Princeton; PhD, University of Rochester 

Robert W. Uleryjr. (1971) 
BA, MA, PhD, Yale 

Robert L. Utley Jr. (1978) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Duke 

Olga Valbuena (1996) 

BA, Irvine; MA, PhD, SUNY (Buffalo) 



Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
(Leave Spring 2007) 

Associate Professor of German 

Associate Professor of Computer Science 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

Professor of Art 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Associate Professor of Computer Science 

Wayne Calloway Professor of Taxation 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music 

Instructor in Dance 
(Spring 2006) 

Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
Research Associate Professor of Physics 

Professor of Classical Languages 
Associate Professor of Humanities 

Associate Professor of English 
Assistant Professor of Counseling 

Assistant Professor of History 



Laura J. Veach (1999) 

BA, MEd, Wake Forest; PhD, University of New Orleans 

Cynthia Villagomez (2000) 

AB, San Diego; MA, PhD, UCLA 

Alicia Vitti (2005) Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

BA, Salem College; MA, UNC-Greensboro; 
PhD, Middlebury College 

Antonio Carlo Vitti (1986) Professor of Romance Languages (Italian) 

BA, MA, Wayne State; PhD, Michigan (Leave, 2006-07) 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 2 98 



Timothy K. Wagner (2006) 

BS, University of Rochester; PhD, University of Maryland 

Ana M. Wahl (2002) 

BS, Creighton; MA, PhD, Indiana 

Rodney W. Wallace (2003) 

BS, North Carolina A&T; MS, Central Michigan University 

Gregory Warrington (2003) 
BA, Princeton; PhD, Harvard 



Eric K. Watts (1996) 

BA, MA, Cincinnati; PhD, Northwestern 

Sarah L. Warts (1987) 

BA, Oklahoma College of Liberal Arts; MA, PhD, Oklahoma 

Daniel Watson (2005) 

BA, Mississippi College; MA, Wake Forest 

Julie H. Wayne (2003) 
BS, Furman; 
MS, PhD, University of Georgia (Athens) 

Mary R. Wayne-Thomas (1980) 

BFA, Pennsylvania State; MFA, Ohio State 

Peter D. Weigl (1968) 

BA, Williams; PhD, Duke 

David P. Weinstein (1989) 

BA, Colorado College; MA, Connecticut; PhD, Johns Hopkins 

Mark E. Welker (1987) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; PhD, Florida State 

Byron R. Wells (1981) 

BA, MA, Georgia; PhD, Columbia 

Helga A. Welsh (1993) 

MA, PhD, University of Munich 

G. Page West m (1995) 

BA, Hamilton; MBA, Dartmouth; 
PhD, Colorado (Boulder) 

Larry E. West (1969) 

BA, Berea; PhD, Vanderbilt 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Physics 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
(Leave 2006-07) 

Associate Professor of Communication 

Professor of History 

Visiting Instructor in Mathematics 



Adjunct Assistant Professor 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Associate Professor of Theatre 
(London, Spring 2007) 

Professor of Biology 
Associate Professor of Political Science 



William L. Poteat Professor of Chemistry 

Professor of Romance Languages 
(French) 

Associate Professor of Political Science 
(Leave, Fall 2006) 

Associate Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of German 

Adjunct Instructor in Classical Languages 



Professor of Economics 



Assistant Professor of Religion 



Dorothy M. Westmoreland (2002) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, University of Cincinnati; JD, Wake Forest 

Robert M. Whaples (1991) 

BA, Maryland; PhD, Pennsylvania 

Jarrod Whitaker (2005) 

BA, MA, University of Canterbury (New Zealand); 
PhD, University of Texas 

M. Stanley Whitley (1990) Professor of Romance Languages 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Cornell (Spanish) 

Stephen L. Whittington (2002) Adjunct Associate Professor of Anthropology 

AB, University of Chicago; and Director of the Museum of Anthropology 

MA, PhD, Perm State 

Ulrike Wiethaus (1991) Professor of Humanities 

Colloquium at Kirchliche Hochschule (Berlin, Germany); 
MA, PhD, Temple 



299 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Heiko Wiggers (2005) 

BA, MA, Eastern Washington 

Elisabeth d'Empaire Wilbert (1999) 
BA, MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Jack E. Wilkerson Jr. (1989) 
BS, Bob Jones; PhD, Texas 

Alan J. Williams (1974) 
BA, Stanford; PhD, Yale 

Richard T. Williams (1985) 

BS, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Princeton 



Lecturer in German and Russian 

Lecturer in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Professor of Accountancy 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of History 
Reynolds Professor of Physics 



Instructor in Mathematics 
(Part-time) 



Associate Professor of English 

Assistant Professor of History 

Instructor in Education 

Lecturer in Digital Media 

Adjunct Professor of Psychology 

Reynolds Professor of Economics 
Associate Professor of Political Science 



David C. Wilson (1984, 1987) 
BS, Wake Forest; MAT, Emory 

Eric Wilson (1998) 

BA, Appalachian State; MA, Wake Forest; 

PhD, The Graduate School and University Center, CUNY 

James A. Wilson Jr. (2002) 

BS, Texas (Austin); MPS, Cornell; MA, PhD, Princeton 

Tracy Wilson (2003) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, Appalachian State 

Yue-Ling Wong (2001) 

BS, Hong Kong Baptist College; PhD, University of Texas (Austin) 

Frank B.Wood (1971) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest; 
MDiv, Southeastern Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Duke 

John H. Wood (1985) 

BS, Ohio; MA, Michigan State; PhD, Purdue 

Pia Christina Wood (1999) 

BA, College of William and Mary; 

MIBS, University of South Carolina; MA, University of New Mexico; 

PhD, Graduate Institute for International Studies, Geneva, Switzerland 

Sharon K. Woodard (1998) Instructor in Health and Exercise Science 

BS, Central Michigan; MS, Wake Forest 

David Yamane (2005) 

BA, University of California (Berkeley) 

MS, PhD, University of Wisconsin (Madison) 

Laura Yordy (2005) 

BA, Williams CollegeMA, MEd, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MTS, PhD, Duke 

Itza A. Zavala Garrett (2004) 

Licenciada en letras Universidad Autonoma de Queretaro, Mexico; 
MA, University of Westhern Michigan 

Clifford W. Zeyl (1997) 

BSc, University of Guelph; MSc, PhD, McGill 

Margaret D. Zulick (1991) Associate Professor of Communication 

BM, Westminster Choir College; 
MA, Earlham School of Religion; 
MTS, Garrett-Evangelical Theological Seminary; PhD, Northwestern 



Assistant Professor of Sociology 
(Leave, Spring 2007) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Religion 



Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Associate Professor of Biology 
(Leave, Fall 2006) 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



300 



Emeriti 




Dates following names indicate period of service. 

*Charles M. Allen (1941-1989) 
BS, MS, Wake Forest; PhD, Duke 

Ralph D. Amen (1962-1993) 

BA, MA, Northern Colorado; MBS, PhD, Colorado 

John William Angell (1955-1990) 

BA, Wake Forest; STM, Andover Newton; 
ThM, PhD, Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary 

James P. Barefield (1963-2004) 

BA, MA, Rice; PhD, Johns Hopkins 

Richard C. Barnett (1961-1994) 

BA, Wake Forest; MEd, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

"Harold M. Barrow (1948-1977) 

BA, Westminster; MA, Missouri; PED, Indiana 

John V. Baxley (1968-2004) 

BS, MS, Georgia Tech; PhD, Wisconsin 

Robert W. Brehme (1959-1995) 

BS, Roanoke; MS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

David G. Brown (1990-2003) 
AB, Denison; PhD, Princeton 

George McLeod Bryan (1956-1987) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest; BD, PhD, Yale 

Shasta M. Bryant (1966-1987) 

BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Julian C. Burroughs Jr. (1958-1994) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Michigan 

Christa G. Carollo (1985-2005) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, Duke 

John A. Carter Jr. (1961-1997) 

BA, Virginia; MA, PhD, Princeton 

Dorothy Casey (1949-1988) 

BS, UNC-Greensboro; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

David W. Catron (1963-1994) 

BA, Furman; PhD, George Peabody 

Leon P. Cook Jr. (1957-1993) 
BS, Virginia Poly. Inst. & SU; 
MS, Tennessee 

Leon H. Corbett Jr. (1968-2002) 
BA, JD, Wake Forest 

* Died August 30, 2005 
** Died May 15, 2005 



Professor Emeritus of Biology 

Professor Emeritus of Biology 

Easley Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Wake Forest Professor Emeritus of History 

Professor Emeritus of History 

Professor Emeritus of Physical Education 

Wake Forest Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

Professor Emeritus of Physics 

Provost Emeritus 

Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of Speech Communication 

Senior Lecturer Emerita in German 

Professor Emeritus of English 

Associate Professor Emerita of 
Health and Sport Science 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Vice President and Counsel Emeritus 



301 



Nancy J. Cotton (1977-2002) 

BA, Texas; MA, Wisconsin; PhD, Columbia 

Cyclone Covey (1968-1988) 
BA, PhD, Stanford 

James H. Dodding (1979-2005) 

Diploma, Rose Bruford College of Speech and Drama (London); 
Cert., Birmingham; Cert., Westhill Training College (Birmingham); 
Diploma, Theatre on the Balustrade (Prague) 

Robert H. Dufort (1961-1999) 
BA, PhD, Duke 

John S. Dunkelberg (1983-2001) 
BS, Clemson; 
MBA, PhD, South Carolina 

John R. Earle (1963-2001) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Eddie V. Easley (1984-1999) 
BS, Virginia State; 
MS, PhD, Iowa State 



Professor Emerita of English 
Professor Emeritus of History 
Professor Emeritus of Theatre 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 



Leo Ellison Jr. (1957-1999) 
BS, MS, Northwestern State 

Thomas M. Elmore (1962-1996) 
BA, Wake Forest; 
MA, George Peabody; PhD, Ohio State 

David K. Evans (1966-1998) 

BS, Tulane; PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Jack D. Fleer (1964-2002) 

BA, Oklahoma Baptist; MS, Florida State; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Doyle R. Fosso (1964-1995) 

AB, PhD, Harvard; MA, Michigan 

Caroline Sandlin Fullerton (1969-1990) 
BA, Rollins; MFA, Texas Christian 

Kathleen M. Glenn (1974-1998) 
BA, MA, PhD, Stanford 

*Balkrishna G. Gokhale (1960-1990) 
BA, MA, PhD, Bombay 

**Thomas F. Gossett (1967-1987) 

BA, MA, Southern Methodist; PhD, Minnesota 

Paul M. Gross Jr. (1959-1987) 
BS, Duke; PhD, Brown 

'"William H. Gulley (1966-1987) 
BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952-1988) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; PhD, Duke 

Phillip J. Hamrick Jr. (1956-1995) 
BS, Morris Harvey; PhD, Duke 

* Died August 11,2005 
** Died December 11, 2005 
*** Died December 19, 2005 



Kemper Professor Emeritus of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor Emeritus of Sociology 

Professor Emeritus of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Health 
and Exercise Science 

Professor Emeritus of Education 



Professor Emeritus of Anthropology 
Professor Emeritus of Political Science 

Professor Emeritus of English 

Lecturer Emerita in SCTA 
(Theatre Arts) 

Wake Forest Professor Emerita of Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of History 
and Asian Studies 

Professor Emeritus of English 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

Professor Emeritus of Sociology 

Albritton Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 



302 



Carl V. Harris (1956-1989) 

BA, Wake Forest; BD, STM, Yale; PhD, Duke 

Lucille S. Harris (1957-1991) 
BA, BM, Meredith 

Elmer K. Hayashi (1973-2004) 

BA, California (Davis); MS, San Diego State; PhD, Illinois 

Roger A. Hegstrom (1969-2001) 
BA, St. Olaf; AM, PhD, Harvard 

Robert M. Helm (1940-2002) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Duke 

David A. Hills (1960-1996) 
BA, Kansas; MA, PhD, Iowa 

George M. Holzwarth (1983-2004) 
BA, Wesleyan; MS, PhD, Harvard 

William L. Hottinger (1970-1996) 
BS, Slippery Rock; MS, PhD, Illinois 

Delmer P. Hylton (1949-1991) 
BS, MBA, Indiana 

Mordecai J. Jaffe (1980-1998) 

BS, City College (New York); PhD, Cornell 

Patricia Adams Johansson (1969-1998) 

BA, Winston-Salem State; MA, Wake Forest 

Harry L. King Jr. (1960-1981) 

BA, Richmond; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Lula M. Leake (1964-1997) 
BS, Louisiana State; 
MRE, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

John H. Litcher (1973-2004) 

BS, Winona State; MA, PhD, Minnesota 

Robert W. Lovett (1962, 1968-2001) 
BA, Oglethorpe; MAT, PhD, Emory 

Milorad R. Margitic' (1978-2005) 

MA, Leiden (Netherlands); PhD, Wayne State 

James A. Martin Jr. (1983-2003) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, Duke; PhD, Columbia 

Dolly A. McPherson (1974-2001) 

BA, Southern; MA, Boston University; PhD, Iowa 

*Harry B. Miller (1947-1983) 
BS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Carlton T. Mitchell (1961-1991) 
BA, Wake Forest; BD, Yale; 
STM, Union Theo. Seminary; PhD, New York 

Carl C. Moses (1964-1991) 

AB, William and Mary; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Thomas E. Mullen (1957-2000) 
BA, Rollins; MA, PhD, Emory 



Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages 

Instructor Emerita in Music 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

Wake Forest Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

Worrell Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

Professor Emeritus of Physics 

Professor Emeritus of Health and Exercise Science 

Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor Emeritus of Biology 

Associate Dean of the College Emerita 
and Lecturer Emerita in English 

Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages 

Associate Vice President for 
Academic Affairs Emerita 

Professor Emeritus of Education 

Professor Emeritus of English 

Professor Emeritus of Romance Langauges 

(French) 

University Professor Emeritus 

Professor Emerita of English 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Professor Emeritus of Politics 

Dean of the College Emeritus and 
Professor Emeritus of History 



*Died June 4, 2005 



303 



John E. Parker Jr. (1950-1987) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Syracuse 

Philip J. Perricone (1967-2003) 
BS, MA, Florida; PhD, Kentucky 

Margaret R. Perry (1947-1998) 
BS, South Carolina 

Elizabeth Phillips (1957-1989) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, Iowa; PhD, Pennsylvania 

Lee Harris Potter (1965-1989) 
BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Full 

Herman J. Preseren (1953-1983) 

BS, California State (Pennsylvania); 
MA, Columbia; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Gregory D. Pritchard (1968-1994) 

BA, Oklahoma Baptist; BD, Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary; 
PhD, Columbia 

Beulah L. Raynor (1946-1979) 

BA, East Carolina; MA, Wake Forest 

J. Don Reeves (1967-1994) 

BA, Mercer; BD, ThM, Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary; 
EdD, Columbia 

Leonard P. Roberge (1974-2002) 

BA, New Hampshire; MA, Atlanta; EdD, Maine 

Mary Frances Robinson (1952-1989) 
BA, Wilson; MA, PhD, Syracuse 

Paul S. Robinson (1952-1977) 

BA, Westminster; BM, Curtis; MSM, DSM, Union Seminary 

Eva M. Rodtwitt (1966-1997) 
Cand Philol, Oslo (Norway) 

Wilmer D. Sanders (1954-1957, 1964-1992) 
BA, Muhlenberg; MA, PhD, Indiana 

John W. Sawyer (1956-1988) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Missouri 

Richard D. Sears (1964-2002) 
BA, Clark; MA, PhD, Indiana 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959-1988) 

BA, Mississippi Delta State; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Timothy F Sellner (1970-2003) 

BA, PhD, Michigan; MA, Wayne State 

Dudley Shapere (1984-2002) 
BA, MA, PhD, Harvard 

Howard W. Shields (1958-2001) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MS, Pennsylvania State; PhD, Duke 

Robert N. Shorter (1958-1999) 
BA, Union; MA, PhD, Duke 

Blanche C. Speer (1972-1984) 

BA, Howard Payne; MA, PhD, Colorado 

Henry Smith Stroupe (1937-1984) 
BS, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Duke 



Professor Emeritus of Education 
and Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of Sociology 

Registrar Emerita 

Professor Emerita of English 

Professor Emeritus of English 

Professor Emeritus of Education 

Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 

Associate Professor Emerita of English 
Professor Emeritus of Education 

Professor Emeritus of Education 

Professor Emerita of Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of Music 

Lecturer Emerita in Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of German 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 
and Computer Science 

Professor Emeritus of Political Science 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

Professor Emeritus of German 

Reynolds Professor Emeritus 
of Philosophy and History of Science 

Professor Emeritus of Physics 

Professor Emeritus of English 

Associate Professor Emerita of Linguistics 

Dean of the Graduate School Emeritus 
and Professor Emeritus of History 



304 



Thomas C. Taylor (1971-2003) 
BS, MA, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
PhD, Louisiana State 

Harold C. Tedford (1965-1998) 

BA, Ouachita; MA, Arkansas; PhD, Louisiana State 

Stanton K. Tefft (1964-2000) 

BA, Michigan State; MS, Wisconsin; PhD, Minnesota 

Anne S. Tillett (1956-1986) 

BA, Carson-Newman; MA, Vanderbilt; 
PhD, Northwestern 

George W. Trautwein (1983-1996) 

BMus, Oberlin; MMus, Cleveland Institute; 
MusD, Indiana 

Marcellus E. Waddill (1962-1997) 

BA, Hampden-Sydney; MA, PhD, Pittsburgh 

J. Van Wagstaff (1964-1992) 

BA, Randolph-Macon; MBA, Rutgers; PhD, Virginia 

David S. Weaver (1977-2002) 

BA, MA, Arizona; PhD, New Mexico 

George P. Williams Jr. (1958-1999) 

BS, Richmond; MS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

John G. Williard (1958-1994) 
BS, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Edwin G. Wilson (1951-2002) 

BA, Wake Forest, AM, PhD, Harvard 

Donald H. Wolfe (1968-2000) 

BS, MS, Southern Illinois; PhD, Cornell 

J. Ned Woodall (1969-2003) 

BA, MA, Texas; PhD, Southern Methodist 

Raymond L. Wyatt (1956-1992) 

BS, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

W. Buck Yearns Jr. (1945-1988) 

BA, Duke; MA, Georgia; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Richard L. Zuber (1962-2000) 

BS, Appalachian; MA, Emory; PhD, Duke 



Professor Emeritus of Accountancy 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor Emeritus of Theatre 

Professor Emeritus of Anthropology 

Professor Emerita of Romance Languages 

Director of Instrumental Ensembles Emeritus 
(Department of Music) 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 

Professor Emeritus of Anthropology 

Professor Emeritus of Physics 

Vice President and Treasurer Emeritus 

Provost Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of English 

Professor Emeritus of Theatre 

Professor Emeritus of Anthropology 

Professor Emeritus of Biology 

Professor Emeritus of History 

Professor Emeritus of History 



305 



The Committees of the Faculty 






The Committees listed represent those in effect during the academic year 2005-06. Each com- 
mittee selects its own chair except where the chair is designated. Dates noted are year of term 
expiration. 

Executive Committees 

The Committee on Academic Affairs. Non-voting: Dean of student services, associate deans of the 
College, and one undergraduate student. Voting: Dean of the College; dean of the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy; 2008 Judy Kem, James Powell; 2007 Edward Allen, James 
Norris; 2006 John Andronica, Mary Foskett; and one undergraduate student. 

The Committee on Admissions. Non-voting: Director of admissions, two members from the administra- 
tive staff of the Office of the Dean of the College, and one undergraduate student. Voting: Dean of the 
College; 2008 Ronald Dimock, Helga Welsh; 2007 David Faber, Kathy Kron; 2006 Bernadine Barnes, 
Eric Watts; and one undergraduate student. 

The Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid. Non-voting: One undergraduate student. Voting: Dean 
of the College, director of financial aid, two members from the administrative staff of the Office of 
the Dean of the College; 2008 David Anderson, Brian Tague; 2007 Clay Hipp, Teresa Radomski; 2006 
Fredric Howard, Anthony Parent; and one undergraduate student. 

The Committee on Curriculum. Voting: Provost, dean of the College, dean of the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy, registrar, and the chairs of each department of the College as 
follows: Division I. (Humanities) Education, History, Military Science, Philosophy, Religion. Divi- 
sion II. (Humanities and Literature) Classical Languages, English, German, Romance Languages, 
East Asian Languages and Cultures. Division III. (Humanities and Fine Arts) Art, Music, Theatre 
and Dance. Division IV. (Social and Behavioral Sciences) Anthropology, Communication, Economics, 
Political Science, Psychology, Sociology. Division V. (Natural Science, Mathematics, and Computer 
Science) Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Health and Exercise Science, Mathematics, Physics. 

Advisory Committees 

The Committee on Academic Planning. Non-voting: Provost, dean of the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy, and one undergraduate student. Voting: Dean of the College, director of 
the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, one undergraduate student, and 2009 James Schirillo, Alan Williams; 
2008 David Finn; 2007 Hugh Howards; 2006 Dilip Kondepudi, Byron Wells; and one undergraduate 
student. 

The Committee on Athletics. Non-voting: Director of athletics and one undergraduate student. Voting: 
Vice president for investments and treasurer, dean of the College, faculty representative to the Atlan- 
tic Coast Conference; one undergraduate student; and 2010 Stewart Carter, Charles Kennedy; 2009 
Carole Browne, Michael Lawlor; 2008 Ralph Kennedy, David Levy; 2007 Mary Friedman, Charles 
Kimball; 2006 Wayne Silver, Bruce King; and one undergraduate student. 

The Committee on Nominations. Voting: 2008 Anne Boyle, Claudia Kairoff; 2007 Margaret Smith, Kline 
Harrison; 2006 Jane Albrecht, Michael Lawlor, Win-Chiat Lee 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 



306 



The Committee on Library Planning. Non-voting: Provost, dean of the Graduate School, one under- 
graduate student, and one graduate student. Voting: One faculty representative from each academic 
division of the College, dean of the College, one faculty representative from the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy, the director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, one undergradu- 
ate student, and one graduate student. 2009 Robert Knott, John Moorhouse; 2008 Michael Hughes; 

2007 Todd Torgersen, Betsy Hoppe; 2006 Judy Kern 

The Committee on Information Technology. Non-voting: Provost, dean of the Graduate School, vice 
president for student life and instructional resources, vice president for finance and administration, 
and one undergraduate student. Voting: Dean of the College or the dean's designate, dean of the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy or the dean's designate, the director of the 
Z. Smith Reynolds Library, a representative from Information Systems, one undergraduate student, 
and six elected members of the undergraduate faculties, including at least one from each of the five 
academic divisions of the College. 2008 Paul Escott, Luis Gonzales; 2007 William Marcum, Stan 
Thomas; 2006 John Pickel, Terry Blumenthal 

The Committee on First-Year Seminars. Non-voting: Dean of freshmen. Voting: Dean of the College, and 

2008 Bernadine Barnes, Robert Whaples; 2007 Mary Friedman, Leah McCoy; 2006 Douglas Beets, 
Angela King 

Special Committees 

The Committee on Publications. Voting: Dean of the College, vice president for investments and trea- 
surer, director of creative services, three faculty advisers of the Old Gold and Black, The Student, and the 
Howler; and 2008 Sheri Bridges, Ronald Noftle; 2007 Scott Klein, Howell Smith; 2006 Teresa Radomski, 
Ian Taplin 

The Committee for Teacher Education. Voting: Dean of the College, dean of the Graduate School, chair 
of the Department of Education; and 2008 George Graham; 2007 Simone Caron, Gary Miller; 2006 
Brian Gorelick, Paul Jones, Cynthia Villagomez 

The Committee for the ROTC. Voting: Dean of the College, ROTC coordinator, professor of military sci- 
ence; and 2008 Robert Utley; 2007 Randall Rogan; 2006 Jack Rejeski 

The Committee on Orientation and Lower Division Advising. The dean of freshmen, the chair of 
Orientation and Lower Division Advising (who shall serve as chair) individuals designated by the 
vice president for student life and instructional resources to represent the division of student life, 
the president of student government or his or her designate, at least six members from the College 
and the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy faculties, to be invited by the chair in 
consultation with the Nominations Committee, to serve renewable four-year terms, and other persons 
from the administration and student body whom the chair shall invite to serve. A majority of the 
committee shall be composed of members of the College and the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy faculties. 2005-06 Chair, Perry Patterson. 

The Committee on Open Curriculum. Dean of the College, the coordinator of the Open Curriculum 
Program and members of the faculty who are appointed as Open Curriculum advisers. 2005-06 Chair, 
Barry Maine. 

The Committee on the Teaching and Learning Center. Six elected members of the faculty, one from each 
of the five academic divisions of the College and one from the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy; 2008 Sharon Andrews, Peter Siavelis; 2007 Patricia Cunningham, Angela King; 
2006 Teresa Sanhueza, Jonathan Duchac 



307 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 



Joint Faculty/ Administration Committees 

The Joint Admissions Committee. Dean of the College, director of admissions, provost, and three fac- 
ulty members of the Committee on Admissions. 

Other Committees on which the Faculty Enjoys Representation 

The Committee on Capital Planning. Non-voting: Provost, vice president for investments and trea- 
surer, vice president for finance and administration, and one undergraduate student. Voting: Dean of 
the College, dean of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy, one undergraduate 
student; and 2009 Ananda Mitra, Gale Sigal, Robert Ulery; 2008 Charles Kennedy, Sarah Watts; 2007 
Mary Wayne-Thomas; 2006 Thomas Goho, James Kuzmanovich 

The Judicial Council. Administration: 2006 Kenneth A. Zick; 2010 William S. Hamilton, Toby Hale. 
Faculty. 2010 Ellen Kirkman, Mary Lynn Redmond; 2009, Simone Caron; 2008 James Curran; 
2007 Clay Hipp, Richard Heard; 2006 Douglas Beets; and three undergraduate students. 

The Committee on Student Life. Dean of the College or the dean's designate, dean of student services, 
a designated member of the administration; 2007 Helen Akinc; 2006 Richard Carmichael, Soledad 
Miguel-Prendes, and three undergraduate students. 

Members of the Honor and Ethics Council. 2008 Sylvain Boko, John Dinan, Donna Henderson, James 
Norris; 2007 Mary DeShazer, Michael Hyde, Deborah Newsome, Robert Utley; 2006 Susan Borwick, 
Donald Robin, Lisa Sternlieb 

Faculty Marshals. Douglas Beets, Mary Foskett, Don Frey, Miaohua Jiang, John Llewellyn, 
Stephen Robinson. 

University Senate. President, senior vice president, the deans of the several schools, the associate dean 
of the Wake Forest University School of Medicine, the director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, the 
secretary of the University, and, with the consent of the Senate, any person holding the position of 
vice president of the University or equivalent rank, and six staff representatives from the School of 
Medicine and the College, and the following: 

Representatives of the College. 2009 David Coates, Natalie Holzwarth, Barry Maine; 2008 
Andrew Ettin, Dilip Kondepudi, Jill McMillan; 2007 Katy Harriger, Harry Titus, David 
Weinstein; 2006 Robert Browne, Eric Carlson, Bob Evans 

Representatives of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy. 2008 Dale Martin; 

2007 Sheri Bridges; 2006 Yvonne Hinson. 

Representatives of the Graduate School. 2009 Kathleen Kron; 2008, Suzi Torti; 2006 Greg Shelness 
Representatives of the School of Law. 2009 Tim Davis; 2008 Simone Rose; 2006 Tom Roberts. 

Representatives of the Babcock Graduate School of Management. 2009 Robert Lamy; 

2008 Michelle Roehm; 2007 Jeff Smith. 

Representatives of the Wake Forest School of Medicine. 2009 Michelle Naughton; 2008 Cormac 
O'Donovan; 2007 Amy McMichael, Joseph Tobin, Ronald Zagoria; 2006 Michael Olympio 

Representatives of the Divinity School. 2007 Neal Walls. 

Institutional Review Board. Steven Folmar (chair), Nancy Crouch, Robert Evans, Michael Hazen, 
Anthony Marsh, Barja Mesquita, Deborah Newsome, Robert Sanches-Langston (community repre- 
sentative), Joseph Soares. Alternatives: Steven Giles, Janine Jennings, Patricia Nixon, Paul Thatcher, 
Laura Veach. 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 



308 



Index 







About this Bulletin 314 
Academic Adviser 28, 65 
Academic Probation 33 
Academic Standing 33, 34 
Accountancy Program 248 

courses in 257 
Accreditation, University 11 

Calloway School 248 
Additional Requirements, for graduation 64 
Administration 263 
Admission 19 

Calloway School 249 

Early Decision, College 20 
Admission Application Fee 24 
Admission Deposit 20, 24 
Advanced Placement 20 
Advising 28 
Aid Programs 55 
American Ethnic Studies 70 
Annenberg Forum 8 
Anthropology 72 
Application 19 

Application for Graduation 62 
Arabic 96 
AROTC 181 
Art 76 

Attendance 28,30 
Auditing Courses 30 
Austria, Study Abroad 58 



B 



Babcock Graduate School of Management 7, 11 

administration 265 
Basic Course Requirements 62 
Beijing 59 

Benin, Study Abroad 58 
Benson University Center 7 
Beta Gamma Sigma, National Honor Society 251 
Biochemistry, Concentration in 91, 195 
Biology 83 

Biophysics, Concentration in 92, 195 
Board of Trustees 7, 13, 36, 260 
Board of Visitors 

Calloway School 

College and Grad School 261 
Brendle Recital Hall 8 



Business Courses 252 
Business Program 248 
Business School see Calloway School 



Cable Television Service 9 
Calendar 2,28 
Calloway School 247 

accreditation 248 

administration 267 

admission 249 

board of visitors 262 

courses of instruction 252 

programs and majors 248 

requirements 250 

senior honors program 251 

transfer credit 249 
Campus Computer Network 8 
Carillon 7 
CarswellHall 7 
CasaArtom 7,59,218 
Center for International Studies 35, 58, 66 
Certificate in French for Business 217 
Certificate in Spanish for Business 217 
Certificate in Spanish Interpreting 217 
Certificate in Spanish Translation /Localization 

217 
Charlotte and Philip Hanes Gallery 8 
Chemistry 90 
China, Study Abroad 59 
Chinese 110 

Chronological History of Wake Forest 18 
Classical Languages 94 
Classics 97 
Classification 29 
Class Excuses 28 
CLEP 20 

College Administration 263 
Combined Degrees in Medical Technology 67 
Committees of the Faculty 306 
Committee on Academic Affairs 16, 29, 30, 33, 

67, 306 
Committee on Admissions 19, 306 
Committee on Curriculum 306 
Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid 36, 

306 
Common Application 19 
Communication 98 



309 



Commuters 24 

Complaints, by students 12, 16 

Composition Condition 64 

Computer Science 103 

Computer Support 10 

Computing Policy Information and Policy 

Updates 16 
Computing Responsibilities 15 
Computing Rights 15 
Confidentiality, Medical Records 28 
Core Requirements 61, 62 
Cotonou 58 
Counseling 106 
Courses of Instruction 69 
Coy C. Carpenter Library 10 
Cuba, Study Abroad 59 
Cultural Diversity Requirement 64 
Cultural Resource Preservation 106 



Dance 236,240 

Deacon Dollars 24 

Dean's List 32 

Dean of Student Service, Office of 15 

Declaring a Major 65 

Degrees Offered 61 

Deposit, For Admission 20 

Descriptions of Course Offerings 69 

DeTamble Auditorium 8 

Dijon 59, 216, 221 

Dining 23 

Directed Reading 35 

Disabilities, Admission of Students with 20 

Disciplinary Actions 

information systems 16 
Divinity School 7, 11 

administration 267 
Divisional Requirements 63 
Division of Allied Health Programs 67 
Double Majors 66 

Drop/ Add of Partial-Semester Courses 30 
Dropping a Course 30 



E-mail Account 15 

Early Christian Studies 107 

Early Decision 20 

Early Decision, Single Choice 20 

East Asian Languages and Cultures 108 

East Asian Studies 112 

Economics 114 

Education 117 

Elective Courses 61 

Elementary Teaching Licensure 119 

Emeriti Listings 301 



Engineering 67 

England, Study Abroad 59 

English 123 

Enrollment Figures 259 

Ensemble 187 

Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprise 

Minor 130 
Environmental Science 133 
Environmental Studies 135 
Equity in Athletics Disclosure Act 12 
Examinations 31 
Exchange Programs 54 
Expenses 22 



Faculty Listings, Undergraduate 276 
Federal Pell Grants 54 
Federal Perkins Loans 54 
Federal Supplement Educational 

Opportunity Grants 54 
Federal Work-Study 54 
Fees 

admission application 24 

improper check in/checkout 24 

individual music instruction 24 

library 24 

lock core change 24 

motor vehicle registration 24 

returned checks 24 

room change 24 

study abroad, non-WFU program 24 

tuition deposit 24 
Film Studies 136 
Finance Program 248 
Financial Aid 

federal 36 

institutional 36 

outside assistance 56 

refunds 25 
Financial Aid Program 36 
Financial and Accounting Services, 

Office of 25, 29 
Flow House 7, 58 
Foreign Area Studies 58, 66 

German studies 141 

Italian studies 167 

Spanish studies 236 
Foreign Language Requirement 63 
Forestry and Environmental Studies 67 
France, Study Abroad 59 
French 216, 218 



German 137 

German Measles Vaccine 22 

German Studies 141 



310 



Global Trade and Commerce Studies 142 
Governing and Advisory Boards 260 
Graduate School 6 

administration 264 
Grade of I 31 
Grading 31,33 

Graduate Record Examination 67 
Graduate School 7 
Graduation Distinctions 32 
Graylyn International Conference Center 7 
Greek 95 



H 



Harold W. Tribble Hall 8 

Havana 59 

Health and Exercise Science 143 

Health and Exercise Science Requirement 

64,143 
Health Information Summary Form 21 
Health Insurance 28 
Health Policy and Administration 147 
Health Problems 33 
Hepatitis B 22 
Higher Education Act 12 
Hiratsuka 60 
History 148 

History and Development, University 18 
Honor System 14 

Honors, Graduation Distinctions 32 
Honor and Ethics Council 14, 16, 308 
Honor and Ethics System 14, 31, 33 
Honors Program , Calloway School 251 
Honors Study 57 
Housing 8, 27 

Housing Policy, Off-Campus Living 27 
Humanities 155 



ID Card 24 

Immunization Policy 21 
Improper Check In /Out Fee 24 
Inclement Weather 28 
Incomplete Grade 31 
Independent Study 35 
Individual Instruction Music Fees 24 
Individual Study 35 
Information Systems 

building 8 

disciplinary actions 16 

privacy 15 

systems Monitoring 15 
Information Technology Center 11 
Institutional Review Board 308 
Intensive Summer Language Institute 218 
Interdisciplinary Honors 159 



Interdisciplinary Minors 66 

American ethnic studies 70 

cultural resource preservation 106 

early Christian studies 107 

East Asian studies 112 

entrepreneurship and social enterprise 130 

environmental sciences 133 

environmental studies 135 

film studies 136 

global trade and commerce studies 142 

health policy and administration 147 

humanities 155 

international studies 161 

Latin- American studies 170 

linguistics 172 

medieval studies 179 

Middle East and South Asia studies 180 

neuroscience 190 

Russian and East European studies 231 

urban studies 242 

women's and gender studies 243 
Interdisciplinary Program 

Mathematical Economics Major 114 
International Students 58 
International Studies 58, 161 
Internship Courses 35 
Italian 217, 221 
Italian Studies 167 
Italy, Study Abroad 59 



James R. Scales Fine Arts Center 8 
Janet Jeffrey Carlisle Harris Carillon 7 
Japan, Study Abroad 60 
Japanese 111 
Journalism 168 
Judicial Council 15, 308 

K 

Kansai Gaidai University 60 
Kenneth D. Miller Center 8 
Kentner Stadium 8 
KirbyHall 8 



Languages Across the Curriculum 170 

Laptop Computers 8 

Latin 95 

Latin- American Studies 170 

Five- Year Cooperative Program 68 
Law School see School of Law 
Learning Assistance Center 20, 33 
Libraries 10 
Library Fees 24 
Linguistics 172 
Loans 55 



311 



Lock Core Change Fee 24 
London 59 

M 

Majors 

accountancy 248 

anthropology 72 

art history 76 

biology 83 

business 248 

chemistry 90 

Chinese 108 

classical studies 94 

communication 98 

computer Science 103 

economics 114 

education 117 

English 123 

finance 248 

French 216 

German 137 

Greek 94 

health and exercise science 144 

history 148 

Japanese 108 

Latin 94 

mathematical business 175, 248 

mathematical economics 114, 175 

mathematics 174 

music history /theory /composition 183 

music performance 183 

philosophy 191 

physics 194 

political Science 198 

psychology 205 

religion 209 

Russian 140 

sociology 232 

Spanish 217 

studio art 76 

theatre 236 
Manchester Athletic Center 8 
Manchester Hall 8 
Mathematical Business 175, 248 
Mathematical Economics 114, 175 
Mathematics 174 
Meal Plan 23 
Measles Vaccine 21 
Medical Records, Retention of 28 
Medical Technology 67 
Medieval Studies 179 
Meeting Major Requirements 66 
Meningococcal 22 

Merit-Based Scholarships, Office of 36 
Middle East and South Asia Studies 180 
Military Science 181 



Minors 66 

anthropology 72 

art history 77 

biology 83 

chemistry 91 

Chinese 109 

classical studies 94 

communication 98 

computer Science 103 

dance 240 

economics 114 

English 124 

French 216 

German 137 

Greek 94 

history 148 

Italian 217 

Japanese 109 

journalism 168 

Latin 94 

mathematics 174 

music 184 

philosophy 191 

physics 195 

political science 199 

professional education 120 

psychology 205 

religion 209 

Russian 140 

sociology 232 

Spanish 217 

statistics 174 

studio art 77 

theatre 236 
Mission, W. Calloway School 247 
Motor Vehicle Registration 24 
Mumps Vaccine 22 
Museum of Anthropology 8 
Music 183 



N 



Near Eastern Languages and Literature 215 
Neuroscience 190 

Non-Wake Forest Study Abroad Fee 24 
Not Reported Grade 31, 64 



Off-Campus Housing Policy 27 
Olin Physical Laboratory 8 
Online Health Information 28 
Open Curriculum 57 
Orientation 28 
Overseas Programs, Approval of 35 



312 



Part-time Students 29 
Pass/Fail 32 
Philosophy 191 
Physics 194 
PLUS Loans 54 
Polio Vaccine 22 
Political Science 198 
Privacy 

information systems 15 
Probation 33 

Professional Center Library 10 
Professional Education Minor 120 
Proficiency in the Use of English 64 
Program of Integrated Education 230 
Psychology 205 



Quantitative Reasoning Requirement 64 



Rare Books Room 10 

Readmission 34 

Recognition, University 11 

Recognized Majors 65 

Refund of Charges Policy 25 

Registrar, Office of 32 

Registration 29 

Religion 209 

Religious Observances, and Class Attendance 30 

Repetition of Courses 32 

Requirements for Continuation 33 

Calloway School 250 
Requirements for Degrees 61 
Residence Life and Housing 

dorm options 8 

office of 27 
Resident Technology Advisors 10 
Retention of Medical Records 28 
Returned Check Fee 24 

Return of Non-Title IV Program Funds Policy 26 
Return of Title IV Program Funds Policy 25 
Reynolda Campus 7 
Reynolda Gardens 7 
Reynolda Hall 7 

Reynolda House Museum of American Art 7 
Reynolda Village 7 
Romance Languages 216 
Room Change Fee 24 
Room Charges 23 
Rubella (German Measles) 22 
Rubeola (Measles) 21 
Russian 137, 140 
Russian and East European Studies 231 



Salamanca 59, 229 
Salem College, Study at 57 
Salem Hall 8 
SASASAAS Program 59 
Scholarships 36 
School of Law 7,11 

administration 264 
School of Medicine 7 

administration 265 
Secondary Teaching Licensure 119 
Senior Testing 67 
Sociology 232 
Software, Standard Suite 8 
Spain, Study Abroad 59 
Spanish 217, 223 
Spanish Studies 236 
Stafford Loan 54 
Statement of Purpose 13 
Students with Disabilities 20 
Student Complaints 16 
Student Employment 56 
Student Financial Aid, Office of 26 
Student Health Service 8, 28 
Study Abroad 58 

non-Wake Forest programs 60 
Summer Study 34 
Suspension 33 
Systems Monitoring 15 



Td Immunization Series 21 
Teacher Education 118 
Teacher Licensure 118 
Telephone Service 9 
Tetanus and Diphtheria 21 
Theatre and Dance 236 
ThinkPad 8 
Title IV Funds 25 
Transcripts 32 
Transfer Credit 34 

Calloway School 249 
Transfer Students 21 
Tuberculin Skin Test 22 
Tuition 22 
Tuition Deposit 24 



u 



Undergraduate Admissions, Office of 19 
Undergraduate Faculties 276 
Undergraduate Schools 11 



313 



University 

administration 263 

buildings and grounds 7 

governance 7 

history 6 

History and Development 18 

Honor System 14 
University Counseling Center 34 
University of Burgundy 59 
University of Salamanca 59 
University Senate 308 
Urban Studies 242 

V 

Varicella 22 
Venice 59,223 
Veterans Benefits 56 
Vienna 58 



Wake Forest Information Network (WIN) 9 

Wake Forest School of Medicine 7, 11 

Wake-TV 9 

Wayne Calloway School of Business and 

Accountancy 7, 11, 247 see Calloway 
School 

William B. Greene Jr. Hall 8 

William N. Reynolds Gymnasium 8 

WIN 9 

WingateHall 7 

Winston Hall 8 

Withdrawal 25,31 

Women's and Gender Studies 243 

Worrell House 7,59 

Worrell Professional Center for Law and Man- 
agement 8 

Writing Center 64, 122, 125 



w 

Wait Chapel 7 
Wake Forest College 
Statement of Purpose 13 



Z. Smith Reynolds Library 7, 9, 10 



314 



The Bulletins of Wake Forest 




the undergraduate bulletin is 
published by the office of 
creative services, room 220, 
reynold a hall, reynolda campus, 
kim mcgrath, bulletins editor, 
e-mail: mcgratka@wfu.edu 



The information in this bulletin applies to the 
academic year 2005-2006 and is accurate and 
current, to the extent possible, as of March 23, 
2006. The University reserves the right to change 
programs of study, academic requirements, 
teaching staff, the calendar, and other matters 
described herein without prior notice, in 
accordance with established procedures. 

Wake Forest University is committed to 
administer all educational and employment 
activities without discrimination because of 
race, color, religion, national origin, age, sex, 
veteran status, handicapped status or disability 
as required by law. The University has adopted a 
procedure for the purpose of resolving discrimi- 
nation complaints. Inquiries or concerns should 
be directed to Harold Holmes, dean of student 
services, at (336) 758-5226; dean of the College, 
at (336) 758-5312; or Doris McLaughlin, assistant 
director of human resources, director of equal 
employment opportunity, and Title IX coordina- 
tor, at (336) 758-4814. 

In addition, Wake Forest rejects hatred and 
bigotry in any form and adheres to the prin- 
ciple that no person affiliated with Wake Forest 
should be judged or harassed on the basis of 
perceived or actual sexual orientation. In affirm- 
ing its commitment to this principle, Wake Forest 
does not limit freedom of religious association 
or expression, does not presume to control 
the policies of persons or entities not affiliated 
with Wake Forest, and does not extend benefits 
beyond those provided under other policies of 
Wake Forest. 



The Undergraduate Schools 

Director of Admissions and Financial Aid 
P.O. Box 7305 

Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7305 
(336) 758-5201 

The Graduate School 

Dean of the Graduate School 
P.O. Box 7487 

Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7487 
(336) 758-5301 

The School of Law 

Director of Admissions 
P.O. Box 7206 

Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7206 
(336) 758-5437 

The Babcock Graduate School 
of Management 

Director of Admissions 
P.O. Box 7659 

Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7659 
(336) 758-5422 

The Wake Forest University School 
of Medicine 

Associate Dean for Admissions 
Medical Center Blvd. 
Winston-Salem, NC 27157-1090 
(336) 716-4265 

The Summer Session 

Dean of the Summer Session 
P.O. Box 7866 

Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7866 
(336) 758-5664 



The Undergraduate Bulleti?i is printed in Canada. 



315 



THE BULLETINS OF WAKE FOREST 



Notes 



316 



Notes 



317 



Notes 



318 



Notes 



319 



NOTES 



Notes 



320 



WAKE FOREST 



UNIVERSITY 



Director of Admissions 

Post Office Box 7305 

Winston -Salem, NC 27109-7305 



Periodicals 
U.S. Postage 

PAID 

Winston-Salem, NC 
USPS 078-320